« back to all changes in this revision
Viewing changes to ubuntu-help/bo/bo.po
- browse files at revision 109
- compare with another revision
- download diff
- download tarball
- view history from revision 109
- Committer: Package Import Robot
- Author(s): Jeremy Bicha, James Plate, Jeremy Bicha, Gunnar Hjalmarsson
- Date: 2012-10-09 00:17:51 UTC
- Revision ID: package-import@ubuntu.com-20121009001751-tehz2xs44b94uvzi
Tags: 12.10.3
[ James Plate ]
* Use "Super" key instead of "Windows" key on shell-window-switching.page
(LP: #993770)
[ Jeremy Bicha ]
* Re-merge with gnome-user-docs
* Add "What's new in Ubuntu 12.10?"
* Rewrite the Unity docs, including adding pages for each of the
default lenses
* "Tap" instead of "type" Alt to close HUD (LP: #992683)
* Fix instructions for changing Compose key setting (LP: #884639)
* Provide keyboard-only instructions for turning on Mouse Keys
(LP: #1030767)
* Fix typos in lens pages (LP: #1058565)
* Fix spelling of 'hierarchies' (LP: #1058658)
* Change "Super+P" shortcut to "Super+C" (LP: #1049090)
[ Gunnar Hjalmarsson ]
* shell-guest-session.page:
- Mentioning of the possibility to launch a guest session from the
login screen
- Link to the tutorial "Customize Guest Session" reinserted (It was
silently removed in revision 104 of lp:ubuntu/precise/ubuntu-docs.)
(LP: #987788)
* Use "Super" key instead of "Windows" key on shell-window-switching.page
(LP: #993770)
[ Jeremy Bicha ]
* Re-merge with gnome-user-docs
* Add "What's new in Ubuntu 12.10?"
* Rewrite the Unity docs, including adding pages for each of the
default lenses
* "Tap" instead of "type" Alt to close HUD (LP: #992683)
* Fix instructions for changing Compose key setting (LP: #884639)
* Provide keyboard-only instructions for turning on Mouse Keys
(LP: #1030767)
* Fix typos in lens pages (LP: #1058565)
* Fix spelling of 'hierarchies' (LP: #1058658)
* Change "Super+P" shortcut to "Super+C" (LP: #1049090)
[ Gunnar Hjalmarsson ]
* shell-guest-session.page:
- Mentioning of the possibility to launch a guest session from the
login screen
- Link to the tutorial "Customize Guest Session" reinserted (It was
silently removed in revision 104 of lp:ubuntu/precise/ubuntu-docs.)
(LP: #987788)
- files added:
- collect-screenshots.sh
- ubuntu-help/bo
- ubuntu-help/he
- ubuntu-help/ro
- ubuntu-help/si
- ubuntu-help/tl
- files removed:
- collect-screenshots-with-mouse.sh
- files modified:
- Makefile.am *
added
removed
ubuntu-help/bo/bo.po
1
# Tibetan translation for ubuntu-docs
2
# Copyright (c) 2012 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2012
3
# This file is distributed under the same license as the ubuntu-docs package.
4
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2012.
5
#
6
msgid ""
7
msgstr ""
8
"Project-Id-Version: ubuntu-docs\n"
9
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
10
"POT-Creation-Date: 2012-10-01 13:11-0400\n"
11
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-10-07 12:54+0000\n"
12
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
13
"Language-Team: Tibetan <bo@li.org>\n"
14
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
15
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
16
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
17
"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2012-10-09 03:52+0000\n"
18
"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16112)\n"
19
20
#: C/legal.xml:3(p/link)
21
msgid "Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License"
22
msgstr ""
23
24
#: C/legal.xml:3(license/p)
25
msgid "This work is licensed under a <_:link-1/>."
26
msgstr ""
27
28
#. Put one translator per line, in the form NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2
29
msgctxt "_"
30
msgid "translator-credits"
31
msgstr ""
32
33
#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:12(credit/name)
34
#: C/a11y-braille.page:10(credit/name)
35
#: C/a11y-contrast.page:11(credit/name)
36
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:12(credit/name)
37
#: C/a11y-font-size.page:10(credit/name)
38
#: C/a11y-locate-pointer.page:12(credit/name)
39
#: C/a11y.page:10(credit/name)
40
#: C/a11y-right-click.page:12(credit/name)
41
#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:9(credit/name)
42
#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:12(credit/name)
43
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:12(credit/name)
44
#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:11(credit/name)
45
#: C/bluetooth.page:10(credit/name)
46
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:22(credit/name)
47
#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:18(credit/name)
48
#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:13(credit/name)
49
#: C/clock.page:18(credit/name)
50
#: C/disk.page:9(credit/name)
51
#: C/display-dimscreen.page:25(credit/name)
52
#: C/display-lock.page:15(credit/name)
53
#: C/files-browse.page:18(credit/name)
54
#: C/files-delete.page:17(credit/name)
55
#: C/files-lost.page:18(credit/name)
56
#: C/files-open.page:17(credit/name)
57
#: C/files.page:10(credit/name)
58
#: C/files-removedrive.page:8(credit/name)
59
#: C/files-rename.page:16(credit/name)
60
#: C/files-search.page:17(credit/name)
61
#: C/files-select.page:8(credit/name)
62
#: C/files-share.page:17(credit/name)
63
#: C/hardware.page:9(credit/name)
64
#: C/keyboard.page:19(credit/name)
65
#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:14(credit/name)
66
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:11(credit/name)
67
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:20(credit/name)
68
#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:12(credit/name)
69
#: C/look-background.page:26(credit/name)
70
#: C/media.page:9(credit/name)
71
#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:14(credit/name)
72
#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:19(credit/name)
73
#: C/mouse-drag-threshold.page:11(credit/name)
74
#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:16(credit/name)
75
#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:19(credit/name)
76
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:18(credit/name)
77
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:17(credit/name)
78
#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:22(credit/name)
79
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:12(credit/name)
80
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:16(credit/name)
81
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:17(credit/name)
82
#: C/nautilus-display.page:12(credit/name)
83
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:18(credit/name)
84
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:18(credit/name)
85
#: C/nautilus-prefs.page:9(credit/name)
86
#: C/nautilus-preview.page:13(credit/name)
87
#: C/nautilus-views.page:16(credit/name)
88
#: C/net-findip.page:11(credit/name)
89
#: C/net-macaddress.page:10(credit/name)
90
#: C/net-nonm.page:9(credit/name)
91
#: C/net.page:10(credit/name)
92
#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:14(credit/name)
93
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:10(credit/name)
94
#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:10(credit/name)
95
#: C/prefs.page:10(credit/name)
96
#: C/prefs-language.page:9(credit/name)
97
#: C/prefs-display.page:9(credit/name)
98
#: C/printing-setup.page:25(credit/name)
99
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:19(credit/name)
100
#: C/session-formats.page:13(credit/name)
101
#: C/session-language.page:17(credit/name)
102
#: C/shell-exit.page:18(credit/name)
103
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:14(credit/name)
104
#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:15(credit/name)
105
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:15(credit/name)
106
#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:15(credit/name)
107
#: C/sound-alert.page:10(credit/name)
108
#: C/sound-usemic.page:10(credit/name)
109
#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:9(credit/name)
110
#: C/sound-volume.page:13(credit/name)
111
#: C/tips.page:8(credit/name)
112
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:11(credit/name)
113
#: C/unity-introduction.page:13(credit/name)
114
#: C/user-add.page:16(credit/name)
115
#: C/user-changepicture.page:15(credit/name)
116
#: C/user-delete.page:19(credit/name)
117
msgid "Shaun McCance"
118
msgstr ""
119
120
#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:17(credit/name)
121
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:17(credit/name)
122
#: C/a11y-right-click.page:18(credit/name)
123
#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:17(credit/name)
124
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:17(credit/name)
125
#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:12(credit/name)
126
#: C/accounts.page:13(credit/name)
127
#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:15(credit/name)
128
#: C/files-browse.page:22(credit/name)
129
#: C/files-hidden.page:12(credit/name)
130
#: C/files-sort.page:12(credit/name)
131
#: C/files-tilde.page:13(credit/name)
132
#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:9(credit/name)
133
#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:19(credit/name)
134
#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:15(credit/name)
135
#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:12(credit/name)
136
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:14(credit/name)
137
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:13(credit/name)
138
#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:14(credit/name)
139
#: C/nautilus-list.page:10(credit/name)
140
#: C/net-default-browser.page:10(credit/name)
141
#: C/net-default-email.page:10(credit/name)
142
#: C/net-email-virus.page:12(credit/name)
143
#: C/net-install-flash.page:10(credit/name)
144
#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:10(credit/name)
145
#: C/net-manual.page:11(credit/name)
146
#: C/net-othersconnect.page:11(credit/name)
147
#: C/net-othersedit.page:11(credit/name)
148
#: C/net-proxy.page:10(credit/name)
149
#: C/net-slow.page:10(credit/name)
150
#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:10(credit/name)
151
#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:16(credit/name)
152
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:15(credit/name)
153
#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:10(credit/name)
154
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:13(credit/name)
155
#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:15(credit/name)
156
#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:17(credit/name)
157
#: C/power-batterylife.page:17(credit/name)
158
#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:17(credit/name)
159
#: C/power-batterywindows.page:17(credit/name)
160
#: C/power-othercountry.page:16(credit/name)
161
#: C/printing.page:9(credit/name)
162
#: C/printing-2sided.page:13(credit/name)
163
#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:13(credit/name)
164
#: C/printing-differentsize.page:12(credit/name)
165
#: C/printing-envelopes.page:14(credit/name)
166
#: C/printing-order.page:13(credit/name)
167
#: C/printing-select.page:12(credit/name)
168
#: C/printing-setup.page:13(credit/name)
169
#: C/sound-volume.page:8(credit/name)
170
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:16(credit/name)
171
msgid "Phil Bull"
172
msgstr ""
173
174
#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:21(info/desc)
175
msgid "Ignore quickly-repeated key presses of the same key."
176
msgstr ""
177
178
#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:25(page/title)
179
msgid "Turn on bounce keys"
180
msgstr ""
181
182
#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:27(page/p)
183
msgid ""
184
"Turn on <em>bounce keys</em> to ignore key presses that are rapidly "
185
"repeated. For example, if you have hand tremors which cause you to press a "
186
"key multiple times when you only want to press it once, you should turn on "
187
"bounce keys."
188
msgstr ""
189
190
#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:33(when/p)
191
#: C/a11y-contrast.page:27(when/p)
192
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:41(when/p)
193
#: C/a11y-font-size.page:27(when/p)
194
#: C/a11y-locate-pointer.page:32(when/p)
195
#: C/a11y-right-click.page:36(when/p)
196
#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:39(when/p)
197
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:42(when/p)
198
#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:35(when/p)
199
#: C/display-dimscreen.page:44(item/p)
200
#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:28(item/p)
201
#: C/display-lock.page:32(item/p)
202
#: C/files-autorun.page:35(item/p)
203
#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:28(item/p)
204
#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:33(item/p)
205
#: C/mouse-drag-threshold.page:30(item/p)
206
#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:28(item/p)
207
#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:35(item/p)
208
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:24(item/p)
209
#: C/net-default-browser.page:24(item/p)
210
#: C/net-default-email.page:24(item/p)
211
#: C/power-closelid.page:49(item/p)
212
#: C/power-whydim.page:30(item/p)
213
#: C/session-formats.page:29(item/p)
214
#: C/session-screenlocks.page:31(item/p)
215
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:57(item/p)
216
#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:24(item/p)
217
msgid ""
218
"Click the icon at the very right of the <gui>menu bar</gui> and select "
219
"<gui>System Settings</gui>."
220
msgstr ""
221
222
#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:35(choose/p)
223
#: C/a11y-contrast.page:29(choose/p)
224
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:43(choose/p)
225
#: C/a11y-font-size.page:29(choose/p)
226
#: C/a11y-locate-pointer.page:34(choose/p)
227
#: C/a11y-right-click.page:38(choose/p)
228
#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:41(choose/p)
229
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:44(choose/p)
230
#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:37(choose/p)
231
msgid "Click your name on the top bar and select <gui>System Settings</gui>."
232
msgstr ""
233
234
#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:38(item/p)
235
#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:44(item/p)
236
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:47(item/p)
237
#: C/keyboard-osk.page:33(item/p)
238
msgid ""
239
"Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Typing</gui> tab."
240
msgstr ""
241
242
#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:39(item/p)
243
msgid "Switch <gui>Bounce Keys</gui> on."
244
msgstr ""
245
246
#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:45(note/title)
247
msgid "Quickly turn bounce keys on and off"
248
msgstr ""
249
250
#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:46(note/p)
251
msgid ""
252
"You can turn bounce keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-"
253
"icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Bounce "
254
"Keys</gui>."
255
msgstr ""
256
257
#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:52(page/p)
258
msgid ""
259
"Use the <gui>Acceptance delay</gui> slider to change how long bounce keys "
260
"waits before it registers another key press after you pressed the key for "
261
"the first time. Select <gui>Beep when a key is rejected</gui> if you want "
262
"the computer to make a sound each time it ignores a key press because it "
263
"happened too soon after the previous key press."
264
msgstr ""
265
266
#: C/a11y-braille.page:14(info/desc)
267
msgid ""
268
"Use the <app>Orca</app> screen reader with a refreshable Braille display."
269
msgstr ""
270
271
#: C/a11y-braille.page:18(page/title)
272
msgid "Read screen in Braille"
273
msgstr ""
274
275
#: C/a11y-braille.page:20(page/p)
276
msgid ""
277
"GNOME provides the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to display the user "
278
"interface on a refreshable Braille display. Refer to the <link "
279
"href=\"help:orca\">Orca Help</link> for more information."
280
msgstr ""
281
282
#: C/a11y-contrast.page:15(info/desc)
283
msgid ""
284
"Make windows and buttons on the screen more (or less) vivid, so they're "
285
"easier to see."
286
msgstr ""
287
288
#: C/a11y-contrast.page:19(page/title)
289
msgid "Adjust the contrast"
290
msgstr ""
291
292
#: C/a11y-contrast.page:21(page/p)
293
msgid ""
294
"You can adjust the contrast of windows and buttons so that they're easier to "
295
"see. This is not the same as <link xref=\"display-dimscreen\">changing the "
296
"brightness of the whole screen</link>; only parts of the <em>user "
297
"interface</em> will change."
298
msgstr ""
299
300
#: C/a11y-contrast.page:32(item/p)
301
#: C/a11y-font-size.page:32(item/p)
302
msgid ""
303
"Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Seeing</gui> tab."
304
msgstr ""
305
306
#: C/a11y-contrast.page:33(item/p)
307
msgid ""
308
"Under <gui>Display</gui> select the <gui>Contrast</gui> that best suits your "
309
"needs. <gui>Low</gui> will make things less vivid, for example."
310
msgstr ""
311
312
#: C/a11y-contrast.page:39(note/p)
313
msgid ""
314
"You can quickly change the contrast by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-"
315
"icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>High "
316
"Contrast</gui>."
317
msgstr ""
318
319
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:21(info/desc)
320
msgid ""
321
"The Hover Click (Dwell Click) feature allows you to click by holding the "
322
"mouse still."
323
msgstr ""
324
325
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:26(page/title)
326
msgid "Simulate clicking by hovering"
327
msgstr ""
328
329
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:28(page/p)
330
msgid ""
331
"You can click or drag simply by hovering your mouse pointer over a control "
332
"or object on the screen. This is useful if you find it difficult to move the "
333
"mouse and click at the same time. This feature is called Hover Click or "
334
"Dwell Click."
335
msgstr ""
336
337
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:33(page/p)
338
msgid ""
339
"When Hover Click is enabled, you can move your mouse pointer over a control, "
340
"let go of the mouse, and then wait for a while before the button will be "
341
"clicked for you."
342
msgstr ""
343
344
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:46(item/p)
345
#: C/a11y-right-click.page:41(item/p)
346
msgid ""
347
"Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Pointing and "
348
"Clicking</gui> tab."
349
msgstr ""
350
351
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:48(item/p)
352
msgid "Switch <gui>Hover Click</gui> on."
353
msgstr ""
354
355
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:51(page/p)
356
msgid ""
357
"The <gui>Hover Click</gui> window will open, and will stay above all of your "
358
"other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should happen "
359
"when you hover. For example, if you select <gui>Secondary Click</gui>, you "
360
"will right-click when you hover. After you double-click, right-click, or "
361
"drag, you will be automatically returned to clicking."
362
msgstr ""
363
364
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:57(page/p)
365
msgid ""
366
"When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and don't move it, it will "
367
"gradually change color. When it has fully changed color, the button will be "
368
"clicked."
369
msgstr ""
370
371
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:61(page/p)
372
msgid ""
373
"Adjust the <gui>Delay</gui> setting to change how long you have to hold the "
374
"mouse pointer still before clicking."
375
msgstr ""
376
377
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:64(page/p)
378
msgid ""
379
"You don't need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. The "
380
"pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still click after a while. "
381
"If it moves too much, however, the click will not happen."
382
msgstr ""
383
384
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:68(page/p)
385
msgid ""
386
"Adjust the <gui>Motion threshold</gui> setting to change how much the "
387
"pointer can move and still be considered to be hovering."
388
msgstr ""
389
390
#: C/a11y-font-size.page:14(info/desc)
391
msgid "Use larger fonts to make text easier to read."
392
msgstr ""
393
394
#: C/a11y-font-size.page:18(page/title)
395
msgid "Change text size on the screen"
396
msgstr ""
397
398
#: C/a11y-font-size.page:20(page/p)
399
msgid ""
400
"If you have difficulty reading the text on your screen, you can change the "
401
"size of the font."
402
msgstr ""
403
404
#: C/a11y-font-size.page:33(item/p)
405
msgid ""
406
"Under <gui>Display</gui> select the <gui>Text size</gui> that is big enough "
407
"for you. It will adjust immediately."
408
msgstr ""
409
410
#: C/a11y-font-size.page:40(note/p)
411
msgid ""
412
"You can quickly change the text size by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-"
413
"icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Large "
414
"Text</gui>."
415
msgstr ""
416
417
#: C/a11y-font-size.page:46(note/p)
418
msgid ""
419
"In many apps, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing "
420
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>+</key></keyseq>. To reduce the text size, press "
421
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>-</key></keyseq>."
422
msgstr ""
423
424
#: C/a11y-locate-pointer.page:16(info/desc)
425
msgid "Pressing <key>Ctrl</key> can find the mouse pointer."
426
msgstr ""
427
428
#: C/a11y-locate-pointer.page:20(page/title)
429
msgid "Quickly locate the pointer"
430
msgstr ""
431
432
#: C/a11y-locate-pointer.page:23(page/p)
433
msgid ""
434
"If you have trouble seeing where the mouse pointer is on your screen, you "
435
"can make it so that simply pressing the <key>Ctrl</key> key will locate your "
436
"pointer. Once this is set up, pressing <key>Ctrl</key> will cause an "
437
"animation to appear briefly at the location of your pointer."
438
msgstr ""
439
440
#: C/a11y-locate-pointer.page:37(item/p)
441
msgid ""
442
"Open <gui>Mouse and Touchpad</gui> and select the <gui>Mouse</gui> tab."
443
msgstr ""
444
445
#: C/a11y-locate-pointer.page:39(item/p)
446
msgid ""
447
"Select <gui>Show position of pointer when the Control key is pressed</gui>."
448
msgstr ""
449
450
#: C/a11y-locate-pointer.page:43(page/p)
451
msgid "Your <key>Ctrl</key> keys will now locate the pointer when pressed."
452
msgstr ""
453
454
#: C/a11y.page:14(info/desc)
455
msgid ""
456
"<link xref=\"a11y#vision\">Seeing</link>, <link "
457
"xref=\"a11y#sound\">hearing</link>, <link "
458
"xref=\"a11y#mobility\">mobility</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-"
459
"braille\">braille</link>…"
460
msgstr ""
461
462
#: C/a11y.page:24(page/title)
463
#: C/keyboard.page:36(links/title)
464
msgid "Universal access"
465
msgstr ""
466
467
#: C/a11y.page:28(when/p)
468
msgid ""
469
"The Unity desktop includes assistive technologies to support users with "
470
"various impairments and special needs, and to interact with common assistive "
471
"devices. Many accessibility features can be accessed from the <gui>Universal "
472
"Access</gui> section of <gui>System Settings</gui>."
473
msgstr ""
474
475
#: C/a11y.page:33(choose/p)
476
msgid ""
477
"The GNOME desktop includes assistive technologies to support users with "
478
"various impairments and special needs, and to interact with common assistive "
479
"devices. Many accessibility features can be accessed from the accessibility "
480
"menu in the top bar."
481
msgstr ""
482
483
#: C/a11y.page:40(section/title)
484
msgid "Visual impairments"
485
msgstr ""
486
487
#: C/a11y.page:43(links/title)
488
msgid "Blindness"
489
msgstr ""
490
491
#: C/a11y.page:46(links/title)
492
msgid "Low vision"
493
msgstr ""
494
495
#: C/a11y.page:49(links/title)
496
msgid "Color-blindness"
497
msgstr ""
498
499
#: C/a11y.page:52(links/title)
500
#: C/a11y.page:74(links/title)
501
#: C/keyboard.page:40(links/title)
502
msgid "Other topics"
503
msgstr ""
504
505
#: C/a11y.page:57(section/title)
506
msgid "Hearing impairments"
507
msgstr ""
508
509
#: C/a11y.page:62(section/title)
510
msgid "Mobility impairments"
511
msgstr ""
512
513
#: C/a11y.page:65(links/title)
514
msgid "Mouse movement"
515
msgstr ""
516
517
#: C/a11y.page:68(links/title)
518
msgid "Clicking and dragging"
519
msgstr ""
520
521
#: C/a11y.page:71(links/title)
522
msgid "Keyboard use"
523
msgstr ""
524
525
#: C/a11y-right-click.page:14(credit/years)
526
#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:12(credit/years)
527
#: C/contacts-connect.page:12(credit/years)
528
#: C/contacts.page:15(credit/years)
529
#: C/contacts-setup.page:12(credit/years)
530
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:13(credit/years)
531
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:22(credit/years)
532
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:21(credit/years)
533
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:16(credit/years)
534
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:17(credit/years)
535
#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:12(credit/years)
536
#: C/wacom-mode.page:12(credit/years)
537
#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:12(credit/years)
538
#: C/wacom-stylus.page:12(credit/years)
539
msgid "2012"
540
msgstr ""
541
542
#: C/a11y-right-click.page:22(info/desc)
543
msgid "Press and hold the left mouse button to right-click."
544
msgstr ""
545
546
#: C/a11y-right-click.page:26(page/title)
547
msgid "Simulate a right mouse click"
548
msgstr ""
549
550
#: C/a11y-right-click.page:28(page/p)
551
msgid ""
552
"You can right-click by holding down the left mouse button. This is useful if "
553
"you find it difficult to move your fingers individually on one hand, or if "
554
"your pointing device only has a single button."
555
msgstr ""
556
557
#: C/a11y-right-click.page:43(item/p)
558
msgid "Switch <gui>Simulated Secondary Click</gui> on."
559
msgstr ""
560
561
#: C/a11y-right-click.page:46(page/p)
562
msgid ""
563
"You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it "
564
"is registered as a right click. On the <gui>Pointing and Clicking</gui> tab, "
565
"change the <gui>Acceptance delay</gui> under <gui>Simulated Secondary "
566
"Click</gui>."
567
msgstr ""
568
569
#: C/a11y-right-click.page:51(page/p)
570
msgid ""
571
"To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse "
572
"button where you would normally right-click, then release. The pointer fills "
573
"with blue as you hold down the left mouse button. Once it is entirely blue, "
574
"release the mouse button to right-click."
575
msgstr ""
576
577
#: C/a11y-right-click.page:56(page/p)
578
msgid ""
579
"Some special pointers, such as the resize pointers, do not change colors. "
580
"You can still use simulated secondary click as normal, even if you don't get "
581
"visual feedback from the pointer."
582
msgstr ""
583
584
#: C/a11y-right-click.page:60(page/p)
585
msgid ""
586
"If you use <link xref=\"mouse-mousekeys\">Mouse Keys</link>, this also "
587
"allows you to right-click by holding down the <key>5</key> key on your "
588
"keypad."
589
msgstr ""
590
591
#: C/a11y-right-click.page:66(note/p)
592
msgid ""
593
"In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, you are always able to long-press to "
594
"right-click, even with this feature disabled. Long-press works slightly "
595
"differently in the overview: You do not have to release the button to right-"
596
"click."
597
msgstr ""
598
599
#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:13(info/desc)
600
msgid "Use the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to speak the user interface."
601
msgstr ""
602
603
#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:17(page/title)
604
msgid "Read screen aloud"
605
msgstr ""
606
607
#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:19(page/p)
608
msgid ""
609
"GNOME provides the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to speak the user "
610
"interface. Refer to the <link href=\"help:orca\">Orca Help</link> for more "
611
"information."
612
msgstr ""
613
614
#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:21(info/desc)
615
msgid ""
616
"Have a delay between a key being pressed and that letter appearing on the "
617
"screen."
618
msgstr ""
619
620
#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:26(page/title)
621
msgid "Turn on slow keys"
622
msgstr ""
623
624
#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:28(page/p)
625
msgid ""
626
"Turn on <em>slow keys</em> if you would like there to be a delay between "
627
"pressing a key and that letter being displayed on the screen. This means "
628
"that you have to hold down each key you want to type for a little while "
629
"before it appears. Use slow keys if you accidentally press several keys at a "
630
"time when you type, or if you find it difficult to press the right key on "
631
"the keyboard first time."
632
msgstr ""
633
634
#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:46(item/p)
635
msgid "Switch <gui>Slow Keys</gui> on."
636
msgstr ""
637
638
#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:50(note/title)
639
msgid "Quickly turn slow keys on and off"
640
msgstr ""
641
642
#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:51(note/p)
643
msgid ""
644
"Select <gui>Turn on accessibility features from the keyboard</gui> to turn "
645
"slow keys on and off from the keyboard. When this option is selected, you "
646
"can press and hold <key>Shift</key> for eight seconds to enable or disable "
647
"slow keys."
648
msgstr ""
649
650
#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:56(choose/p)
651
msgid ""
652
"You can also turn slow keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-"
653
"icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Slow "
654
"Keys</gui>."
655
msgstr ""
656
657
#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:62(page/p)
658
msgid ""
659
"Use the <gui>Acceptance delay</gui> slider to control how long you have to "
660
"hold a key down for it to register."
661
msgstr ""
662
663
#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:65(page/p)
664
msgid ""
665
"You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key "
666
"press is accepted, or when a key press is rejected because you didn't hold "
667
"the key down long enough."
668
msgstr ""
669
670
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:21(info/desc)
671
msgid ""
672
"Type keyboard shortcuts one key at a time rather than having to hold down "
673
"all of the keys at once."
674
msgstr ""
675
676
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:26(page/title)
677
msgid "Turn on sticky keys"
678
msgstr ""
679
680
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:28(page/p)
681
msgid ""
682
"<em>Sticky keys</em> allows you to type keyboard shortcuts one key at a time "
683
"rather than having to hold down all of the keys at once. For example, the "
684
"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> shortcut switches between "
685
"windows. Without sticky keys turned on, you would have to hold down both "
686
"keys at the same time; with sticky keys turned on, you would press "
687
"<key>Alt</key> and then <key>Tab</key> to do the same."
688
msgstr ""
689
690
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:35(page/p)
691
msgid ""
692
"You might want to turn on sticky keys if you find it difficult to hold down "
693
"several keys at once."
694
msgstr ""
695
696
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:49(item/p)
697
msgid "Switch <gui>Sticky Keys</gui> on."
698
msgstr ""
699
700
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:53(note/title)
701
msgid "Quickly turn sticky keys on and off"
702
msgstr ""
703
704
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:54(note/p)
705
msgid ""
706
"Select <gui>Turn on accessibility features from the keyboard</gui> (above "
707
"<gui>Sticky Keys</gui>) to turn sticky keys on and off from the keyboard. "
708
"When this option is selected, you can press <key>Shift</key> five times in a "
709
"row to enable or disable sticky keys."
710
msgstr ""
711
712
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:60(choose/p)
713
msgid ""
714
"You can also turn sticky keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-"
715
"icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Sticky "
716
"Keys</gui>."
717
msgstr ""
718
719
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:66(page/p)
720
msgid ""
721
"If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off "
722
"temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the normal way."
723
msgstr ""
724
725
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:68(page/p)
726
msgid ""
727
"For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press <key>Alt</key> and "
728
"<key>Tab</key> simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to press "
729
"another key if you had this option turned on. It <em>would</em> wait if you "
730
"only pressed one key, however. This is useful if you are able to press some "
731
"keyboard shortcuts simultaneously (for example, keys that are close "
732
"together), but not others."
733
msgstr ""
734
735
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:69(page/p)
736
msgid ""
737
"Select <gui>Disable if two keys are pressed together</gui> to enable this."
738
msgstr ""
739
740
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:71(page/p)
741
msgid ""
742
"You can have the computer make a \"beep\" sound when you start typing a "
743
"keyboard shortcut with sticky keys turned on. This is useful if you want to "
744
"know that sticky keys is expecting a keyboard shortcut to be typed, so the "
745
"next key press will be interpreted as part of a shortcut. Select <gui>Beep "
746
"when a modifier key is pressed</gui> to enable this."
747
msgstr ""
748
749
#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:15(info/desc)
750
msgid ""
751
"Enable visual alerts to flash the screen or window when an alert sound is "
752
"played."
753
msgstr ""
754
755
#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:20(page/title)
756
msgid "Flash the screen for alert sounds"
757
msgstr ""
758
759
#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:22(page/p)
760
msgid ""
761
"Your computer will play a simple alert sound for certain types of messages "
762
"and events. If you have a hard time hearing these sounds, you can have "
763
"either the entire screen or your current window visually flash whenever the "
764
"alert sound is played."
765
msgstr ""
766
767
#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:27(page/p)
768
msgid ""
769
"This can also be useful if you're in an environment where you need your "
770
"computer to be silent, such as in a library. See <link xref=\"sound-"
771
"alert\"/> to learn how to mute the alert sound, then enable visual alerts."
772
msgstr ""
773
774
#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:40(item/p)
775
msgid ""
776
"Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Hearing</gui> tab."
777
msgstr ""
778
779
#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:41(item/p)
780
msgid ""
781
"Switch <gui>Visual Alerts</gui> on. Select whether you want the entire "
782
"screen or just your current window to flash."
783
msgstr ""
784
785
#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:49(note/p)
786
msgid ""
787
"You can quickly turn visual alerts on and off by clicking the <link "
788
"xref=\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting "
789
"<gui>Visual Alerts</gui>."
790
msgstr ""
791
792
#: C/about-this-guide.page:10(info/desc)
793
msgid "A few tips about using the Ubuntu Desktop Guide."
794
msgstr ""
795
796
#: C/about-this-guide.page:14(credit/name)
797
#: C/backup-check.page:11(credit/name)
798
#: C/backup-frequency.page:16(credit/name)
799
#: C/backup-how.page:16(credit/name)
800
#: C/backup-restore.page:15(credit/name)
801
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:17(credit/name)
802
#: C/backup-what.page:11(credit/name)
803
#: C/backup-where.page:13(credit/name)
804
#: C/backup-why.page:13(credit/name)
805
#: C/clock-calendar.page:14(credit/name)
806
#: C/clock-set.page:12(credit/name)
807
#: C/clock-timezone.page:11(credit/name)
808
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:10(credit/name)
809
#: C/disk-capacity.page:8(credit/name)
810
#: C/disk-check.page:9(credit/name)
811
#: C/disk-format.page:9(credit/name)
812
#: C/disk-partitions.page:9(credit/name)
813
#: C/display-dimscreen.page:17(credit/name)
814
#: C/files-autorun.page:17(credit/name)
815
#: C/files-lost.page:14(credit/name)
816
#: C/files-recover.page:14(credit/name)
817
#: C/files-rename.page:12(credit/name)
818
#: C/files-search.page:13(credit/name)
819
#: C/hardware-driver.page:11(credit/name)
820
#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:13(credit/name)
821
#: C/look-background.page:14(credit/name)
822
#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:11(credit/name)
823
#: C/look-resolution.page:13(credit/name)
824
#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:11(credit/name)
825
#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:9(credit/name)
826
#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:9(credit/name)
827
#: C/music-player-newipod.page:9(credit/name)
828
#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:10(credit/name)
829
#: C/net-antivirus.page:13(credit/name)
830
#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:11(credit/name)
831
#: C/net-wired-connect.page:10(credit/name)
832
#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:11(credit/name)
833
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:13(credit/name)
834
#: C/net-wireless-find.page:12(credit/name)
835
#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:11(credit/name)
836
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:15(credit/name)
837
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:14(credit/name)
838
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:14(credit/name)
839
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:14(credit/name)
840
#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:10(credit/name)
841
#: C/power-batterybroken.page:14(credit/name)
842
#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:13(credit/name)
843
#: C/power-batterylife.page:13(credit/name)
844
#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:13(credit/name)
845
#: C/power-batteryslow.page:12(credit/name)
846
#: C/power-batterywindows.page:13(credit/name)
847
#: C/power-closelid.page:13(credit/name)
848
#: C/power-constantfan.page:12(credit/name)
849
#: C/power-hibernate.page:15(credit/name)
850
#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:13(credit/name)
851
#: C/power-lowpower.page:11(credit/name)
852
#: C/power-nowireless.page:15(credit/name)
853
#: C/power-othercountry.page:12(credit/name)
854
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:13(credit/name)
855
#: C/power-suspend.page:12(credit/name)
856
#: C/power-whydim.page:12(credit/name)
857
#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:12(credit/name)
858
#: C/printing-streaks.page:14(credit/name)
859
#: C/session-language.page:13(credit/name)
860
#: C/session-screenlocks.page:13(credit/name)
861
#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:16(credit/name)
862
#: C/shell-overview.page:21(credit/name)
863
#: C/shell-windows.page:14(credit/name)
864
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:15(credit/name)
865
#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:17(credit/name)
866
#: C/shell-workspaces.page:15(credit/name)
867
#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:16(credit/name)
868
#: C/sound-broken.page:13(credit/name)
869
#: C/sound-crackle.page:13(credit/name)
870
#: C/sound-nosound.page:14(credit/name)
871
#: C/user-accounts.page:16(credit/name)
872
#: C/user-add.page:12(credit/name)
873
#: C/user-admin-change.page:16(credit/name)
874
#: C/user-admin-explain.page:13(credit/name)
875
#: C/user-admin-problems.page:13(credit/name)
876
#: C/user-changepassword.page:15(credit/name)
877
#: C/user-changepicture.page:11(credit/name)
878
#: C/user-delete.page:15(credit/name)
879
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:10(credit/name)
880
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:12(credit/name)
881
#: C/video-dvd.page:14(credit/name)
882
#: C/video-sending.page:11(credit/name)
883
#: C/windows-key.page:11(credit/name)
884
msgid "GNOME Documentation Project"
885
msgstr ""
886
887
#: C/about-this-guide.page:19(credit/name)
888
#: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:10(credit/name)
889
#: C/addremove-install.page:12(credit/name)
890
#: C/addremove-ppa.page:11(credit/name)
891
#: C/addremove-remove.page:10(credit/name)
892
#: C/addremove-sources.page:10(credit/name)
893
#: C/app-cheese.page:10(credit/name)
894
#: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:12(credit/name)
895
#: C/net-antivirus.page:18(credit/name)
896
#: C/net-chat-empathy.page:11(credit/name)
897
#: C/net-chat-skype.page:11(credit/name)
898
#: C/net-chat-social.page:10(credit/name)
899
#: C/net-chat-video.page:10(credit/name)
900
#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:10(credit/name)
901
#: C/net-mobile.page:10(credit/name)
902
#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:16(credit/name)
903
#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:16(credit/name)
904
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:11(credit/name)
905
#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:10(credit/name)
906
#: C/unity-launcher-intro.page:13(credit/name)
907
#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:14(credit/name)
908
msgid "Ubuntu Documentation Team"
909
msgstr ""
910
911
#: C/about-this-guide.page:25(page/title)
912
msgid "About this guide"
913
msgstr ""
914
915
#: C/about-this-guide.page:26(page/p)
916
msgid ""
917
"This guide is designed to give you a tour of the features of your desktop, "
918
"answer your computer-related questions, and provide tips on using your "
919
"computer more effectively. We've tried to make this guide as easy to use as "
920
"possible:"
921
msgstr ""
922
923
#: C/about-this-guide.page:29(item/p)
924
msgid ""
925
"The guide is sorted into small, task-oriented topics--not chapters. This "
926
"means that you don't need to skim through an entire manual to find the "
927
"answer to your questions."
928
msgstr ""
929
930
#: C/about-this-guide.page:30(item/p)
931
msgid ""
932
"Related items are linked together. \"See Also\" links at the bottom of some "
933
"pages will direct you to related topics. This makes it easy to find similar "
934
"topics that might help you perform a certain task."
935
msgstr ""
936
937
#: C/about-this-guide.page:31(item/p)
938
msgid ""
939
"It includes built-in search. The bar at the top of the help browser is a "
940
"<em>search bar</em>, and relevant results will start appearing as soon as "
941
"you start typing."
942
msgstr ""
943
944
#: C/about-this-guide.page:32(item/p)
945
msgid ""
946
"The guide is constantly being improved. Although we attempt to provide you "
947
"with a comprehensive set of helpful information, we know we won't answer all "
948
"of your questions here. We will keep adding more information to make things "
949
"more helpful, though."
950
msgstr ""
951
952
#: C/about-this-guide.page:35(page/p)
953
msgid ""
954
"Thank you for taking the time to read the <em>Ubuntu Desktop Guide</em>."
955
msgstr ""
956
957
#: C/about-this-guide.page:37(page/p)
958
msgid "-- The Ubuntu documentation team"
959
msgstr ""
960
961
#: C/accounts-add.page:6(info/desc)
962
msgid "Connect an online account."
963
msgstr ""
964
965
#: C/accounts-add.page:11(credit/name)
966
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:14(credit/name)
967
#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:14(credit/name)
968
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:15(credit/name)
969
#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:14(credit/name)
970
#: C/files-delete.page:22(credit/name)
971
#: C/files-removedrive.page:12(credit/name)
972
#: C/files-rename.page:20(credit/name)
973
#: C/files-sort.page:16(credit/name)
974
#: C/more-help.page:14(credit/name)
975
#: C/net-findip.page:15(credit/name)
976
#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:11(credit/name)
977
#: C/net-macaddress.page:14(credit/name)
978
#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:10(credit/name)
979
#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:11(credit/name)
980
#: C/printing-2sided.page:17(credit/name)
981
#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:17(credit/name)
982
#: C/printing-differentsize.page:16(credit/name)
983
#: C/printing-envelopes.page:18(credit/name)
984
#: C/printing-order.page:17(credit/name)
985
#: C/printing-paperjam.page:14(credit/name)
986
#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:13(credit/name)
987
#: C/printing-setup.page:17(credit/name)
988
#: C/unity-introduction.page:18(credit/name)
989
msgid "Jim Campbell"
990
msgstr ""
991
992
#: C/accounts-add.page:15(credit/name)
993
#: C/accounts-create.page:19(credit/name)
994
#: C/accounts-remove.page:12(credit/name)
995
#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:15(credit/name)
996
#: C/backup-how.page:20(credit/name)
997
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:21(credit/name)
998
#: C/backup-what.page:19(credit/name)
999
#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:16(credit/name)
1000
#: C/contacts-connect.page:10(credit/name)
1001
#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:18(credit/name)
1002
#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:18(credit/name)
1003
#: C/contacts.page:13(credit/name)
1004
#: C/contacts-search.page:18(credit/name)
1005
#: C/contacts-setup.page:10(credit/name)
1006
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:18(credit/name)
1007
#: C/disk-capacity.page:16(credit/name)
1008
#: C/disk-check.page:17(credit/name)
1009
#: C/files-disc-write.page:8(credit/name)
1010
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:12(credit/name)
1011
#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:12(credit/name)
1012
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:24(credit/name)
1013
#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:10(credit/name)
1014
#: C/wacom-mode.page:10(credit/name)
1015
#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:10(credit/name)
1016
#: C/wacom.page:13(credit/name)
1017
#: C/wacom-stylus.page:10(credit/name)
1018
msgid "Michael Hill"
1019
msgstr ""
1020
1021
#: C/accounts-add.page:20(page/title)
1022
msgid "Add an account"
1023
msgstr ""
1024
1025
#: C/accounts-add.page:22(page/p)
1026
msgid ""
1027
"Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your Ubuntu "
1028
"desktop. Thus, your email program, chat program, and other related "
1029
"applications will be set up for you."
1030
msgstr ""
1031
1032
#: C/accounts-add.page:27(item/p)
1033
msgid ""
1034
"Click the <gui>Add account</gui> button on the left side of the window."
1035
msgstr ""
1036
1037
#: C/accounts-add.page:29(item/p)
1038
msgid "Click the account name you want to add."
1039
msgstr ""
1040
1041
#: C/accounts-add.page:30(item/p)
1042
msgid ""
1043
"If you have more than one account, you can add the other accounts at a later "
1044
"time."
1045
msgstr ""
1046
1047
#: C/accounts-add.page:32(item/p)
1048
msgid ""
1049
"A small website window will open where you can enter your online account "
1050
"credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your "
1051
"Google username and password."
1052
msgstr ""
1053
1054
#: C/accounts-add.page:36(item/p)
1055
msgid ""
1056
"If you've entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to allow "
1057
"Ubuntu access to your online account. Select <gui>Grant Access</gui> to "
1058
"continue."
1059
msgstr ""
1060
1061
#: C/accounts-add.page:47(page/p)
1062
msgid ""
1063
"After you have added the accounts, each application that you have selected "
1064
"will automatically use those credentials when you start them."
1065
msgstr ""
1066
1067
#: C/accounts-add.page:51(note/p)
1068
msgid ""
1069
"For security reasons, Ubuntu will not store your password on your computer. "
1070
"Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you "
1071
"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, "
1072
"<link xref=\"accounts-remove\">remove</link> it."
1073
msgstr ""
1074
1075
#: C/accounts-create.page:11(credit/name)
1076
#: C/display-dimscreen.page:29(credit/name)
1077
#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:21(credit/name)
1078
#: C/power-batterylife.page:21(credit/name)
1079
#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:21(credit/name)
1080
#: C/power-closelid.page:17(credit/name)
1081
#: C/power-hibernate.page:19(credit/name)
1082
#: C/power-lowpower.page:15(credit/name)
1083
#: C/power-nowireless.page:19(credit/name)
1084
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:17(credit/name)
1085
#: C/power-suspend.page:16(credit/name)
1086
#: C/sharing.page:14(credit/name)
1087
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:10(credit/name)
1088
msgid "Ekaterina Gerasimova"
1089
msgstr ""
1090
1091
#: C/accounts-create.page:15(credit/name)
1092
#: C/keyboard.page:23(credit/name)
1093
#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:22(credit/name)
1094
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:16(credit/name)
1095
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:16(credit/name)
1096
#: C/keyboard-osk.page:16(credit/name)
1097
#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:20(credit/name)
1098
#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:16(credit/name)
1099
msgid "Julita Inca"
1100
msgstr ""
1101
1102
#: C/accounts-create.page:23(info/desc)
1103
msgid "Create a new account using Online Accounts."
1104
msgstr ""
1105
1106
#: C/accounts-create.page:27(page/title)
1107
msgid "Create an online account"
1108
msgstr ""
1109
1110
#: C/accounts-create.page:29(page/p)
1111
msgid ""
1112
"Some online account service providers allow you to create an account while "
1113
"adding it to <app>Online Accounts</app>. This allows you to manage all your "
1114
"online accounts from one application."
1115
msgstr ""
1116
1117
#: C/accounts-create.page:35(item/p)
1118
#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:32(item/p)
1119
#: C/accounts-remove.page:20(item/p)
1120
#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:32(item/p)
1121
#: C/printing-setup.page:62(item/p)
1122
#: C/unity-shopping.page:38(item/p)
1123
#: C/user-add.page:44(item/p)
1124
#: C/user-admin-change.page:32(item/p)
1125
#: C/user-changepassword.page:52(item/p)
1126
#: C/user-changepicture.page:30(item/p)
1127
#: C/user-delete.page:32(item/p)
1128
#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:25(item/p)
1129
#: C/wacom-mode.page:23(item/p)
1130
#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:27(item/p)
1131
#: C/wacom-stylus.page:27(item/p)
1132
msgid ""
1133
"Click the icon at the far right of the <gui>menu bar</gui> and select "
1134
"<gui>System Settings</gui>."
1135
msgstr ""
1136
1137
#: C/accounts-create.page:38(item/p)
1138
#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:33(item/p)
1139
#: C/accounts-remove.page:21(item/p)
1140
msgid "Open <gui>Online Accounts</gui>."
1141
msgstr ""
1142
1143
#: C/accounts-create.page:41(item/p)
1144
msgid "Click <gui style=\"button\">Add account</gui>."
1145
msgstr ""
1146
1147
#: C/accounts-create.page:44(item/p)
1148
msgid "Select an account provider."
1149
msgstr ""
1150
1151
#: C/accounts-create.page:47(item/p)
1152
msgid ""
1153
"Find and click the <gui>Sign Up</gui> button or link on the page which "
1154
"appears."
1155
msgstr ""
1156
1157
#: C/accounts-create.page:50(note/p)
1158
msgid ""
1159
"Not all online account providers offer the option to create an account at "
1160
"this stage. If this is true of the service you wish to register, you will "
1161
"need to use an alternative method to create an account."
1162
msgstr ""
1163
1164
#: C/accounts-create.page:56(item/p)
1165
msgid ""
1166
"Fill in the registration form. You will typically be asked for some personal "
1167
"details such as username and password."
1168
msgstr ""
1169
1170
#: C/accounts-create.page:60(item/p)
1171
msgid ""
1172
"You need to grant Ubuntu access to your new account in order to use it with "
1173
"<app>Online Accounts</app>."
1174
msgstr ""
1175
1176
#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:5(info/desc)
1177
msgid "You can deactivate an online account without completely removing it."
1178
msgstr ""
1179
1180
#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:18(page/title)
1181
msgid "Disable an online account"
1182
msgstr ""
1183
1184
#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:29(page/p)
1185
msgid ""
1186
"You can disable an online account if you don't want to use it for a while "
1187
"but don't want to completely <link xref=\"accounts-remove\">remove the "
1188
"account</link>."
1189
msgstr ""
1190
1191
#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:34(item/p)
1192
msgid "Select the account you want to change from the list on the left."
1193
msgstr ""
1194
1195
#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:36(item/p)
1196
msgid ""
1197
"A list of services that are available with this account will be shown."
1198
msgstr ""
1199
1200
#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:38(item/p)
1201
msgid "Switch off any account that you don't want to use."
1202
msgstr ""
1203
1204
#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:42(page/p)
1205
msgid ""
1206
"Once an account has been disabled, applications on your computer won't be "
1207
"able to use the account to connect to that service any more."
1208
msgstr ""
1209
1210
#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:46(page/p)
1211
msgid ""
1212
"To turn on an account that you disabled, just go back to the <gui>Online "
1213
"Accounts</gui> window and switch it on."
1214
msgstr ""
1215
1216
#: C/accounts.page:6(info/desc)
1217
msgid "Access online services like Facebook and Google."
1218
msgstr ""
1219
1220
#: C/accounts.page:18(page/title)
1221
msgid "Online accounts"
1222
msgstr ""
1223
1224
#: C/accounts.page:20(page/p)
1225
msgid ""
1226
"You can enter your login details for some online services (like Google and "
1227
"Facebook) into the <gui>Online Accounts</gui> window. This will let you "
1228
"easily access your calendar, mail, chat accounts, and similar from those "
1229
"applications without having to enter your account details again."
1230
msgstr ""
1231
1232
#: C/accounts-remove.page:6(info/desc)
1233
msgid "Completely remove an online account."
1234
msgstr ""
1235
1236
#: C/accounts-remove.page:17(page/title)
1237
msgid "Remove an account"
1238
msgstr ""
1239
1240
#: C/accounts-remove.page:22(item/p)
1241
msgid "Select the account you wish to remove."
1242
msgstr ""
1243
1244
#: C/accounts-remove.page:23(item/p)
1245
msgid ""
1246
"Click the <gui>Remove Account</gui> button in the lower-right portion of the "
1247
"window."
1248
msgstr ""
1249
1250
#: C/accounts-remove.page:25(item/p)
1251
#: C/sharing-remote-login.page:42(item/p)
1252
#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:52(item/p)
1253
msgid "Click <gui>Remove</gui>."
1254
msgstr ""
1255
1256
#: C/accounts-remove.page:29(note/p)
1257
msgid ""
1258
"Instead of deleting the account completely, it's possible to <link "
1259
"xref=\"accounts-disable-service\">disable the account</link> temporarily."
1260
msgstr ""
1261
1262
#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:10(credit/name)
1263
msgid "Susanna Huhtanen"
1264
msgstr ""
1265
1266
#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:19(info/desc)
1267
msgid "Why add your email or social media accounts to your desktop?"
1268
msgstr ""
1269
1270
#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:22(page/title)
1271
msgid "Why should I add an account?"
1272
msgstr ""
1273
1274
#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:23(page/p)
1275
msgid ""
1276
"Adding your accounts brings your choice of services like calendar, chat and "
1277
"e-mail straight to your desktop and makes the information of the services a "
1278
"seamless part of your user experience. By adding accounts you can easily "
1279
"keep in touch with services of different accounts, like chats, at the same "
1280
"time. Just set your account once and every time you start your computer all "
1281
"the accounts and services you've added are ready for you."
1282
msgstr ""
1283
1284
#: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:13(info/desc)
1285
msgid ""
1286
"Synaptic is a powerful but complicated software management alternative to "
1287
"Ubuntu Software Center."
1288
msgstr ""
1289
1290
#: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:17(page/title)
1291
msgid "Use Synaptic for more advanced software management"
1292
msgstr ""
1293
1294
#: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:19(page/p)
1295
msgid ""
1296
"<app>Synaptic Package Manager</app> is more powerful and can do some "
1297
"software management tasks which <app>Ubuntu Software Center</app> can't. "
1298
"Synaptic's interface is more complicated and doesn't support newer Software "
1299
"Center features like ratings and reviews and therefore isn't recommended for "
1300
"use by those new to Ubuntu."
1301
msgstr ""
1302
1303
#: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:26(page/p)
1304
msgid ""
1305
"Synaptic isn't installed by default, but you can <link "
1306
"href=\"apt:synaptic\">install</link> it with Software Center."
1307
msgstr ""
1308
1309
#: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:31(section/title)
1310
msgid "Install software with Synaptic"
1311
msgstr ""
1312
1313
#: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:34(item/p)
1314
msgid ""
1315
"Open Synaptic from the <gui>dash</gui> or the <gui>launcher</gui>. You will "
1316
"need to enter your password in the <gui>Authenticate</gui> window."
1317
msgstr ""
1318
1319
#: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:38(item/p)
1320
msgid ""
1321
"Click <gui>Search</gui> to search for an application, or click "
1322
"<gui>Sections</gui> and look through the categories to find one."
1323
msgstr ""
1324
1325
#: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:43(item/p)
1326
msgid ""
1327
"Right-click the application that you want to install and select <gui>Mark "
1328
"for Installation</gui>."
1329
msgstr ""
1330
1331
#: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:47(item/p)
1332
msgid ""
1333
"If you are asked if you would like to mark additional changes, click "
1334
"<gui>Mark</gui>."
1335
msgstr ""
1336
1337
#: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:51(item/p)
1338
msgid "Select any other applications that you would like to install."
1339
msgstr ""
1340
1341
#: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:55(item/p)
1342
msgid ""
1343
"Click <gui>Apply</gui>, and then click <gui>Apply</gui> in the window that "
1344
"appears. The applications that you chose will be downloaded and installed."
1345
msgstr ""
1346
1347
#: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:61(section/p)
1348
msgid ""
1349
"For more information about using <app>Synaptic</app>, consult the <link "
1350
"href=\"ghelp:synaptic\">Synaptic Manual</link>."
1351
msgstr ""
1352
1353
#: C/addremove-install.page:15(info/desc)
1354
msgid ""
1355
"Use the Ubuntu Software Center to add programs and make Ubuntu more useful."
1356
msgstr ""
1357
1358
#: C/addremove-install.page:19(page/title)
1359
msgid "Install additional software"
1360
msgstr ""
1361
1362
#: C/addremove-install.page:20(page/p)
1363
msgid ""
1364
"The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we "
1365
"think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will "
1366
"certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you."
1367
msgstr ""
1368
1369
#: C/addremove-install.page:23(page/p)
1370
msgid "To install additional software, complete the following steps:"
1371
msgstr ""
1372
1373
#: C/addremove-install.page:25(item/p)
1374
msgid ""
1375
"Connect to the Internet using a <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
1376
"connect\">wireless</link> or <link xref=\"net-wired-connect\">wired "
1377
"connection</link>."
1378
msgstr ""
1379
1380
#: C/addremove-install.page:27(item/p)
1381
#: C/addremove-ppa.page:30(item/p)
1382
#: C/addremove-remove.page:23(item/p)
1383
msgid ""
1384
"Click the <app>Ubuntu Software Center</app> icon in the <gui>launcher</gui>, "
1385
"or search for <input>Software Center</input> in the <gui>dash</gui>."
1386
msgstr ""
1387
1388
#: C/addremove-install.page:29(item/p)
1389
msgid ""
1390
"When the Software Center launches, search for an application, or select a "
1391
"category and find an application from the list."
1392
msgstr ""
1393
1394
#: C/addremove-install.page:31(item/p)
1395
msgid ""
1396
"Select the application that you are interested in and click "
1397
"<gui>Install</gui>."
1398
msgstr ""
1399
1400
#: C/addremove-install.page:32(item/p)
1401
msgid ""
1402
"You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the "
1403
"installation will begin."
1404
msgstr ""
1405
1406
#: C/addremove-install.page:33(item/p)
1407
msgid ""
1408
"The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you "
1409
"have a slow Internet connection."
1410
msgstr ""
1411
1412
#: C/addremove-install.page:35(item/p)
1413
msgid ""
1414
"A shortcut to your new app will be added to the launcher. To disable this "
1415
"feature, uncheck <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>New Applications in "
1416
"Launcher</gui></guiseq>."
1417
msgstr ""
1418
1419
#: C/addremove-ppa.page:14(info/desc)
1420
msgid "Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software."
1421
msgstr ""
1422
1423
#: C/addremove-ppa.page:18(page/title)
1424
msgid "Add a Personal Package Archive (PPA)"
1425
msgstr ""
1426
1427
#: C/addremove-ppa.page:19(page/p)
1428
msgid ""
1429
"<em>Personal Package Archives (PPAs)</em> are software repositories designed "
1430
"for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party "
1431
"repositories."
1432
msgstr ""
1433
1434
#: C/addremove-ppa.page:22(note/p)
1435
#: C/addremove-sources.page:20(note/p)
1436
msgid "Only add software repositories from sources that you trust!"
1437
msgstr ""
1438
1439
#: C/addremove-ppa.page:23(note/p)
1440
#: C/addremove-sources.page:21(note/p)
1441
msgid ""
1442
"Third-party software repositories are not checked for security or "
1443
"reliability by Ubuntu members, and may contain software which is harmful to "
1444
"your computer."
1445
msgstr ""
1446
1447
#: C/addremove-ppa.page:27(steps/title)
1448
msgid "Install a PPA"
1449
msgstr ""
1450
1451
#: C/addremove-ppa.page:28(item/p)
1452
msgid ""
1453
"On the PPA's overview page, look for the heading <gui>Adding this PPA to "
1454
"your system</gui>. Make a note of the PPA's location, which should look "
1455
"similar to: <code>ppa:mozillateam/firefox-next</code>."
1456
msgstr ""
1457
1458
#: C/addremove-ppa.page:32(item/p)
1459
#: C/addremove-sources.page:28(item/p)
1460
msgid ""
1461
"When the Software Center launches, click "
1462
"<guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Software Sources</gui></guiseq>"
1463
msgstr ""
1464
1465
#: C/addremove-ppa.page:33(item/p)
1466
msgid "Switch to the <gui>Other Software</gui> tab."
1467
msgstr ""
1468
1469
#: C/addremove-ppa.page:34(item/p)
1470
msgid "Click <gui>Add</gui> and enter the <code>ppa:</code> location."
1471
msgstr ""
1472
1473
#: C/addremove-ppa.page:35(item/p)
1474
msgid ""
1475
"Click <gui>Add Source</gui>. Enter your password in the Authenticate window."
1476
msgstr ""
1477
1478
#: C/addremove-ppa.page:36(item/p)
1479
msgid ""
1480
"Close the Software Sources window. Ubuntu Software Center will then check "
1481
"your software sources for new software."
1482
msgstr ""
1483
1484
#: C/addremove-remove.page:13(info/desc)
1485
msgid "Remove software that you no longer use."
1486
msgstr ""
1487
1488
#: C/addremove-remove.page:17(page/title)
1489
msgid "Remove an application"
1490
msgstr ""
1491
1492
#: C/addremove-remove.page:19(page/p)
1493
msgid ""
1494
"The <app>Ubuntu Software Center</app> makes it easy to remove software that "
1495
"you no longer use."
1496
msgstr ""
1497
1498
#: C/addremove-remove.page:27(item/p)
1499
msgid ""
1500
"When the Software Center opens, click the <gui>Installed</gui> button at the "
1501
"top."
1502
msgstr ""
1503
1504
#: C/addremove-remove.page:30(item/p)
1505
msgid ""
1506
"Find the application that you want to remove by using the search box, or by "
1507
"looking through the list of installed applications."
1508
msgstr ""
1509
1510
#: C/addremove-remove.page:34(item/p)
1511
msgid "Select the application and click <gui>Remove</gui>."
1512
msgstr ""
1513
1514
#: C/addremove-remove.page:37(item/p)
1515
msgid ""
1516
"You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the "
1517
"application will be removed."
1518
msgstr ""
1519
1520
#: C/addremove-remove.page:40(note/p)
1521
msgid ""
1522
"Some applications depend on others being installed in order to work "
1523
"properly. If you try to remove an application which is needed by another "
1524
"application, both of them will be removed. You will be asked to confirm that "
1525
"this is what you want to happen before the applications are removed."
1526
msgstr ""
1527
1528
#: C/addremove-sources.page:13(info/desc)
1529
msgid ""
1530
"Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for "
1531
"installation and upgrades."
1532
msgstr ""
1533
1534
#: C/addremove-sources.page:17(page/title)
1535
msgid "Add additional software repositories"
1536
msgstr ""
1537
1538
#: C/addremove-sources.page:18(page/p)
1539
msgid ""
1540
"Software is available from third-party sources, as well as from the default "
1541
"Ubuntu software repositories. If you want to install software from a third-"
1542
"party software repository, you must add it to Ubuntu's list of available "
1543
"repositories."
1544
msgstr ""
1545
1546
#: C/addremove-sources.page:25(steps/title)
1547
msgid "Install other repositories"
1548
msgstr ""
1549
1550
#: C/addremove-sources.page:26(item/p)
1551
msgid ""
1552
"Click on the <app>Ubuntu Software Center</app> icon in the Launcher, or "
1553
"search for Ubuntu Software Center in the search bar of the <app>Dash</app>."
1554
msgstr ""
1555
1556
#: C/addremove-sources.page:29(item/p)
1557
msgid ""
1558
"You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that, switch to "
1559
"the <gui>Other Software</gui> tab."
1560
msgstr ""
1561
1562
#: C/addremove-sources.page:30(item/p)
1563
msgid ""
1564
"Click <gui>Add</gui> and enter the APT line for the repository. This should "
1565
"be available from the website of the repository, and should look similar to:"
1566
msgstr ""
1567
1568
#: C/addremove-sources.page:31(item/p)
1569
msgid "<code>deb http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ precise main</code>"
1570
msgstr ""
1571
1572
#: C/addremove-sources.page:32(item/p)
1573
msgid ""
1574
"Click <gui>Add Source</gui> then close the Software Sources window. Ubuntu "
1575
"Software Center will then check your software sources for new updates."
1576
msgstr ""
1577
1578
#: C/addremove-sources.page:36(section/title)
1579
msgid "Activate the Canonical Partner repository"
1580
msgstr ""
1581
1582
#: C/addremove-sources.page:37(section/p)
1583
msgid ""
1584
"The Canonical Partner repository offers some proprietary applications that "
1585
"don't cost any money to use but are closed source. They include software "
1586
"like <app>Skype</app>, <app>Adobe Reader</app> and <app>Adobe Flash "
1587
"Plugin</app>. Software in this repository will appear in Ubuntu Software "
1588
"Center search results but won't be installable until this repository is "
1589
"enabled."
1590
msgstr ""
1591
1592
#: C/addremove-sources.page:38(section/p)
1593
msgid ""
1594
"To enable the repository, follow the steps above to open the <gui>Other "
1595
"Software</gui> tab in <app>Software Sources</app>. If you see the "
1596
"<gui>Canonical Partners</gui> repository in the list, make sure it is "
1597
"checked then close the Software Sources window. If you don't see it, click "
1598
"<gui>Add</gui> and enter:"
1599
msgstr ""
1600
1601
#: C/addremove-sources.page:42(section/p)
1602
msgid "<code>deb http://archive.canonical.com/ubuntu precise partner</code>"
1603
msgstr ""
1604
1605
#: C/addremove-sources.page:43(section/p)
1606
msgid ""
1607
"Click <gui>Add Source</gui> then close the Software Sources window. Wait a "
1608
"moment for Ubuntu Software Center to download the repository information."
1609
msgstr ""
1610
1611
#: C/app-cheese.page:14(info/desc)
1612
msgid "It is like your own personal photo booth."
1613
msgstr ""
1614
1615
#: C/app-cheese.page:18(page/title)
1616
msgid "Create fun photos and videos with your webcam"
1617
msgstr ""
1618
1619
#: C/app-cheese.page:20(page/p)
1620
msgid ""
1621
"With the <app>Cheese</app> application and your webcam, you can take photos "
1622
"and videos, apply fun special effects and share the fun with others. Using "
1623
"Cheese it is easy to take photos of you, your friends, your pets or whatever "
1624
"you want."
1625
msgstr ""
1626
1627
#: C/app-cheese.page:24(page/p)
1628
msgid "Cheese is not installed by default in Ubuntu. To install Cheese:"
1629
msgstr ""
1630
1631
#: C/app-cheese.page:26(item/p)
1632
msgid ""
1633
"Click <link href=\"apt:cheese\">this link</link> to launch the <app>Software "
1634
"Center</app>."
1635
msgstr ""
1636
1637
#: C/app-cheese.page:27(item/p)
1638
msgid ""
1639
"Read the information and reviews about Cheese to make sure you want to "
1640
"install it."
1641
msgstr ""
1642
1643
#: C/app-cheese.page:28(item/p)
1644
msgid ""
1645
"If you choose to install it, click <gui>Install</gui> from the Software "
1646
"Center window."
1647
msgstr ""
1648
1649
#: C/app-cheese.page:31(page/p)
1650
msgid ""
1651
"You may need to provide the administrative password to complete the "
1652
"installation."
1653
msgstr ""
1654
1655
#: C/app-cheese.page:33(page/p)
1656
msgid ""
1657
"For help with using Cheese, read the <link href=\"help:cheese\">Cheese user "
1658
"guide</link>."
1659
msgstr ""
1660
1661
#: C/app-cheese.page:35(note/p)
1662
msgid "You need to install Cheese before you can read the Cheese user guide."
1663
msgstr ""
1664
1665
#: C/backup-check.page:7(info/desc)
1666
msgid "Verify your backup was successful."
1667
msgstr ""
1668
1669
#: C/backup-check.page:17(page/title)
1670
msgid "Check your backup"
1671
msgstr ""
1672
1673
#: C/backup-check.page:19(page/p)
1674
msgid ""
1675
"After you have backed up your files, you should make sure that the backup "
1676
"was successful. If it didn't work properly, you could lose important data "
1677
"since some files could be missing from the backup."
1678
msgstr ""
1679
1680
#: C/backup-check.page:23(page/p)
1681
msgid ""
1682
"When you use the file manager to copy or move files, the computer checks to "
1683
"make sure that all of the data transferred correctly. However, if you are "
1684
"transferring data that is very important to you, you may want to perform "
1685
"additional checks to confirm that your data has been transferred properly."
1686
msgstr ""
1687
1688
#: C/backup-check.page:29(page/p)
1689
msgid ""
1690
"You can do an extra check by looking through the copied files and folders on "
1691
"the destination media. By checking to make sure that the files and folders "
1692
"you transferred are actually there in the backup, you can have extra "
1693
"confidence that the process was successful."
1694
msgstr ""
1695
1696
#: C/backup-check.page:34(note/p)
1697
msgid ""
1698
"If you find that you do regular backups of large amounts of data, you may "
1699
"find it easier to use a dedicated backup program, such as <app>Déjà "
1700
"Dup</app>. Such a program is more powerful and more reliable than just "
1701
"copying and pasting files."
1702
msgstr ""
1703
1704
#: C/backup-frequency.page:7(info/desc)
1705
msgid ""
1706
"Learn how often you should backup your important files to make sure that "
1707
"they're safe."
1708
msgstr ""
1709
1710
#: C/backup-frequency.page:12(credit/name)
1711
#: C/backup-how.page:12(credit/name)
1712
#: C/backup-restore.page:11(credit/name)
1713
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:13(credit/name)
1714
#: C/backup-what.page:15(credit/name)
1715
#: C/backup-where.page:17(credit/name)
1716
#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:13(credit/name)
1717
#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:13(credit/name)
1718
#: C/contacts-search.page:13(credit/name)
1719
#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:10(credit/name)
1720
#: C/files-browse.page:14(credit/name)
1721
#: C/files-copy.page:17(credit/name)
1722
#: C/get-involved.page:13(credit/name)
1723
#: C/more-help.page:9(credit/name)
1724
#: C/mouse.page:15(credit/name)
1725
#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:15(credit/name)
1726
#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:18(credit/name)
1727
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:12(credit/name)
1728
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:10(credit/name)
1729
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:14(credit/name)
1730
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:14(credit/name)
1731
#: C/nautilus-views.page:12(credit/name)
1732
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:14(credit/name)
1733
#: C/user-delete.page:11(credit/name)
1734
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:20(credit/name)
1735
msgid "Tiffany Antopolski"
1736
msgstr ""
1737
1738
#: C/backup-frequency.page:22(page/title)
1739
msgid "Frequency of backups"
1740
msgstr ""
1741
1742
#: C/backup-frequency.page:24(page/p)
1743
msgid ""
1744
"How often you make backups will depend on the type of data to be backed up. "
1745
"For example, if you are running a network environment with critical data "
1746
"stored on your servers, then even nightly backups may not be enough."
1747
msgstr ""
1748
1749
#: C/backup-frequency.page:28(page/p)
1750
msgid ""
1751
"On the other hand, if you are backing up the data on your home computer then "
1752
"hourly backups would likely be unnecessary. You may find it helpful to "
1753
"consider the following points when planning your backup schedule:"
1754
msgstr ""
1755
1756
#: C/backup-frequency.page:33(item/p)
1757
msgid "The amount of time you spend on the computer."
1758
msgstr ""
1759
1760
#: C/backup-frequency.page:34(item/p)
1761
msgid "How often and by how much the data on the computer changes."
1762
msgstr ""
1763
1764
#: C/backup-frequency.page:37(page/p)
1765
msgid ""
1766
"If the data you want to back up is lower priority, or subject to few "
1767
"changes, like music, e-mails and family photos, then weekly or even monthly "
1768
"backups may suffice. However, if you happen to be in the middle of a tax "
1769
"audit, more frequent backups may be necessary."
1770
msgstr ""
1771
1772
#: C/backup-frequency.page:42(page/p)
1773
msgid ""
1774
"As a general rule, the amount of time in between backups should be no more "
1775
"than the amount of time you are willing to spend re-doing any lost work. For "
1776
"example, if spending a week re-writing lost documents is too long for you, "
1777
"you should back up at least once per week."
1778
msgstr ""
1779
1780
#: C/backup-how.page:7(info/desc)
1781
msgid ""
1782
"Use Déjà Dup (or some other backup application) to make copies of your "
1783
"valuable files and settings to protect against loss."
1784
msgstr ""
1785
1786
#: C/backup-how.page:26(page/title)
1787
msgid "How to back up"
1788
msgstr ""
1789
1790
#: C/backup-how.page:28(page/p)
1791
msgid ""
1792
"The easiest way of backing up your files and settings is to let a backup "
1793
"application manage the backup process for you. A number of different backup "
1794
"applications are available, for example <app>Déjà Dup</app>."
1795
msgstr ""
1796
1797
#: C/backup-how.page:32(page/p)
1798
msgid ""
1799
"The help for your chosen backup application will walk you through setting "
1800
"your preferences for the backup, as well as how to restore your data."
1801
msgstr ""
1802
1803
#: C/backup-how.page:35(page/p)
1804
msgid ""
1805
"An alternative option is to <link xref=\"files-copy\">copy your files</link> "
1806
"to a safe location, such as an external hard drive, another computer on the "
1807
"network, or a USB drive. Your <link xref=\"backup-thinkabout\">personal "
1808
"files</link> and settings are usually in your Home folder, so you can copy "
1809
"them from there."
1810
msgstr ""
1811
1812
#: C/backup-how.page:40(page/p)
1813
msgid ""
1814
"The amount of data you can back up is limited by the size of the storage "
1815
"device. If you have the room on your backup device, it is best to back up "
1816
"the entire Home folder with the following exceptions:"
1817
msgstr ""
1818
1819
#: C/backup-how.page:45(item/p)
1820
msgid ""
1821
"Files that are already backed up somewhere else, such as to a CD, DVD, or "
1822
"other removable media."
1823
msgstr ""
1824
1825
#: C/backup-how.page:47(item/p)
1826
msgid ""
1827
"Files that you can recreate easily. For example, if you are a programmer, "
1828
"you don't have to back up the files that get produced when you compile your "
1829
"programs. Instead, just make sure that you back up the original source files."
1830
msgstr ""
1831
1832
#: C/backup-how.page:51(item/p)
1833
msgid ""
1834
"Any files in the Trash folder. Your Trash folder can be found in "
1835
"<file>~/.local/share/Trash</file>."
1836
msgstr ""
1837
1838
#: C/backup-restore.page:7(info/desc)
1839
msgid "Retrieve your files from a backup."
1840
msgstr ""
1841
1842
#: C/backup-restore.page:22(page/title)
1843
msgid "Restore a backup"
1844
msgstr ""
1845
1846
#: C/backup-restore.page:24(page/p)
1847
msgid ""
1848
"If you lost or deleted some of your files, but you have a backup of them, "
1849
"you can restore them from the backup:"
1850
msgstr ""
1851
1852
#: C/backup-restore.page:28(item/p)
1853
msgid ""
1854
"If you want to restore your backup from a device such as external hard "
1855
"drive, USB drive or another computer on the network, you can <link "
1856
"xref=\"files-copy\">copy them</link> back to your computer."
1857
msgstr ""
1858
1859
#: C/backup-restore.page:32(item/p)
1860
msgid ""
1861
"If you created your backup using a backup application such as <app>Déjà "
1862
"Dup</app>, it is recommended that you use the same application to restore "
1863
"your backup. Review the application help for your backup program: it will "
1864
"provide specific instructions on how to restore your files."
1865
msgstr ""
1866
1867
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:7(info/desc)
1868
msgid ""
1869
"A list of folders where you can find documents, files and settings that you "
1870
"may want to back up."
1871
msgstr ""
1872
1873
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:28(page/title)
1874
msgid "Where can I find the files I want to back up?"
1875
msgstr ""
1876
1877
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:30(page/p)
1878
msgid ""
1879
"Deciding which files to back up, and locating them, is the most difficult "
1880
"step when attempting to perform a backup. Listed below are the most common "
1881
"locations of important files and settings that you may want to back up."
1882
msgstr ""
1883
1884
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:36(item/p)
1885
msgid "Personal files (documents, music, photos and videos)"
1886
msgstr ""
1887
1888
#. translators: xdg dirs are localised by package xdg-user-dirs and need
1889
#. to be translated. You can find the correct translations for your
1890
#. language here: http://translationproject.org/domain/xdg-user-dirs.html
1891
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:37(item/p)
1892
msgid ""
1893
"These are usually stored in your home folder (<file>/home/your_name</file>). "
1894
"They could be in subfolders such as Desktop, Documents, Pictures, Music and "
1895
"Videos."
1896
msgstr ""
1897
1898
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:40(item/p)
1899
msgid ""
1900
"If your backup medium has sufficient space (if it's an external hard disk, "
1901
"for example), consider backing up the entire Home folder. You can find out "
1902
"how much disk space your Home folder takes up by using the <app>Disk Usage "
1903
"Analyzer</app>."
1904
msgstr ""
1905
1906
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:47(item/p)
1907
msgid "Hidden files"
1908
msgstr ""
1909
1910
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:48(item/p)
1911
msgid ""
1912
"Any file or folder name that starts with a period (.) is hidden by default. "
1913
"To view hidden files, click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden "
1914
"Files</gui></guiseq> or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. "
1915
"You can copy these to a backup location like any other file."
1916
msgstr ""
1917
1918
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:55(item/p)
1919
msgid ""
1920
"Personal settings (desktop preferences, themes, and software settings)"
1921
msgstr ""
1922
1923
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:56(item/p)
1924
msgid ""
1925
"Most applications store their settings in hidden folders inside your Home "
1926
"folder (see above for information on hidden files)."
1927
msgstr ""
1928
1929
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:58(item/p)
1930
msgid ""
1931
"Most of your application settings will be stored in the hidden folders "
1932
"<file>.config</file>, <file>.gconf</file>, <file>.gnome2</file>, and "
1933
"<file>.local</file> in your Home folder."
1934
msgstr ""
1935
1936
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:64(item/p)
1937
msgid "System-wide settings"
1938
msgstr ""
1939
1940
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:65(item/p)
1941
msgid ""
1942
"Settings for important parts of the system aren't stored in your Home "
1943
"folder. There are a number of locations that they could be stored, but most "
1944
"are stored in the <file>/etc</file> folder. In general, you won't need to "
1945
"back up these files on a home computer. If you are running a server, "
1946
"however, you should back up the files for the services that it is running."
1947
msgstr ""
1948
1949
#: C/backup-what.page:7(info/desc)
1950
msgid "Back up anything that you can't bear to lose if something goes wrong."
1951
msgstr ""
1952
1953
#: C/backup-what.page:26(page/title)
1954
msgid "What to back up"
1955
msgstr ""
1956
1957
#: C/backup-what.page:28(page/p)
1958
msgid ""
1959
"Your priority should be to back up your <link xref=\"backup-"
1960
"thinkabout\">most important files</link> as well as those that are difficult "
1961
"to recreate. For example, ranked from most important to least important:"
1962
msgstr ""
1963
1964
#: C/backup-what.page:35(item/title)
1965
msgid "Your personal files"
1966
msgstr ""
1967
1968
#: C/backup-what.page:36(item/p)
1969
msgid ""
1970
"This may include documents, spreadsheets, email, calendar appointments, "
1971
"financial data, family photos, or any other personal files that you would "
1972
"consider irreplaceable."
1973
msgstr ""
1974
1975
#: C/backup-what.page:42(item/title)
1976
msgid "Your personal settings"
1977
msgstr ""
1978
1979
#: C/backup-what.page:43(item/p)
1980
msgid ""
1981
"This includes changes you may have made to colors, backgrounds, screen "
1982
"resolution and mouse settings on your desktop. This also includes "
1983
"application preferences, such as settings for <app>LibreOffice</app>, your "
1984
"music player, and your email program. These are replaceable, but may take a "
1985
"while to recreate."
1986
msgstr ""
1987
1988
#: C/backup-what.page:51(item/title)
1989
msgid "System settings"
1990
msgstr ""
1991
1992
#: C/backup-what.page:52(item/p)
1993
msgid ""
1994
"Most people never change the system settings that are created during "
1995
"installation. If you do customize your system settings for some reason, or "
1996
"if you use your computer as a server, then you may wish to back up these "
1997
"settings."
1998
msgstr ""
1999
2000
#: C/backup-what.page:59(item/title)
2001
msgid "Installed software"
2002
msgstr ""
2003
2004
#: C/backup-what.page:60(item/p)
2005
msgid ""
2006
"The software you use can normally be restored quite quickly after a serious "
2007
"computer problem by reinstalling it."
2008
msgstr ""
2009
2010
#: C/backup-what.page:65(page/p)
2011
msgid ""
2012
"In general, you will want to back up files that are irreplaceable and files "
2013
"that require a great time investment to replace without a backup. If things "
2014
"are easy to replace, on the other hand, you may not want to use up disk "
2015
"space by having backups of them."
2016
msgstr ""
2017
2018
#: C/backup-where.page:7(info/desc)
2019
msgid ""
2020
"Advice on where to store your backups and what type of storage device to use."
2021
msgstr ""
2022
2023
#: C/backup-where.page:9(info/title)
2024
msgctxt "sort"
2025
msgid "c"
2026
msgstr ""
2027
2028
#: C/backup-where.page:23(page/title)
2029
msgid "Where to store your backup"
2030
msgstr ""
2031
2032
#: C/backup-where.page:25(page/p)
2033
msgid ""
2034
"You should store backup copies of your files somewhere separate from your "
2035
"computer - on an external hard disk, for example. That way, if the computer "
2036
"breaks, the backup will still be intact. For maximum security, you shouldn't "
2037
"keep the backup in the same building as your computer. If there is a fire or "
2038
"theft, both copies of the data could be lost if they are kept together."
2039
msgstr ""
2040
2041
#: C/backup-where.page:31(page/p)
2042
msgid ""
2043
"It is important to choose an appropriate <em>backup medium</em> too. You "
2044
"need to store your backups on a device that has sufficient disk capacity for "
2045
"all of the backed-up files."
2046
msgstr ""
2047
2048
#: C/backup-where.page:36(list/title)
2049
msgid "Local and remote storage options"
2050
msgstr ""
2051
2052
#: C/backup-where.page:38(item/p)
2053
msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)"
2054
msgstr ""
2055
2056
#: C/backup-where.page:41(item/p)
2057
msgid "Internal disk drive (high capacity)"
2058
msgstr ""
2059
2060
#: C/backup-where.page:44(item/p)
2061
msgid "External hard disk (typically high capacity)"
2062
msgstr ""
2063
2064
#: C/backup-where.page:47(item/p)
2065
msgid "Network-connected drive (high capacity)"
2066
msgstr ""
2067
2068
#: C/backup-where.page:50(item/p)
2069
msgid "File/backup server (high capacity)"
2070
msgstr ""
2071
2072
#: C/backup-where.page:53(item/p)
2073
msgid "Writable CDs or DVDs (low/medium capacity)"
2074
msgstr ""
2075
2076
#: C/backup-where.page:56(item/p)
2077
msgid ""
2078
"Online backup service (<link href=\"http://aws.amazon.com/s3/\">Amazon "
2079
"S3</link> or <link href=\"https://one.ubuntu.com/\">Ubuntu One</link>, for "
2080
"example; capacity depends on price)"
2081
msgstr ""
2082
2083
#: C/backup-where.page:62(page/p)
2084
msgid ""
2085
"Some of these options have sufficient capacity to allow for a backup of "
2086
"every file on your system, also known as a <em>complete system backup</em>."
2087
msgstr ""
2088
2089
#: C/backup-why.page:7(info/desc)
2090
msgid "Why, what, where and how of backups."
2091
msgstr ""
2092
2093
#: C/backup-why.page:8(info/title)
2094
msgctxt "link:trail"
2095
msgid "Backups"
2096
msgstr ""
2097
2098
#: C/backup-why.page:19(page/title)
2099
msgid "Back up your important files"
2100
msgstr ""
2101
2102
#: C/backup-why.page:21(page/p)
2103
msgid ""
2104
"<em>Backing up</em> your files simply means making a copy of them for "
2105
"safekeeping. This is done in case the original files become unusable due to "
2106
"loss or corruption. These copies can be used to restore the original data in "
2107
"the event of loss. Copies should be stored on a different device from the "
2108
"original files. For example, you may use a USB drive, an external hard "
2109
"drive, a CD/DVD, or an off-site service."
2110
msgstr ""
2111
2112
#: C/backup-why.page:28(page/p)
2113
msgid ""
2114
"The best way to back up your files is to do so regularly, keeping the copies "
2115
"off-site and (possibly) encrypted."
2116
msgstr ""
2117
2118
#: C/bluetooth.page:14(info/desc)
2119
msgid ""
2120
"<link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">Connect</link>, <link "
2121
"xref=\"bluetooth-send-file\">send files</link>, <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-"
2122
"on-off\">turn on and off</link>…"
2123
msgstr ""
2124
2125
#: C/bluetooth.page:23(page/title)
2126
msgid "Bluetooth"
2127
msgstr ""
2128
2129
#: C/bluetooth.page:25(page/p)
2130
msgid ""
2131
"Bluetooth is a wireless protocol that allows you to connect many different "
2132
"types of devices to your computer. Bluetooth is commonly used for headsets "
2133
"and input devices like mice and keyboards. You can also use Bluetooth to "
2134
"<link xref=\"bluetooth-send-file\">send files between devices</link>, such "
2135
"as from your computer to your cell phone."
2136
msgstr ""
2137
2138
#: C/bluetooth.page:47(info/title)
2139
msgctxt "link"
2140
msgid "Bluetooth problems"
2141
msgstr ""
2142
2143
#: C/bluetooth.page:50(section/title)
2144
#: C/color.page:33(section/title)
2145
#: C/power.page:41(section/title)
2146
msgid "Problems"
2147
msgstr ""
2148
2149
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:11(info/desc)
2150
msgid "Pair Bluetooth devices."
2151
msgstr ""
2152
2153
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:18(credit/name)
2154
#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:18(credit/name)
2155
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:19(credit/name)
2156
#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:10(credit/name)
2157
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:12(credit/name)
2158
#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:17(credit/name)
2159
#: C/printing-setup.page:21(credit/name)
2160
msgid "Paul W. Frields"
2161
msgstr ""
2162
2163
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:28(page/title)
2164
msgid "Connect your computer to a Bluetooth device"
2165
msgstr ""
2166
2167
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:30(page/p)
2168
msgid ""
2169
"Before you can use a Bluetooth device like a mouse or a headset, you first "
2170
"need to connect your computer to the device. This is also called pairing the "
2171
"Bluetooth devices."
2172
msgstr ""
2173
2174
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:35(note/p)
2175
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:45(note/p)
2176
msgid ""
2177
"Before you begin, make sure Bluetooth is enabled on your computer. See <link "
2178
"xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\"/>."
2179
msgstr ""
2180
2181
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:43(when/p)
2182
msgid ""
2183
"Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select <gui>Set Up New "
2184
"Device</gui>."
2185
msgstr ""
2186
2187
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:45(choose/p)
2188
msgid ""
2189
"Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select <gui>Set up a New "
2190
"Device</gui>."
2191
msgstr ""
2192
2193
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:49(item/p)
2194
msgid ""
2195
"Make the other Bluetooth device <link xref=\"bluetooth-"
2196
"visibility\">discoverable or visible</link> and place it within 10 meters "
2197
"(about 33 feet) of your computer. Click <gui>Continue</gui>. Your computer "
2198
"will begin searching for devices."
2199
msgstr ""
2200
2201
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:54(item/p)
2202
msgid ""
2203
"If there are too many devices listed, use the <gui>Device type</gui> drop-"
2204
"down to display only a single type of device in the list."
2205
msgstr ""
2206
2207
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:57(item/p)
2208
msgid ""
2209
"Click <gui>PIN options</gui> to set how a PIN will be delivered to the other "
2210
"device."
2211
msgstr ""
2212
2213
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:59(note/p)
2214
msgid ""
2215
"The automatic PIN setting will use a six-digit numerical code. A device with "
2216
"no input keys or screen, such as a mouse or headset, may require a specific "
2217
"PIN such as 0000, or no PIN at all. Check your device's manual for the "
2218
"proper setting."
2219
msgstr ""
2220
2221
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:61(item/p)
2222
msgid ""
2223
"Choose an appropriate PIN setting for your device, then click "
2224
"<gui>Close</gui>."
2225
msgstr ""
2226
2227
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:64(item/p)
2228
msgid ""
2229
"Click <gui>Continue</gui> to proceed. If you did not choose a preset PIN, "
2230
"the PIN will be displayed on the screen."
2231
msgstr ""
2232
2233
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:67(item/p)
2234
msgid ""
2235
"If required, confirm the PIN on your other device. The device should show "
2236
"you the PIN you see on your computer screen, or may prompt you to enter the "
2237
"PIN. Confirm the PIN on the device, then click <gui>Matches</gui>."
2238
msgstr ""
2239
2240
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:70(item/p)
2241
msgid ""
2242
"You need to finish your entry within about 20 seconds on most devices, or "
2243
"the connection will not be completed. If that happens, return to the device "
2244
"list and start again."
2245
msgstr ""
2246
2247
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:75(item/p)
2248
msgid ""
2249
"A message appears when the connection successfully completes. Click "
2250
"<gui>Close</gui>."
2251
msgstr ""
2252
2253
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:79(page/p)
2254
msgid ""
2255
"You can <link xref=\"bluetooth-remove-connection\">remove a Bluetooth "
2256
"connection</link> later if desired."
2257
msgstr ""
2258
2259
#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:12(info/desc)
2260
msgid ""
2261
"The adapter could be turned off or may not have drivers, or Bluetooth might "
2262
"be disabled or blocked."
2263
msgstr ""
2264
2265
#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:21(page/title)
2266
msgid "I can't connect my Bluetooth device"
2267
msgstr ""
2268
2269
#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:23(page/p)
2270
msgid ""
2271
"There are a number of reasons why you may not be able to connect to a "
2272
"Bluetooth device, such as a phone or headset."
2273
msgstr ""
2274
2275
#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:28(item/title)
2276
msgid "Connection blocked or untrusted"
2277
msgstr ""
2278
2279
#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:29(item/p)
2280
msgid ""
2281
"Some Bluetooth devices block connections by default, or require you to "
2282
"change a setting to allow connections to be made. Make sure that your device "
2283
"is set up to allow connections."
2284
msgstr ""
2285
2286
#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:34(item/title)
2287
msgid "Bluetooth hardware not recognized"
2288
msgstr ""
2289
2290
#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:35(item/p)
2291
msgid ""
2292
"Your Bluetooth adapter/dongle may not have been recognized by the computer. "
2293
"This could be because <link xref=\"hardware-driver\">drivers</link> for the "
2294
"adapter aren't installed. Some Bluetooth adapters aren't supported on Linux, "
2295
"so you may not be able to get the right drivers for them. In this case, you "
2296
"will probably have to get a different Bluetooth adapter."
2297
msgstr ""
2298
2299
#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:42(item/title)
2300
msgid "Adapter not switched on"
2301
msgstr ""
2302
2303
#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:46(when/p)
2304
msgid ""
2305
"Make sure that your Bluetooth adapter is switched on. Click the Bluetooth "
2306
"icon in the <gui>menu bar</gui> and check that it's not <link "
2307
"xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\">disabled</link>."
2308
msgstr ""
2309
2310
#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:49(choose/p)
2311
msgid ""
2312
"Make sure that your Bluetooth adapter is switched on. Click the Bluetooth "
2313
"icon on the top bar and check that it's not <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-"
2314
"off\">disabled</link>."
2315
msgstr ""
2316
2317
#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:55(item/title)
2318
msgid "Device Bluetooth connection switched off"
2319
msgstr ""
2320
2321
#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:56(item/p)
2322
msgid ""
2323
"Check that Bluetooth is turned on on the device you're trying to connect to. "
2324
"For example, if you're trying to connect to a phone, make sure that it's not "
2325
"in airplane mode."
2326
msgstr ""
2327
2328
#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:60(item/title)
2329
msgid "No Bluetooth adapter in your computer"
2330
msgstr ""
2331
2332
#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:61(item/p)
2333
msgid ""
2334
"Many computers do not have Bluetooth adapters. You can buy an adapter if you "
2335
"want to use Bluetooth."
2336
msgstr ""
2337
2338
#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:11(info/desc)
2339
msgid "Remove a device from the list of Bluetooth devices."
2340
msgstr ""
2341
2342
#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:24(page/title)
2343
msgid "Remove a connection between Bluetooth devices"
2344
msgstr ""
2345
2346
#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:27(page/p)
2347
msgid ""
2348
"If you don't want to be connected to a Bluetooth device anymore, you can "
2349
"remove the connection. This is useful if you no longer want to use a device "
2350
"like a mouse or headset, or if you no longer wish to transfer files to or "
2351
"from a device."
2352
msgstr ""
2353
2354
#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:36(when/p)
2355
msgid ""
2356
"Click the Bluetooth icon in the <gui>menu bar</gui> and select "
2357
"<gui>Bluetooth Settings</gui>."
2358
msgstr ""
2359
2360
#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:38(choose/p)
2361
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:85(choose/p)
2362
msgid ""
2363
"Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select <gui>Bluetooth "
2364
"Settings</gui>."
2365
msgstr ""
2366
2367
#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:42(item/p)
2368
msgid ""
2369
"Select the device you want to disconnect in the left pane, then click the "
2370
"<gui>-</gui> icon underneath the list."
2371
msgstr ""
2372
2373
#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:46(item/p)
2374
msgid "Click <gui>Remove</gui> in the confirmation window."
2375
msgstr ""
2376
2377
#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:50(page/p)
2378
msgid ""
2379
"You can <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">reconnect a Bluetooth "
2380
"device</link> later if desired."
2381
msgstr ""
2382
2383
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:12(info/desc)
2384
msgid "Share files to Bluetooth devices such as your phone."
2385
msgstr ""
2386
2387
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:25(page/title)
2388
msgid "Send a file to a Bluetooth device"
2389
msgstr ""
2390
2391
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:29(when/p)
2392
msgid ""
2393
"You can send files to connected Bluetooth devices, such as some mobile "
2394
"phones or other computers. Some types of devices don't allow the transfer of "
2395
"files, or specific types of files. You can send files in one of three ways: "
2396
"using the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar, from the Bluetooth settings "
2397
"window, or directly from the file manager."
2398
msgstr ""
2399
2400
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:35(choose/p)
2401
msgid ""
2402
"You can send files to connected Bluetooth devices, such as some mobile "
2403
"phones or other computers. Some types of devices don't allow the transfer of "
2404
"files, or specific types of files. You can send files in one of three ways: "
2405
"using the Bluetooth icon on the top bar, from the Bluetooth settings window, "
2406
"or directly from the file manager."
2407
msgstr ""
2408
2409
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:42(page/p)
2410
msgid ""
2411
"To send files directly from the file manager, see <link xref=\"files-"
2412
"share\"/>."
2413
msgstr ""
2414
2415
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:50(steps/title)
2416
msgid "Send files using the Bluetooth icon"
2417
msgstr ""
2418
2419
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:54(when/p)
2420
msgid ""
2421
"Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select <gui>Send Files to "
2422
"Device</gui>."
2423
msgstr ""
2424
2425
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:56(choose/p)
2426
msgid ""
2427
"Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select <gui>Send Files to "
2428
"Device</gui>."
2429
msgstr ""
2430
2431
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:60(item/p)
2432
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:93(item/p)
2433
msgid "Choose the file you want to send and click <gui>Select</gui>."
2434
msgstr ""
2435
2436
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:61(item/p)
2437
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:94(item/p)
2438
msgid ""
2439
"To send more than one file in a folder, hold down <key>Ctrl</key> as you "
2440
"select each file."
2441
msgstr ""
2442
2443
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:64(item/p)
2444
msgid ""
2445
"Select the device which you want to send the files to and click "
2446
"<gui>Send</gui>."
2447
msgstr ""
2448
2449
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:65(item/p)
2450
msgid ""
2451
"The list of devices will show both <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-"
2452
"device\">devices you are already connected to</link> as well as <link "
2453
"xref=\"bluetooth-visibility\">visible devices</link> within range. If you "
2454
"have not already connected to the selected device, you will be prompted to "
2455
"pair with the device after clicking <gui>Send</gui>. This will probably "
2456
"require confirmation on the other device."
2457
msgstr ""
2458
2459
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:70(item/p)
2460
msgid ""
2461
"If there are many devices, you can limit the list to only specific device "
2462
"types using the <gui>Device type</gui> drop-down."
2463
msgstr ""
2464
2465
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:74(item/p)
2466
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:97(item/p)
2467
msgid ""
2468
"The owner of the receiving device usually has to press a button to accept "
2469
"the file. Once the owner accepts or declines, the result of the file "
2470
"transfer will be shown on your screen."
2471
msgstr ""
2472
2473
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:79(steps/title)
2474
msgid "Send files from the Bluetooth settings"
2475
msgstr ""
2476
2477
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:83(when/p)
2478
msgid ""
2479
"Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select <gui>Bluetooth "
2480
"Settings</gui>."
2481
msgstr ""
2482
2483
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:88(item/p)
2484
msgid ""
2485
"Select the device to send files to from the list on the left. The list only "
2486
"shows devices you've already connected to. See <link xref=\"bluetooth-"
2487
"connect-device\"/>."
2488
msgstr ""
2489
2490
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:91(item/p)
2491
msgid "In the device information on the right, click <gui>Send Files</gui>."
2492
msgstr ""
2493
2494
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
2495
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
2496
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
2497
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
2498
#.
2499
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
2500
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
2501
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
2502
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
2503
#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:26(media)
2504
#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:86(media)
2505
msgctxt "_"
2506
msgid ""
2507
"external ref='/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/bluetooth-"
2508
"active.svg' md5='265f0461c4f337cfe7f9ebc04b98a58f'"
2509
msgstr ""
2510
2511
#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:11(info/desc)
2512
msgid "Enable or disable the Bluetooth device on your computer."
2513
msgstr ""
2514
2515
#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:24(page/title)
2516
msgid "Turn Bluetooth on or off"
2517
msgstr ""
2518
2519
#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:27(media/p)
2520
msgid "The Bluetooth icon in the menu bar"
2521
msgstr ""
2522
2523
#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:32(when/p)
2524
msgid ""
2525
"You can turn Bluetooth on to use Bluetooth devices and send and receive "
2526
"files, but turn it off to conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on, click the "
2527
"Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and click <gui>Turn On Bluetooth</gui>."
2528
msgstr ""
2529
2530
#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:37(choose/p)
2531
msgid ""
2532
"You can turn Bluetooth on to use Bluetooth devices and send and receive "
2533
"files, but turn it off to conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on, click the "
2534
"Bluetooth icon on the top bar and switch <gui>Bluetooth</gui> on."
2535
msgstr ""
2536
2537
#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:44(when/p)
2538
msgid ""
2539
"Many laptop computers have a hardware switch or key combination to turn "
2540
"Bluetooth on and off. If the Bluetooth hardware is turned off, you will not "
2541
"see a Bluetooth icon in the menu bar. Look for a switch on your computer or "
2542
"a key on your keyboard. The keyboard key is often accessed with the help of "
2543
"the <key>Fn</key> key."
2544
msgstr ""
2545
2546
#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:50(choose/p)
2547
msgid ""
2548
"Many laptop computers have a hardware switch or key combination to turn "
2549
"Bluetooth on and off. If the Bluetooth hardware is turned off, you will not "
2550
"see a Bluetooth icon in the top bar. Look for a switch on your computer or a "
2551
"key on your keyboard. The keyboard key is often accessed with the help of "
2552
"the <key>Fn</key> key."
2553
msgstr ""
2554
2555
#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:59(when/p)
2556
msgid ""
2557
"To turn Bluetooth off, click the Bluetooth icon and click <gui>Turn Off "
2558
"Bluetooth</gui>."
2559
msgstr ""
2560
2561
#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:61(choose/p)
2562
msgid ""
2563
"To turn Bluetooth off, click the Bluetooth icon and switch "
2564
"<gui>Bluetooth</gui> off."
2565
msgstr ""
2566
2567
#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:64(note/p)
2568
msgid ""
2569
"You only need to switch <gui>Visibility</gui> on if you are connecting to "
2570
"this computer from another device. See <link xref=\"bluetooth-visibility\"/> "
2571
"for more information."
2572
msgstr ""
2573
2574
#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:10(info/desc)
2575
msgid "Whether or not other devices can discover your computer."
2576
msgstr ""
2577
2578
#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:19(page/title)
2579
msgid "What is Bluetooth visibility?"
2580
msgstr ""
2581
2582
#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:21(page/p)
2583
msgid ""
2584
"Bluetooth visibility simply refers to whether other devices can discover "
2585
"your computer when searching for Bluetooth devices. When Bluetooth "
2586
"visibility is turned on, your computer will advertise itself to all other "
2587
"devices within range, allowing them to attempt to connect to you."
2588
msgstr ""
2589
2590
#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:26(page/p)
2591
msgid ""
2592
"Your computer does not need to be visible to search for other devices, but "
2593
"those devices need to be visible for your computer to discover them."
2594
msgstr ""
2595
2596
#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:29(page/p)
2597
msgid ""
2598
"After you have <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">connected to a "
2599
"device</link>, neither your computer nor the device needs to be visible to "
2600
"communicate with each other."
2601
msgstr ""
2602
2603
#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:33(page/p)
2604
msgid ""
2605
"Unless you or someone you trust needs to connect to your computer from "
2606
"another device, you should leave visibility off."
2607
msgstr ""
2608
2609
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
2610
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
2611
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
2612
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
2613
#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:39(media)
2614
msgctxt "_"
2615
msgid ""
2616
"external ref='figures/color-profile-default.png' "
2617
"md5='2cabb46bf9cf9dc5476c7f6c27a7f3a5'"
2618
msgstr ""
2619
2620
#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:9(info/desc)
2621
msgid ""
2622
"Look in <guiseq><gui>System Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> for the "
2623
"option to change this."
2624
msgstr ""
2625
2626
#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:12(credit/name)
2627
#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:14(credit/name)
2628
#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:13(credit/name)
2629
#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:14(credit/name)
2630
#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:13(credit/name)
2631
#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:12(credit/name)
2632
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:12(credit/name)
2633
#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:12(credit/name)
2634
#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:11(credit/name)
2635
#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:13(credit/name)
2636
#: C/color-howtoimport.page:12(credit/name)
2637
#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:11(credit/name)
2638
#: C/color.page:9(credit/name)
2639
#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:11(credit/name)
2640
#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:10(credit/name)
2641
#: C/color-whatisspace.page:11(credit/name)
2642
#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:10(credit/name)
2643
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:10(credit/name)
2644
msgid "Richard Hughes"
2645
msgstr ""
2646
2647
#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:18(page/title)
2648
msgid "How do I assign profiles to devices?"
2649
msgstr ""
2650
2651
#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:20(page/p)
2652
msgid ""
2653
"Open <guiseq><gui>System Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq>, and click "
2654
"the device that you wish to add a profile to."
2655
msgstr ""
2656
2657
#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:24(page/p)
2658
msgid ""
2659
"By clicking <gui>Add profile</gui> you can select an existing profile or "
2660
"import a new file."
2661
msgstr ""
2662
2663
#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:28(page/p)
2664
msgid ""
2665
"Each device can have multiple profiles assigned to it, but only one profile "
2666
"can be the <em>default</em> profile. The default profile is used when there "
2667
"is no extra information to allow the profile to be chosen automatically. An "
2668
"example of this automatic selection would be if one profile was created for "
2669
"glossy paper and another plain paper."
2670
msgstr ""
2671
2672
#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:38(figure/desc)
2673
msgid "You can make a profile default by changing it with the radio button."
2674
msgstr ""
2675
2676
#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:42(page/p)
2677
msgid ""
2678
"If calibration hardware is connected the <gui>Calibrate…</gui> button will "
2679
"create a new profile."
2680
msgstr ""
2681
2682
#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:11(info/desc)
2683
msgid "Calibrating your camera is important to capture accurate colors."
2684
msgstr ""
2685
2686
#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:20(page/title)
2687
msgid "How do I calibrate my camera?"
2688
msgstr ""
2689
2690
#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:22(page/p)
2691
msgid ""
2692
"Camera devices are calibrated by taking a photograph of a target under the "
2693
"desired lighting conditions. By converting the RAW file to a TIFF file, it "
2694
"can be used to calibrate the camera device in the color control panel."
2695
msgstr ""
2696
2697
#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:28(page/p)
2698
msgid ""
2699
"You will need to crop the TIFF file so that just the target is visible. "
2700
"Ensure the white or black borders are still visible. Calibration will not "
2701
"work if the image is upside-down or is distorted by a large amount."
2702
msgstr ""
2703
2704
#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:36(note/p)
2705
msgid ""
2706
"The resulting profile is only valid under the lighting condition that you "
2707
"acquired the original image from. This means you might need to profile "
2708
"several times for <em>studio</em>, <em>bright sunlight</em> and "
2709
"<em>cloudy</em> lighting conditions."
2710
msgstr ""
2711
2712
#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:10(info/desc)
2713
msgid "Calibrating your printer is important to print accurate colors."
2714
msgstr ""
2715
2716
#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:19(page/title)
2717
msgid "How do I calibrate my printer?"
2718
msgstr ""
2719
2720
#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:21(page/p)
2721
msgid "There are two ways to profile a printer device:"
2722
msgstr ""
2723
2724
#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:26(item/p)
2725
msgid "Using a photospectrometer device like the Pantone ColorMunki"
2726
msgstr ""
2727
2728
#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:27(item/p)
2729
msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company"
2730
msgstr ""
2731
2732
#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:30(page/p)
2733
msgid ""
2734
"Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest "
2735
"option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the "
2736
"reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the "
2737
"print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the "
2738
"profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile."
2739
msgstr ""
2740
2741
#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:38(page/p)
2742
msgid ""
2743
"Using an expensive device such as a ColorMunki works out cheaper only if you "
2744
"are profiling a large number of ink sets or paper types."
2745
msgstr ""
2746
2747
#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:44(note/p)
2748
msgid ""
2749
"If you change your ink supplier, make sure you recalibrate the printer!"
2750
msgstr ""
2751
2752
#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:11(info/desc)
2753
msgid "Calibrating your scanner is important to capture accurate colors."
2754
msgstr ""
2755
2756
#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:20(page/title)
2757
msgid "How do I calibrate my scanner?"
2758
msgstr ""
2759
2760
#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:22(page/p)
2761
msgid ""
2762
"You scan in your target file and save it as an uncompressed TIFF file. You "
2763
"can then click <gui>Calibrate…</gui> from <guiseq><gui>System "
2764
"Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> to create a profile for the device."
2765
msgstr ""
2766
2767
#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:30(note/p)
2768
msgid ""
2769
"Scanner devices are incredibly stable over time and temperature and do not "
2770
"usually need to be recalibrated."
2771
msgstr ""
2772
2773
#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:10(info/desc)
2774
msgid "Calibrating your screen is important to display accurate colors."
2775
msgstr ""
2776
2777
#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:19(page/title)
2778
msgid "How do I calibrate my screen?"
2779
msgstr ""
2780
2781
#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:21(page/p)
2782
msgid ""
2783
"Calibrating your screen is very easy to do and should be a hard requirement "
2784
"if you're involved in computer design or artwork."
2785
msgstr ""
2786
2787
#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:25(page/p)
2788
msgid ""
2789
"By using a device called colorimeter you accurately measure the different "
2790
"colors that your screen is able to display. By running <guiseq><gui>System "
2791
"Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> you can easily create a profile, and "
2792
"the wizard will show you how to attach the colorimeter device and what "
2793
"settings to adjust."
2794
msgstr ""
2795
2796
#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:34(note/p)
2797
msgid ""
2798
"Screens change all the time - the backlight in a TFT will half in brightness "
2799
"approximately every 18 months, and will get yellower as it gets older. This "
2800
"means you should recalibrate your screen when the [!] icon appears in the "
2801
"color control panel."
2802
msgstr ""
2803
2804
#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:41(note/p)
2805
msgid "LED screens also change over time, but a much slower rate than TFTs."
2806
msgstr ""
2807
2808
#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:9(info/desc)
2809
msgid "Calibration and characterization are different things entirely."
2810
msgstr ""
2811
2812
#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:18(page/title)
2813
msgid "What's the difference between calibration and characterization?"
2814
msgstr ""
2815
2816
#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:19(page/p)
2817
msgid ""
2818
"Many people are initially confused about the difference between calibration "
2819
"and characterization. Calibration is the process of modifying the color "
2820
"behavior of a device. This is typically done using two mechanisms:"
2821
msgstr ""
2822
2823
#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:26(item/p)
2824
msgid "Changing controls or internal settings that it has"
2825
msgstr ""
2826
2827
#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:27(item/p)
2828
msgid "Applying curves to its color channels"
2829
msgstr ""
2830
2831
#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:29(page/p)
2832
msgid ""
2833
"The idea of calibration is to put a device in a defined state with regard to "
2834
"its color response. Often this is used as a day to day means of maintaining "
2835
"reproducible behavior. Typically calibration will be stored in device or "
2836
"systems specific file formats that record the device settings or per-channel "
2837
"calibration curves."
2838
msgstr ""
2839
2840
#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:36(page/p)
2841
msgid ""
2842
"Characterization (or profiling) is <em>recording</em> the way a device "
2843
"reproduces or responds to color. Typically the result is stored in a device "
2844
"ICC profile. Such a profile does not in itself modify color in any way. It "
2845
"allows a system such as a CMM (Color Management Module) or a color aware "
2846
"application to modify color when combined with another device profile. Only "
2847
"by knowing the characteristics of two devices, can a way of transferring "
2848
"color from one device representation to another be achieved."
2849
msgstr ""
2850
2851
#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:47(note/p)
2852
msgid ""
2853
"Note that a characterization (profile) will only be valid for a device if "
2854
"it's in the same state of calibration as it was when it was characterized."
2855
msgstr ""
2856
2857
#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:53(page/p)
2858
msgid ""
2859
"In the case of display profiles there is some additional confusion because "
2860
"often the calibration information is stored in the profile for convenience. "
2861
"By convention it is stored in a tag called the <em>vcgt</em> tag. Although "
2862
"it is stored in the profile, none of the normal ICC based tools or "
2863
"applications are aware of it, or do anything with it. Similarly, typical "
2864
"display calibration tools and applications will not be aware of, or do "
2865
"anything with the ICC characterization (profile) information."
2866
msgstr ""
2867
2868
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:9(info/desc)
2869
msgid "We support a large number of calibration devices."
2870
msgstr ""
2871
2872
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:19(page/title)
2873
msgid "What color measuring instruments are supported?"
2874
msgstr ""
2875
2876
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:21(page/p)
2877
msgid ""
2878
"GNOME relies on the Argyll color management system to support color "
2879
"instruments. Thus the following display measuring instruments are supported:"
2880
msgstr ""
2881
2882
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:28(item/p)
2883
msgid "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Pro (spectrometer)"
2884
msgstr ""
2885
2886
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:29(item/p)
2887
msgid "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Monitor (spectrometer)"
2888
msgstr ""
2889
2890
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:30(item/p)
2891
msgid "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Display 1, 2 or LT (colorimeter)"
2892
msgstr ""
2893
2894
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:31(item/p)
2895
msgid "X-Rite i1 Display Pro (colorimeter)"
2896
msgstr ""
2897
2898
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:32(item/p)
2899
msgid "X-Rite ColorMunki Design or Photo (spectrometer)"
2900
msgstr ""
2901
2902
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:33(item/p)
2903
msgid "X-Rite ColorMunki Create (colorimeter)"
2904
msgstr ""
2905
2906
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:34(item/p)
2907
msgid "X-Rite ColorMunki Display (colorimeter)"
2908
msgstr ""
2909
2910
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:35(item/p)
2911
msgid "Pantone Huey (colorimeter)"
2912
msgstr ""
2913
2914
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:36(item/p)
2915
msgid "MonacoOPTIX (colorimeter)"
2916
msgstr ""
2917
2918
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:37(item/p)
2919
msgid "ColorVision Spyder 2 and 3 (colorimeter)"
2920
msgstr ""
2921
2922
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:38(item/p)
2923
msgid "Colorimètre HCFR (colorimeter)"
2924
msgstr ""
2925
2926
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:42(note/p)
2927
msgid ""
2928
"The Pantone Huey is currently the cheapest and best supported hardware in "
2929
"Linux."
2930
msgstr ""
2931
2932
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:45(page/p)
2933
msgid ""
2934
"Thanks to Argyll there's also a number of spot and strip reading reflective "
2935
"spectrometers supported to help you calibrating and characterizing your "
2936
"printers:"
2937
msgstr ""
2938
2939
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:52(item/p)
2940
msgid "X-Rite DTP20 \"Pulse\" (\"swipe\" type reflective spectrometer)"
2941
msgstr ""
2942
2943
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:53(item/p)
2944
msgid "X-Rite DTP22 Digital Swatchbook (spot type reflective spectrometer)"
2945
msgstr ""
2946
2947
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:54(item/p)
2948
msgid "X-Rite DTP41 (spot and strip reading reflective spectrometer)"
2949
msgstr ""
2950
2951
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:55(item/p)
2952
msgid "X-Rite DTP41T (spot and strip reading reflective spectrometer)"
2953
msgstr ""
2954
2955
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:56(item/p)
2956
msgid "X-Rite DTP51 (spot reading reflective spectrometer)"
2957
msgstr ""
2958
2959
#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:9(info/desc)
2960
msgid "Calibration targets are needed to do scanner and camera profiling."
2961
msgstr ""
2962
2963
#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:18(page/title)
2964
msgid "Which target types are supported?"
2965
msgstr ""
2966
2967
#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:20(page/p)
2968
msgid "The following types of targets are supported:"
2969
msgstr ""
2970
2971
#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:25(item/p)
2972
msgid "CMP DigitalTarget"
2973
msgstr ""
2974
2975
#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:26(item/p)
2976
msgid "ColorChecker 24"
2977
msgstr ""
2978
2979
#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:27(item/p)
2980
msgid "ColorChecker DC"
2981
msgstr ""
2982
2983
#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:28(item/p)
2984
msgid "ColorChecker SG"
2985
msgstr ""
2986
2987
#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:29(item/p)
2988
msgid "i1 RGB Scan 14"
2989
msgstr ""
2990
2991
#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:30(item/p)
2992
msgid "LaserSoft DC Pro"
2993
msgstr ""
2994
2995
#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:31(item/p)
2996
msgid "QPcard 201"
2997
msgstr ""
2998
2999
#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:32(item/p)
3000
msgid "IT8.7/2"
3001
msgstr ""
3002
3003
#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:36(note/p)
3004
msgid ""
3005
"You can purchase targets from well-known vendors like KODAK, X-Rite and "
3006
"LaserSoft in various online shops."
3007
msgstr ""
3008
3009
#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:40(note/p)
3010
msgid ""
3011
"Alternatively you can buy targets from <link "
3012
"href=\"http://www.targets.coloraid.de/\">Wolf Faust</link> at a very fair "
3013
"price."
3014
msgstr ""
3015
3016
#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:8(info/desc)
3017
msgid ""
3018
"Sharing color profiles is never a good idea as hardware changes over time."
3019
msgstr ""
3020
3021
#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:17(page/title)
3022
msgid "Can I share my color profile?"
3023
msgstr ""
3024
3025
#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:19(page/p)
3026
msgid ""
3027
"Color profiles that you have created yourself are specific to the hardware "
3028
"and lighting conditions that you calibrated for. A display that has been "
3029
"powered for a few hundred hours is going to have a very different color "
3030
"profile to a similar display with the next serial number that has been lit "
3031
"for a thousand hours."
3032
msgstr ""
3033
3034
#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:26(page/p)
3035
msgid ""
3036
"This means if you share your color profile with somebody, you might be "
3037
"getting them <em>closer</em> to calibration, but it's misleading at best to "
3038
"say that their display is calibrated."
3039
msgstr ""
3040
3041
#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:31(page/p)
3042
msgid ""
3043
"Similarly, unless everyone has recommended controlled lighting (no sunlight "
3044
"from windows, black walls, daylight bulbs etc.) in a room where viewing and "
3045
"editing images takes place, sharing a profile that you created in your own "
3046
"specific lighting conditions doesn't make a lot of sense."
3047
msgstr ""
3048
3049
#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:40(note/p)
3050
msgid ""
3051
"You should carefully check the redistribution conditions for profiles "
3052
"downloaded from vendor websites or that were created on your behalf."
3053
msgstr ""
3054
3055
#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:10(info/desc)
3056
msgid "Color profiles are provided by vendors and can be generated yourself."
3057
msgstr ""
3058
3059
#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:19(page/title)
3060
msgid "Where do I get color profiles?"
3061
msgstr ""
3062
3063
#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:21(page/p)
3064
msgid ""
3065
"The best way to get profiles is to generate them yourself, although this "
3066
"does require some initial outlay."
3067
msgstr ""
3068
3069
#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:25(page/p)
3070
msgid ""
3071
"Many manufacturers do try to provide color profiles for devices, although "
3072
"sometimes they are wrapped up in <em>driver bundles</em> which you may need "
3073
"to download, extract and then search for the color profiles."
3074
msgstr ""
3075
3076
#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:31(page/p)
3077
msgid ""
3078
"Some manufacturers do not provide accurate profiles for the hardware and the "
3079
"profiles are best avoided. A good clue is to download the profile, and if "
3080
"the creation date is more than a year before the date you bought the device "
3081
"then it's likely dummy data generated that is useless."
3082
msgstr ""
3083
3084
#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:39(page/p)
3085
msgid ""
3086
"See <link xref=\"color-why-calibrate\"/> for information on why vendor-"
3087
"supplied profiles are often worse than useless."
3088
msgstr ""
3089
3090
#: C/color-howtoimport.page:8(info/desc)
3091
msgid "Color profiles can be easily imported by opening them."
3092
msgstr ""
3093
3094
#: C/color-howtoimport.page:18(page/title)
3095
msgid "How do I import color profiles?"
3096
msgstr ""
3097
3098
#: C/color-howtoimport.page:20(page/p)
3099
msgid ""
3100
"The profile can easily be imported by double clicking on the "
3101
"<input>.ICC</input> or <input>.ICM</input> file in the file browser."
3102
msgstr ""
3103
3104
#: C/color-howtoimport.page:24(page/p)
3105
msgid ""
3106
"Alternatively you can select <gui>Import profile…</gui> from "
3107
"<guiseq><gui>System Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> when selecting a "
3108
"profile for a device."
3109
msgstr ""
3110
3111
#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:8(info/desc)
3112
msgid ""
3113
"Whole-screen color correction modifies all the screen colors on all windows."
3114
msgstr ""
3115
3116
#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:17(page/title)
3117
msgid "Missing information for whole-screen color correction?"
3118
msgstr ""
3119
3120
#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:18(page/p)
3121
msgid ""
3122
"Unfortunately, many vendor-supplied ICC profiles do not include the "
3123
"information required for whole-screen color correction. These profiles can "
3124
"still be useful for applications that can do color compensation, but you "
3125
"will not see all the colors of your screen change."
3126
msgstr ""
3127
3128
#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:24(page/p)
3129
msgid ""
3130
"In order to create a display profile, which includes both calibration and "
3131
"characterization data, you will need to use a special color measuring "
3132
"instruments called a colorimeter or a spectrometer."
3133
msgstr ""
3134
3135
#: C/color.page:14(info/desc)
3136
msgid ""
3137
"<link xref=\"color-whyimportant\">Why is this important</link>, <link "
3138
"xref=\"color#profiles\">Color profiles</link>, <link "
3139
"xref=\"color#calibration\">How to calibrate a device</link>…"
3140
msgstr ""
3141
3142
#: C/color.page:22(page/title)
3143
msgid "Color management"
3144
msgstr ""
3145
3146
#: C/color.page:25(section/title)
3147
msgid "Color profiles"
3148
msgstr ""
3149
3150
#: C/color.page:29(section/title)
3151
msgid "Calibration"
3152
msgstr ""
3153
3154
#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:8(info/desc)
3155
msgid ""
3156
"A virtual device is a color managed device that is not connected to the "
3157
"computer."
3158
msgstr ""
3159
3160
#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:17(page/title)
3161
msgid "What's a virtual color managed device?"
3162
msgstr ""
3163
3164
#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:19(page/p)
3165
msgid ""
3166
"A virtual device is a color managed device that is not connected to the "
3167
"computer. Examples of this might be:"
3168
msgstr ""
3169
3170
#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:26(item/p)
3171
msgid ""
3172
"An online print-shop where photos are uploaded, printed and sent to you"
3173
msgstr ""
3174
3175
#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:27(item/p)
3176
msgid "Photos from a digital camera stored on a memory card"
3177
msgstr ""
3178
3179
#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:30(page/p)
3180
msgid ""
3181
"To create a virtual profile for a digital camera just drag and drop one of "
3182
"the image files onto the <guiseq><gui>System Settings</gui> "
3183
"<gui>Color</gui></guiseq> dialog. You can then <link xref=\"color-"
3184
"assignprofiles\">assign profiles</link> to it like any other device or even "
3185
"<link xref=\"color-calibrate-camera\">calibrate</link> it."
3186
msgstr ""
3187
3188
#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:7(info/desc)
3189
msgid ""
3190
"A color profile is a simple file that expresses a color space or device "
3191
"response."
3192
msgstr ""
3193
3194
#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:16(page/title)
3195
msgid "What is a color profile?"
3196
msgstr ""
3197
3198
#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:18(page/p)
3199
msgid ""
3200
"A color profile is a set of data that characterizes either a device such as "
3201
"a projector or a color space such as sRGB."
3202
msgstr ""
3203
3204
#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:22(page/p)
3205
msgid ""
3206
"Most color profiles are in the form of an ICC profile, which is a small file "
3207
"with a <input>.ICC</input> or <input>.ICM</input> file extension."
3208
msgstr ""
3209
3210
#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:27(page/p)
3211
msgid ""
3212
"Color profiles can be embedded into images to specify the gamut range of the "
3213
"data. This ensures that users see the same colors on different devices."
3214
msgstr ""
3215
3216
#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:32(page/p)
3217
msgid ""
3218
"Every device that is processing color should have it's own ICC profile and "
3219
"when this is achieved the system is said to have an <em>end-to-end color-"
3220
"managed workflow</em>. With this kind of workflow you can be sure that "
3221
"colors are not being lost or modified."
3222
msgstr ""
3223
3224
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
3225
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
3226
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
3227
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
3228
#: C/color-whatisspace.page:48(media)
3229
msgctxt "_"
3230
msgid ""
3231
"external ref='figures/color-space.png' md5='0417f11824ea39b7ab1e31193c19e207'"
3232
msgstr ""
3233
3234
#: C/color-whatisspace.page:8(info/desc)
3235
msgid "A color space is a defined range of colors."
3236
msgstr ""
3237
3238
#: C/color-whatisspace.page:17(page/title)
3239
msgid "What is a color space?"
3240
msgstr ""
3241
3242
#: C/color-whatisspace.page:19(page/p)
3243
msgid ""
3244
"A color space is a defined range of colors. Well known color spaces include "
3245
"sRGB, AdobeRGB and ProPhotoRGB."
3246
msgstr ""
3247
3248
#: C/color-whatisspace.page:24(page/p)
3249
msgid ""
3250
"The human visual system is not a simple RGB sensor, but we can approximate "
3251
"how the eye responds with a CIE 1931 chromaticity diagram that shows the "
3252
"human visual response as a horse-shoe shape. You can see that in human "
3253
"vision there are many more shades of green detected than blue or red. With a "
3254
"trichromatic color space like RGB we represent the colors on the computer "
3255
"using three values, which restricts up to encoding a <em>triangle</em> of "
3256
"colors."
3257
msgstr ""
3258
3259
#: C/color-whatisspace.page:36(note/p)
3260
msgid ""
3261
"Using models such as a CIE 1931 chromaticity diagram is a huge "
3262
"simplification of the human visual system, and real gamuts are expressed as "
3263
"3D hulls, rather than 2D projections. A 2D projection of a 3D shape can "
3264
"sometimes be misleading, so if you want to see the 3D hull, install "
3265
"<code>gnome-color-manager</code> and then run <code>gcm-viewer</code>."
3266
msgstr ""
3267
3268
#: C/color-whatisspace.page:47(figure/desc)
3269
msgid "sRGB, AdobeRGB and ProPhotoRGB represented by white triangles"
3270
msgstr ""
3271
3272
#: C/color-whatisspace.page:51(page/p)
3273
msgid ""
3274
"First, looking at sRGB, which is the smallest space and can encode the least "
3275
"number of colors. It is an approximation of a 10 year old CRT display, and "
3276
"so most modern monitors can easily display more colors than this. sRGB is a "
3277
"<em>least-common-denominator</em> standard and is used in a large number of "
3278
"applications (including the Internet)."
3279
msgstr ""
3280
3281
#: C/color-whatisspace.page:59(page/p)
3282
msgid ""
3283
"AdobeRGB is frequently used as an <em>editing space</em>. It can encode more "
3284
"colors than sRGB, which means you can change colors in a photograph without "
3285
"worrying too much that the most vivid colors are being clipped or the blacks "
3286
"crushed."
3287
msgstr ""
3288
3289
#: C/color-whatisspace.page:65(page/p)
3290
msgid ""
3291
"ProPhoto is the largest space available and is frequently used for document "
3292
"archival. It can encode nearly the whole range of colors detected by the "
3293
"human eye, and even encode colors that the eye cannot detect!"
3294
msgstr ""
3295
3296
#: C/color-whatisspace.page:72(page/p)
3297
msgid ""
3298
"Now, if ProPhoto is clearly better, why don't we use it for everything? The "
3299
"answer is to do with <em>quantization</em>. If you only have 8 bits (256 "
3300
"levels) to encode each channel, then a larger range is going to have bigger "
3301
"steps between each value."
3302
msgstr ""
3303
3304
#: C/color-whatisspace.page:78(page/p)
3305
msgid ""
3306
"Bigger steps mean a larger error between the captured color and the stored "
3307
"color, and for some colors this is a big problem. It turns out that key "
3308
"colors, like skin colors are very important, and even small errors will make "
3309
"untrained viewers notice that something in a photograph looks wrong."
3310
msgstr ""
3311
3312
#: C/color-whatisspace.page:85(page/p)
3313
msgid ""
3314
"Of course, using a 16 bit image is going to leave many more steps and a much "
3315
"smaller quantization error, but this doubles the size of each image file. "
3316
"Most content in existence today is 8bpp, i.e. 8 bits-per-pixel."
3317
msgstr ""
3318
3319
#: C/color-whatisspace.page:91(page/p)
3320
msgid ""
3321
"Color management is a process for converting from one color space to "
3322
"another, where a color space can be a well known defined space like sRGB, or "
3323
"a custom space such as your monitor or printer profile."
3324
msgstr ""
3325
3326
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
3327
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
3328
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
3329
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
3330
#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:24(media)
3331
msgctxt "_"
3332
msgid ""
3333
"external ref='figures/color-average.png' "
3334
"md5='9189963fdd14f11f0685a9ef2196279b'"
3335
msgstr ""
3336
3337
#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:7(info/desc)
3338
msgid ""
3339
"Calibrating is important if you care about the colors you display or print."
3340
msgstr ""
3341
3342
#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:16(page/title)
3343
msgid "Why do I need to do calibration myself?"
3344
msgstr ""
3345
3346
#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:18(page/p)
3347
msgid ""
3348
"Generic profiles are usually bad. When a manufacturer creates a new model, "
3349
"they just take a few items from the production line and average them "
3350
"together:"
3351
msgstr ""
3352
3353
#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:25(media/p)
3354
msgid "Averaged profiles"
3355
msgstr ""
3356
3357
#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:28(page/p)
3358
msgid ""
3359
"Display panels differ quite a lot from unit to unit and change substantially "
3360
"as the display ages. It is also more difficult for printers, as just "
3361
"changing the type or weight of paper can invalidate the characterization "
3362
"state and make the profile inaccurate."
3363
msgstr ""
3364
3365
#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:36(page/p)
3366
msgid ""
3367
"The best way of ensuring the profile you have is accurate is by doing the "
3368
"calibration yourself, or by letting an external company supply you with a "
3369
"profile based on your exact characterization state."
3370
msgstr ""
3371
3372
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
3373
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
3374
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
3375
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
3376
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:30(media)
3377
msgctxt "_"
3378
msgid ""
3379
"external ref='figures/color-camera.png' "
3380
"md5='3c7319d2fde00e55eaca8f5318667a66'"
3381
msgstr ""
3382
3383
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
3384
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
3385
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
3386
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
3387
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:40(media)
3388
msgctxt "_"
3389
msgid ""
3390
"external ref='figures/color-display.png' "
3391
"md5='a4cd5c10c2fe44a82d6096963573cd8e'"
3392
msgstr ""
3393
3394
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
3395
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
3396
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
3397
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
3398
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:50(media)
3399
msgctxt "_"
3400
msgid ""
3401
"external ref='figures/color-printer.png' "
3402
"md5='42cae5a5d2aac8c774b76f7b41cc921c'"
3403
msgstr ""
3404
3405
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:7(info/desc)
3406
msgid ""
3407
"Color management is important for designers, photographers and artists."
3408
msgstr ""
3409
3410
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:16(page/title)
3411
msgid "Why is color management important?"
3412
msgstr ""
3413
3414
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:17(page/p)
3415
msgid ""
3416
"Color management is the process of capturing a color using an input device, "
3417
"displaying it on a screen, and printing it all whilst managing the exact "
3418
"colors and the range of colors on each medium."
3419
msgstr ""
3420
3421
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:23(page/p)
3422
msgid ""
3423
"The need for color management is probably explained best with a photograph "
3424
"of a bird on a frosty day in winter."
3425
msgstr ""
3426
3427
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:29(figure/desc)
3428
msgid "A bird on a frosty wall as seen on the camera view-finder"
3429
msgstr ""
3430
3431
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:33(page/p)
3432
msgid ""
3433
"Displays typically over-saturate the blue channel, making the images look "
3434
"cold."
3435
msgstr ""
3436
3437
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:39(figure/desc)
3438
msgid "This is what the user sees on a typical business laptop screen"
3439
msgstr ""
3440
3441
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:43(page/p)
3442
msgid ""
3443
"Notice how the white is not 'paper white' and the black of the eye is now a "
3444
"muddy brown."
3445
msgstr ""
3446
3447
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:49(figure/desc)
3448
msgid "This is what the user sees when printing on a typical inkjet printer"
3449
msgstr ""
3450
3451
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:53(page/p)
3452
msgid ""
3453
"The basic problem we have here is that each device is capable of handling a "
3454
"different range of colors. So while you might be able to take a photo of "
3455
"electric blue, most printers are not going to be able to reproduce it."
3456
msgstr ""
3457
3458
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:59(page/p)
3459
msgid ""
3460
"Most image devices capture in RGB (Red, Green, Blue) and have to convert to "
3461
"CMYK (Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, and Black) to print. Another problem is that "
3462
"you can't have <em>white</em> ink, and so the whiteness can only be as good "
3463
"as the paper color."
3464
msgstr ""
3465
3466
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:66(page/p)
3467
msgid ""
3468
"Another problem is units. Without specifying the scale on which a color is "
3469
"measured, we don't know if 100% red is near infrared or just the deepest red "
3470
"ink in the printer. What is 50% red on one display is probably something "
3471
"like 62% on another display. It's like telling a person that you've just "
3472
"driven 7 units of distance, without the unit you don't know if that's 7 "
3473
"kilometers or 7 meters."
3474
msgstr ""
3475
3476
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:76(page/p)
3477
msgid ""
3478
"In color, we refer to the units as gamut. Gamut is essentially the range of "
3479
"colors that can be reproduced. A device like a DSLR camera might have a very "
3480
"large gamut, being able to capture all the colors in a sunset, but a "
3481
"projector has a very small gamut and all the colors are going to look "
3482
"\"washed out\"."
3483
msgstr ""
3484
3485
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:84(page/p)
3486
msgid ""
3487
"In some cases we can <em>correct</em> the device output by altering the data "
3488
"we send to it, but in other cases where that's not possible (you can't print "
3489
"electric blue) we need to show the user what the result is going to look "
3490
"like."
3491
msgstr ""
3492
3493
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:91(page/p)
3494
msgid ""
3495
"For photographs it makes sense to use the full tonal range of a color "
3496
"device, to be able to make smooth changes in color. For other graphics, you "
3497
"might want to match the color exactly, which is important if you're trying "
3498
"to print a custom mug with the Red Hat logo that <em>has</em> to be the "
3499
"exact Red Hat Red."
3500
msgstr ""
3501
3502
#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:11(credit/name)
3503
msgid "Lucie Hankey"
3504
msgstr ""
3505
3506
#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:22(info/desc)
3507
msgid "Add or remove a contact in the local address book."
3508
msgstr ""
3509
3510
#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:26(page/title)
3511
msgid "Add or remove a contact"
3512
msgstr ""
3513
3514
#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:28(page/p)
3515
msgid "To add a contact:"
3516
msgstr ""
3517
3518
#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:31(item/p)
3519
#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:42(item/p)
3520
msgid "Click <gui style=\"button\">New</gui>."
3521
msgstr ""
3522
3523
#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:32(item/p)
3524
msgid ""
3525
"In the <gui>New contact</gui> window, enter the contact name and the desired "
3526
"information. Click on the menu next to each field to choose <gui>Work</gui>, "
3527
"<gui>Home</gui>, <gui>Other</gui>, or <gui>Custom…</gui> (<gui>Custom</gui> "
3528
"allows you to type in your own category name.)"
3529
msgstr ""
3530
3531
#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:36(item/p)
3532
msgid "Click <gui style=\"button\">Create Contact</gui>."
3533
msgstr ""
3534
3535
#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:39(page/p)
3536
msgid "To remove a contact:"
3537
msgstr ""
3538
3539
#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:43(item/p)
3540
msgid ""
3541
"Right-click the contact name in the right pane and select <gui>Delete</gui> ."
3542
msgstr ""
3543
3544
#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:45(item/p)
3545
msgid "Click <gui style=\"button\">X</gui> to confirm."
3546
msgstr ""
3547
3548
#: C/contacts-connect.page:15(info/desc)
3549
msgid "Email, chat with, or phone a contact."
3550
msgstr ""
3551
3552
#: C/contacts-connect.page:18(page/title)
3553
msgid "Connect with your contact"
3554
msgstr ""
3555
3556
#: C/contacts-connect.page:26(page/p)
3557
msgid "To email, chat with, or phone someone in <app>Contacts</app>:"
3558
msgstr ""
3559
3560
#: C/contacts-connect.page:29(item/p)
3561
msgid "Select the contact you wish to contact in the left pane."
3562
msgstr ""
3563
3564
#: C/contacts-connect.page:32(item/p)
3565
msgid "Choose email, chat, or phone from the button bar in the right pane."
3566
msgstr ""
3567
3568
#: C/contacts-connect.page:33(item/p)
3569
msgid ""
3570
"The corresponding application will be launched using the contact's details."
3571
msgstr ""
3572
3573
#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:6(info/desc)
3574
msgid "Edit the information for each contact."
3575
msgstr ""
3576
3577
#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:25(page/title)
3578
msgid "Edit contact details"
3579
msgstr ""
3580
3581
#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:27(page/p)
3582
msgid ""
3583
"Editing contact details helps you keep the information in your address book "
3584
"up to date and complete."
3585
msgstr ""
3586
3587
#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:31(item/p)
3588
msgid "Select the contact you wish to edit in the left pane."
3589
msgstr ""
3590
3591
#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:34(item/p)
3592
msgid ""
3593
"In the right pane, click on the contact's avatar or any text information to "
3594
"change."
3595
msgstr ""
3596
3597
#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:38(item/p)
3598
msgid ""
3599
"To add information that isn't shown, or an additional phone number or e-mail "
3600
"address, click <gui style=\"button\">Add detail…</gui> Select a field from "
3601
"the list and click <gui style=\"button\">OK</gui>, and fill in the "
3602
"information."
3603
msgstr ""
3604
3605
#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:47(note/p)
3606
msgid ""
3607
"In the case of linked contacts, you can edit a profile by clicking on the "
3608
"profile's avatar."
3609
msgstr ""
3610
3611
#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:9(info/desc)
3612
msgid "Combine information for a contact from multiple sources."
3613
msgstr ""
3614
3615
#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:25(page/title)
3616
msgid "Link/Unlink Contacts"
3617
msgstr ""
3618
3619
#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:28(section/title)
3620
msgid "Link contacts"
3621
msgstr ""
3622
3623
#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:30(section/p)
3624
msgid ""
3625
"Linking contacts is the combining of the same contact from multiple services "
3626
"into one Contacts entry. This feature helps you keep your address book "
3627
"organized, with all details about one contact in one place."
3628
msgstr ""
3629
3630
#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:35(item/p)
3631
msgid "Select the contact you wish to link in the left pane."
3632
msgstr ""
3633
3634
#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:38(item/p)
3635
msgid ""
3636
"Right-click on any editable element in the right pane and select "
3637
"<gui>Add/Remove Linked Contacts…</gui>."
3638
msgstr ""
3639
3640
#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:42(item/p)
3641
msgid "Select the entry you wish to link with the first contact entry."
3642
msgstr ""
3643
3644
#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:45(item/p)
3645
msgid "Click <gui>Link</gui>"
3646
msgstr ""
3647
3648
#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:48(item/p)
3649
msgid "If you wish to link a third contact entry, repeat the last two steps."
3650
msgstr ""
3651
3652
#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:51(item/p)
3653
msgid "When you are finished, click <gui>Close</gui>."
3654
msgstr ""
3655
3656
#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:57(note/p)
3657
msgid ""
3658
"If you linked two contacts accidentally and want to undo the action, follow "
3659
"the steps for unlinking contacts."
3660
msgstr ""
3661
3662
#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:65(section/title)
3663
msgid "Unlink contacts"
3664
msgstr ""
3665
3666
#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:67(section/p)
3667
msgid "You may want to unlink contacts if one of the entries is out of date."
3668
msgstr ""
3669
3670
#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:70(item/p)
3671
msgid "Select the contact you wish to unlink in the left pane."
3672
msgstr ""
3673
3674
#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:73(item/p)
3675
msgid "Locate the section you wish to unlink in the right pane."
3676
msgstr ""
3677
3678
#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:76(item/p)
3679
msgid "Click <gui>Unlink</gui>."
3680
msgstr ""
3681
3682
#: C/contacts.page:18(info/desc)
3683
msgid "Access your contacts."
3684
msgstr ""
3685
3686
#: C/contacts.page:22(page/title)
3687
msgid "Contacts"
3688
msgstr ""
3689
3690
#: C/contacts.page:24(page/p)
3691
msgid ""
3692
"Use <app>Contacts</app> to store, access or edit information for your "
3693
"contacts, locally or in your <link xref=\"accounts\">Online Accounts</link>."
3694
msgstr ""
3695
3696
#: C/contacts-search.page:6(info/desc)
3697
msgid "Search for a contact."
3698
msgstr ""
3699
3700
#: C/contacts-search.page:25(page/title)
3701
msgid "Search for a contact"
3702
msgstr ""
3703
3704
#: C/contacts-search.page:44(item/p)
3705
msgid ""
3706
"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F</key></keyseq> to open the search box."
3707
msgstr ""
3708
3709
#: C/contacts-search.page:47(item/p)
3710
msgid "Start typing the name of the contact."
3711
msgstr ""
3712
3713
#: C/contacts-search.page:53(note/p)
3714
msgid "Press <key>Esc</key> to close the search box."
3715
msgstr ""
3716
3717
#: C/contacts-setup.page:15(info/desc)
3718
msgid "Store your contacts in a local address book or in an online account."
3719
msgstr ""
3720
3721
#: C/contacts-setup.page:18(page/title)
3722
msgid "Starting Contacts for the first time"
3723
msgstr ""
3724
3725
#: C/contacts-setup.page:26(page/p)
3726
msgid ""
3727
"When you run <app>Contacts</app> for the first time, the <gui>Contacts "
3728
"Setup</gui> window opens."
3729
msgstr ""
3730
3731
#: C/contacts-setup.page:29(page/p)
3732
msgid ""
3733
"If you have <link xref=\"accounts\">online accounts</link> configured, they "
3734
"are listed with <gui>Local Address Book</gui>. Select an item from the list "
3735
"and click <gui style=\"button\">Select</gui>."
3736
msgstr ""
3737
3738
#: C/contacts-setup.page:34(note/p)
3739
msgid ""
3740
"Click the <gui style=\"button\">Online Account Settings</gui> to edit "
3741
"existing account settings."
3742
msgstr ""
3743
3744
#: C/contacts-setup.page:38(page/p)
3745
msgid ""
3746
"If you have no online accounts configured, click <gui "
3747
"style=\"button\">Online Accounts</gui> to begin the setup. If you don't wish "
3748
"to set up online accounts at this time, click <gui style=\"button\">Local "
3749
"Address Book</gui>."
3750
msgstr ""
3751
3752
#: C/clock.page:8(info/desc)
3753
msgid ""
3754
"<link xref=\"clock-set\">Set time and date</link>, <link xref=\"clock-"
3755
"timezone\">timezone</link>, <link xref=\"clock-calendar\">calendar and "
3756
"appointments</link>…"
3757
msgstr ""
3758
3759
#: C/clock.page:25(page/title)
3760
msgid "Time & date"
3761
msgstr ""
3762
3763
#: C/clock-calendar.page:8(info/desc)
3764
msgid "Display your appointments on the calendar at the top of the screen."
3765
msgstr ""
3766
3767
#: C/clock-calendar.page:21(page/title)
3768
msgid "View appointments in your calendar"
3769
msgstr ""
3770
3771
#: C/clock-calendar.page:24(page/p)
3772
msgid ""
3773
"You can organize your calendar appointments by clicking on the clock in the "
3774
"panel, if you're using a mail and calendar application called "
3775
"<app>Evolution</app>."
3776
msgstr ""
3777
3778
#: C/clock-calendar.page:27(page/p)
3779
msgid ""
3780
"If you have already set up Evolution, click the clock on the menu bar and "
3781
"then click the <gui>Add Event</gui> to start adding appointments. As "
3782
"appointments are added, they will appear below the calendar when you click "
3783
"on the clock."
3784
msgstr ""
3785
3786
#: C/clock-calendar.page:31(page/p)
3787
msgid ""
3788
"To quickly get to the full Evolution calendar, click on the clock and click "
3789
"the first line where today's date is."
3790
msgstr ""
3791
3792
#: C/clock-calendar.page:40(note/p)
3793
msgid ""
3794
"This will work only if you have an existing <app>Evolution</app> account. "
3795
"Otherwise, a window will appear with the necessary steps for adding your "
3796
"first account."
3797
msgstr ""
3798
3799
#: C/clock-calendar.page:44(section/title)
3800
msgid "Turn off Evolution calendar integration"
3801
msgstr ""
3802
3803
#: C/clock-calendar.page:45(section/p)
3804
msgid "You can also turn off this feature if you like."
3805
msgstr ""
3806
3807
#: C/clock-calendar.page:48(item/p)
3808
#: C/clock-timezone.page:24(item/p)
3809
msgid "Click on the clock and select <gui>Time & Date Settings</gui>."
3810
msgstr ""
3811
3812
#: C/clock-calendar.page:49(item/p)
3813
msgid "Now, switch to the <gui>Clock</gui> tab."
3814
msgstr ""
3815
3816
#: C/clock-calendar.page:50(item/p)
3817
msgid "Uncheck <gui>Coming events from Evolution Calendar</gui>."
3818
msgstr ""
3819
3820
#: C/clock-more-info.page:7(info/desc)
3821
msgid ""
3822
"Choose to show additional information such as the date or day of the week."
3823
msgstr ""
3824
3825
#: C/clock-more-info.page:10(credit/name)
3826
#: C/clock-set.page:16(credit/name)
3827
#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:20(credit/name)
3828
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:19(credit/name)
3829
#: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:13(credit/name)
3830
msgid "Ubuntu Documentation Project"
3831
msgstr ""
3832
3833
#: C/clock-more-info.page:17(page/title)
3834
msgid "Change how much information is shown in the clock"
3835
msgstr ""
3836
3837
#: C/clock-more-info.page:19(page/p)
3838
msgid ""
3839
"By default, Ubuntu only shows the time in the clock. You can set the clock "
3840
"to show additional information if you choose."
3841
msgstr ""
3842
3843
#: C/clock-more-info.page:22(page/p)
3844
msgid ""
3845
"Click on the clock and select <gui>Time & Date Settings</gui>. Switch to "
3846
"the <gui>Clock</gui> tab. Select the time and date options you want to "
3847
"display."
3848
msgstr ""
3849
3850
#: C/clock-more-info.page:25(note/p)
3851
msgid ""
3852
"You can also turn the clock off entirely by unchecking <gui>Show a clock in "
3853
"the menu bar</gui>."
3854
msgstr ""
3855
3856
#: C/clock-more-info.page:27(note/p)
3857
msgid ""
3858
"If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the "
3859
"icon in the very right of the menu bar and selecting <gui>System "
3860
"Settings</gui>. In the System section, click <gui>Time & Date</gui>."
3861
msgstr ""
3862
3863
#: C/clock-more-info.page:32(section/title)
3864
msgid "Change the date format"
3865
msgstr ""
3866
3867
#: C/clock-more-info.page:33(section/p)
3868
msgid ""
3869
"You can also change the clock's date format to match the preferred standard "
3870
"for your location."
3871
msgstr ""
3872
3873
#: C/clock-more-info.page:36(item/p)
3874
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:34(item/p)
3875
#: C/keyboard-osk.page:31(item/p)
3876
#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:38(item/p)
3877
#: C/net-proxy.page:45(item/p)
3878
#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:42(item/p)
3879
#: C/session-language.page:40(item/p)
3880
#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24(item/p)
3881
msgid ""
3882
"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select <gui>System "
3883
"Settings</gui>."
3884
msgstr ""
3885
3886
#: C/clock-more-info.page:37(item/p)
3887
msgid "In the Personal section, click <gui>Language Support</gui>."
3888
msgstr ""
3889
3890
#: C/clock-more-info.page:38(item/p)
3891
msgid "Switch to the <gui>Regional Formats</gui> tab."
3892
msgstr ""
3893
3894
#: C/clock-more-info.page:39(item/p)
3895
msgid "Select your preferred location in the dropdown list."
3896
msgstr ""
3897
3898
#: C/clock-more-info.page:40(item/p)
3899
msgid ""
3900
"You will need to <link xref=\"shell-exit\">log out</link> and log back in "
3901
"for this change to take effect."
3902
msgstr ""
3903
3904
#: C/clock-set.page:8(info/desc)
3905
msgid "Update the time/date displayed at the top of the screen."
3906
msgstr ""
3907
3908
#: C/clock-set.page:23(page/title)
3909
msgid "Change the time and date"
3910
msgstr ""
3911
3912
#: C/clock-set.page:27(item/p)
3913
msgid ""
3914
"To adjust the time and date, click on the clock located in the <gui>menu "
3915
"bar</gui> and select <gui>Time & Date Settings</gui>."
3916
msgstr ""
3917
3918
#: C/clock-set.page:31(item/p)
3919
msgid ""
3920
"Click on <gui>Unlock</gui> and type your password to be able to change the "
3921
"system time zone by clicking on the map or entering your city into the "
3922
"<gui>Location</gui> box."
3923
msgstr ""
3924
3925
#: C/clock-set.page:35(item/p)
3926
msgid ""
3927
"By default, Ubuntu periodically synchronizes the clock with a very accurate "
3928
"clock on the Internet so you don't have to set your clock manually."
3929
msgstr ""
3930
3931
#: C/clock-timezone.page:7(info/desc)
3932
msgid "Add other timezones so you can see what time it is in other cities."
3933
msgstr ""
3934
3935
#: C/clock-timezone.page:18(page/title)
3936
msgid "Show other timezones"
3937
msgstr ""
3938
3939
#: C/clock-timezone.page:19(page/p)
3940
msgid ""
3941
"If you want to know what time it is in different cities around the world, "
3942
"you can add additional timezones to the clock menu. These additional cities "
3943
"will show up below the calendar when you click on the clock."
3944
msgstr ""
3945
3946
#: C/clock-timezone.page:25(item/p)
3947
msgid ""
3948
"Switch to the <gui>Clock</gui> tab and select <gui>Time in other "
3949
"locations</gui>."
3950
msgstr ""
3951
3952
#: C/clock-timezone.page:26(item/p)
3953
msgid "Click <gui>Choose locations</gui>."
3954
msgstr ""
3955
3956
#: C/clock-timezone.page:27(item/p)
3957
msgid "Click <gui>+</gui> to add a location."
3958
msgstr ""
3959
3960
#: C/clock-timezone.page:28(item/p)
3961
msgid ""
3962
"Fill in the Location blank with the city name you want to add. Wait a moment "
3963
"for a list of possible cities to show up in the drop-down list."
3964
msgstr ""
3965
3966
#: C/clock-timezone.page:30(item/p)
3967
msgid ""
3968
"Select the city you want and the current time in that location will fill in "
3969
"automatically."
3970
msgstr ""
3971
3972
#: C/clock-timezone.page:32(item/p)
3973
msgid "Click <gui>-</gui> to delete a city from the list."
3974
msgstr ""
3975
3976
#: C/clock-timezone.page:33(item/p)
3977
msgid ""
3978
"You can also drag and drop the cities in this <gui>Locations</gui> window to "
3979
"change the order in which they will show up in the clock menu."
3980
msgstr ""
3981
3982
#: C/disk.page:15(info/desc)
3983
msgid ""
3984
"<link xref=\"disk-capacity\">Disk space</link>, <link xref=\"disk-"
3985
"benchmark\">performance</link>, <link xref=\"disk-check\">problems</link>, "
3986
"<link xref=\"disk-partitions\">volumes and partitions</link>…"
3987
msgstr ""
3988
3989
#: C/disk.page:25(page/title)
3990
msgid "Disks & storage"
3991
msgstr ""
3992
3993
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:14(credit/name)
3994
#: C/disk-capacity.page:12(credit/name)
3995
#: C/disk-check.page:13(credit/name)
3996
#: C/display-dimscreen.page:21(credit/name)
3997
#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:18(credit/name)
3998
#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:16(credit/name)
3999
#: C/look-background.page:22(credit/name)
4000
#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:15(credit/name)
4001
#: C/look-resolution.page:17(credit/name)
4002
msgid "Natalia Ruz Leiva"
4003
msgstr ""
4004
4005
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:22(info/desc)
4006
msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is."
4007
msgstr ""
4008
4009
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:26(page/title)
4010
msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk"
4011
msgstr ""
4012
4013
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:28(page/p)
4014
msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:"
4015
msgstr ""
4016
4017
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:33(item/p)
4018
msgid ""
4019
"Open the <app>Disks</app> application from the <link xref=\"unity-dash-"
4020
"intro\">dash</link>."
4021
msgstr ""
4022
4023
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:36(item/p)
4024
msgid "Choose the hard disk from the <gui>Disk Drives</gui> list."
4025
msgstr ""
4026
4027
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:39(item/p)
4028
msgid ""
4029
"Click the more actions button next to the <gui>-</gui> button and choose "
4030
"<gui>Benchmark Volume</gui>."
4031
msgstr ""
4032
4033
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:42(item/p)
4034
msgid "Click <gui>Start Benchmark</gui>."
4035
msgstr ""
4036
4037
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:45(item/p)
4038
msgid ""
4039
"Click <gui>Start Benchmarking</gui> to test how fast data can be read from "
4040
"the disk. If the <gui>Also perform write-benchmark</gui> option is checked, "
4041
"the benchmark will test how fast data can be read from and written to the "
4042
"disk. This will take longer to complete."
4043
msgstr ""
4044
4045
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:53(page/p)
4046
msgid ""
4047
"When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green "
4048
"points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to "
4049
"the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, "
4050
"representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line "
4051
"represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are "
4052
"shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of "
4053
"the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis."
4054
msgstr ""
4055
4056
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:61(page/p)
4057
msgid ""
4058
"Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read "
4059
"and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last "
4060
"benchmark test."
4061
msgstr ""
4062
4063
#: C/disk-capacity.page:22(info/desc)
4064
msgid ""
4065
"Use <gui>Disk Usage Analyzer</gui> or <gui>System Monitor</gui> to check "
4066
"space and capacity."
4067
msgstr ""
4068
4069
#: C/disk-capacity.page:27(page/title)
4070
msgid "Check how much disk space is left"
4071
msgstr ""
4072
4073
#: C/disk-capacity.page:29(page/p)
4074
msgid ""
4075
"You can check how much disk space is left with <app>Disk Usage "
4076
"Analyzer</app> or <app>System Monitor</app>."
4077
msgstr ""
4078
4079
#: C/disk-capacity.page:33(section/title)
4080
msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer"
4081
msgstr ""
4082
4083
#: C/disk-capacity.page:35(section/p)
4084
msgid ""
4085
"To check the free disk space and disk capacity using <app>Disk Usage "
4086
"Analyzer</app>:"
4087
msgstr ""
4088
4089
#: C/disk-capacity.page:40(item/p)
4090
msgid ""
4091
"Open the <app>Disks</app> application from the <gui>dash</gui>. The window "
4092
"will display the <gui>Total file system capacity</gui> and <gui>Total file "
4093
"system usage</gui>."
4094
msgstr ""
4095
4096
#: C/disk-capacity.page:45(item/p)
4097
msgid ""
4098
"Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to <gui>Scan Home</gui>, "
4099
"<gui>Scan filesystem</gui>, <gui>Scan a folder</gui>, or <gui>Scan a remote "
4100
"folder</gui>."
4101
msgstr ""
4102
4103
#: C/disk-capacity.page:50(section/p)
4104
msgid ""
4105
"The information is displayed according to <gui>Folder</gui>, "
4106
"<gui>Usage</gui>, <gui>Size</gui> and <gui>Contents</gui>. See more details "
4107
"in <link href=\"help:baobab\"><app>Disk Usage Analyzer</app></link>."
4108
msgstr ""
4109
4110
#: C/disk-capacity.page:58(section/title)
4111
msgid "Check with System Monitor"
4112
msgstr ""
4113
4114
#: C/disk-capacity.page:60(section/p)
4115
msgid ""
4116
"To check the free disk space and disk capacity with <app>System "
4117
"Monitor</app>:"
4118
msgstr ""
4119
4120
#: C/disk-capacity.page:64(item/p)
4121
msgid ""
4122
"Open the <app>System Monitor</app> application from the <gui>dash</gui>."
4123
msgstr ""
4124
4125
#: C/disk-capacity.page:67(item/p)
4126
msgid ""
4127
"Select the <gui>File Systems</gui> tab to view the system's partitions and "
4128
"disk space usage. The information is displayed according to "
4129
"<gui>Total</gui>, <gui>Free</gui>, <gui>Available</gui> and <gui>Used</gui>."
4130
msgstr ""
4131
4132
#: C/disk-capacity.page:76(section/title)
4133
msgid "What if the disk is too full?"
4134
msgstr ""
4135
4136
#: C/disk-capacity.page:78(section/p)
4137
msgid "If the disk is too full you should:"
4138
msgstr ""
4139
4140
#: C/disk-capacity.page:82(item/p)
4141
msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore."
4142
msgstr ""
4143
4144
#: C/disk-capacity.page:85(item/p)
4145
msgid ""
4146
"Make <link xref=\"backup-why\">backups</link> of the important files that "
4147
"you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive."
4148
msgstr ""
4149
4150
#: C/disk-check.page:23(info/desc)
4151
msgid "Test your hard disk for problems to make sure that it's healthy."
4152
msgstr ""
4153
4154
#: C/disk-check.page:27(page/title)
4155
msgid "Check your hard disk for problems"
4156
msgstr ""
4157
4158
#: C/disk-check.page:30(section/title)
4159
msgid "Checking the hard disk"
4160
msgstr ""
4161
4162
#: C/disk-check.page:31(section/p)
4163
msgid ""
4164
"Hard disks have a built-in health-check tool called <app>SMART</app> (Self-"
4165
"Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology), which continually checks "
4166
"the disk for potential problems. SMART also warns you if the disk is about "
4167
"to fail, helping you avoid loss of important data."
4168
msgstr ""
4169
4170
#: C/disk-check.page:36(section/p)
4171
msgid ""
4172
"Although SMART runs automatically, you can also check your disk's health by "
4173
"running the <app>Disks</app> application:"
4174
msgstr ""
4175
4176
#: C/disk-check.page:40(steps/title)
4177
msgid "Check your disk's health using the Disks application"
4178
msgstr ""
4179
4180
#: C/disk-check.page:43(item/p)
4181
#: C/disk-format.page:30(item/p)
4182
msgid "Open the <app>Disks</app> application from the <gui>dash</gui>."
4183
msgstr ""
4184
4185
#: C/disk-check.page:46(item/p)
4186
msgid ""
4187
"Select the disk you want to check from the <gui>Storage Devices</gui> list. "
4188
"Information and status of the disk will appear under <gui>Drive</gui>."
4189
msgstr ""
4190
4191
#: C/disk-check.page:50(item/p)
4192
msgid "<gui>SMART Status</gui> should say \"Disk is healthy\"."
4193
msgstr ""
4194
4195
#: C/disk-check.page:53(item/p)
4196
msgid ""
4197
"Click the <gui>SMART Data</gui> button to view more drive information, or to "
4198
"run a self-test."
4199
msgstr ""
4200
4201
#: C/disk-check.page:63(section/title)
4202
msgid "What if the disk isn't healthy?"
4203
msgstr ""
4204
4205
#: C/disk-check.page:65(section/p)
4206
msgid ""
4207
"Even if the <gui>SMART Status</gui> indicates that the disk <em>isn't</em> "
4208
"healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be "
4209
"prepared with a <link xref=\"backup-why\">backup</link> to prevent data loss."
4210
msgstr ""
4211
4212
#: C/disk-check.page:69(section/p)
4213
msgid ""
4214
"If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but "
4215
"signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near "
4216
"future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely "
4217
"to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should <link "
4218
"xref=\"backup-how\">backup your important files regularly</link> and check "
4219
"the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse."
4220
msgstr ""
4221
4222
#: C/disk-check.page:76(section/p)
4223
msgid ""
4224
"If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a "
4225
"professional for further diagnosis or repair."
4226
msgstr ""
4227
4228
#: C/disk-format.page:15(info/desc)
4229
msgid ""
4230
"Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash "
4231
"drive by formatting it."
4232
msgstr ""
4233
4234
#: C/disk-format.page:20(page/title)
4235
msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk"
4236
msgstr ""
4237
4238
#: C/disk-format.page:22(page/p)
4239
msgid ""
4240
"If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard "
4241
"disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and "
4242
"folders. You can do this by <em>formatting</em> the disk - this deletes all "
4243
"of the files on the disk and leaves it empty."
4244
msgstr ""
4245
4246
#: C/disk-format.page:28(steps/title)
4247
msgid "Format a removable disk"
4248
msgstr ""
4249
4250
#: C/disk-format.page:33(item/p)
4251
msgid ""
4252
"Select the disk you want to wipe from the <gui>Storage Devices</gui> list."
4253
msgstr ""
4254
4255
#: C/disk-format.page:36(note/p)
4256
msgid ""
4257
"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong "
4258
"disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!"
4259
msgstr ""
4260
4261
#: C/disk-format.page:41(item/p)
4262
msgid ""
4263
"In the Volumes section, click <gui>Unmount Volume</gui>. Then click "
4264
"<gui>Format Volume</gui>."
4265
msgstr ""
4266
4267
#: C/disk-format.page:45(item/p)
4268
msgid ""
4269
"In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem <gui>Type</gui> for the disk."
4270
msgstr ""
4271
4272
#: C/disk-format.page:47(item/p)
4273
msgid ""
4274
"If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux "
4275
"computers, choose <gui>FAT</gui>. If you only use it on Windows, "
4276
"<gui>NTFS</gui> may be a better option. A brief description of the <gui>file "
4277
"system type</gui> will be presented as a label."
4278
msgstr ""
4279
4280
#: C/disk-format.page:53(item/p)
4281
msgid ""
4282
"Give the disk a name and click <gui>Format</gui> to begin wiping the disk."
4283
msgstr ""
4284
4285
#: C/disk-format.page:56(item/p)
4286
msgid ""
4287
"Once the formatting has finished, <gui>safely remove</gui> the disk. It "
4288
"should now be blank and ready to use again."
4289
msgstr ""
4290
4291
#: C/disk-format.page:62(note/title)
4292
msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files"
4293
msgstr ""
4294
4295
#: C/disk-format.page:63(note/p)
4296
msgid ""
4297
"Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. "
4298
"A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible "
4299
"that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to "
4300
"securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such "
4301
"as <app>shred</app>."
4302
msgstr ""
4303
4304
#: C/disk-partitions.page:15(info/desc)
4305
msgid ""
4306
"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to "
4307
"manage them."
4308
msgstr ""
4309
4310
#: C/disk-partitions.page:20(page/title)
4311
msgid "Manage volumes and partitions"
4312
msgstr ""
4313
4314
#: C/disk-partitions.page:22(page/p)
4315
msgid ""
4316
"The word <em>volume</em> is used to describe a storage device, like a hard "
4317
"disk. It can also refer to a <em>part</em> of the storage on that device, "
4318
"because you can split the storage up into chunks. The computer makes this "
4319
"storage accessible via your file system in a process referred to as "
4320
"<em>mounting</em>. Mounted volumes may be hard drives, USB drives, DVD-RWs, "
4321
"SD cards, and other media. If a volume is currently mounted, you can read "
4322
"(and possibly write) files on it."
4323
msgstr ""
4324
4325
#: C/disk-partitions.page:30(page/p)
4326
msgid ""
4327
"Often, a mounted volume is called a <em>partition</em>, though they are not "
4328
"necessarily the same thing. A “partition” refers to a <em>physical</em> area "
4329
"of storage on a single disk drive. Once a partition has been mounted, it can "
4330
"be referred to as a volume because you can access the files on it. You can "
4331
"think of volumes as the labeled, accessible “storefronts” to the functional "
4332
"“back rooms” of partitions and drives."
4333
msgstr ""
4334
4335
#: C/disk-partitions.page:38(section/title)
4336
msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility"
4337
msgstr ""
4338
4339
#: C/disk-partitions.page:40(section/p)
4340
msgid ""
4341
"You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk "
4342
"utility."
4343
msgstr ""
4344
4345
#: C/disk-partitions.page:45(item/p)
4346
msgid ""
4347
"Open the <gui>dash</gui> and start the <app>Disk Utility</app> application."
4348
msgstr ""
4349
4350
#: C/disk-partitions.page:48(item/p)
4351
msgid ""
4352
"In the pane marked <gui>Storage Devices</gui>, you will find hard disks, "
4353
"CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to "
4354
"inspect."
4355
msgstr ""
4356
4357
#: C/disk-partitions.page:53(item/p)
4358
msgid ""
4359
"In the right pane, the area labeled <gui>Volumes</gui> provides a visual "
4360
"breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It "
4361
"also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes."
4362
msgstr ""
4363
4364
#: C/disk-partitions.page:56(item/p)
4365
msgid ""
4366
"Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with "
4367
"these utilities."
4368
msgstr ""
4369
4370
#: C/disk-partitions.page:61(section/p)
4371
msgid ""
4372
"Your computer most likely has at least one <em>primary</em> partition and a "
4373
"single <em>swap</em> partition. The swap partition is used by the operating "
4374
"system for memory management, and is rarely mounted. The primary partition "
4375
"contains your operating system, applications, settings, and personal files. "
4376
"These files can also be distributed among multiple partitions for security "
4377
"or convenience."
4378
msgstr ""
4379
4380
#: C/disk-partitions.page:68(section/p)
4381
msgid ""
4382
"One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to "
4383
"start up, or <em>boot</em>. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot "
4384
"partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its "
4385
"<gui>Partition Flags</gui> in the disk utility. External media such as USB "
4386
"drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume."
4387
msgstr ""
4388
4389
#: C/display-dimscreen.page:14(info/desc)
4390
msgid ""
4391
"Dim the screen to save power or increase the brightness to make it more "
4392
"readable in bright light."
4393
msgstr ""
4394
4395
#: C/display-dimscreen.page:35(page/title)
4396
msgid "Set screen brightness"
4397
msgstr ""
4398
4399
#: C/display-dimscreen.page:37(page/p)
4400
msgid ""
4401
"You can change the brightness of your screen to save power or to make the "
4402
"screen more readable in bright light. You can also have the screen dim "
4403
"automatically when on battery power and have it turn off automatically when "
4404
"not in use."
4405
msgstr ""
4406
4407
#: C/display-dimscreen.page:43(steps/title)
4408
msgid "Set the brightness"
4409
msgstr ""
4410
4411
#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45(item/p)
4412
#: C/display-lock.page:33(item/p)
4413
msgid "Select <gui>Brightness and Lock</gui>."
4414
msgstr ""
4415
4416
#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46(item/p)
4417
msgid "Adjust the <gui>Brightness</gui> slider to a comfortable value."
4418
msgstr ""
4419
4420
#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50(note/p)
4421
msgid ""
4422
"Many laptop keyboards have special keys to adjust the brightness. These have "
4423
"a picture that looks like the sun and are located on the function keys at "
4424
"the top. Hold down the <key>Fn</key> key to use these keys."
4425
msgstr ""
4426
4427
#: C/display-dimscreen.page:55(page/p)
4428
msgid ""
4429
"Select <gui>Dim screen to save power</gui> to have the brightness "
4430
"automatically lowered when you're on battery power. The backlight of your "
4431
"screen can take a lot of power and significantly reduce how long your "
4432
"battery will last before it needs to be recharged."
4433
msgstr ""
4434
4435
#: C/display-dimscreen.page:60(page/p)
4436
msgid ""
4437
"The screen will automatically turn off after you haven't used it for a "
4438
"while. This only affects the display, and doesn't turn off your computer. "
4439
"You can adjust how long you have to be inactive with the <gui>Turn screen "
4440
"off when inactive for</gui> option."
4441
msgstr ""
4442
4443
#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:6(info/desc)
4444
msgid "Set up dual monitors."
4445
msgstr ""
4446
4447
#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:18(page/title)
4448
msgid "Connect an external monitor to your laptop"
4449
msgstr ""
4450
4451
#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:21(section/title)
4452
msgid "Set up an external monitor"
4453
msgstr ""
4454
4455
#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:22(section/p)
4456
msgid ""
4457
"To set up an external monitor with your laptop, connect the monitor to your "
4458
"laptop. If your system doesn't recognize it immediately, or you would like "
4459
"to adjust the settings:"
4460
msgstr ""
4461
4462
#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:30(item/p)
4463
msgid "Click <gui>Displays</gui>."
4464
msgstr ""
4465
4466
#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:33(item/p)
4467
msgid ""
4468
"Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, "
4469
"then switch it <gui>ON/OFF</gui>."
4470
msgstr ""
4471
4472
#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:37(item/p)
4473
msgid ""
4474
"By default, the launcher only shows on the primary monitor. To change which "
4475
"monitor is \"primary\", change the monitor in the <gui>Launcher "
4476
"Placement</gui> drop-down box. You could also drag the launcher in the "
4477
"preview to the monitor you want to set as the \"primary\" monitor."
4478
msgstr ""
4479
4480
#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:40(item/p)
4481
msgid ""
4482
"If you want the launcher to show on all monitors, change <gui>Launcher "
4483
"Placement</gui> to <gui>All Displays</gui>."
4484
msgstr ""
4485
4486
#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:44(item/p)
4487
msgid ""
4488
"To change the \"position\" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the "
4489
"desired position."
4490
msgstr ""
4491
4492
#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:46(note/p)
4493
msgid ""
4494
"If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the "
4495
"<gui>Mirror displays</gui> box."
4496
msgstr ""
4497
4498
#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:50(item/p)
4499
msgid ""
4500
"When you are happy with your settings, click <gui>Apply</gui> and then click "
4501
"<gui>Keep This Configuration</gui>."
4502
msgstr ""
4503
4504
#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:54(item/p)
4505
msgid ""
4506
"To close the <gui>Displays Settings</gui> click on the <gui>x</gui> in the "
4507
"top corner."
4508
msgstr ""
4509
4510
#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:61(section/title)
4511
msgid "Sticky Edges"
4512
msgstr ""
4513
4514
#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:62(section/p)
4515
msgid ""
4516
"A typical problem with dual monitors is that it's easy for the mouse pointer "
4517
"to \"slip\" to the other monitor when you don't want it to. Unity's "
4518
"<gui>Sticky Edges</gui> feature helps with that problem by requiring you to "
4519
"push a little bit harder to move the mouse pointer from one monitor to the "
4520
"other."
4521
msgstr ""
4522
4523
#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:67(section/p)
4524
msgid ""
4525
"You can switch <gui>Sticky Edges</gui> off if you don't like this feature."
4526
msgstr ""
4527
4528
#: C/display-lock.page:12(info/desc)
4529
msgid ""
4530
"Prevent other people from using your desktop when you go away from your "
4531
"computer."
4532
msgstr ""
4533
4534
#: C/display-lock.page:21(page/title)
4535
msgid "Automatically lock your screen"
4536
msgstr ""
4537
4538
#: C/display-lock.page:23(page/p)
4539
msgid ""
4540
"When you leave your computer, you should <link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-"
4541
"screen\">lock the screen</link> to prevent other people from using your "
4542
"desktop and accessing your files. You will still be logged in and all your "
4543
"applications will keep running, but you will have to enter your password to "
4544
"use your computer again. You can lock the screen manually, but you can also "
4545
"have the screen lock automatically."
4546
msgstr ""
4547
4548
#: C/display-lock.page:34(item/p)
4549
msgid ""
4550
"Make sure <gui>Lock</gui> is switched on, then select a timeout from the "
4551
"drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been "
4552
"inactive for this long. You can also select <gui>Screen turns off</gui> to "
4553
"lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled "
4554
"with the <gui>Turn screen off when inactive for</gui> drop-down list above."
4555
msgstr ""
4556
4557
#: C/display-lock.page:43(note/p)
4558
msgid ""
4559
"To lock your screen immediately, click the icon at the very right of the "
4560
"<gui>menu bar</gui> and select <gui>Lock Screen</gui>, or just press "
4561
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>L</key></keyseq>."
4562
msgstr ""
4563
4564
#: C/files-autorun.page:13(info/desc)
4565
msgid ""
4566
"Automatically run applications for CDs and DVDs, cameras, audio players, and "
4567
"other devices and media."
4568
msgstr ""
4569
4570
#: C/files-autorun.page:24(page/title)
4571
msgid "Open applications for devices or discs"
4572
msgstr ""
4573
4574
#: C/files-autorun.page:26(page/p)
4575
msgid ""
4576
"You can have an application automatically start when you plug in a device or "
4577
"insert a disc or media card. For example, you might want your photo "
4578
"organizer to start when you plug in a digital camera. You can also turn this "
4579
"off, so that nothing happens when you plug something in."
4580
msgstr ""
4581
4582
#: C/files-autorun.page:31(page/p)
4583
msgid ""
4584
"To decide which applications should start when you plug in various devices:"
4585
msgstr ""
4586
4587
#: C/files-autorun.page:37(item/p)
4588
msgid "Select <guiseq><gui>Details</gui><gui>Removable Media</gui></guiseq>."
4589
msgstr ""
4590
4591
#: C/files-autorun.page:40(item/p)
4592
msgid ""
4593
"Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or "
4594
"action for that media type."
4595
msgstr ""
4596
4597
#: C/files-autorun.page:42(item/p)
4598
msgid "Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that:"
4599
msgstr ""
4600
4601
#: C/files-autorun.page:44(item/p)
4602
msgid ""
4603
"The device will be shown in the File Manager (choose <gui>Open folder</gui>)"
4604
msgstr ""
4605
4606
#: C/files-autorun.page:45(item/p)
4607
msgid "You will be asked what to open (<gui>Ask what to do</gui>)"
4608
msgstr ""
4609
4610
#: C/files-autorun.page:46(item/p)
4611
msgid "Nothing at all will happen (<gui>Do nothing</gui>)."
4612
msgstr ""
4613
4614
#: C/files-autorun.page:50(item/p)
4615
msgid ""
4616
"The <gui>Software</gui> option is slightly different from the others - if "
4617
"the computer detects that there is software on a disk that you inserted, it "
4618
"can try to automatically run the software if you like. This is good if you "
4619
"have an application installed on a CD and want it to start when the disc is "
4620
"inserted (for example, a slideshow)."
4621
msgstr ""
4622
4623
#: C/files-autorun.page:56(item/p)
4624
msgid ""
4625
"If you don't see the device or media type that you want to change in the "
4626
"list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click <gui>Other Media</gui> "
4627
"to see a more detailed list of devices. Select the type of device or media "
4628
"from the <gui>Type</gui> drop-down and the application or action from the "
4629
"<gui>Action</gui> drop-down."
4630
msgstr ""
4631
4632
#: C/files-autorun.page:65(note/p)
4633
msgid ""
4634
"If you don't want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you "
4635
"plug in, select <gui>Never prompt or start programs on media insertion</gui> "
4636
"at the bottom of the Removable Media window."
4637
msgstr ""
4638
4639
#: C/files-browse.page:9(info/desc)
4640
msgid "Manage and organize files with the file manager."
4641
msgstr ""
4642
4643
#: C/files-browse.page:28(page/title)
4644
msgid "Browse files and folders"
4645
msgstr ""
4646
4647
#: C/files-browse.page:38(page/p)
4648
msgid ""
4649
"Use the <app>Files</app> file manager to browse and organize the files on "
4650
"your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like "
4651
"external hard disks), on <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">file "
4652
"servers</link>, and network shares."
4653
msgstr ""
4654
4655
#: C/files-browse.page:43(page/p)
4656
msgid ""
4657
"To open the file manager, open <app>Files</app> in the <gui>dash</gui>. You "
4658
"can also search for files and folders with the <gui>dash</gui> in the same "
4659
"way you would <link xref=\"unity-dash-intro#dash-global-search\">search for "
4660
"applications</link>. They will appear under the heading <gui>Files and "
4661
"Folders</gui>."
4662
msgstr ""
4663
4664
#: C/files-browse.page:49(page/p)
4665
msgid ""
4666
"Another way to open the file manager is to select the <app>Home Folder</app> "
4667
"shortcut in the launcher."
4668
msgstr ""
4669
4670
#: C/files-browse.page:53(section/title)
4671
msgid "Exploring the contents of folders"
4672
msgstr ""
4673
4674
#: C/files-browse.page:55(section/p)
4675
msgid ""
4676
"In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and "
4677
"double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. "
4678
"You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window. In "
4679
"<link xref=\"files-sort#list-view\">list view</link>, you can also click the "
4680
"expander next to a folder to show its contents in a tree."
4681
msgstr ""
4682
4683
#: C/files-browse.page:63(section/p)
4684
msgid ""
4685
"The <em>path bar</em> above the list of files and folders shows you which "
4686
"folder you're viewing, including the parent folders of the current folder. "
4687
"Click a parent folder in the path bar to go to that folder. Right-click any "
4688
"folder in the path bar to open it in a new tab or window, copy or move it, "
4689
"or access its properties."
4690
msgstr ""
4691
4692
#: C/files-browse.page:69(section/p)
4693
msgid ""
4694
"If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start "
4695
"typing its name. A search box will appear at the bottom of the window and "
4696
"the first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down "
4697
"arrow key or <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>G</key></keyseq>, or scroll with "
4698
"the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches your search."
4699
msgstr ""
4700
4701
#: C/files-browse.page:75(section/p)
4702
msgid ""
4703
"You can quickly access common places from the <em>sidebar</em>. If you do "
4704
"not see the sidebar, click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Sidebar</gui> "
4705
"<gui>Show Sidebar</gui></guiseq>. You can add bookmarks to folders that you "
4706
"use often and they will appear in the sidebar. Use the <gui>Bookmarks</gui> "
4707
"menu to do this, or simply drag a folder into the sidebar."
4708
msgstr ""
4709
4710
#: C/files-browse.page:82(section/p)
4711
msgid ""
4712
"If you frequently move files between nested folders, you might find it more "
4713
"useful to show a <em>tree</em> in the sidebar instead. Click "
4714
"<guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Sidebar</gui><gui>Tree</gui></guiseq> to enable "
4715
"the tree sidebar. Click the expander arrow next to a folder to show its "
4716
"child folders in the tree, or click a folder to open it in the window."
4717
msgstr ""
4718
4719
#: C/files-copy.page:8(info/desc)
4720
msgid "Copy or move items to a new folder."
4721
msgstr ""
4722
4723
#: C/files-copy.page:13(credit/name)
4724
#: C/files-delete.page:13(credit/name)
4725
#: C/files-open.page:13(credit/name)
4726
msgid "Cristopher Thomas"
4727
msgstr ""
4728
4729
#: C/files-copy.page:23(page/title)
4730
msgid "Copy or move files and folders"
4731
msgstr ""
4732
4733
#: C/files-copy.page:25(page/p)
4734
msgid ""
4735
"A file or folder can be copied or moved to a new location by dragging and "
4736
"dropping with the mouse, using the copy and paste commands, or by using "
4737
"keyboard shortcuts."
4738
msgstr ""
4739
4740
#: C/files-copy.page:29(page/p)
4741
msgid ""
4742
"For example, you might want to copy a presentation onto a memory stick so "
4743
"you can take it to work with you. Or, you could make a back-up copy of a "
4744
"document before you make changes to it (and then use the old copy if you "
4745
"don't like your changes)."
4746
msgstr ""
4747
4748
#: C/files-copy.page:34(page/p)
4749
msgid ""
4750
"These instructions apply to both files and folders. You copy and move files "
4751
"and folders in exactly the same way."
4752
msgstr ""
4753
4754
#: C/files-copy.page:38(steps/title)
4755
msgid "Copy and paste files"
4756
msgstr ""
4757
4758
#: C/files-copy.page:39(item/p)
4759
msgid "Select the file you want to copy by clicking on it once."
4760
msgstr ""
4761
4762
#: C/files-copy.page:40(item/p)
4763
msgid ""
4764
"Click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Copy</gui></guiseq>, or press "
4765
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</key></keyseq>."
4766
msgstr ""
4767
4768
#: C/files-copy.page:42(item/p)
4769
msgid ""
4770
"Navigate to another folder, where you want to put the copy of the file."
4771
msgstr ""
4772
4773
#: C/files-copy.page:44(item/p)
4774
msgid ""
4775
"Click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Paste</gui></guiseq> to finish copying the "
4776
"file, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>. There will now "
4777
"be a copy of the file in the original folder and the other folder."
4778
msgstr ""
4779
4780
#: C/files-copy.page:51(steps/title)
4781
msgid "Cut and paste files to move them"
4782
msgstr ""
4783
4784
#: C/files-copy.page:52(item/p)
4785
msgid "Select the file you want to move by clicking on it once."
4786
msgstr ""
4787
4788
#: C/files-copy.page:53(item/p)
4789
msgid ""
4790
"Click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Cut</gui></guiseq>, or press "
4791
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</key></keyseq>."
4792
msgstr ""
4793
4794
#: C/files-copy.page:55(item/p)
4795
msgid "Navigate to another folder, where you want to move the file."
4796
msgstr ""
4797
4798
#: C/files-copy.page:56(item/p)
4799
msgid ""
4800
"Click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Paste</gui></guiseq> to finish moving the "
4801
"file, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>. The file will "
4802
"be taken out of its original folder and moved to the other folder."
4803
msgstr ""
4804
4805
#: C/files-copy.page:62(steps/title)
4806
msgid "Drag files to copy or move"
4807
msgstr ""
4808
4809
#: C/files-copy.page:63(item/p)
4810
msgid ""
4811
"Open the file manager and go to the folder which contains the file you want "
4812
"to copy."
4813
msgstr ""
4814
4815
#: C/files-copy.page:65(item/p)
4816
msgid ""
4817
"Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>New Window</gui></guiseq> (or press "
4818
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>N</key></keyseq>) to open a second window. In "
4819
"the new window, navigate to the folder where you want to move or copy the "
4820
"file."
4821
msgstr ""
4822
4823
#: C/files-copy.page:70(item/p)
4824
msgid ""
4825
"Click and drag the file from one window to another. This will <em>move "
4826
"it</em> if the destination is on the <em>same</em> device, or <em>copy "
4827
"it</em> if the destination is on a <em>different</em> device."
4828
msgstr ""
4829
4830
#: C/files-copy.page:73(item/p)
4831
msgid ""
4832
"For example, if you drag a file from a USB memory stick to your Home folder, "
4833
"it will be copied, because you're dragging from one device to another."
4834
msgstr ""
4835
4836
#: C/files-copy.page:75(item/p)
4837
msgid ""
4838
"You can force the file to be copied by holding down the <key>Ctrl</key> key "
4839
"while dragging, or force it to be moved by holding down the <key>Shift</key> "
4840
"key while dragging."
4841
msgstr ""
4842
4843
#: C/files-copy.page:82(note/p)
4844
msgid ""
4845
"You can't copy or move a file into a folder that is <em>read-only</em>. Some "
4846
"folders are read-only to prevent you from making changes to their contents. "
4847
"You can change things from being read-only by <link xref=\"nautilus-file-"
4848
"properties-permissions\">changing file permissions </link>."
4849
msgstr ""
4850
4851
#: C/files-delete.page:8(info/desc)
4852
msgid "Remove files or folders you no longer need."
4853
msgstr ""
4854
4855
#: C/files-delete.page:27(page/title)
4856
msgid "Delete files and folders"
4857
msgstr ""
4858
4859
#: C/files-delete.page:29(page/p)
4860
msgid ""
4861
"If you don't want a file or folder any more, you can delete it. When you "
4862
"delete an item it is moved to the <gui>Trash</gui> folder, where it is "
4863
"stored until you empty the trash. You can <link xref=\"files-"
4864
"recover\">restore items </link> in the <gui>Trash</gui> folder to their "
4865
"original location if you decide you need them, or if they were accidentally "
4866
"deleted."
4867
msgstr ""
4868
4869
#: C/files-delete.page:36(steps/title)
4870
msgid "To send a file to the trash:"
4871
msgstr ""
4872
4873
#: C/files-delete.page:37(item/p)
4874
msgid "Select the item you want to place in the trash by clicking it once."
4875
msgstr ""
4876
4877
#: C/files-delete.page:39(item/p)
4878
msgid ""
4879
"Press <key>Delete</key> on your keyboard. Alternatively, drag the item to "
4880
"the <gui>Trash</gui> in the sidebar."
4881
msgstr ""
4882
4883
#: C/files-delete.page:44(page/p)
4884
msgid ""
4885
"To delete files permanently, and free up disk space on your computer, you "
4886
"need to empty the trash. To empty the trash, right-click <gui>Trash</gui> in "
4887
"the sidebar and select <gui>Empty Trash</gui>."
4888
msgstr ""
4889
4890
#: C/files-delete.page:49(section/title)
4891
msgid "Permanently delete a file"
4892
msgstr ""
4893
4894
#: C/files-delete.page:50(section/p)
4895
msgid ""
4896
"You can immediately delete a file permanently, without having to send it to "
4897
"the trash first."
4898
msgstr ""
4899
4900
#: C/files-delete.page:54(steps/title)
4901
msgid "To permanently delete a file:"
4902
msgstr ""
4903
4904
#: C/files-delete.page:55(item/p)
4905
msgid "Select the item you want to delete."
4906
msgstr ""
4907
4908
#: C/files-delete.page:56(item/p)
4909
msgid ""
4910
"Press and hold the <key>Shift</key> key, then press the <key>Delete</key> "
4911
"key on your keyboard."
4912
msgstr ""
4913
4914
#: C/files-delete.page:58(item/p)
4915
msgid ""
4916
"Because you cannot undo this, you will be asked to confirm that you want to "
4917
"delete the file or folder."
4918
msgstr ""
4919
4920
#: C/files-delete.page:62(note/p)
4921
msgid ""
4922
"If you frequently need to delete files without using the trash (for example, "
4923
"if you often work with sensitive data), you can add a <gui>Delete</gui> "
4924
"entry to the right-click menu for files and folders. Click "
4925
"<guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui></guiseq> and select the "
4926
"<gui>Behavior</gui> tab. Select <gui>Include a Delete command that bypasses "
4927
"Trash</gui>."
4928
msgstr ""
4929
4930
#: C/files-delete.page:69(note/p)
4931
msgid ""
4932
"Deleted files on a <link xref=\"files#removable\">removable device </link> "
4933
"may not be visible on other operating systems, such Windows or Mac OS. The "
4934
"files are still there, and will be available when you plug the device back "
4935
"into your computer."
4936
msgstr ""
4937
4938
#: C/files-disc-write.page:14(info/desc)
4939
msgid "Put files and documents onto a blank CD or DVD using a CD/DVD burner."
4940
msgstr ""
4941
4942
#: C/files-disc-write.page:18(page/title)
4943
msgid "Write files to a CD or DVD"
4944
msgstr ""
4945
4946
#: C/files-disc-write.page:20(page/p)
4947
msgid ""
4948
"You can put files onto a blank disc by using <gui>CD/DVD Creator</gui>. The "
4949
"option to create a CD or DVD will appear in the file manager as soon as you "
4950
"place the CD into your CD/DVD writer. The file manager lets you transfer "
4951
"files to other computers or perform <link xref=\"backup-why\">backups</link> "
4952
"by putting files onto a blank disc. To write files to a CD or DVD:"
4953
msgstr ""
4954
4955
#: C/files-disc-write.page:28(item/p)
4956
msgid "Place an empty disc into your CD/DVD writable drive."
4957
msgstr ""
4958
4959
#: C/files-disc-write.page:30(item/p)
4960
msgid ""
4961
"In the <gui>Blank CD/DVD-R Disc</gui> window that appears, select "
4962
"<gui>CD/DVD Creator</gui> and click <gui>OK</gui>. The <gui>CD/DVD "
4963
"Creator</gui> folder window will open."
4964
msgstr ""
4965
4966
#: C/files-disc-write.page:33(item/p)
4967
msgid ""
4968
"(You can also click on <gui>Blank CD/DVD-R Disc</gui> under "
4969
"<gui>Devices</gui> in the file manager sidebar.)"
4970
msgstr ""
4971
4972
#: C/files-disc-write.page:37(item/p)
4973
msgid "In the <gui>Disc Name</gui> field, type a name for the disc."
4974
msgstr ""
4975
4976
#: C/files-disc-write.page:40(item/p)
4977
msgid "Drag or copy the desired files into the window."
4978
msgstr ""
4979
4980
#: C/files-disc-write.page:43(item/p)
4981
msgid "Click <gui>Write to Disc</gui>."
4982
msgstr ""
4983
4984
#: C/files-disc-write.page:46(item/p)
4985
msgid "Under <gui>Select a disc to write to</gui>, choose the blank disc."
4986
msgstr ""
4987
4988
#: C/files-disc-write.page:47(item/p)
4989
msgid ""
4990
"(You could choose <gui>Image file</gui> instead. This will put the files in "
4991
"a <em>disc image</em>, which will be saved on your computer. You can then "
4992
"burn that disc image onto a blank disc at a later date.)"
4993
msgstr ""
4994
4995
#: C/files-disc-write.page:52(item/p)
4996
msgid ""
4997
"Click <gui>Properties</gui> if you want to adjust burning speed, the "
4998
"location of temporary files, and other options. The default options should "
4999
"be fine."
5000
msgstr ""
5001
5002
#: C/files-disc-write.page:57(item/p)
5003
msgid "Click the <gui>Burn</gui> button to begin recording."
5004
msgstr ""
5005
5006
#: C/files-disc-write.page:58(item/p)
5007
msgid ""
5008
"If <gui>Burn Several Copies</gui> is selected, you will be prompted for "
5009
"additional discs."
5010
msgstr ""
5011
5012
#: C/files-disc-write.page:62(item/p)
5013
msgid ""
5014
"When the disc burning is complete, it will eject automatically. Choose "
5015
"<gui>Make More Copies</gui> or <gui>Close</gui> to exit."
5016
msgstr ""
5017
5018
#: C/files-disc-write.page:67(note/p)
5019
msgid "For more advanced CD/DVD burning projects, try <app>Brasero</app>."
5020
msgstr ""
5021
5022
#: C/files-disc-write.page:68(note/p)
5023
msgid ""
5024
"For help with using Brasero, read the <link href=\"help:brasero\">user "
5025
"guide</link>."
5026
msgstr ""
5027
5028
#: C/files-disc-write.page:71(section/title)
5029
msgid "If the disc wasn't burned properly"
5030
msgstr ""
5031
5032
#: C/files-disc-write.page:72(section/p)
5033
msgid ""
5034
"Sometimes the computer doesn't record the data correctly, and you won't be "
5035
"able to see the files you put onto the disc when you insert it into a "
5036
"computer."
5037
msgstr ""
5038
5039
#: C/files-disc-write.page:75(section/p)
5040
msgid ""
5041
"In this case, try burning the disc again but use a lower burning speed, e.g. "
5042
"12x rather than 48x. Burning at slower speeds is more reliable. You can "
5043
"choose the speed by clicking the <gui>Properties</gui> button in the "
5044
"<gui>CD/DVD Creator</gui> window."
5045
msgstr ""
5046
5047
#: C/files-hidden.page:7(info/desc)
5048
msgid "Make a file invisible, so you can't see it in the file manager."
5049
msgstr ""
5050
5051
#: C/files-hidden.page:18(page/title)
5052
msgid "Hide a file"
5053
msgstr ""
5054
5055
#: C/files-hidden.page:20(page/p)
5056
msgid ""
5057
"The GNOME file manager gives you the ability to hide and unhide files at "
5058
"your discretion. When a file is hidden, it isn't displayed by the file "
5059
"manager, but it's still there in its folder."
5060
msgstr ""
5061
5062
#: C/files-hidden.page:24(page/p)
5063
msgid ""
5064
"To hide a file, <link xref=\"files-rename\">rename it</link> with a "
5065
"<key>.</key> at the beginning of its name. For example, to hide a file named "
5066
"<file> example.txt</file>, you should rename it to <file>.example.txt</file>."
5067
msgstr ""
5068
5069
#: C/files-hidden.page:30(note/p)
5070
msgid ""
5071
"You can hide folders in the same way that you can hide files. Hide a folder "
5072
"by placing a <key>.</key> at the beginning of the folder's name."
5073
msgstr ""
5074
5075
#: C/files-hidden.page:35(section/title)
5076
msgid "Show all hidden files"
5077
msgstr ""
5078
5079
#: C/files-hidden.page:36(section/p)
5080
msgid ""
5081
"If you want to see all hidden files in a folder, go to that folder and "
5082
"either click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</gui></guiseq> or "
5083
"press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. You will see all hidden "
5084
"files, along with regular files that are not hidden."
5085
msgstr ""
5086
5087
#: C/files-hidden.page:41(section/p)
5088
msgid ""
5089
"To hide these files again, either click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui> Show "
5090
"Hidden Files</gui></guiseq> or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key> "
5091
"</keyseq> again."
5092
msgstr ""
5093
5094
#: C/files-hidden.page:48(section/title)
5095
msgid "Unhide a file"
5096
msgstr ""
5097
5098
#: C/files-hidden.page:49(section/p)
5099
msgid ""
5100
"To unhide a file, go to the folder containing the hidden file and click "
5101
"<guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</gui></guiseq>. Then, find the "
5102
"hidden file and rename it so that it doesn't have a <key>.</key> in front of "
5103
"its name. For example, to unhide a file called <file>.example.txt</file>, "
5104
"you should rename it to <file>example.txt</file>."
5105
msgstr ""
5106
5107
#: C/files-hidden.page:55(section/p)
5108
msgid ""
5109
"Once you have renamed the file, you can either click <guiseq><gui>View "
5110
"</gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</gui></guiseq> or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key> "
5111
"<key>H</key></keyseq> to hide any other hidden files again."
5112
msgstr ""
5113
5114
#: C/files-hidden.page:59(note/p)
5115
msgid ""
5116
"By default, you will only see hidden files in the file manager until you "
5117
"close the file manager. To change this setting so that the file manager will "
5118
"always show hidden files, see <link xref=\"nautilus-views\"/>."
5119
msgstr ""
5120
5121
#: C/files-hidden.page:64(note/p)
5122
msgid ""
5123
"Most hidden files will have a <key>.</key> at the beginning of their name, "
5124
"but others might have a <key>~</key> at the end of their name instead. These "
5125
"files are backup files. See <link xref=\"files-tilde\"/> for more "
5126
"information."
5127
msgstr ""
5128
5129
#: C/files-lost.page:10(info/desc)
5130
msgid "Follow these tips if you can't find a file you created or downloaded."
5131
msgstr ""
5132
5133
#: C/files-lost.page:25(page/title)
5134
msgid "Find a lost file"
5135
msgstr ""
5136
5137
#: C/files-lost.page:27(page/p)
5138
msgid ""
5139
"If you created or downloaded a file, but now you can't find it, follow these "
5140
"tips."
5141
msgstr ""
5142
5143
#: C/files-lost.page:31(item/p)
5144
msgid ""
5145
"If you don't remember where you saved the file, but you have some idea of "
5146
"how you named it, you can search for the file by name. See <link "
5147
"xref=\"files-search\"/> to learn how."
5148
msgstr ""
5149
5150
#: C/files-lost.page:35(item/p)
5151
msgid ""
5152
"If you just downloaded the file, your web browser might have automatically "
5153
"saved it to a common folder. Check the Desktop and Downloads folders in your "
5154
"home folder."
5155
msgstr ""
5156
5157
#: C/files-lost.page:39(item/p)
5158
msgid ""
5159
"You might have accidentally deleted the file. When you delete a file, it "
5160
"gets moved to the trash, where it stays until you manually empty the trash. "
5161
"See <link xref=\"files-recover\"/> to learn how to recover a deleted file."
5162
msgstr ""
5163
5164
#: C/files-lost.page:44(item/p)
5165
msgid ""
5166
"You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files "
5167
"that start with a <file>.</file> or end with a <file>~</file> are hidden in "
5168
"the file manager. Click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden "
5169
"Files</gui></guiseq> in the file manager. See <link xref=\"files-hidden\"/> "
5170
"to learn more."
5171
msgstr ""
5172
5173
#: C/files-open.page:10(info/desc)
5174
msgid ""
5175
"Open files using an application that isn't the default one for that type of "
5176
"file. You can change the default too."
5177
msgstr ""
5178
5179
#: C/files-open.page:23(page/title)
5180
msgid "Open files with other applications"
5181
msgstr ""
5182
5183
#: C/files-open.page:25(page/p)
5184
msgid ""
5185
"When you double-click a file in the file manager, it will be opened with the "
5186
"default application for that file type. You can open it in a different "
5187
"application, search online for applications, or set the default application "
5188
"for all files of the same type."
5189
msgstr ""
5190
5191
#: C/files-open.page:30(page/p)
5192
msgid ""
5193
"To open a file with an application other than the default, right-click the "
5194
"file and select the application you want from the top of the menu. If you "
5195
"don't see the application you want, click <gui>Open With Other "
5196
"Application</gui>. By default, the file manager only shows applications it "
5197
"knows can handle the file. To look through all the applications on your "
5198
"computer, click <gui>Show other applications</gui>."
5199
msgstr ""
5200
5201
#: C/files-open.page:37(page/p)
5202
msgid ""
5203
"If you still can't find the application you want, you can search for more "
5204
"applications by clicking <gui>Find applications online</gui>. The file "
5205
"manager will search online for packages containing applications that are "
5206
"known to handle files of that type."
5207
msgstr ""
5208
5209
#: C/files-open.page:43(section/title)
5210
msgid "Change the default application"
5211
msgstr ""
5212
5213
#: C/files-open.page:44(section/p)
5214
msgid ""
5215
"You can change the default application that is used to open files of a given "
5216
"type. This will allow you to open your preferred application when you double-"
5217
"click to open a file. For example, you might want your favorite music player "
5218
"to open when you double-click an MP3 file."
5219
msgstr ""
5220
5221
#: C/files-open.page:50(item/p)
5222
msgid ""
5223
"Select a file of the type whose default application you want to change. For "
5224
"example, to change which application is used to open MP3 files, select a "
5225
"<file>.mp3</file> file."
5226
msgstr ""
5227
5228
#: C/files-open.page:53(item/p)
5229
msgid "Right-click the file and select <gui>Properties</gui>."
5230
msgstr ""
5231
5232
#: C/files-open.page:54(item/p)
5233
msgid "Select the <gui>Open With</gui> tab."
5234
msgstr ""
5235
5236
#: C/files-open.page:55(item/p)
5237
msgid ""
5238
"Select the application you want and click <gui>Set as default</gui>. By "
5239
"default, the file manager only shows applications it knows can handle the "
5240
"file. To look through all the applications on your computer, click <gui>Show "
5241
"other applications</gui>."
5242
msgstr ""
5243
5244
#: C/files-open.page:59(item/p)
5245
msgid ""
5246
"If <gui>Other Applications</gui> contains an application you sometimes want "
5247
"to use, but don't want to make the default, select that application and "
5248
"click <gui>Add</gui>. This will add it to <gui>Recommended "
5249
"Applications</gui>. You will then be able to use this application by right-"
5250
"clicking the file and selecting it from the list."
5251
msgstr ""
5252
5253
#: C/files-open.page:66(section/p)
5254
msgid ""
5255
"This changes the default application not just for the selected file, but for "
5256
"all files with the same type."
5257
msgstr ""
5258
5259
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
5260
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
5261
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
5262
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
5263
#: C/files.page:30(media)
5264
msgctxt "_"
5265
msgid ""
5266
"external ref='figures/nautilus.png' md5='5d830dcdffcabc1d349aeaad508a2d5e'"
5267
msgstr ""
5268
5269
#: C/files.page:14(info/title)
5270
msgctxt "link:trail"
5271
msgid "Files"
5272
msgstr ""
5273
5274
#: C/files.page:18(info/desc)
5275
msgid ""
5276
"<link xref=\"files-search\">Searching</link>, <link xref=\"files-"
5277
"delete\">delete files</link>, <link xref=\"files#backup\">backups</link>, "
5278
"<link xref=\"files#removable\">removable drives</link>…"
5279
msgstr ""
5280
5281
#: C/files.page:27(page/title)
5282
msgid "Files, folders & search"
5283
msgstr ""
5284
5285
#: C/files.page:31(media/p)
5286
msgid "<app>Nautilus</app> file manager"
5287
msgstr ""
5288
5289
#: C/files.page:35(links/title)
5290
msgid "Common tasks"
5291
msgstr ""
5292
5293
#: C/files.page:39(links/title)
5294
#: C/hardware.page:31(links/title)
5295
msgid "More topics"
5296
msgstr ""
5297
5298
#: C/files.page:43(section/title)
5299
msgid "Removable drives and external disks"
5300
msgstr ""
5301
5302
#: C/files.page:48(section/title)
5303
msgid "Backing up"
5304
msgstr ""
5305
5306
#: C/files.page:53(section/title)
5307
msgid "Tips and questions"
5308
msgstr ""
5309
5310
#: C/files-recover.page:8(info/desc)
5311
msgid "Deleted files are normally sent to the Trash, but can be recovered."
5312
msgstr ""
5313
5314
#: C/files-recover.page:21(page/title)
5315
msgid "Recover a file from the Trash"
5316
msgstr ""
5317
5318
#: C/files-recover.page:22(page/p)
5319
msgid ""
5320
"If you delete a file with the file manager, the file is normally placed into "
5321
"the <gui>Trash</gui>, and should be able to be restored."
5322
msgstr ""
5323
5324
#: C/files-recover.page:25(steps/title)
5325
msgid "To restore a file from the Trash:"
5326
msgstr ""
5327
5328
#: C/files-recover.page:26(item/p)
5329
msgid ""
5330
"Open the <gui>launcher</gui> and then click the <app>Trash</app> shortcut "
5331
"which is located at the bottom of the launcher."
5332
msgstr ""
5333
5334
#: C/files-recover.page:28(item/p)
5335
msgid ""
5336
"If your deleted file is there, right-click on it and select <gui> "
5337
"Restore</gui>. It will be restored to the folder it was deleted from."
5338
msgstr ""
5339
5340
#: C/files-recover.page:32(page/p)
5341
msgid ""
5342
"If you deleted the file by pressing <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Delete "
5343
"</key></keyseq>, or by using the command line, the file has been permanently "
5344
"deleted. Files that have been permanently deleted can't be recovered from "
5345
"the <gui>Trash</gui>."
5346
msgstr ""
5347
5348
#: C/files-recover.page:37(page/p)
5349
msgid ""
5350
"There are a number of recovery tools available that are sometimes able to "
5351
"recover files that were permanently deleted. These tools are generally not "
5352
"very easy to use, however. If you accidentally permanently deleted a file, "
5353
"it's probably best to ask for advice on a support forum to see if you can "
5354
"recover it."
5355
msgstr ""
5356
5357
#: C/files-removedrive.page:18(info/desc)
5358
msgid "Eject or unmount a USB flash drive, CD, DVD, or other device."
5359
msgstr ""
5360
5361
#: C/files-removedrive.page:22(page/title)
5362
msgid "Safely remove an external drive"
5363
msgstr ""
5364
5365
#: C/files-removedrive.page:24(page/p)
5366
msgid ""
5367
"When you use external storage devices like USB flash drives, you should "
5368
"safely remove them before unplugging them. If you just unplug a device, you "
5369
"run the risk of unplugging while an application is still using it. This "
5370
"could result in some of your files being lost or damaged. When you use an "
5371
"optical disc like a CD or DVD, you can use the same steps to eject the disc "
5372
"from your computer."
5373
msgstr ""
5374
5375
#: C/files-removedrive.page:32(steps/title)
5376
msgid "To eject a removable device:"
5377
msgstr ""
5378
5379
#: C/files-removedrive.page:33(item/p)
5380
msgid "<link xref=\"files-browse\">Open the file manager</link>."
5381
msgstr ""
5382
5383
#: C/files-removedrive.page:35(item/p)
5384
msgid ""
5385
"Locate the device in the sidebar. It should have a small eject icon next to "
5386
"the name. Click the eject icon to safely remove or eject the device."
5387
msgstr ""
5388
5389
#: C/files-removedrive.page:38(item/p)
5390
msgid ""
5391
"Alternately, you can right-click the name of the device in the sidebar and "
5392
"select <gui>Eject</gui>."
5393
msgstr ""
5394
5395
#: C/files-removedrive.page:43(section/title)
5396
msgid "Safely remove a device that is in use"
5397
msgstr ""
5398
5399
#: C/files-removedrive.page:45(section/p)
5400
msgid ""
5401
"If any of the files on the device are open and in use by an application, you "
5402
"will not be able to safely remove the device. You will be prompted with a "
5403
"window telling you that \"the volume is busy,\" and listing all the open "
5404
"files on the device. Once you close all the files on the device, the device "
5405
"will automatically be safe to remove. At that time you can unplug or eject "
5406
"it."
5407
msgstr ""
5408
5409
#: C/files-removedrive.page:52(section/p)
5410
msgid ""
5411
"If you can't close one of the files, for example if the application using "
5412
"the file is locked up, you can right-click the file in the <gui>Volume is "
5413
"busy</gui> window and select <gui>End Process</gui>. This will force the "
5414
"entire locked up application to close, which could close other files you "
5415
"have open with that application."
5416
msgstr ""
5417
5418
#: C/files-removedrive.page:58(note/p)
5419
msgid ""
5420
"You can also choose <gui>Unmount Anyway</gui> to remove the device without "
5421
"closing the files. This may cause errors in applications that have those "
5422
"files open."
5423
msgstr ""
5424
5425
#: C/files-rename.page:7(info/desc)
5426
msgid "Change file or folder name."
5427
msgstr ""
5428
5429
#: C/files-rename.page:26(page/title)
5430
msgid "Rename a file or folder"
5431
msgstr ""
5432
5433
#: C/files-rename.page:28(page/p)
5434
msgid "You can use the file manager to change the name of a file or folder."
5435
msgstr ""
5436
5437
#: C/files-rename.page:31(steps/title)
5438
msgid "To rename a file or folder:"
5439
msgstr ""
5440
5441
#: C/files-rename.page:32(item/p)
5442
msgid ""
5443
"Right-click on the item and select <gui>Rename</gui>, or select the file and "
5444
"press <key>F2</key>."
5445
msgstr ""
5446
5447
#: C/files-rename.page:34(item/p)
5448
msgid "Type the new name and press <key>Enter</key>."
5449
msgstr ""
5450
5451
#: C/files-rename.page:37(page/p)
5452
msgid ""
5453
"You can also rename a file from the <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-"
5454
"basic\">properties</link> window."
5455
msgstr ""
5456
5457
#: C/files-rename.page:40(page/p)
5458
msgid ""
5459
"When you rename a file, only the first part of the name of the file is "
5460
"selected, not the file extension (the part after the \".\"). The extension "
5461
"normally denotes what type of file it is (e.g. <file>file.pdf</file> is a "
5462
"PDF document), and you usually do not want to change that. If you need to "
5463
"change the extension as well, select the entire file name and change it."
5464
msgstr ""
5465
5466
#: C/files-rename.page:47(note/p)
5467
msgid ""
5468
"If you renamed the wrong file, or named your file improperly, you can undo "
5469
"the rename. To revert the action, immediately click <guiseq><gui>Edit "
5470
"</gui><gui> Undo</gui> </guiseq> to restore the former name."
5471
msgstr ""
5472
5473
#: C/files-rename.page:53(section/title)
5474
msgid "Valid characters for file names"
5475
msgstr ""
5476
5477
#: C/files-rename.page:54(section/p)
5478
msgid ""
5479
"You can use any character except the <key>/</key> (slash) character in file "
5480
"names. Some devices, however, use a <em>file system</em> that has more "
5481
"restrictions on file names. Therefore, it is a best practice to avoid the "
5482
"following characters in your file names: <key>|</key>, <key>\\</key>, "
5483
"<key>?</key>, <key>*</key>, <key><</key>, <key>\"</key>, <key>:</key>, "
5484
"<key>></key>, <key>/</key>."
5485
msgstr ""
5486
5487
#: C/files-rename.page:62(note/p)
5488
msgid ""
5489
"If you name a file with a <key>.</key> as the first character, the file will "
5490
"be <link xref=\"files-hidden\">hidden</link> when you attempt to view it in "
5491
"the file manager."
5492
msgstr ""
5493
5494
#: C/files-rename.page:69(section/title)
5495
#: C/hardware.page:39(section/title)
5496
#: C/mouse.page:35(section/title)
5497
msgid "Common problems"
5498
msgstr ""
5499
5500
#: C/files-rename.page:72(item/title)
5501
msgid "The file name is already in use"
5502
msgstr ""
5503
5504
#: C/files-rename.page:73(item/p)
5505
msgid ""
5506
"You can't have two files or folders with the same name in the same folder. "
5507
"If you try to rename a file to a name that already exists in the folder you "
5508
"are working in, the file manager will not allow it."
5509
msgstr ""
5510
5511
#: C/files-rename.page:76(item/p)
5512
msgid ""
5513
"File and folder names are case sensitive, so the file name "
5514
"<file>File.txt</file> is not the same as <file>FILE.txt</file>. Using "
5515
"different file names like this is allowed, though it is not recommended."
5516
msgstr ""
5517
5518
#: C/files-rename.page:82(item/title)
5519
msgid "The file name is too long"
5520
msgstr ""
5521
5522
#: C/files-rename.page:83(item/p)
5523
msgid ""
5524
"On some file systems, file names can have no more than 255 characters in "
5525
"their names. This 255 character limit includes both the file name and the "
5526
"path to the file (e.g., <file>/home/wanda/Documents/work/business-"
5527
"proposals/… </file>), so you should avoid long file and folder names where "
5528
"possible."
5529
msgstr ""
5530
5531
#: C/files-rename.page:90(item/title)
5532
msgid "The option to rename is grayed out"
5533
msgstr ""
5534
5535
#: C/files-rename.page:91(item/p)
5536
msgid ""
5537
"If <gui>Rename</gui> is grayed out, you do not have permission to rename the "
5538
"file. You should use caution with renaming such files, as renaming some "
5539
"protected files may cause your system to become unstable. See <link "
5540
"xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\"/> for more information."
5541
msgstr ""
5542
5543
#: C/files-search.page:10(info/desc)
5544
msgid ""
5545
"Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use."
5546
msgstr ""
5547
5548
#: C/files-search.page:23(page/title)
5549
msgid "Search for files"
5550
msgstr ""
5551
5552
#: C/files-search.page:25(page/p)
5553
msgid ""
5554
"You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within "
5555
"the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as "
5556
"special folders in your home folder."
5557
msgstr ""
5558
5559
#: C/files-search.page:30(links/title)
5560
msgid "Other search applications"
5561
msgstr ""
5562
5563
#: C/files-search.page:36(steps/title)
5564
msgid "Search"
5565
msgstr ""
5566
5567
#: C/files-search.page:37(item/p)
5568
msgid "<link xref=\"files-browse\">Open the file manager</link>"
5569
msgstr ""
5570
5571
#: C/files-search.page:38(item/p)
5572
msgid ""
5573
"If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that "
5574
"folder."
5575
msgstr ""
5576
5577
#: C/files-search.page:40(item/p)
5578
msgid ""
5579
"Click <gui>Search</gui> in the toolbar, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl "
5580
"</key><key>F</key></keyseq>."
5581
msgstr ""
5582
5583
#: C/files-search.page:42(item/p)
5584
msgid ""
5585
"Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name and press enter. "
5586
"For example, if you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type "
5587
"<input>invoice</input>. Press <key>Enter</key>. Words are matched regardless "
5588
"of case."
5589
msgstr ""
5590
5591
#: C/files-search.page:46(item/p)
5592
msgid ""
5593
"You can narrow your results by location and file type. Click the "
5594
"<gui>+</gui> button to set more search criteria."
5595
msgstr ""
5596
5597
#: C/files-search.page:49(item/p)
5598
msgid ""
5599
"Select <gui>Location</gui> from the drop-down list to narrow the search "
5600
"results by a starting parent location."
5601
msgstr ""
5602
5603
#: C/files-search.page:51(item/p)
5604
msgid ""
5605
"Select <gui>File Type</gui> from the drop-down list to narrow the search "
5606
"results based on file type."
5607
msgstr ""
5608
5609
#: C/files-search.page:54(item/p)
5610
msgid ""
5611
"Click the <gui>-</gui> button next to any search option to remove that "
5612
"option and widen the search results."
5613
msgstr ""
5614
5615
#: C/files-search.page:56(item/p)
5616
msgid ""
5617
"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the "
5618
"search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager."
5619
msgstr ""
5620
5621
#: C/files-search.page:59(item/p)
5622
msgid ""
5623
"Click <gui>Search</gui> in the toolbar again to exit the search and return "
5624
"to the folder."
5625
msgstr ""
5626
5627
#: C/files-search.page:63(page/p)
5628
msgid ""
5629
"If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them "
5630
"quickly."
5631
msgstr ""
5632
5633
#: C/files-search.page:67(steps/title)
5634
msgid "Save a search"
5635
msgstr ""
5636
5637
#: C/files-search.page:68(item/p)
5638
msgid "Start a search as above."
5639
msgstr ""
5640
5641
#: C/files-search.page:69(item/p)
5642
msgid ""
5643
"When you're happy with the search parameters, click <guiseq><gui> "
5644
"File</gui><gui>Save Search As</gui></guiseq>."
5645
msgstr ""
5646
5647
#: C/files-search.page:71(item/p)
5648
msgid ""
5649
"Give the search a name and click <gui>Save</gui>. If you like, select a "
5650
"different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will "
5651
"see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it."
5652
msgstr ""
5653
5654
#: C/files-search.page:77(page/p)
5655
msgid ""
5656
"To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply <link "
5657
"xref=\"files-delete\">delete</link> the search as you would any other file. "
5658
"When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search "
5659
"matched."
5660
msgstr ""
5661
5662
#: C/files-select.page:14(info/desc)
5663
msgid ""
5664
"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq> to select multiple files "
5665
"which have similar names."
5666
msgstr ""
5667
5668
#: C/files-select.page:19(page/title)
5669
msgid "Select files by pattern"
5670
msgstr ""
5671
5672
#: C/files-select.page:21(page/p)
5673
msgid ""
5674
"You can select files in a folder using a pattern on the file name. Press "
5675
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq> to bring up the <gui>Select "
5676
"Items Matching</gui> window. Type in a pattern using common parts of the "
5677
"file names plus wild card characters. There are two wild card characters "
5678
"available:"
5679
msgstr ""
5680
5681
#: C/files-select.page:28(item/p)
5682
msgid ""
5683
"<file>*</file> matches any number of any characters, even no characters at "
5684
"all."
5685
msgstr ""
5686
5687
#: C/files-select.page:30(item/p)
5688
msgid "<file>?</file> matches exactly one of any character."
5689
msgstr ""
5690
5691
#: C/files-select.page:33(page/p)
5692
msgid "For example:"
5693
msgstr ""
5694
5695
#: C/files-select.page:36(item/p)
5696
msgid ""
5697
"If you have an OpenDocument Text file, a PDF file, and an image that all "
5698
"have the same base name <file>Invoice</file>, select all three with the "
5699
"pattern"
5700
msgstr ""
5701
5702
#: C/files-select.page:39(example/p)
5703
msgid "<file>Invoice.*</file>"
5704
msgstr ""
5705
5706
#: C/files-select.page:41(item/p)
5707
msgid ""
5708
"If you have some photos that are named like <file>Vacation-001.jpg</file>, "
5709
"<file>Vacation-002.jpg</file>, <file>Vacation-003.jpg</file>; select them "
5710
"all with the pattern"
5711
msgstr ""
5712
5713
#: C/files-select.page:44(example/p)
5714
msgid "<file>Vacation-???.jpg</file>"
5715
msgstr ""
5716
5717
#: C/files-select.page:46(item/p)
5718
msgid ""
5719
"If you have photos as before, but you've edited some of them and added "
5720
"<file>-edited</file> to the end of the file name of the photos you've "
5721
"edited, select the edited photos with"
5722
msgstr ""
5723
5724
#: C/files-select.page:49(example/p)
5725
msgid "<file>Vacation-???-edited.jpg</file>"
5726
msgstr ""
5727
5728
#: C/files-share.page:11(info/desc)
5729
msgid ""
5730
"Easily transfer files to your contacts and devices from the file manager."
5731
msgstr ""
5732
5733
#: C/files-share.page:23(page/title)
5734
msgid "Share and transfer files"
5735
msgstr ""
5736
5737
#: C/files-share.page:31(page/p)
5738
msgid ""
5739
"You can easily share files with your contacts or transfer them to external "
5740
"devices or <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">network shares</link> directly "
5741
"from the file manager."
5742
msgstr ""
5743
5744
#: C/files-share.page:36(item/p)
5745
#: C/video-sending.page:29(item/p)
5746
msgid "Open the <link xref=\"files-browse\">file manager</link>."
5747
msgstr ""
5748
5749
#: C/files-share.page:37(item/p)
5750
msgid "Locate the file you want to transfer."
5751
msgstr ""
5752
5753
#: C/files-share.page:38(item/p)
5754
msgid "Right-click the file and select <gui>Send To</gui>."
5755
msgstr ""
5756
5757
#: C/files-share.page:39(item/p)
5758
msgid ""
5759
"The <gui>Send To</gui> window will appear. Choose where you want to send the "
5760
"file and click <gui>Send</gui>. See the list of destinations below for more "
5761
"information."
5762
msgstr ""
5763
5764
#: C/files-share.page:45(note/p)
5765
msgid ""
5766
"You can send multiple files at once. Select multiple files by holding down "
5767
"<key>Ctrl</key>, then right-click any selected file. You can have the files "
5768
"automatically compressed into a zip or tar archive."
5769
msgstr ""
5770
5771
#: C/files-share.page:51(list/title)
5772
msgid "Destinations"
5773
msgstr ""
5774
5775
#: C/files-share.page:52(item/p)
5776
msgid ""
5777
"To email the file, select <gui>Email</gui> and enter the recipient's email "
5778
"address."
5779
msgstr ""
5780
5781
#: C/files-share.page:54(item/p)
5782
msgid ""
5783
"To send the file to an instant messaging contact, select <gui>Instant "
5784
"Message</gui>, then select contact from the drop-down list. Your instant "
5785
"messaging application may need to be started for this to work."
5786
msgstr ""
5787
5788
#: C/files-share.page:58(item/p)
5789
msgid ""
5790
"To write the file to a CD or DVD, select <gui>CD/DVD Creator</gui>. See "
5791
"<link xref=\"files-disc-write\"/> to learn more."
5792
msgstr ""
5793
5794
#: C/files-share.page:60(item/p)
5795
msgid ""
5796
"To transfer the file to a Bluetooth device, select <gui>Bluetooth (OBEX "
5797
"Push)</gui> and select the device to send the file to. You will only see "
5798
"devices you have already paired with. See <link xref=\"bluetooth\"/> for "
5799
"more information."
5800
msgstr ""
5801
5802
#: C/files-share.page:64(item/p)
5803
msgid ""
5804
"To copy a file to an external device like a USB flash drive, or to upload it "
5805
"to a server you've connected to, select <gui>Removable disks and "
5806
"shares</gui>, then select the device or server you want to copy the file to."
5807
msgstr ""
5808
5809
#: C/files-sort.page:7(info/desc)
5810
msgid "Arrange files by name, size, type, or when they were changed."
5811
msgstr ""
5812
5813
#: C/files-sort.page:22(page/title)
5814
msgid "Sort files and folders"
5815
msgstr ""
5816
5817
#: C/files-sort.page:28(page/p)
5818
msgid ""
5819
"You can sort files in different ways in a folder, for example by sorting "
5820
"them in order of date or file size. See <link xref=\"#ways\"/> below for a "
5821
"list of common ways to sort files."
5822
msgstr ""
5823
5824
#: C/files-sort.page:30(page/p)
5825
msgid ""
5826
"When you change how items are sorted in a folder, it only affects that "
5827
"folder. The file manager will remember your sorting choice for that folder, "
5828
"but will use the default sort order for other folders. See <link "
5829
"xref=\"nautilus-views\"/> for information on how to change the default sort "
5830
"order."
5831
msgstr ""
5832
5833
#: C/files-sort.page:35(page/p)
5834
msgid ""
5835
"The way that you can sort files depends on the <em>folder view</em> that you "
5836
"are using. You can change the current view using the <gui>View</gui> menu."
5837
msgstr ""
5838
5839
#: C/files-sort.page:39(section/title)
5840
msgid "Icon view"
5841
msgstr ""
5842
5843
#: C/files-sort.page:40(section/p)
5844
msgid ""
5845
"To sort files in a different order, right-click a blank space in the folder "
5846
"and choose an option from the <gui>Arrange Items</gui> menu. Alternatively, "
5847
"use the <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Arrange Items</gui></guiseq> menu."
5848
msgstr ""
5849
5850
#: C/files-sort.page:41(section/p)
5851
msgid ""
5852
"As an example, if you select <gui>Sort by Name</gui> from the <gui>Arrange "
5853
"Items</gui> menu, the files will be sorted by their names, in alphabetical "
5854
"order. See <link xref=\"#ways\"/> for other options."
5855
msgstr ""
5856
5857
#: C/files-sort.page:42(section/p)
5858
msgid ""
5859
"You can sort in the reverse order by selecting <gui>Reversed Order</gui> "
5860
"from the <gui>Arrange Items</gui> menu."
5861
msgstr ""
5862
5863
#: C/files-sort.page:43(section/p)
5864
msgid ""
5865
"For complete control over the order and position of files in the folder, "
5866
"right-click a blank space in the folder and select <guiseq><gui>Arrange "
5867
"Items</gui><gui>Manually</gui></guiseq>. You can then rearrange the files by "
5868
"dragging them around in the folder. Manual sorting only works in icon view."
5869
msgstr ""
5870
5871
#: C/files-sort.page:44(section/p)
5872
msgid ""
5873
"The <gui>Compact Layout</gui> option in the <gui>Arrange Items</gui> menu "
5874
"arranges the files so they take up as little space as possible. This is "
5875
"useful if you want to have lots of files visible at once in a folder."
5876
msgstr ""
5877
5878
#: C/files-sort.page:48(section/title)
5879
msgid "List view"
5880
msgstr ""
5881
5882
#: C/files-sort.page:49(section/p)
5883
msgid ""
5884
"To sort files in a different order, click one of the column headings in the "
5885
"file manager. For example, click <gui>Type</gui> to sort by file type. Click "
5886
"the column heading again to sort in the reverse order."
5887
msgstr ""
5888
5889
#: C/files-sort.page:50(section/p)
5890
msgid ""
5891
"In list view, you can show columns with more attributes and sort on those "
5892
"columns. Click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Visible Columns</gui></guiseq> "
5893
"and select the columns that you want to be visible. You will then be able to "
5894
"sort by those columns. See <link xref=\"nautilus-list\"/> for descriptions "
5895
"of available columns."
5896
msgstr ""
5897
5898
#: C/files-sort.page:54(section/title)
5899
msgid "Compact view"
5900
msgstr ""
5901
5902
#: C/files-sort.page:55(section/p)
5903
msgid ""
5904
"You can sort files in Compact view in the same way that you can sort them in "
5905
"the Icon view. The only difference is that you can't manually position the "
5906
"files anywhere you want; they are always organized as a list in this view."
5907
msgstr ""
5908
5909
#: C/files-sort.page:59(section/title)
5910
msgid "Ways of sorting files"
5911
msgstr ""
5912
5913
#: C/files-sort.page:62(item/title)
5914
msgid "By Name"
5915
msgstr ""
5916
5917
#: C/files-sort.page:63(item/p)
5918
msgid "Sorts alphabetically by the name of the file."
5919
msgstr ""
5920
5921
#: C/files-sort.page:66(item/title)
5922
msgid "By Size"
5923
msgstr ""
5924
5925
#: C/files-sort.page:67(item/p)
5926
msgid ""
5927
"Sorts by the size of the file (how much disk space it takes up). Sorts from "
5928
"smallest to largest by default."
5929
msgstr ""
5930
5931
#: C/files-sort.page:70(item/title)
5932
msgid "By Type"
5933
msgstr ""
5934
5935
#: C/files-sort.page:71(item/p)
5936
msgid ""
5937
"Sorts alphabetically by the file type. Files of the same type are grouped "
5938
"together, then sorted by name."
5939
msgstr ""
5940
5941
#: C/files-sort.page:74(item/title)
5942
msgid "By Modification Date"
5943
msgstr ""
5944
5945
#: C/files-sort.page:75(item/p)
5946
msgid ""
5947
"Sorts by the date and time that a file was last changed. Sorts from oldest "
5948
"to newest by default."
5949
msgstr ""
5950
5951
#: C/files-templates.page:7(info/desc)
5952
msgid "Quickly create new documents from custom file templates."
5953
msgstr ""
5954
5955
#: C/files-templates.page:12(credit/name)
5956
#: C/printing-inklevel.page:13(credit/name)
5957
msgid "Anita Reitere"
5958
msgstr ""
5959
5960
#: C/files-templates.page:18(page/title)
5961
msgid "Templates for commonly-used document types"
5962
msgstr ""
5963
5964
#: C/files-templates.page:20(page/p)
5965
msgid ""
5966
"If you often create documents based on the same content, you might benefit "
5967
"from using file templates. A file template can be a document of any type "
5968
"with the formatting or content you would like to reuse. For example, you "
5969
"could create a template document with your letterhead."
5970
msgstr ""
5971
5972
#: C/files-templates.page:26(steps/title)
5973
msgid "Make a new template"
5974
msgstr ""
5975
5976
#: C/files-templates.page:27(item/p)
5977
msgid ""
5978
"Create a document that you are going to use as a template. For example, you "
5979
"could make your letterhead in a word processing application."
5980
msgstr ""
5981
5982
#: C/files-templates.page:30(item/p)
5983
msgid ""
5984
"Save the file with the template content in the <file>Templates </file> "
5985
"folder in your <file>Home</file> folder. If the <file>Templates </file> "
5986
"folder doesn't exist, you will need to create it first."
5987
msgstr ""
5988
5989
#: C/files-templates.page:36(steps/title)
5990
msgid "Use a template to create a document"
5991
msgstr ""
5992
5993
#: C/files-templates.page:37(item/p)
5994
msgid "Open the folder where you want to place the new document."
5995
msgstr ""
5996
5997
#: C/files-templates.page:38(item/p)
5998
msgid ""
5999
"Right-click anywhere in the empty space in the folder, then choose <gui "
6000
"style=\"menuitem\">Create New Document</gui>. The names of available "
6001
"templates will be listed in the submenu."
6002
msgstr ""
6003
6004
#: C/files-templates.page:41(item/p)
6005
msgid "Choose your desired template from the list."
6006
msgstr ""
6007
6008
#: C/files-templates.page:42(item/p)
6009
msgid "Enter a filename for the newly-created document."
6010
msgstr ""
6011
6012
#: C/files-templates.page:43(item/p)
6013
msgid "Double-click the file to open it and start editing."
6014
msgstr ""
6015
6016
#: C/files-tilde.page:8(info/desc)
6017
msgid "These are backup files. They are hidden by default."
6018
msgstr ""
6019
6020
#: C/files-tilde.page:19(page/title)
6021
msgid "What is a file with a \"~\" at the end of its name?"
6022
msgstr ""
6023
6024
#: C/files-tilde.page:21(page/p)
6025
msgid ""
6026
"Files with a \"~\" at the end of their names (for example, "
6027
"<file>example.txt~</file>) are automatically created backup copies of "
6028
"documents edited in the <app>gedit</app> text editor or other applications. "
6029
"It is safe to delete them, but there's no harm to leave them on your "
6030
"computer."
6031
msgstr ""
6032
6033
#: C/files-tilde.page:26(page/p)
6034
msgid ""
6035
"These files are hidden by default. If you are seeing them, that is because "
6036
"you either selected <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden "
6037
"Files</gui></guiseq> or pressed "
6038
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. You can hide them again by "
6039
"repeating either of these steps."
6040
msgstr ""
6041
6042
#: C/files-tilde.page:31(page/p)
6043
msgid ""
6044
"These files are treated in the same way as normal hidden files. See <link "
6045
"xref=\"files-hidden\"/> for advice on dealing with hidden files."
6046
msgstr ""
6047
6048
#: C/get-involved.page:8(info/desc)
6049
msgid "How and where to report problems with these help topics."
6050
msgstr ""
6051
6052
#: C/get-involved.page:18(page/title)
6053
msgid "Participate to improve this guide"
6054
msgstr ""
6055
6056
#: C/get-involved.page:21(page/p)
6057
msgid ""
6058
"This help system is created by a volunteer community. You are welcome to "
6059
"participate. If you notice a problem with these help pages (like typos, "
6060
"incorrect instructions or topics that should be covered but aren't), you can "
6061
"file a <em>bug report</em>."
6062
msgstr ""
6063
6064
#: C/get-involved.page:24(page/p)
6065
msgid ""
6066
"To file a bug, press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq> and type "
6067
"<input>ubuntu-bug ubuntu-docs</input>. Press <gui>Enter</gui> to begin the "
6068
"bug collection process."
6069
msgstr ""
6070
6071
#: C/get-involved.page:27(page/p)
6072
msgid ""
6073
"See the <link xref=\"ubuntu-report-bug\">Ubuntu bug reporting "
6074
"instructions</link> for more information about how to file your bug."
6075
msgstr ""
6076
6077
#: C/get-involved.page:30(page/p)
6078
msgid "Thanks for helping make the Ubuntu Help better!"
6079
msgstr ""
6080
6081
#: C/hardware-driver.page:8(info/desc)
6082
msgid ""
6083
"A hardware/device driver allows your computer to use devices that are "
6084
"attached to it."
6085
msgstr ""
6086
6087
#: C/hardware-driver.page:18(page/title)
6088
msgid "What is a driver?"
6089
msgstr ""
6090
6091
#: C/hardware-driver.page:20(page/p)
6092
msgid ""
6093
"Devices are the physical \"parts\" of your computer. They may be "
6094
"<em>external</em> like printers and monitor or <em>internal</em> like "
6095
"graphics and audio cards."
6096
msgstr ""
6097
6098
#: C/hardware-driver.page:22(page/p)
6099
msgid ""
6100
"In order for your computer to be able to use these devices, it needs to know "
6101
"how to communicate with them. This is done by a piece of software called a "
6102
"<em>device driver</em>."
6103
msgstr ""
6104
6105
#: C/hardware-driver.page:24(page/p)
6106
msgid ""
6107
"When you attach a device to your computer, you must have the correct driver "
6108
"installed for that device to work. For example, if you plug in a printer but "
6109
"the correct driver isn't available, you won't be able to use the printer. "
6110
"Normally, each model of device uses a driver that is not compatible with any "
6111
"other model."
6112
msgstr ""
6113
6114
#: C/hardware-driver.page:26(page/p)
6115
msgid ""
6116
"On Linux, the drivers for most devices are installed by default, so "
6117
"everything should work when you plug it in. However, the drivers may need to "
6118
"be installed manually or may not be available at all."
6119
msgstr ""
6120
6121
#: C/hardware-driver.page:28(page/p)
6122
msgid ""
6123
"In addition, some existing drivers are incomplete or partially non-"
6124
"functional. For example, you might find that your printer can't do double-"
6125
"sided printing, but is otherwise completely functional."
6126
msgstr ""
6127
6128
#: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:8(info/desc)
6129
msgid "Proprietary device drivers are not freely available or open source."
6130
msgstr ""
6131
6132
#: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:19(page/title)
6133
msgid "What are proprietary drivers?"
6134
msgstr ""
6135
6136
#: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:21(page/p)
6137
msgid ""
6138
"Most of the devices (hardware) attached to your computer should function "
6139
"properly in Ubuntu. These devices are likely to have open source drivers, "
6140
"which means that the drivers can be modified by the Ubuntu developers and "
6141
"problems with them can be fixed."
6142
msgstr ""
6143
6144
#: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:26(page/p)
6145
msgid ""
6146
"Some hardware does not have open source drivers, usually because the "
6147
"hardware manufacturer has not released details of their hardware which would "
6148
"make it possible to create such a driver. These devices may have limited "
6149
"functionality or may not work at all."
6150
msgstr ""
6151
6152
#: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:31(page/p)
6153
msgid ""
6154
"If a proprietary driver is available for a certain device, you can install "
6155
"it in order to allow your device to function properly, or to add new "
6156
"features. For example, installing a proprietary driver for certain graphics "
6157
"cards may allow you to use more advanced visual effects."
6158
msgstr ""
6159
6160
#: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:36(page/p)
6161
msgid ""
6162
"Many computers do not need proprietary drivers at all because the open "
6163
"source drivers fully support the hardware."
6164
msgstr ""
6165
6166
#: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:40(note/p)
6167
msgid ""
6168
"Most problems with proprietary drivers cannot be fixed by Ubuntu developers."
6169
msgstr ""
6170
6171
#: C/hardware.page:13(info/title)
6172
msgctxt "link:trail"
6173
msgid "Hardware"
6174
msgstr ""
6175
6176
#: C/hardware.page:15(info/desc)
6177
msgid ""
6178
"<link xref=\"hardware#problems\">Hardware problems</link>, <link "
6179
"xref=\"printing\">printers</link>, <link xref=\"power\">power "
6180
"settings</link>, <link xref=\"color\">color management</link>, <link "
6181
"xref=\"bluetooth\">Bluetooth</link>, <link xref=\"disk\">disks</link>…"
6182
msgstr ""
6183
6184
#: C/hardware.page:26(page/title)
6185
msgid "Hardware & drivers"
6186
msgstr ""
6187
6188
#: C/hardware.page:36(info/title)
6189
msgctxt "link:trail"
6190
msgid "Problems"
6191
msgstr ""
6192
6193
#: C/hardware.page:37(info/title)
6194
msgctxt "link"
6195
msgid "Hardware problems"
6196
msgstr ""
6197
6198
#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:10(info/desc)
6199
msgid "Troubleshoot media card readers"
6200
msgstr ""
6201
6202
#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:20(page/title)
6203
msgid "Media card reader problems"
6204
msgstr ""
6205
6206
#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:22(page/p)
6207
msgid ""
6208
"Many computers contain readers for SD (Secure Digital), MMC "
6209
"(MultiMediaCard), SmartMedia, Memory Stick, CompactFlash, and other storage "
6210
"media cards. These should be automatically detected and <link xref=\"disk-"
6211
"partitions\">mounted</link>. Here are some troubleshooting steps if they are "
6212
"not:"
6213
msgstr ""
6214
6215
#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:29(item/p)
6216
msgid ""
6217
"Make sure that the card is put in correctly. Many cards look as though they "
6218
"are upside down when correctly inserted. Also make sure that the card is "
6219
"firmly seated in the slot; some cards, especially CompactFlash, require a "
6220
"small amount of force to insert correctly. (Be careful not to push too hard! "
6221
"If you come up against something solid, do not force it.)"
6222
msgstr ""
6223
6224
#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:37(item/p)
6225
msgid ""
6226
"Open <app>Files</app> by using the <gui>dash</gui>. Does the inserted card "
6227
"appear in the <gui>Devices</gui> list in the left sidebar? Sometimes the "
6228
"card appears in this list but is not mounted; click it once to mount. (If "
6229
"the sidebar is not visible, press <key>F9</key> or click "
6230
"<guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui> Sidebar</gui><gui> Show Sidebar</gui></guiseq>.)"
6231
msgstr ""
6232
6233
#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:44(item/p)
6234
msgid ""
6235
"If your card does not show up in the sidebar, click "
6236
"<guiseq><gui>Go</gui><gui>Computer</gui></guiseq>. If your card reader is "
6237
"correctly configured, the reader should come up as a drive when no card is "
6238
"present, and the card itself when the card has been mounted (see the picture "
6239
"below)."
6240
msgstr ""
6241
6242
#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:50(item/p)
6243
msgid ""
6244
"If you see the card reader but not the card, the problem may be with the "
6245
"card itself. Try a different card or check the card on a different reader if "
6246
"possible."
6247
msgstr ""
6248
6249
#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:55(page/p)
6250
msgid ""
6251
"If no cards or drives are available in the <gui>Computer</gui> folder, it is "
6252
"possible that your card reader does not work with Linux due to driver "
6253
"issues. If your card reader is internal (inside the computer instead of "
6254
"sitting outside) this is more likely. The best solution is to directly "
6255
"connect your device (camera, cell phone, etc.) to a USB port on the "
6256
"computer. USB external card readers are also available, and are far better "
6257
"supported by Linux."
6258
msgstr ""
6259
6260
#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:13(info/desc)
6261
msgid "Troubleshoot screen and graphics problems."
6262
msgstr ""
6263
6264
#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:19(page/title)
6265
msgid "Screen problems"
6266
msgstr ""
6267
6268
#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:21(page/p)
6269
msgid ""
6270
"Most problems with the display are caused by issues with graphics drivers or "
6271
"configuration. Which of the topics below best describes the problem you are "
6272
"experiencing?"
6273
msgstr ""
6274
6275
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
6276
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
6277
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
6278
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
6279
#.
6280
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
6281
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
6282
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
6283
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
6284
#: C/index.page:11(media)
6285
#: C/index.page:17(media)
6286
msgctxt "_"
6287
msgid ""
6288
"external ref='figures/ubuntu-logo.png' md5='d2369e87106064d4c4ff65a0e65dca11'"
6289
msgstr ""
6290
6291
#: C/index.page:6(info/desc)
6292
msgid "Ubuntu Desktop Guide"
6293
msgstr ""
6294
6295
#: C/index.page:8(info/title)
6296
msgctxt "link"
6297
msgid "Ubuntu Desktop Guide"
6298
msgstr ""
6299
6300
#: C/index.page:9(info/title)
6301
msgctxt "text"
6302
msgid "Ubuntu Desktop Guide"
6303
msgstr ""
6304
6305
#: C/index.page:10(info/title)
6306
msgctxt "link:trail"
6307
msgid ""
6308
"<media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/png\" width=\"16\" height=\"16\" "
6309
"src=\"figures/ubuntu-logo.png\">Help</media> Ubuntu Desktop Guide"
6310
msgstr ""
6311
6312
#: C/index.page:17(page/title)
6313
msgid ""
6314
"<media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/ubuntu-logo.png\">Ubuntu Logo</media> "
6315
"Ubuntu Desktop Guide"
6316
msgstr ""
6317
6318
#: C/keyboard.page:12(info/desc)
6319
msgid ""
6320
"<link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\">Keyboard layouts</link>, <link "
6321
"xref=\"keyboard-cursor-blink\">cursor blinking</link>, <link "
6322
"xref=\"a11y#mobility\">keyboard accessibility</link>..."
6323
msgstr ""
6324
6325
#: C/keyboard.page:29(page/title)
6326
msgid "Keyboard"
6327
msgstr ""
6328
6329
#: C/keyboard.page:32(links/title)
6330
#: C/prefs-language.page:22(page/title)
6331
msgid "Language & region"
6332
msgstr ""
6333
6334
#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:11(info/desc)
6335
msgid "Make the insertion point blink and control how quickly it blinks."
6336
msgstr ""
6337
6338
#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:28(page/title)
6339
msgid "Make the keyboard cursor blink"
6340
msgstr ""
6341
6342
#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:30(page/p)
6343
msgid ""
6344
"If you find it difficult to see the keyboard cursor in a text field, you can "
6345
"make it blink to make it easier to locate."
6346
msgstr ""
6347
6348
#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:35(item/p)
6349
msgid ""
6350
"Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select <gui>System "
6351
"Settings</gui>."
6352
msgstr ""
6353
6354
#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:38(item/p)
6355
#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:41(item/p)
6356
msgid "In the Hardware section, click <gui>Keyboard</gui>."
6357
msgstr ""
6358
6359
#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:40(item/p)
6360
msgid "Select <gui>Cursor blinks in text fields</gui>."
6361
msgstr ""
6362
6363
#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:42(item/p)
6364
msgid ""
6365
"Use the <gui>Speed</gui> slider to adjust how quickly the cursor blinks."
6366
msgstr ""
6367
6368
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
6369
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
6370
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
6371
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
6372
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:51(media)
6373
msgctxt "_"
6374
msgid ""
6375
"external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.svg' "
6376
"md5='74389aa7cb7f9702fd63253a83f08678'"
6377
msgstr ""
6378
6379
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:19(info/desc)
6380
msgid "Make your keyboard behave like a keyboard for another language."
6381
msgstr ""
6382
6383
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:23(page/title)
6384
msgid "Use alternate keyboard layouts"
6385
msgstr ""
6386
6387
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:25(page/p)
6388
msgid ""
6389
"Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. "
6390
"Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such "
6391
"as the Dvorak layout for English. You can make your keyboard behave like a "
6392
"keyboard with a different layout, regardless of the letters and symbols "
6393
"printed on the keys. This is useful if you often switch between multiple "
6394
"languages."
6395
msgstr ""
6396
6397
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:38(item/p)
6398
msgid "In the Personal section, click <gui>Keyboard Layout</gui>."
6399
msgstr ""
6400
6401
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:41(item/p)
6402
msgid ""
6403
"Click the <gui>+</gui> button, select a layout, and click <gui>Add</gui>. "
6404
"You can add at most four layouts."
6405
msgstr ""
6406
6407
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:50(note/p)
6408
msgid ""
6409
"You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and "
6410
"clicking <gui><media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/input-keyboard-"
6411
"symbolic.svg\" width=\"16\" height=\"16\">preview</media></gui> or by "
6412
"clicking <gui>Preview</gui> in the pop-up window when adding a layout."
6413
msgstr ""
6414
6415
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:55(page/p)
6416
msgid ""
6417
"When you add multiple layouts, you can quickly switch between them using the "
6418
"keyboard layout icon in the menu bar. The menu will display a short "
6419
"identifier for the current layout, such as <gui>en</gui> for the standard "
6420
"English layout. Click the layout indicator and select the layout you want to "
6421
"use from the menu."
6422
msgstr ""
6423
6424
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:61(page/p)
6425
msgid ""
6426
"When you use multiple layouts, you can choose to have all windows use the "
6427
"same layout or to set a different layout for each window. Using a different "
6428
"layout for each window is useful, for example, if you're writing an article "
6429
"in another language in a word processor window. Your keyboard selection will "
6430
"be remembered for each window as you switch between windows."
6431
msgstr ""
6432
6433
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:67(page/p)
6434
msgid ""
6435
"By default, new windows will use the default keyboard layout. You can "
6436
"instead choose to have them use the layout of the window you were last "
6437
"using. The default layout is the layout at the top of the list. Use the "
6438
"<gui>↑</gui> and <gui>↓</gui> buttons to move layouts up and down in the "
6439
"list."
6440
msgstr ""
6441
6442
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:73(page/p)
6443
msgid ""
6444
"You can also set a keyboard shortcut to quickly switch between your selected "
6445
"keyboard layouts. Click <gui>Options</gui>, then locate the option group "
6446
"<gui>Key(s) to change layout</gui>. Select one or more keyboard shortcuts to "
6447
"change layouts. Some of the options only modify the layout while you hold "
6448
"down a key, rather than change the layout when you press the key."
6449
msgstr ""
6450
6451
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:91(note/title)
6452
msgid "Custom options"
6453
msgstr ""
6454
6455
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:92(note/p)
6456
msgid ""
6457
"You may want to add certain symbols to specific keys or adjust custom option "
6458
"and behaviors. You can do this by clicking <gui>Options</gui>."
6459
msgstr ""
6460
6461
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:24(info/desc)
6462
msgid "Use applications and the desktop without a mouse."
6463
msgstr ""
6464
6465
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:27(page/title)
6466
msgid "Keyboard navigation"
6467
msgstr ""
6468
6469
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:44(page/p)
6470
msgid ""
6471
"This page details keyboard navigation for people who cannot use a mouse or "
6472
"other pointing device, or who want to use a keyboard as much as possible. "
6473
"For keyboard shortcuts that are useful to all users, see <link xref=\"shell-"
6474
"keyboard-shortcuts\"/> instead."
6475
msgstr ""
6476
6477
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:50(note/p)
6478
msgid ""
6479
"If you cannot use a pointing device like a mouse, you can control the mouse "
6480
"pointer using the numeric keypad on your keyboard. See <link xref=\"mouse-"
6481
"mousekeys\"/> for details."
6482
msgstr ""
6483
6484
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:56(table/title)
6485
msgid "Navigate user interfaces"
6486
msgstr ""
6487
6488
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:58(td/p)
6489
msgid "<key>Tab</key> and <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
6490
msgstr ""
6491
6492
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:60(td/p)
6493
msgid ""
6494
"Move keyboard focus between different controls. <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key> "
6495
"<key>Tab</key></keyseq> moves between groups of controls, such as from a "
6496
"sidebar to the main content. <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> "
6497
"can also break out of a control that uses <key>Tab</key> itself, such as a "
6498
"text area."
6499
msgstr ""
6500
6501
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:64(td/p)
6502
msgid "Hold down <key>Shift</key> to move focus in reverse order."
6503
msgstr ""
6504
6505
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:68(td/p)
6506
msgid "Arrow keys"
6507
msgstr ""
6508
6509
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:70(td/p)
6510
msgid ""
6511
"Move selection between items in a single control, or among a set of related "
6512
"controls. Use the arrow keys to focus buttons in a toolbar, select items in "
6513
"a list or icon view, or select a radio button from a group."
6514
msgstr ""
6515
6516
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:73(td/p)
6517
msgid ""
6518
"In a tree view, use the left and right arrow keys to collapse and expand "
6519
"items with children."
6520
msgstr ""
6521
6522
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:78(td/p)
6523
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key>Arrow keys</keyseq>"
6524
msgstr ""
6525
6526
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:79(td/p)
6527
msgid ""
6528
"In a list or icon view, move the keyboard focus to another item without "
6529
"changing which item is selected."
6530
msgstr ""
6531
6532
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:83(td/p)
6533
msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key>Arrow keys</keyseq>"
6534
msgstr ""
6535
6536
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:84(td/p)
6537
msgid ""
6538
"In a list or icon view, select all items from the currently selected item to "
6539
"the newly focused item."
6540
msgstr ""
6541
6542
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:88(td/p)
6543
msgid "<key>Space</key>"
6544
msgstr ""
6545
6546
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:89(td/p)
6547
msgid "Activate a focused item such as a button, check box, or list item."
6548
msgstr ""
6549
6550
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:92(td/p)
6551
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
6552
msgstr ""
6553
6554
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:93(td/p)
6555
msgid ""
6556
"In a list or icon view, select or deselect the focused item without "
6557
"deselecting other items."
6558
msgstr ""
6559
6560
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:97(td/p)
6561
msgid "<key>Alt</key>"
6562
msgstr ""
6563
6564
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:98(td/p)
6565
msgid ""
6566
"Hold down the <key>Alt</key> key to reveal <em>accelerators</em>: underlined "
6567
"letters on menu items, buttons, and other controls. Press <key>Alt</key> "
6568
"plus the underlined letter to activate a control, just as if you had clicked "
6569
"on it."
6570
msgstr ""
6571
6572
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:104(td/p)
6573
msgid "<key>Esc</key>"
6574
msgstr ""
6575
6576
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:105(td/p)
6577
msgid "Exit a menu, popup, switcher, or dialog window."
6578
msgstr ""
6579
6580
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:108(td/p)
6581
msgid "<key>F10</key>"
6582
msgstr ""
6583
6584
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:109(td/p)
6585
msgid ""
6586
"Open the first menu on the menubar of a window. Use the arrow keys to "
6587
"navigate the menus."
6588
msgstr ""
6589
6590
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:113(td/p)
6591
msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> or the Menu key"
6592
msgstr ""
6593
6594
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:115(td/p)
6595
msgid ""
6596
"Pop up the context menu for the current selection, as if you had right-"
6597
"clicked."
6598
msgstr ""
6599
6600
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:120(td/p)
6601
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
6602
msgstr ""
6603
6604
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:121(td/p)
6605
msgid ""
6606
"In the file manager, pop up the context menu for the current folder, as if "
6607
"you had right-clicked on the background and not on any item."
6608
msgstr ""
6609
6610
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:125(td/p)
6611
msgid ""
6612
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>PageUp</key></keyseq> and "
6613
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>PageDown</key></keyseq>"
6614
msgstr ""
6615
6616
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:127(td/p)
6617
msgid "In a tabbed interface, switch to the tab to the left or right."
6618
msgstr ""
6619
6620
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:132(table/title)
6621
msgid "Navigate the desktop"
6622
msgstr ""
6623
6624
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:145(table/title)
6625
msgid "Navigate windows"
6626
msgstr ""
6627
6628
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:147(td/p)
6629
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:31(td/p)
6630
msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F4</key></keyseq>"
6631
msgstr ""
6632
6633
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:148(td/p)
6634
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:32(td/p)
6635
msgid "Close the current window."
6636
msgstr ""
6637
6638
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:151(td/p)
6639
msgid ""
6640
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key xref=\"windows-"
6641
"key\">Super</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
6642
msgstr ""
6643
6644
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:152(td/p)
6645
msgid "Restore a maximized window to its original size."
6646
msgstr ""
6647
6648
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:155(td/p)
6649
msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq>"
6650
msgstr ""
6651
6652
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:156(td/p)
6653
msgid ""
6654
"Move the current window. Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq>, "
6655
"then use the arrow keys to move the window. Press <key>Enter</key> to finish "
6656
"moving the window, or <key>Esc</key> to return it to its original place."
6657
msgstr ""
6658
6659
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:161(td/p)
6660
msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></keyseq>"
6661
msgstr ""
6662
6663
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:162(td/p)
6664
msgid ""
6665
"Resize the current window. Press "
6666
"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></keyseq>, then use the arrow keys to "
6667
"resize the window. Press <key>Enter</key> to finish resizing the window, or "
6668
"<key>Esc</key> to return it to its original size."
6669
msgstr ""
6670
6671
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:170(td/p)
6672
msgid ""
6673
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key xref=\"windows-"
6674
"key\">Super</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
6675
msgstr ""
6676
6677
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:171(td/p)
6678
msgid "<link xref=\"shell-windows-maximize\">Maximize</link> a window."
6679
msgstr ""
6680
6681
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:174(td/p)
6682
msgid ""
6683
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key xref=\"windows-"
6684
"key\">Super</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
6685
msgstr ""
6686
6687
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:175(td/p)
6688
msgid "Maximize a window vertically along the left side of the screen."
6689
msgstr ""
6690
6691
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:179(td/p)
6692
msgid ""
6693
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key xref=\"windows-"
6694
"key\">Super</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
6695
msgstr ""
6696
6697
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:180(td/p)
6698
msgid "Maximize a window vertically along the right side of the screen."
6699
msgstr ""
6700
6701
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:184(td/p)
6702
msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
6703
msgstr ""
6704
6705
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:185(td/p)
6706
msgid "Pop up the window menu, as if you had right-clicked on the titlebar."
6707
msgstr ""
6708
6709
#: C/keyboard-osk.page:12(credit/name)
6710
#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:14(credit/name)
6711
#: C/power-hibernate.page:23(credit/name)
6712
#: C/sharing-remote-login.page:9(credit/name)
6713
#: C/unity-dash-apps.page:12(credit/name)
6714
#: C/unity-dash-files.page:12(credit/name)
6715
#: C/unity-dash-gwibber.page:12(credit/name)
6716
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:13(credit/name)
6717
#: C/unity-dash-music.page:12(credit/name)
6718
#: C/unity-dash-photos.page:12(credit/name)
6719
#: C/unity-dash-video.page:12(credit/name)
6720
#: C/unity-hud-intro.page:13(credit/name)
6721
#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:10(credit/name)
6722
#: C/unity-launcher-shapes.page:10(credit/name)
6723
#: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:13(credit/name)
6724
#: C/unity-shopping.page:12(credit/name)
6725
#: C/whats-new.page:13(credit/name)
6726
msgid "Jeremy Bicha"
6727
msgstr ""
6728
6729
#: C/keyboard-osk.page:19(info/desc)
6730
msgid ""
6731
"Use an on-screen keyboard to enter text by clicking buttons with the mouse."
6732
msgstr ""
6733
6734
#: C/keyboard-osk.page:25(page/title)
6735
msgid "Use a screen keyboard"
6736
msgstr ""
6737
6738
#: C/keyboard-osk.page:27(page/p)
6739
msgid ""
6740
"If you don't have a keyboard attached to your computer or prefer not to use "
6741
"it, you can turn on the <em>screen keyboard</em> to enter text."
6742
msgstr ""
6743
6744
#: C/keyboard-osk.page:35(item/p)
6745
msgid "Switch on <gui>Typing Assistant</gui> to show the screen keyboard."
6746
msgstr ""
6747
6748
#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:23(info/desc)
6749
msgid ""
6750
"Make the keyboard not repeat letters when you hold down a key, or change the "
6751
"delay and speed of repeat keys."
6752
msgstr ""
6753
6754
#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:28(page/title)
6755
msgid "Turn off repeated key presses"
6756
msgstr ""
6757
6758
#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:30(page/p)
6759
msgid ""
6760
"By default, when you hold down a key on your keyboard, the letter or symbol "
6761
"will be repeated until you release the key. If you have difficulty picking "
6762
"your finger back up quickly enough, you can disable this feature, or change "
6763
"how long it takes before key presses start repeating."
6764
msgstr ""
6765
6766
#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:44(item/p)
6767
msgid ""
6768
"Turn off <gui>Key presses repeat when key is held down</gui> to disable "
6769
"repeated keys entirely."
6770
msgstr ""
6771
6772
#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:46(item/p)
6773
msgid ""
6774
"Alternatively, adjust the <gui>Delay</gui> slider to control how long you "
6775
"have to hold a key down to begin repeating it, and adjust the "
6776
"<gui>Speed</gui> slider to control how quickly key presses repeat."
6777
msgstr ""
6778
6779
#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:19(info/desc)
6780
msgid "Define or change keyboard shortcuts in <gui>Keyboard</gui> settings."
6781
msgstr ""
6782
6783
#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:22(page/title)
6784
msgid "Set keyboard shortcuts"
6785
msgstr ""
6786
6787
#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:37(page/p)
6788
msgid "To change the key or keys to be pressed for a keyboard shortcut:"
6789
msgstr ""
6790
6791
#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:41(item/p)
6792
msgid ""
6793
"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select <gui>System "
6794
"Settings </gui>."
6795
msgstr ""
6796
6797
#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:43(item/p)
6798
msgid "Open <gui>Keyboard</gui> and select the <gui>Shortcuts</gui> tab."
6799
msgstr ""
6800
6801
#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:46(item/p)
6802
msgid ""
6803
"Select a category on the left side of the window, and the desired action on "
6804
"the right."
6805
msgstr ""
6806
6807
#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:50(item/p)
6808
msgid "Click the current shortcut definition on the far right."
6809
msgstr ""
6810
6811
#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:53(item/p)
6812
msgid ""
6813
"Hold down the desired key combination or press <key>Backspace</key> to clear."
6814
msgstr ""
6815
6816
#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:58(section/title)
6817
msgid "Custom shortcuts"
6818
msgstr ""
6819
6820
#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:60(section/p)
6821
msgid "To create your own keyboard shortcut:"
6822
msgstr ""
6823
6824
#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:64(item/p)
6825
msgid "Select <gui>Custom Shortcuts</gui> on the left side of the window."
6826
msgstr ""
6827
6828
#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:67(item/p)
6829
msgid ""
6830
"Click the <gui>+</gui> button. The <gui>Custom Shortcut</gui> window will "
6831
"appear."
6832
msgstr ""
6833
6834
#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:71(item/p)
6835
msgid ""
6836
"Write a <gui>Name</gui> to identify the shortcut, and a <gui>Command</gui> "
6837
"to run an application, then click <gui>Apply</gui>. For example, if you "
6838
"wanted the shortcut to open Rhythmbox, you could name it "
6839
"<input>Music</input> and use the <input>rhythmbox</input> command."
6840
msgstr ""
6841
6842
#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:77(item/p)
6843
msgid ""
6844
"Double click where it says <gui>Disabled</gui> on the far right, and then "
6845
"hold down the desired shortcut key combination."
6846
msgstr ""
6847
6848
#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:81(section/p)
6849
msgid ""
6850
"The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can "
6851
"check that the command works by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. "
6852
"The command that opens an application may not have exactly the same name as "
6853
"the application itself."
6854
msgstr ""
6855
6856
#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:86(section/p)
6857
msgid ""
6858
"If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard "
6859
"shortcut, double-click the <em>name</em> of the shortcut. The <gui>Custom "
6860
"Shortcut</gui> window will appear, and you can edit the command."
6861
msgstr ""
6862
6863
#: C/look-background.page:11(info/desc)
6864
msgid "Set an image, color, or gradient as your desktop background."
6865
msgstr ""
6866
6867
#: C/look-background.page:18(credit/name)
6868
msgid "April Gonzales"
6869
msgstr ""
6870
6871
#: C/look-background.page:30(credit/name)
6872
#: C/session-language.page:21(credit/name)
6873
#: C/shell-exit.page:22(credit/name)
6874
msgid "Andre Klapper"
6875
msgstr ""
6876
6877
#: C/look-background.page:36(page/title)
6878
msgid "Change the desktop background"
6879
msgstr ""
6880
6881
#: C/look-background.page:38(page/p)
6882
msgid ""
6883
"You can change the image used for your desktop background, or set it to a "
6884
"simple color or gradient."
6885
msgstr ""
6886
6887
#: C/look-background.page:42(item/p)
6888
msgid ""
6889
"Right click on the desktop and select <gui>Change Desktop Background</gui>."
6890
msgstr ""
6891
6892
#: C/look-background.page:43(item/p)
6893
msgid ""
6894
"Select an image or color. The settings are applied immediately. <link "
6895
"xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">Switch to an empty workspace</link> to view "
6896
"your entire desktop."
6897
msgstr ""
6898
6899
#: C/look-background.page:48(page/p)
6900
msgid "There are three choices in the drop-down list on the top right."
6901
msgstr ""
6902
6903
#: C/look-background.page:50(item/p)
6904
msgid ""
6905
"Select <gui>Wallpapers</gui> to use one of the many professional background "
6906
"images that ship with Ubuntu. With the exception of the Ubuntu wallpaper, "
6907
"all of the default wallpaper choices were created by winners of a Community "
6908
"Wallpaper Contest."
6909
msgstr ""
6910
6911
#: C/look-background.page:54(item/p)
6912
msgid ""
6913
"Some wallpapers are partially transparent and allow a background color to "
6914
"show through. For these wallpapers, there will be a color selector button in "
6915
"the bottom-right corner."
6916
msgstr ""
6917
6918
#: C/look-background.page:58(item/p)
6919
msgid ""
6920
"Select <gui>Pictures Folder</gui> to use one of your own photos from your "
6921
"Pictures folder. Most photo management applications store photos there."
6922
msgstr ""
6923
6924
#: C/look-background.page:61(item/p)
6925
msgid ""
6926
"Select <gui>Colors & Gradients</gui> to just use a flat color or a "
6927
"linear gradient. Color selector buttons will appear in the bottom right "
6928
"corner."
6929
msgstr ""
6930
6931
#: C/look-background.page:66(page/p)
6932
msgid ""
6933
"You can also browse for any picture on your computer by clicking the "
6934
"<gui>+</gui> button. Any picture you add this way will show up under "
6935
"<gui>Pictures Folder</gui>. You can remove it from the list by selecting it "
6936
"and clicking the <gui>-</gui> button. Removing a picture from the list will "
6937
"not delete the original file."
6938
msgstr ""
6939
6940
#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:8(info/desc)
6941
msgid "The screen resolution may be set incorrectly."
6942
msgstr ""
6943
6944
#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:25(page/title)
6945
msgid "Why do things look fuzzy/pixelated on my screen?"
6946
msgstr ""
6947
6948
#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:27(page/p)
6949
msgid ""
6950
"This can happen because the display resolution that you have set it is not "
6951
"the right one for your screen."
6952
msgstr ""
6953
6954
#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:29(page/p)
6955
msgid ""
6956
"To solve this, click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and go to "
6957
"<gui>System Settings</gui>. In the Hardware section, choose "
6958
"<gui>Displays</gui>. Try some of the <gui>Resolution</gui> options and set "
6959
"the one that makes the screen look better."
6960
msgstr ""
6961
6962
#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:39(section/title)
6963
msgid "When multiple displays are connected"
6964
msgstr ""
6965
6966
#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:41(section/p)
6967
msgid ""
6968
"If you have two displays connected to the computer (for example, a normal "
6969
"monitor and a projector), the displays might have different resolutions. "
6970
"However, the computer's graphics card can only display the screen in one "
6971
"resolution at a time, so at least one of the displays might look fuzzy."
6972
msgstr ""
6973
6974
#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:43(section/p)
6975
msgid ""
6976
"You can set it so that the two displays have different resolutions, but you "
6977
"won't be able to display the same thing on both screens simultaneously. In "
6978
"effect, you will have two independent screens connected at the same time. "
6979
"You can move windows from one screen to another, but you can't show the same "
6980
"window on both screens at once."
6981
msgstr ""
6982
6983
#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:45(section/p)
6984
msgid "To set up the displays so that they each have their own resolution:"
6985
msgstr ""
6986
6987
#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:49(item/p)
6988
msgid ""
6989
"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select <gui>System "
6990
"Settings</gui>. Open <gui>Displays</gui>."
6991
msgstr ""
6992
6993
#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:53(item/p)
6994
msgid "Uncheck <gui>Mirror Displays</gui>."
6995
msgstr ""
6996
6997
#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:57(item/p)
6998
msgid ""
6999
"Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the "
7000
"<gui>Displays</gui> window. Change the <gui>Resolution</gui> until that "
7001
"display looks right."
7002
msgstr ""
7003
7004
#: C/look-resolution.page:11(info/desc)
7005
msgid "Change the resolution of the screen and its orientation (rotation)."
7006
msgstr ""
7007
7008
#: C/look-resolution.page:23(page/title)
7009
msgid "Change the size or rotation of the screen"
7010
msgstr ""
7011
7012
#: C/look-resolution.page:25(page/p)
7013
msgid ""
7014
"You can change how big (or how detailed) things appear on the screen by "
7015
"changing the <em>screen resolution</em>. You can change which way up things "
7016
"appear (for example, if you have a rotating display) by changing the "
7017
"<em>rotation</em>."
7018
msgstr ""
7019
7020
#: C/look-resolution.page:33(item/p)
7021
msgid ""
7022
"Click the icon on the very right of the menu bar and select <gui>System "
7023
"Settings</gui>."
7024
msgstr ""
7025
7026
#: C/look-resolution.page:34(item/p)
7027
msgid "Open <gui>Displays</gui>."
7028
msgstr ""
7029
7030
#: C/look-resolution.page:35(item/p)
7031
msgid ""
7032
"If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have "
7033
"different settings on display. Select a display in the preview area."
7034
msgstr ""
7035
7036
#: C/look-resolution.page:37(item/p)
7037
msgid "Select your desired resolution and rotation."
7038
msgstr ""
7039
7040
#: C/look-resolution.page:38(item/p)
7041
msgid ""
7042
"Click <gui>Apply</gui>. The new settings will be applied for 30 seconds "
7043
"before reverting back. That way, if you cannot see anything with the new "
7044
"settings, your old settings will be automatically restored. If you are happy "
7045
"with the new settings, click <gui>Keep This Configuration</gui>."
7046
msgstr ""
7047
7048
#: C/look-resolution.page:45(note/p)
7049
msgid ""
7050
"When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected "
7051
"automatically so you can change its settings in the same way as your usual "
7052
"display. If this does not happen, just click <gui>Detect Displays</gui>."
7053
msgstr ""
7054
7055
#: C/look-resolution.page:49(section/title)
7056
msgid "Resolution"
7057
msgstr ""
7058
7059
#: C/look-resolution.page:50(section/p)
7060
msgid ""
7061
"The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each "
7062
"direction that can be displayed. Each resolution has an <em>aspect "
7063
"ratio</em>, the ratio of the width to the height. Wide-screen displays use a "
7064
"16:9 aspect ratio, while traditional displays use 4:3. If you choose a "
7065
"resolution that does not match the aspect ratio of your display, the screen "
7066
"will be letterboxed to avoid distortion."
7067
msgstr ""
7068
7069
#: C/look-resolution.page:55(section/p)
7070
msgid ""
7071
"You can choose the resolution you prefer from the <gui>Resolution</gui> drop-"
7072
"down list. If you choose one that is not right for your screen it may <link "
7073
"xref=\"look-display-fuzzy\">look fuzzy or pixelated</link>."
7074
msgstr ""
7075
7076
#: C/look-resolution.page:61(section/title)
7077
msgid "Rotation"
7078
msgstr ""
7079
7080
#: C/look-resolution.page:62(section/p)
7081
msgid ""
7082
"On some laptops, you can physically rotate the screen in many directions. It "
7083
"is useful to be able to change the display rotation. You can choose the "
7084
"rotation you want for your display from <gui>Rotation</gui> drop-down list."
7085
msgstr ""
7086
7087
#: C/media.page:13(info/desc)
7088
msgid ""
7089
"<link xref=\"media#photos\">Digital cameras</link>, <link "
7090
"xref=\"media#music\">iPods</link>, <link xref=\"media#photos\">editing "
7091
"photos</link>, <link xref=\"media#videos\">playing videos</link>…"
7092
msgstr ""
7093
7094
#: C/media.page:22(page/title)
7095
msgid "Sound, video & pictures"
7096
msgstr ""
7097
7098
#: C/media.page:26(info/title)
7099
msgctxt "sort"
7100
msgid "Sound"
7101
msgstr ""
7102
7103
#: C/media.page:27(info/title)
7104
msgctxt "link:trail"
7105
msgid "Sound"
7106
msgstr ""
7107
7108
#: C/media.page:28(info/title)
7109
msgctxt "link:topic"
7110
msgid "Sound"
7111
msgstr ""
7112
7113
#: C/media.page:29(info/desc)
7114
msgid ""
7115
"<link xref=\"sound-volume\">Volume</link>, <link xref=\"sound-"
7116
"usespeakers\">speakers and headphones</link>, <link xref=\"sound-"
7117
"usemic\">microphones</link>…"
7118
msgstr ""
7119
7120
#: C/media.page:36(section/title)
7121
msgid "Basic sound"
7122
msgstr ""
7123
7124
#: C/media.page:40(info/title)
7125
msgctxt "link"
7126
msgid "Music and players"
7127
msgstr ""
7128
7129
#: C/media.page:41(section/title)
7130
msgid "Music and portable audio players"
7131
msgstr ""
7132
7133
#: C/media.page:45(info/title)
7134
msgctxt "link"
7135
msgid "Photos"
7136
msgstr ""
7137
7138
#: C/media.page:46(section/title)
7139
msgid "Photos and digital cameras"
7140
msgstr ""
7141
7142
#: C/media.page:50(info/title)
7143
msgctxt "link"
7144
msgid "Videos"
7145
msgstr ""
7146
7147
#: C/media.page:51(section/title)
7148
msgid "Videos and video cameras"
7149
msgstr ""
7150
7151
#: C/more-help.page:18(info/desc)
7152
msgid ""
7153
"<link xref=\"about-this-guide\">Tips on using this guide</link>, <link "
7154
"xref=\"get-involved\">help improve this guide</link>…"
7155
msgstr ""
7156
7157
#: C/more-help.page:24(page/title)
7158
msgid "Get more help"
7159
msgstr ""
7160
7161
#: C/mouse.page:7(info/desc)
7162
msgid ""
7163
"<link xref=\"mouse-lefthanded\">Left-handed</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-"
7164
"sensitivity\">speed and sensitivity</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-touchpad-"
7165
"click\">touchpad clicking and scrolling</link>…"
7166
msgstr ""
7167
7168
#: C/mouse.page:21(page/title)
7169
msgid "Mouse"
7170
msgstr ""
7171
7172
#: C/mouse.page:32(info/title)
7173
msgctxt "link"
7174
msgid "Common mouse problems"
7175
msgstr ""
7176
7177
#: C/mouse.page:33(info/title)
7178
msgctxt "link:trail"
7179
msgid "Common problems"
7180
msgstr ""
7181
7182
#: C/mouse.page:40(info/title)
7183
msgctxt "link"
7184
msgid "Mouse tips"
7185
msgstr ""
7186
7187
#: C/mouse.page:41(info/title)
7188
msgctxt "link:trail"
7189
msgid "Tips"
7190
msgstr ""
7191
7192
#: C/mouse.page:43(section/title)
7193
msgid "Tips"
7194
msgstr ""
7195
7196
#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:11(info/desc)
7197
msgid "Turn the touchpad off while typing to prevent accidental clicks."
7198
msgstr ""
7199
7200
#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:20(page/title)
7201
msgid "Disable touchpad while typing"
7202
msgstr ""
7203
7204
#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:22(page/p)
7205
msgid ""
7206
"Touchpads on laptops are often located where you rest your wrist while "
7207
"typing, which can sometimes cause accidental clicks while you type. You can "
7208
"disable the touchpad while you type. It will only work again a short time "
7209
"after your last key stroke."
7210
msgstr ""
7211
7212
#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:30(item/p)
7213
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:26(item/p)
7214
msgid ""
7215
"Open <gui>Mouse and Touchpad</gui> and select the <gui>Touchpad</gui> tab. "
7216
"The <gui>Touchpad</gui> tab will only be available if your computer has a "
7217
"touchpad."
7218
msgstr ""
7219
7220
#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:33(item/p)
7221
msgid "Select <gui>Disable touchpad while typing</gui>."
7222
msgstr ""
7223
7224
#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:11(info/desc)
7225
msgid ""
7226
"Control how quickly you need to press the mouse button a second time to "
7227
"double-click."
7228
msgstr ""
7229
7230
#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:25(page/title)
7231
msgid "Adjust the double-click speed"
7232
msgstr ""
7233
7234
#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:27(page/p)
7235
msgid ""
7236
"Double-clicking only happens when you press the mouse button twice quickly "
7237
"enough. If the second press is too long after the first, you'll just get two "
7238
"separate clicks, not a double click. If you have difficulty pressing the "
7239
"mouse button quickly, you should increase the timeout."
7240
msgstr ""
7241
7242
#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:34(item/p)
7243
#: C/mouse-drag-threshold.page:31(item/p)
7244
#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:29(item/p)
7245
#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:36(item/p)
7246
msgid "Click <gui>Mouse and Touchpad</gui>."
7247
msgstr ""
7248
7249
#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:35(item/p)
7250
msgid ""
7251
"Under <gui>Double-Click Timeout</gui>, adjust the <gui>Timeout</gui> slider "
7252
"to a value you find comfortable. Use the smiley face under the slider to "
7253
"test your settings. A single click will make it smile. A double-click will "
7254
"give it an ear-to-ear grin."
7255
msgstr ""
7256
7257
#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:41(page/p)
7258
msgid ""
7259
"If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you "
7260
"have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try "
7261
"plugging a different mouse into your computer and see if that works "
7262
"properly. Alternatively, plug your mouse into a different computer and see "
7263
"if it still has the same problem."
7264
msgstr ""
7265
7266
#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:48(note/p)
7267
#: C/mouse-drag-threshold.page:37(note/p)
7268
#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:33(note/p)
7269
msgid ""
7270
"This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other "
7271
"pointing device."
7272
msgstr ""
7273
7274
#: C/mouse-drag-threshold.page:15(info/desc)
7275
msgid "Change how far you have to move your mouse pointer to start dragging."
7276
msgstr ""
7277
7278
#: C/mouse-drag-threshold.page:20(page/title)
7279
msgid "Adjust the mouse drag threshold"
7280
msgstr ""
7281
7282
#: C/mouse-drag-threshold.page:22(page/p)
7283
msgid ""
7284
"When you click something, it's not uncommon for your hand to move a little "
7285
"between the time you press the mouse button and the time you release it. For "
7286
"this reason, dragging only starts if you move the pointer past a certain "
7287
"threshold, so that you don't accidentally start dragging every time you "
7288
"click. You can control the minimum distance required to start dragging."
7289
msgstr ""
7290
7291
#: C/mouse-drag-threshold.page:32(item/p)
7292
msgid ""
7293
"Under <gui>Drag and Drop</gui>, adjust the <gui>Threshold</gui> slider to a "
7294
"value you find comfortable. Try moving the settings window by dragging the "
7295
"titlebar to test the current value."
7296
msgstr ""
7297
7298
#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:9(info/desc)
7299
msgid "Reverse the left and right mouse buttons in the mouse settings."
7300
msgstr ""
7301
7302
#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:22(page/title)
7303
msgid "Use your mouse left-handed"
7304
msgstr ""
7305
7306
#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:24(page/p)
7307
msgid ""
7308
"You can swap the behavior of the left and right buttons on your mouse or "
7309
"touchpad to make it more comfortable for left-handed use."
7310
msgstr ""
7311
7312
#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:30(item/p)
7313
msgid "Select <gui>Left-handed</gui>."
7314
msgstr ""
7315
7316
#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:6(info/desc)
7317
msgid ""
7318
"Use the middle mouse button to open applications, paste text, open tabs, and "
7319
"more."
7320
msgstr ""
7321
7322
#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:25(page/title)
7323
msgid "Middle-click"
7324
msgstr ""
7325
7326
#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:27(page/p)
7327
msgid ""
7328
"Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a "
7329
"scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to "
7330
"middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the "
7331
"left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click. If you find "
7332
"you are unable to middle-click this way you can try following <link "
7333
"href=\"https://wiki.ubuntu.com/X/Quirks#A2-button_Mice\"> these "
7334
"instructions</link>."
7335
msgstr ""
7336
7337
#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:35(page/p)
7338
msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts."
7339
msgstr ""
7340
7341
#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:38(item/p)
7342
msgid ""
7343
"One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called "
7344
"primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to "
7345
"where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at "
7346
"the mouse position."
7347
msgstr ""
7348
7349
#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:42(item/p)
7350
msgid ""
7351
"Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the "
7352
"normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This "
7353
"quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button."
7354
msgstr ""
7355
7356
#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:47(item/p)
7357
msgid ""
7358
"On scrollbars and sliders, a regular click in the empty space moves by a set "
7359
"amount (such as one page) in the direction you clicked. You can also middle-"
7360
"click in the empty space to move to exactly the location you clicked."
7361
msgstr ""
7362
7363
#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:52(item/p)
7364
msgid ""
7365
"You can quickly open a new window for an application with middle-click. "
7366
"Simply middle-click on the application's icon, either in the "
7367
"<gui>launcher</gui> on the left, or in the <gui>dash</gui>."
7368
msgstr ""
7369
7370
#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:59(item/p)
7371
msgid ""
7372
"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle "
7373
"mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will "
7374
"open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the <app>Firefox</app> "
7375
"web browser, though. In <app>Firefox</app>, if you middle-click anywhere "
7376
"except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you "
7377
"used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed "
7378
"<key>Enter</key>."
7379
msgstr ""
7380
7381
#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:67(item/p)
7382
msgid ""
7383
"In the file manager, middle-click serves two roles. If you middle-click a "
7384
"folder, it will open in a new tab. This mimics the behavior of popular web "
7385
"browsers. If you middle-click a file, it will open the file, just as if you "
7386
"had double-clicked."
7387
msgstr ""
7388
7389
#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:73(page/p)
7390
msgid ""
7391
"Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for "
7392
"other functions. Search your application's help for <em>middle-click</em> or "
7393
"<em>middle mouse button</em>."
7394
msgstr ""
7395
7396
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:11(info/desc)
7397
msgid "Enable mouse keys to control the mouse with the keypad."
7398
msgstr ""
7399
7400
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:24(page/title)
7401
msgid "Click and move the mouse pointer without a mouse"
7402
msgstr ""
7403
7404
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:26(page/p)
7405
msgid ""
7406
"If you have difficulties using a mouse or other pointing device, you can "
7407
"control the mouse pointer using the numeric keypad on your keyboard. This "
7408
"feature is called <em>mouse keys</em>."
7409
msgstr ""
7410
7411
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:31(item/p)
7412
msgid ""
7413
"Tap the <key><link xref=\"windows-key\">Super</link></key> key to open the "
7414
"<gui>dash</gui>"
7415
msgstr ""
7416
7417
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:31(steps/item)
7418
msgid "<_:p-1/>."
7419
msgstr ""
7420
7421
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:32(item/p)
7422
msgid ""
7423
"Type <input>Universal Access</input> and press <key>Enter</key> to open the "
7424
"Universal Access settings."
7425
msgstr ""
7426
7427
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:33(item/p)
7428
msgid "Press <key>Tab</key> once to select the <gui>Seeing</gui> tab."
7429
msgstr ""
7430
7431
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:34(item/p)
7432
msgid ""
7433
"Press <key>←</key> once to switch to the <gui>Pointing and Clicking</gui> "
7434
"tab."
7435
msgstr ""
7436
7437
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:35(item/p)
7438
msgid ""
7439
"Press <key>↓</key> once to select the <gui>Mouse Keys</gui> switch then "
7440
"press <key>Enter</key> to switch it on."
7441
msgstr ""
7442
7443
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:37(item/p)
7444
msgid ""
7445
"Make sure that <key>Num Lock</key> is turned off. You will now be able to "
7446
"move the mouse pointer using the keypad."
7447
msgstr ""
7448
7449
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:45(note/p)
7450
msgid ""
7451
"These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only "
7452
"the keyboard. Select <gui>Universal Access Settings</gui> to see more "
7453
"accessibility options."
7454
msgstr ""
7455
7456
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:50(page/p)
7457
msgid ""
7458
"The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged "
7459
"into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a "
7460
"laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (<key>Fn</key>) key "
7461
"and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this "
7462
"feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads."
7463
msgstr ""
7464
7465
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:58(page/p)
7466
msgid ""
7467
"Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing "
7468
"<key>8</key> will move the pointer upwards and pressing <key>2</key> will "
7469
"move it downwards. Press the <key>5</key> key to click once with the mouse, "
7470
"or quickly press it twice to double-click."
7471
msgstr ""
7472
7473
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:65(page/p)
7474
msgid ""
7475
"Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is "
7476
"often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where "
7477
"your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See <link "
7478
"xref=\"a11y-right-click\"/> for information on how to right-click by holding "
7479
"down <key>5</key> or the left mouse button."
7480
msgstr ""
7481
7482
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:73(page/p)
7483
msgid ""
7484
"If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, "
7485
"turn <key>Num Lock</key> on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad "
7486
"when <key>Num Lock</key> is turned on, though."
7487
msgstr ""
7488
7489
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:80(note/p)
7490
msgid ""
7491
"The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not "
7492
"control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used."
7493
msgstr ""
7494
7495
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:7(info/desc)
7496
msgid "How to check your mouse if it is not working."
7497
msgstr ""
7498
7499
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:23(page/title)
7500
msgid "Mouse pointer is not moving"
7501
msgstr ""
7502
7503
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:28(section/title)
7504
msgid "Check that the mouse is plugged in"
7505
msgstr ""
7506
7507
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:29(section/p)
7508
msgid ""
7509
"If you have a mouse with a cable, check that it is firmly plugged in to your "
7510
"computer."
7511
msgstr ""
7512
7513
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:33(section/p)
7514
msgid ""
7515
"If it is a USB mouse (with a rectangular connector), try plugging it in to a "
7516
"different USB port. If it is a PS/2 mouse (with a small, round connector "
7517
"with six pins), make sure that it is plugged in to the green mouse port "
7518
"rather than the purple keyboard port. You may need to restart the computer "
7519
"if it was not plugged in."
7520
msgstr ""
7521
7522
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:43(section/title)
7523
msgid "Check that the mouse was recognized by your computer"
7524
msgstr ""
7525
7526
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:45(item/p)
7527
msgid ""
7528
"Type <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>t</key></keyseq> to open the "
7529
"<app>Terminal</app>."
7530
msgstr ""
7531
7532
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:47(item/p)
7533
msgid ""
7534
"In the terminal window, type <cmd>xsetpointer -l | grep Pointer</cmd>, "
7535
"exactly as it appears here, and press <key>Enter</key>."
7536
msgstr ""
7537
7538
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:54(item/p)
7539
msgid ""
7540
"A short list of mouse devices will appear. Check that at least one of the "
7541
"items says <sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys> next to it, and that one of the "
7542
"<sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys> items has the name of the mouse to the left "
7543
"of it."
7544
msgstr ""
7545
7546
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:60(item/p)
7547
msgid ""
7548
"If there is no entry that has the name of the mouse followed by "
7549
"<sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys>, then the mouse was not recognized by your "
7550
"computer. If the entry exists, your mouse was recognized by your computer. "
7551
"In this case you should check that the mouse is <link xref=\"mouse-problem-"
7552
"notmoving#plugged-in\">plugged in</link> and in <link xref=\"mouse-problem-"
7553
"notmoving#broken\">working condition</link>."
7554
msgstr ""
7555
7556
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:75(section/p)
7557
msgid ""
7558
"If your mouse has a serial (RS-232) connector, you may need to perform some "
7559
"extra steps to get it working. The steps might depend on the make or model "
7560
"of your mouse."
7561
msgstr ""
7562
7563
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:81(section/p)
7564
msgid ""
7565
"It can be complicated to fix problems with mouse detection. Ask for support "
7566
"from your distribution or vendor if you think that your mouse has not been "
7567
"detected properly."
7568
msgstr ""
7569
7570
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:95(section/title)
7571
msgid "Check that the mouse actually works"
7572
msgstr ""
7573
7574
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:96(section/p)
7575
msgid "Plug the mouse in to a different computer and see if it works."
7576
msgstr ""
7577
7578
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:98(section/p)
7579
msgid ""
7580
"If the mouse is an optical or laser mouse, a light should be shining out of "
7581
"the bottom of the mouse if it is turned on. If there is no light, check that "
7582
"it is turned on. If it is and there is still no light, the mouse may be "
7583
"broken."
7584
msgstr ""
7585
7586
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:105(section/title)
7587
msgid "Checking wireless mice"
7588
msgstr ""
7589
7590
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:108(item/p)
7591
msgid ""
7592
"Make sure the mouse is turned on. There is often a switch on the bottom of "
7593
"the mouse to turn the mouse off completely, so you can move it from place to "
7594
"place without it constantly waking up."
7595
msgstr ""
7596
7597
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:111(item/p)
7598
msgid ""
7599
"If you are using a Bluetooth mouse, make sure you have actually paired the "
7600
"mouse with your computer. See <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\"/>."
7601
msgstr ""
7602
7603
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:114(item/p)
7604
msgid ""
7605
"Click a button and see if the mouse pointer moves now. Some wireless mice go "
7606
"to sleep to save power, so might not respond until you click a button. See "
7607
"<link xref=\"mouse-wakeup\"/>."
7608
msgstr ""
7609
7610
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:121(item/p)
7611
msgid "Check that the battery of the mouse is charged."
7612
msgstr ""
7613
7614
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:126(item/p)
7615
msgid ""
7616
"Make sure that the receiver (dongle) is firmly plugged in to the computer."
7617
msgstr ""
7618
7619
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:131(item/p)
7620
msgid ""
7621
"If your mouse and receiver can operate on different radio channels, make "
7622
"sure that they are both set to the same channel."
7623
msgstr ""
7624
7625
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:137(item/p)
7626
msgid ""
7627
"You may need to press a button on the mouse, receiver or both to establish a "
7628
"connection. The instruction manual of your mouse should have more details if "
7629
"this is the case."
7630
msgstr ""
7631
7632
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:145(section/p)
7633
msgid ""
7634
"Most RF (radio) wireless mice should work automatically when you plug them "
7635
"into your computer. If you have a Bluetooth or IR (infrared) wireless mouse, "
7636
"you may need to perform some extra steps to get it working. The steps might "
7637
"depend on the make or model of your mouse."
7638
msgstr ""
7639
7640
#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:10(info/desc)
7641
msgid ""
7642
"Change how quickly the pointer moves when you use your mouse or touchpad."
7643
msgstr ""
7644
7645
#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:28(page/title)
7646
msgid "Adjust speed of the mouse and touchpad"
7647
msgstr ""
7648
7649
#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:30(page/p)
7650
msgid ""
7651
"If your pointer moves too fast or slow when you move your mouse or use your "
7652
"touchpad, you can adjust the pointer sensitivity and acceleration for these "
7653
"devices."
7654
msgstr ""
7655
7656
#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:37(item/p)
7657
msgid ""
7658
"Under <gui>Pointer Speed</gui>, adjust the <gui>Acceleration</gui> and "
7659
"<gui>Sensitivity</gui> sliders until the pointer motion is comfortable for "
7660
"you."
7661
msgstr ""
7662
7663
#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:42(page/p)
7664
msgid ""
7665
"Sensitivity is how much your pointer initially moves when you move your "
7666
"mouse."
7667
msgstr ""
7668
7669
#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:44(page/p)
7670
msgid ""
7671
"The farther you move your mouse, the faster and faster the pointer moves "
7672
"relative to your movement. This helps you get the pointer across the screen "
7673
"without lifting your hand, while still letting you point and click "
7674
"accurately. Acceleration controls this behavior."
7675
msgstr ""
7676
7677
#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:50(note/p)
7678
msgid ""
7679
"You can set the sensitivity and acceleration differently for your mouse and "
7680
"touchpad. Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device "
7681
"aren't the most comfortable for another. Just set the sliders on both the "
7682
"<gui>Mouse</gui> and <gui>Touchpad</gui> tabs."
7683
msgstr ""
7684
7685
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:7(info/desc)
7686
msgid "Click or scroll using taps and gestures on your touchpad."
7687
msgstr ""
7688
7689
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:18(page/title)
7690
msgid "Click or scroll with the touchpad"
7691
msgstr ""
7692
7693
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:20(page/p)
7694
msgid ""
7695
"You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, "
7696
"without separate hardware buttons."
7697
msgstr ""
7698
7699
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:29(item/p)
7700
msgid ""
7701
"To click, double-click, and drag with your touchpad, select <gui>Enable "
7702
"mouse clicks with the touchpad</gui>."
7703
msgstr ""
7704
7705
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:34(item/p)
7706
msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad."
7707
msgstr ""
7708
7709
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:35(item/p)
7710
msgid "To double-click, tap twice."
7711
msgstr ""
7712
7713
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:36(item/p)
7714
msgid ""
7715
"To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. "
7716
"Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop."
7717
msgstr ""
7718
7719
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:38(item/p)
7720
msgid ""
7721
"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two "
7722
"fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-"
7723
"click. See <link xref=\"a11y-right-click\"/> for a method of right-clicking "
7724
"without a second mouse button."
7725
msgstr ""
7726
7727
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:42(item/p)
7728
msgid ""
7729
"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, <link xref=\"mouse-"
7730
"middleclick\">middle-click</link> by tapping with three fingers at once."
7731
msgstr ""
7732
7733
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:47(note/p)
7734
msgid ""
7735
"When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are "
7736
"spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may "
7737
"think they're a single finger."
7738
msgstr ""
7739
7740
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:51(page/p)
7741
msgid ""
7742
"You can scroll using your touchpad using either the edges of the touchpad or "
7743
"using two fingers."
7744
msgstr ""
7745
7746
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:54(page/p)
7747
msgid ""
7748
"Select <gui>Edge scrolling</gui> under <gui>Scrolling</gui> to scroll using "
7749
"the edge of your touchpad. When this is selected, dragging your finger up "
7750
"and down along the right side of your touchpad will scroll vertically. If "
7751
"you also select <gui>Enable horizontal scrolling</gui>, dragging your finger "
7752
"left and right along the bottom of your touchpad will scroll horizontally."
7753
msgstr ""
7754
7755
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:61(page/p)
7756
msgid ""
7757
"Select <gui>Two-finger scrolling</gui> under <gui>Scrolling</gui> to scroll "
7758
"with two fingers. When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one "
7759
"finger will work as normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of "
7760
"the touchpad, it will scroll instead. If you also select <gui>Enable "
7761
"horizontal scrolling</gui>, you can move your fingers left and right to "
7762
"scroll horizontally. Be careful to space your fingers a bit apart. If your "
7763
"fingers are too close together, they just look like one big finger to your "
7764
"touchpad."
7765
msgstr ""
7766
7767
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:71(note/p)
7768
msgid "Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads."
7769
msgstr ""
7770
7771
#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:9(info/desc)
7772
msgid "If you have to wiggle or click the mouse before it responds."
7773
msgstr ""
7774
7775
#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:18(page/title)
7776
msgid "Mouse has a delay before it will work"
7777
msgstr ""
7778
7779
#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:20(page/p)
7780
msgid ""
7781
"Wireless and optical mice, as well as touchpads on laptops, may need to "
7782
"\"wake up\" before they will work. They automatically go to sleep when not "
7783
"in use to save battery power. To wake up your mouse or touchpad you can "
7784
"click on a mouse button or wiggle the mouse."
7785
msgstr ""
7786
7787
#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:24(page/p)
7788
msgid ""
7789
"Laptop touchpads sometimes have a delay after you stop typing before they "
7790
"will start working. This is to prevent you from accidentally touching the "
7791
"touchpad with your palm while typing. See <link xref=\"mouse-"
7792
"disabletouchpad\"/> for details."
7793
msgstr ""
7794
7795
#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:13(info/desc)
7796
msgid ""
7797
"Support for that file format might not be installed or the songs could be "
7798
"\"copy protected\"."
7799
msgstr ""
7800
7801
#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:17(page/title)
7802
msgid "I can't play the songs I bought from an online music store"
7803
msgstr ""
7804
7805
#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:19(page/p)
7806
msgid ""
7807
"If you downloaded some music from an online store you may find that it won't "
7808
"play on your computer, especially if you bought it on a Windows or Mac OS X "
7809
"computer and then copied it over."
7810
msgstr ""
7811
7812
#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:21(page/p)
7813
msgid ""
7814
"This could be because the music is in a format that is not recognized by "
7815
"your computer. To be able to play a song you need to have support for the "
7816
"right audio formats installed - for example, if you want to play MP3 files, "
7817
"you need MP3 support installed. If you don't have support for a given audio "
7818
"format, you should see a message telling you so when you try to play a song. "
7819
"The message should also provide instructions for how to install support for "
7820
"that format so that you can play it."
7821
msgstr ""
7822
7823
#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:23(page/p)
7824
msgid ""
7825
"If you do have support installed for the song's audio format but still can't "
7826
"play it, the song might be <em>copy protected</em> (also known as being "
7827
"<em>DRM restricted</em>). DRM is a way of restricting who can play a song "
7828
"and on what devices they can play it. The company that sold the song to you "
7829
"is in control of this, not you. If a music file has DRM restrictions, you "
7830
"will probably not be able to play it - you generally need special software "
7831
"from the vendor to play DRM restricted files, but this software is often not "
7832
"supported on Linux."
7833
msgstr ""
7834
7835
#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:25(page/p)
7836
msgid ""
7837
"You can learn more about DRM from the <link "
7838
"href=\"http://www.eff.org/issues/drm\">Electronic Frontier Foundation</link>."
7839
msgstr ""
7840
7841
#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:13(info/desc)
7842
msgid ""
7843
"Use a media player to copy the songs and safely remove the iPod afterward."
7844
msgstr ""
7845
7846
#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:17(page/title)
7847
msgid "Songs don't appear on my iPod when I copy them onto it"
7848
msgstr ""
7849
7850
#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:19(page/p)
7851
msgid ""
7852
"When you plug an iPod into your computer, it will appear in your music "
7853
"player application and also in the file manager (the <app>Files</app> "
7854
"application in the <gui>launcher</gui>). You must copy songs onto the iPod "
7855
"using the music player - if you copy them across using the file manager, it "
7856
"won't work because the songs won't be put into the right location. iPods "
7857
"have a special location for storing songs that music player applications "
7858
"know how to get to but the file manager does not."
7859
msgstr ""
7860
7861
#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:21(page/p)
7862
msgid ""
7863
"You also need to wait for the songs to finish copying to the iPod before you "
7864
"unplug it. Before unplugging the iPod, make sure you choose to <link "
7865
"xref=\"files-removedrive\">safely remove it</link>. This will make sure that "
7866
"all of the songs have been copied across properly."
7867
msgstr ""
7868
7869
#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:23(page/p)
7870
msgid ""
7871
"A further reason why songs might not be appearing on your iPod is that the "
7872
"music player application you're using does not support converting the songs "
7873
"from one audio format to another. If you copy a song which is saved in an "
7874
"audio format that is not supported by your iPod (for example, an Ogg Vorbis "
7875
"(.oga) file), the music player will try to convert it to a format that the "
7876
"iPod does understand, such as MP3. If the appropriate conversion software "
7877
"(also called a codec or encoder) is not installed, the music player will not "
7878
"be able to do the conversion and so will not copy the song."
7879
msgstr ""
7880
7881
#: C/music-player-newipod.page:13(info/desc)
7882
msgid ""
7883
"Brand-new iPods need to be set-up using the iTunes software before you can "
7884
"use them."
7885
msgstr ""
7886
7887
#: C/music-player-newipod.page:17(page/title)
7888
msgid "My new iPod won't work"
7889
msgstr ""
7890
7891
#: C/music-player-newipod.page:19(page/p)
7892
msgid ""
7893
"If you have a new iPod that has never been connected to a computer before, "
7894
"it won't be recognized properly when you connect it to a Linux computer. "
7895
"This is because iPods need to be set up and updated using the "
7896
"<app>iTunes</app> software, which only runs on Windows and Mac OS X."
7897
msgstr ""
7898
7899
#: C/music-player-newipod.page:21(page/p)
7900
msgid ""
7901
"To set up your iPod, install iTunes on a Windows or Mac computer and plug it "
7902
"in. You will be led through a few steps to set it up. If asked for the "
7903
"<gui>Volume Format</gui>, choose <gui>MS-DOS (FAT)</gui>, <gui>Windows</gui> "
7904
"or similar. The other format (HFS/Mac) does not work as well with Linux."
7905
msgstr ""
7906
7907
#: C/music-player-newipod.page:23(page/p)
7908
msgid ""
7909
"Once you have finished setup, the iPod should work normally when you plug it "
7910
"into a Linux computer."
7911
msgstr ""
7912
7913
#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:14(info/desc)
7914
msgid ""
7915
"Add a <input>.is_audio_player</input> file to tell your computer that it's "
7916
"an audio player."
7917
msgstr ""
7918
7919
#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:18(page/title)
7920
msgid "Why isn't my audio player recognized when I plug it in?"
7921
msgstr ""
7922
7923
#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:20(page/p)
7924
msgid ""
7925
"If your audio player (MP3 player etc.) is plugged in to the computer but you "
7926
"can't see it in your music organizer application, it may not have been "
7927
"properly recognized as an audio player."
7928
msgstr ""
7929
7930
#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:22(page/p)
7931
msgid ""
7932
"Try unplugging the player and then plugging it in again. If that doesn't "
7933
"help, <link xref=\"files-browse\">open the file manager</link>. You should "
7934
"see the player listed under <gui>Devices</gui> in the sidebar - click it to "
7935
"open the folder for the audio player. Now, click "
7936
"<guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>New Document</gui><gui>Empty "
7937
"Document</gui></guiseq>, type <input>.is_audio_player</input> and press "
7938
"<key>Enter</key> (the period and underscores are important, and it should be "
7939
"all lower-case). This file tells your computer to recognize the device as an "
7940
"audio player."
7941
msgstr ""
7942
7943
#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:24(page/p)
7944
msgid ""
7945
"Now, find the audio player in the file manager sidebar and eject it (right-"
7946
"click and click <gui>Eject</gui>). Unplug it, then plug it back in. This "
7947
"time it should have been recognized as an audio player by your music "
7948
"organizer. If not, try closing the music organizer and then re-opening it."
7949
msgstr ""
7950
7951
#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:27(note/p)
7952
msgid ""
7953
"These instructions won't work for iPods and some other audio players. They "
7954
"should work if your player is a <em>USB Mass Storage</em> device, though; it "
7955
"should say in its manual if it is."
7956
msgstr ""
7957
7958
#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:31(note/p)
7959
msgid ""
7960
"When you look in the audio player folder again, you won't see the "
7961
"<input>.is_audio_player</input> file. This is because the period in the "
7962
"file's name tells the file manager to hide the file. You can check that it "
7963
"is still there by clicking <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden "
7964
"Files</gui></guiseq>."
7965
msgstr ""
7966
7967
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:8(info/desc)
7968
msgid ""
7969
"Single-click to open files, run or view executable text files, and specify "
7970
"trash behavior."
7971
msgstr ""
7972
7973
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:22(page/title)
7974
msgid "File manager behavior preferences"
7975
msgstr ""
7976
7977
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:23(page/p)
7978
msgid ""
7979
"You can control whether you single-click or double-click files, whether "
7980
"folders are opened in new windows, how executable text files are handled, "
7981
"and the trash behavior. In any file manager window, click "
7982
"<guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui></guiseq> and select the "
7983
"<gui>Behavior</gui> tab."
7984
msgstr ""
7985
7986
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:30(section/title)
7987
msgid "Behavior"
7988
msgstr ""
7989
7990
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:33(item/title)
7991
msgid "<gui>Single click to open items</gui>"
7992
msgstr ""
7993
7994
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:34(item/title)
7995
msgid "<gui>Double click to open items</gui>"
7996
msgstr ""
7997
7998
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:35(item/p)
7999
msgid ""
8000
"By default, clicking selects files and double-clicking opens them. You can "
8001
"instead choose to have files and folders open when you click on them once. "
8002
"When you use single-click mode, you can hold down the <key>Ctrl</key> key "
8003
"while clicking to select one or more files."
8004
msgstr ""
8005
8006
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:41(item/title)
8007
msgid "<gui>Open each folder in its own window</gui>"
8008
msgstr ""
8009
8010
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:42(item/p)
8011
msgid ""
8012
"When you open a folder in the file manager, it will normally open in the "
8013
"same window. You can right-click a folder and select <gui>Open in New "
8014
"Window</gui> to open any single folder in a new window. If you often do "
8015
"this, select this option if you would rather have each folder open in its "
8016
"own window by default."
8017
msgstr ""
8018
8019
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:52(section/title)
8020
msgid "Executable text files"
8021
msgstr ""
8022
8023
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:53(section/p)
8024
msgid ""
8025
"An executable text file is a file that contains a program that you can run "
8026
"(execute). The <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\">file "
8027
"permissions</link> must also allow for the file to run as a program. The "
8028
"most common are Shell, Python, and Perl scripts. These have extensions .sh, "
8029
".py and .pl, respectively."
8030
msgstr ""
8031
8032
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:54(section/p)
8033
msgid ""
8034
"You can select to <gui>Run executable text files when they are opened</gui>, "
8035
"<gui>View executable text files when they are opened</gui> or <gui>Ask each "
8036
"time</gui>. If the last option is selected, a window will appear asking if "
8037
"you wish to run or view the selected text file."
8038
msgstr ""
8039
8040
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:61(info/title)
8041
msgctxt "link"
8042
msgid "File manager trash preferences"
8043
msgstr ""
8044
8045
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:63(section/title)
8046
msgid "Trash"
8047
msgstr ""
8048
8049
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:67(item/title)
8050
msgid "<gui>Ask before emptying the Trash or deleting files</gui>"
8051
msgstr ""
8052
8053
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:68(item/p)
8054
msgid ""
8055
"This option is selected by default. When emptying the trash, a message will "
8056
"be displayed confirming that you would like to empty the trash or delete "
8057
"files."
8058
msgstr ""
8059
8060
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:71(item/title)
8061
msgid "<gui>Include a delete command that bypasses Trash</gui>"
8062
msgstr ""
8063
8064
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:72(item/p)
8065
msgid ""
8066
"Selecting this option will add a <gui>Delete</gui> menu item to the "
8067
"<gui>Edit</gui> menu as well as the menu that pops up when you right-click "
8068
"on an item in the <app>Files</app> application."
8069
msgstr ""
8070
8071
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:74(note/p)
8072
msgid ""
8073
"Deleting an item using the <gui>Delete</gui> menu option bypasses the Trash "
8074
"altogether. The item is removed from the system completely. There is no way "
8075
"to recover the deleted item."
8076
msgstr ""
8077
8078
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:7(info/desc)
8079
msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager."
8080
msgstr ""
8081
8082
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:16(page/title)
8083
msgid "Edit folder bookmarks"
8084
msgstr ""
8085
8086
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:17(page/p)
8087
msgid ""
8088
"Your bookmarks are listed in the <gui>Bookmarks</gui> menu of the file "
8089
"manager."
8090
msgstr ""
8091
8092
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:19(steps/title)
8093
msgid "Delete a bookmark:"
8094
msgstr ""
8095
8096
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:20(item/p)
8097
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:33(item/p)
8098
msgid ""
8099
"Click on <guiseq><gui>Bookmarks</gui><gui>Edit Bookmarks</gui></guiseq>."
8100
msgstr ""
8101
8102
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:21(item/p)
8103
msgid ""
8104
"In the <gui>Edit Bookmarks</gui> window, select the bookmark you wish to "
8105
"delete and click <gui>Remove</gui>."
8106
msgstr ""
8107
8108
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:22(item/p)
8109
#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:40(item/p)
8110
msgid "Click <gui>Close</gui>."
8111
msgstr ""
8112
8113
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:26(steps/title)
8114
msgid "Add a bookmark:"
8115
msgstr ""
8116
8117
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:27(item/p)
8118
msgid "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark."
8119
msgstr ""
8120
8121
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:28(item/p)
8122
msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>Bookmarks</gui><gui>Add Bookmark</gui></guiseq>."
8123
msgstr ""
8124
8125
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:32(steps/title)
8126
msgid "Rename a bookmark:"
8127
msgstr ""
8128
8129
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:34(item/p)
8130
msgid ""
8131
"In the <gui>Edit Bookmarks</gui> window, select the bookmark you wish to "
8132
"rename."
8133
msgstr ""
8134
8135
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:35(item/p)
8136
msgid "In the <gui>Name</gui> text box, type the new name for the bookmark."
8137
msgstr ""
8138
8139
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:37(note/p)
8140
msgid ""
8141
"Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two "
8142
"different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same "
8143
"name, the bookmarks will have the same name, and you won't be able to tell "
8144
"them apart. In these cases, it is useful to give a bookmark a name other "
8145
"than the name of the folder it points to."
8146
msgstr ""
8147
8148
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:13(info/desc)
8149
msgid ""
8150
"View and edit files on another computer over FTP, SSH, Windows shares, or "
8151
"WebDAV."
8152
msgstr ""
8153
8154
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:23(page/title)
8155
msgid "Browse files on a server or network share"
8156
msgstr ""
8157
8158
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:25(page/p)
8159
msgid ""
8160
"You can connect to a server or network share to browse and view files on "
8161
"that server, exactly as if they were on your own computer. This is a "
8162
"convenient way to download or upload files on the internet, or to share "
8163
"files with other people on your local network."
8164
msgstr ""
8165
8166
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:31(page/p)
8167
msgid ""
8168
"To browse files over the network, <link xref=\"files-browse\">open the file "
8169
"manager</link>. Then, click <gui>Browse Network</gui> in the sidebar, or "
8170
"select <gui>Network</gui> from the <gui>Go</gui> menu. The file manager will "
8171
"find any computers on your local area network that advertise their ability "
8172
"to serve files. If you want to connect to a server on the internet, or if "
8173
"you do not see the computer you're looking for, you can manually connect to "
8174
"a server by typing in its internet/network address."
8175
msgstr ""
8176
8177
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:42(steps/title)
8178
msgid "Connect to a file server"
8179
msgstr ""
8180
8181
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:43(item/p)
8182
msgid ""
8183
"In the file manager, click <guiseq><gui>File</gui> <gui>Connect to "
8184
"Server</gui></guiseq>."
8185
msgstr ""
8186
8187
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:45(item/p)
8188
msgid ""
8189
"Enter the server address, select the type of server, and enter any "
8190
"additional information as required. Then click <gui>Connect</gui>. Details "
8191
"on server types are <link xref=\"#types\">listed below</link>."
8192
msgstr ""
8193
8194
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:48(item/p)
8195
msgid ""
8196
"For servers on the internet, you can usually use the domain name (e.g. "
8197
"<sys>ftp.example.com</sys>). For computers on your local network, however, "
8198
"you may have to use the computer's <link xref=\"net-findip\">numeric IP "
8199
"address</link>."
8200
msgstr ""
8201
8202
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:53(item/p)
8203
msgid ""
8204
"A new window will open showing you the files on the server. You can browse "
8205
"the files just as you would for those on your own computer."
8206
msgstr ""
8207
8208
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:55(item/p)
8209
msgid ""
8210
"The server will also be added to the sidebar so you can access it quickly in "
8211
"the future"
8212
msgstr ""
8213
8214
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:61(section/title)
8215
msgid "Different types of servers"
8216
msgstr ""
8217
8218
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:63(section/p)
8219
msgid ""
8220
"You can connect to different types of servers. Some servers are public, and "
8221
"allow anybody to connect. Other servers require you to log in with a user "
8222
"name and password."
8223
msgstr ""
8224
8225
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:66(section/p)
8226
msgid ""
8227
"You may not have permissions to perform certain actions on files on a "
8228
"server. For example, on public FTP sites, you will probably not be able to "
8229
"delete files."
8230
msgstr ""
8231
8232
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:71(terms/title)
8233
msgid "Types of servers"
8234
msgstr ""
8235
8236
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:73(item/title)
8237
msgid "SSH"
8238
msgstr ""
8239
8240
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:74(item/p)
8241
msgid ""
8242
"If you have a <em>secure shell</em> account on a server, you can connect "
8243
"using this method. Many web hosts provide SSH accounts to members so they "
8244
"can securely upload files. SSH servers always require you to log in. If you "
8245
"use a secure shell key to log in, leave the password field blank."
8246
msgstr ""
8247
8248
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:84(item/p)
8249
msgid ""
8250
"When using SSH, all the data you send (including your password) is encrypted "
8251
"so that other users on your network can't see it."
8252
msgstr ""
8253
8254
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:88(item/title)
8255
msgid "FTP (with login)"
8256
msgstr ""
8257
8258
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:89(item/p)
8259
msgid ""
8260
"FTP is a popular way to exchange files on the Internet. Because data is not "
8261
"encrypted over FTP, many servers now provide access through SSH. Some "
8262
"servers, however, still allow or require you to use FTP to upload or "
8263
"download files. FTP sites with logins will usually allow you to delete and "
8264
"upload files."
8265
msgstr ""
8266
8267
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:96(item/title)
8268
msgid "Public FTP"
8269
msgstr ""
8270
8271
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:97(item/p)
8272
msgid ""
8273
"Sites that allow you to download files will sometimes provide public or "
8274
"anonymous FTP access. These servers do not require a user name and password, "
8275
"and will usually not allow you to delete or upload files."
8276
msgstr ""
8277
8278
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:101(item/p)
8279
msgid ""
8280
"Some anonymous FTP sites require you to log in with a public user name and "
8281
"password, or with a public user name using your email address as the "
8282
"password. For these servers, use the <gui>FTP (with login)</gui> method, and "
8283
"use the credentials specified by the FTP site."
8284
msgstr ""
8285
8286
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:108(item/title)
8287
msgid "Windows share"
8288
msgstr ""
8289
8290
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:109(item/p)
8291
msgid ""
8292
"Windows computers use a proprietary protocol to share files over a local "
8293
"area network. Computers on a Windows network are sometimes grouped into "
8294
"<em>domains</em> for organization and to better control access. If you have "
8295
"the right permissions on the remote computer, you can connect to a Windows "
8296
"share from the file manager."
8297
msgstr ""
8298
8299
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:116(item/title)
8300
msgid "WebDAV and Secure WebDAV"
8301
msgstr ""
8302
8303
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:117(item/p)
8304
msgid ""
8305
"Based on the HTTP protocol used on the web, WebDAV is sometimes used to "
8306
"share files on a local network and to store files on the internet. If the "
8307
"server you're connecting to supports secure connections, you should choose "
8308
"this option. Secure WebDAV uses strong SSL encryption, so that other users "
8309
"can't see your password."
8310
msgstr ""
8311
8312
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
8313
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
8314
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
8315
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
8316
#: C/nautilus-display.page:31(media)
8317
msgctxt "_"
8318
msgid ""
8319
"external ref='figures/nautilus-icons.png' "
8320
"md5='c23665786e41e7bcb87fa0f8d355d74e'"
8321
msgstr ""
8322
8323
#: C/nautilus-display.page:8(info/desc)
8324
msgid "Control icon captions and the date format used in the file manager."
8325
msgstr ""
8326
8327
#: C/nautilus-display.page:21(page/title)
8328
msgid "File manager display preferences"
8329
msgstr ""
8330
8331
#: C/nautilus-display.page:23(page/p)
8332
msgid ""
8333
"You can control various aspects of how the file manager displays files, "
8334
"including captions under icons and how dates are formatted. In any file "
8335
"manager window, click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui></guiseq> "
8336
"and select the <gui>Display</gui> tab."
8337
msgstr ""
8338
8339
#: C/nautilus-display.page:29(section/title)
8340
msgid "Icon captions"
8341
msgstr ""
8342
8343
#: C/nautilus-display.page:32(media/p)
8344
msgid "File manager icons with captions"
8345
msgstr ""
8346
8347
#: C/nautilus-display.page:34(section/p)
8348
msgid ""
8349
"When you use icon view, you can choose to have extra information about files "
8350
"and folders displayed in a caption under each icon. This is useful, for "
8351
"example, if you often need to see who owns a file or when it was last "
8352
"modified."
8353
msgstr ""
8354
8355
#: C/nautilus-display.page:38(section/p)
8356
msgid ""
8357
"As you zoom in on a folder (under the <gui>View</gui> menu), the file "
8358
"manager will display more and more information in captions. You can choose "
8359
"up to three things to show in captions. The first will be displayed at most "
8360
"zoom levels. The last will only be shown at very large sizes."
8361
msgstr ""
8362
8363
#: C/nautilus-display.page:42(section/p)
8364
msgid ""
8365
"The information you can show in icon captions is the same as the columns you "
8366
"can use in list view. See <link xref=\"nautilus-list\"/> for more "
8367
"information."
8368
msgstr ""
8369
8370
#: C/nautilus-display.page:45(note/p)
8371
msgid ""
8372
"If you have a file manager window open, you may have to reload for icon "
8373
"caption changes to take effect. Click "
8374
"<guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Reload</gui></guiseq> or press "
8375
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>R</key></keyseq>."
8376
msgstr ""
8377
8378
#: C/nautilus-display.page:51(section/title)
8379
msgid "Date format"
8380
msgstr ""
8381
8382
#: C/nautilus-display.page:52(section/p)
8383
msgid ""
8384
"Access and modification times for files can be displayed in icon captions or "
8385
"in list view columns. You can choose the date format that is easiest for you "
8386
"from the <gui>Format</gui> drop-down list. Available formats include a "
8387
"verbose format like you might write by hand, an international standard "
8388
"format, and a format that uses relative phrases like <em>today</em> and "
8389
"<em>yesterday</em>. The drop-down list shows the formats by example, by "
8390
"showing the current date and time in that format."
8391
msgstr ""
8392
8393
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:8(info/desc)
8394
msgid ""
8395
"View basic file information, set permissions, and choose default "
8396
"applications."
8397
msgstr ""
8398
8399
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:26(page/title)
8400
msgid "File properties"
8401
msgstr ""
8402
8403
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:28(page/p)
8404
msgid ""
8405
"To view information about a file or folder, right-click it and select "
8406
"<gui>Properties</gui>. You can also select the file and press "
8407
"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Enter</key></keyseq>."
8408
msgstr ""
8409
8410
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:32(page/p)
8411
msgid ""
8412
"The file properties window shows you information like the type of file, the "
8413
"size of the file, and when you last modified it. If you need this "
8414
"information often, you can have it displayed in <link xref=\"nautilus-"
8415
"list\">list view columns</link> or <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-"
8416
"captions\">icon captions</link>."
8417
msgstr ""
8418
8419
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:38(page/p)
8420
msgid ""
8421
"The information given on the <gui>Basic</gui> tab is explained below. There "
8422
"are also <gui><link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-"
8423
"permissions\">Permissions</link></gui> and <gui><link xref=\"files-"
8424
"open#default\">Open With</link></gui> tabs. For certain types of files, such "
8425
"as images and videos, there will be an extra tab that provides information "
8426
"like the dimensions, duration, and codec."
8427
msgstr ""
8428
8429
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:46(section/title)
8430
msgid "Basic properties"
8431
msgstr ""
8432
8433
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:49(title/gui)
8434
#: C/nautilus-list.page:30(title/gui)
8435
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:29(td/p)
8436
msgid "Name"
8437
msgstr ""
8438
8439
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:50(item/p)
8440
msgid ""
8441
"You can rename the file by changing this field. You can also rename a file "
8442
"outside the properties window. See <link xref=\"files-rename\"/>."
8443
msgstr ""
8444
8445
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:55(title/gui)
8446
#: C/nautilus-list.page:39(title/gui)
8447
msgid "Type"
8448
msgstr ""
8449
8450
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:56(item/p)
8451
msgid ""
8452
"This helps you identify the type of the file, such as PDF document, "
8453
"OpenDocument Text, or JPEG image. The file type determines which "
8454
"applications can open the file, among other things. For example, you can't "
8455
"open a picture with a music player. See <link xref=\"files-open\"/> for more "
8456
"information on this."
8457
msgstr ""
8458
8459
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:61(item/p)
8460
msgid ""
8461
"The <em>MIME type</em> of the file is shown in parentheses; MIME type is a "
8462
"standard way that computers use to refer to the file type."
8463
msgstr ""
8464
8465
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:66(item/title)
8466
msgid "Contents"
8467
msgstr ""
8468
8469
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:67(item/p)
8470
msgid ""
8471
"This field is displayed if you are looking at the properties of a folder "
8472
"rather than a file. It helps you see the number of items in the folder. If "
8473
"the folder includes other folders, each inner folder is counted as one item, "
8474
"even if it contains further items. Each file is also counted as one item. If "
8475
"the folder is empty, the contents will display <gui>nothing</gui>."
8476
msgstr ""
8477
8478
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:71(item/title)
8479
#: C/nautilus-list.page:34(title/gui)
8480
msgid "Size"
8481
msgstr ""
8482
8483
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:72(item/p)
8484
msgid ""
8485
"This field is displayed if you are looking at a file (not a folder). The "
8486
"size of a file tells you how much disk space it takes up. This is also an "
8487
"indicator of how long it will take to download a file or send it in an email "
8488
"(big files take longer to send/receive)."
8489
msgstr ""
8490
8491
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:73(item/p)
8492
msgid ""
8493
"Sizes may be given in bytes, KB, MB, or GB; in the case of the last three, "
8494
"the size in bytes will also be given in parentheses. Technically, 1 KB is "
8495
"1024 bytes, 1 MB is 1024 KB and so on."
8496
msgstr ""
8497
8498
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:77(item/title)
8499
#: C/nautilus-list.page:58(title/gui)
8500
msgid "Location"
8501
msgstr ""
8502
8503
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:78(item/p)
8504
msgid ""
8505
"The location of each file on your computer is given by its <em>absolute "
8506
"path</em>. This is a unique \"address\" of the file on your computer, made "
8507
"up of a list of the folders that you would need to go into to find the file. "
8508
"For example, if Jim had a file called <file>Resume.pdf</file> in his Home "
8509
"folder, its location would be <file>/home/jim/Resume.pdf</file>."
8510
msgstr ""
8511
8512
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:82(item/title)
8513
msgid "Volume"
8514
msgstr ""
8515
8516
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:83(item/p)
8517
msgid ""
8518
"The file system or device that the file is stored on. This shows you where "
8519
"the file is physically stored, for example if it is on the hard disk or on a "
8520
"CD, or a <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">network share or file "
8521
"server</link>. Hard disks can be split up into several <link xref=\"disk-"
8522
"partitions\">disk partitions</link>; the partition will be displayed under "
8523
"<gui>Volume</gui> too."
8524
msgstr ""
8525
8526
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:93(item/title)
8527
msgid "Free Space"
8528
msgstr ""
8529
8530
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:94(item/p)
8531
msgid ""
8532
"This is only displayed for folders. It gives the amount of disk space which "
8533
"is available on the disk that the folder is on. This is useful for checking "
8534
"if the hard disk is full."
8535
msgstr ""
8536
8537
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:101(item/title)
8538
msgid "Accessed"
8539
msgstr ""
8540
8541
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:102(item/p)
8542
msgid "The date and time when the file was last opened."
8543
msgstr ""
8544
8545
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:106(item/title)
8546
msgid "Modified"
8547
msgstr ""
8548
8549
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:107(item/p)
8550
msgid "The date and time when the file was last changed and saved."
8551
msgstr ""
8552
8553
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:9(info/desc)
8554
msgid "Control who can view and edit your files and folders."
8555
msgstr ""
8556
8557
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:26(page/title)
8558
msgid "Set file permissions"
8559
msgstr ""
8560
8561
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:28(page/p)
8562
msgid ""
8563
"You can use file permissions to control who can view and edit files that you "
8564
"own. To view and set the permissions for a file, right click it and select "
8565
"<gui>Properties</gui>, then select the <gui>Permissions</gui> tab."
8566
msgstr ""
8567
8568
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:32(page/p)
8569
msgid ""
8570
"See <link xref=\"#files\"/> and <link xref=\"#folders\"/> below for details "
8571
"on the types of permissions you can set."
8572
msgstr ""
8573
8574
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:36(section/title)
8575
msgid "Files"
8576
msgstr ""
8577
8578
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:38(section/p)
8579
msgid ""
8580
"You can set the permissions for the file owner, the group owner, and all "
8581
"other users of the system. For your files, you are the owner, and you can "
8582
"give yourself read-only or read-and-write permission. Set a file to read-"
8583
"only if you don't want to accidentally change it."
8584
msgstr ""
8585
8586
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:43(section/p)
8587
msgid ""
8588
"Every user on your computer belongs to a group. On home computers, it is "
8589
"common for each user to have their own group, and group permissions are not "
8590
"often used. In corporate environments, groups are sometimes used for "
8591
"departments or projects. As well as having an owner, each file belongs to a "
8592
"group. You can set the file's group and control the permissions for all "
8593
"users in that group. You can only set the file's group to a group you belong "
8594
"to."
8595
msgstr ""
8596
8597
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:51(section/p)
8598
msgid ""
8599
"You can also set the permissions for users other than the owner and those in "
8600
"the file's group."
8601
msgstr ""
8602
8603
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:54(section/p)
8604
msgid ""
8605
"If the file is a program, such as a script, you must select <gui>Allow "
8606
"executing file as program</gui> to run it. Even with this option selected, "
8607
"the file manager may still open the file in an application or ask you what "
8608
"to do. See <link xref=\"nautilus-behavior#executable\"/> for more "
8609
"information."
8610
msgstr ""
8611
8612
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:62(section/title)
8613
#: C/nautilus-preview.page:56(title/gui)
8614
msgid "Folders"
8615
msgstr ""
8616
8617
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:63(section/p)
8618
msgid ""
8619
"You can set permissions on folders for the owner, group, and other users. "
8620
"See the details of file permissions above for an explanation of owners, "
8621
"groups, and other users."
8622
msgstr ""
8623
8624
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:66(section/p)
8625
msgid ""
8626
"The permissions you can set for a folder are different from those you can "
8627
"set for a file."
8628
msgstr ""
8629
8630
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:70(title/gui)
8631
#: C/net-proxy.page:54(item/title)
8632
msgid "None"
8633
msgstr ""
8634
8635
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:71(item/p)
8636
msgid "The user will not even be able to see what files are in the folder."
8637
msgstr ""
8638
8639
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:75(title/gui)
8640
msgid "List files only"
8641
msgstr ""
8642
8643
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:76(item/p)
8644
msgid ""
8645
"The user will be able to see what files are in the folder, but will not be "
8646
"able to open, create, or delete files."
8647
msgstr ""
8648
8649
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:80(title/gui)
8650
msgid "Access files"
8651
msgstr ""
8652
8653
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:81(item/p)
8654
msgid ""
8655
"The user will be able to open files in the folder (provided they have "
8656
"permission to do so on the particular file), but will not be able to create "
8657
"new files or delete files."
8658
msgstr ""
8659
8660
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:86(title/gui)
8661
msgid "Create and delete files"
8662
msgstr ""
8663
8664
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:87(item/p)
8665
msgid ""
8666
"The user will have full access to the folder, including opening, creating, "
8667
"and deleting files."
8668
msgstr ""
8669
8670
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:92(section/p)
8671
msgid ""
8672
"You can also quickly set the file permissions for all the files in the "
8673
"folder by using the <gui>File access</gui> drop-down lists and the "
8674
"<gui>Execute</gui> option. Leave the drop-down lists as <gui>---</gui> for "
8675
"no change, or the <gui>Execute</gui> check box in the indeterminate state (a "
8676
"horizontal line across it)."
8677
msgstr ""
8678
8679
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:97(section/p)
8680
msgid ""
8681
"If you click <gui>Apply Permissions to Enclosed Files</gui>, the file "
8682
"manager will adjust the read, write, and execute permissions of contained "
8683
"files based on the <gui>File access</gui> and <gui>Execute</gui> options you "
8684
"set. It will also change the permissions of contained folders to match the "
8685
"permissions of that folder. Permissions for enclosed files are applied to "
8686
"files in subfolders as well, to any depth."
8687
msgstr ""
8688
8689
#: C/nautilus-list.page:7(info/desc)
8690
msgid "Control what information is displayed in columns in list view."
8691
msgstr ""
8692
8693
#: C/nautilus-list.page:19(page/title)
8694
msgid "File manager list columns preferences"
8695
msgstr ""
8696
8697
#: C/nautilus-list.page:21(page/p)
8698
msgid ""
8699
"There are 12 columns of information that you can display in the file "
8700
"manager's list view. Click "
8701
"<guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui></guiseq> and select the "
8702
"<gui>List Columns</gui> tab to select which columns will be visible."
8703
msgstr ""
8704
8705
#: C/nautilus-list.page:24(note/p)
8706
msgid ""
8707
"Use the <gui>Move Up</gui> and <gui>Move Down</gui> buttons to choose the "
8708
"order in which the selected columns will appear."
8709
msgstr ""
8710
8711
#: C/nautilus-list.page:31(item/p)
8712
msgid "The name of folders and files in the folder being viewed."
8713
msgstr ""
8714
8715
#: C/nautilus-list.page:35(item/p)
8716
msgid ""
8717
"The size of a folder is given as the number of items contained in the "
8718
"folder. The size of a file is given as bytes, KB, or MB."
8719
msgstr ""
8720
8721
#: C/nautilus-list.page:40(item/p)
8722
msgid ""
8723
"Displayed as folder, or file type such as PDF document, JPEG image, MP3 "
8724
"audio, and more."
8725
msgstr ""
8726
8727
#: C/nautilus-list.page:43(title/gui)
8728
msgid "Date Modified"
8729
msgstr ""
8730
8731
#: C/nautilus-list.page:44(item/p)
8732
msgid "Gives the date and time of the last time the file was modified."
8733
msgstr ""
8734
8735
#: C/nautilus-list.page:48(title/gui)
8736
msgid "Date Accessed"
8737
msgstr ""
8738
8739
#: C/nautilus-list.page:49(item/p)
8740
msgid "Gives the date and time of the last time the file was accessed."
8741
msgstr ""
8742
8743
#: C/nautilus-list.page:52(title/gui)
8744
msgid "Group"
8745
msgstr ""
8746
8747
#: C/nautilus-list.page:53(item/p)
8748
msgid ""
8749
"The group the file is owned by. On my home computers, each user is in their "
8750
"own group. Groups are sometimes used in corporate environments, where users "
8751
"might be in groups according to department or project."
8752
msgstr ""
8753
8754
#: C/nautilus-list.page:59(item/p)
8755
msgid "The path to the location of the file."
8756
msgstr ""
8757
8758
#: C/nautilus-list.page:62(title/gui)
8759
msgid "MIME Type"
8760
msgstr ""
8761
8762
#: C/nautilus-list.page:63(item/p)
8763
msgid "Displays the MIME type of the item."
8764
msgstr ""
8765
8766
#: C/nautilus-list.page:67(title/gui)
8767
msgid "Permissions"
8768
msgstr ""
8769
8770
#: C/nautilus-list.page:68(item/p)
8771
msgid "Displays the file access permissions e.g. <gui>drwxrw-r--</gui>"
8772
msgstr ""
8773
8774
#: C/nautilus-list.page:71(item/p)
8775
msgid ""
8776
"The first character <gui>-</gui> is the file type. <gui>-</gui> means "
8777
"regular file and <gui>d</gui> means directory (folder)."
8778
msgstr ""
8779
8780
#: C/nautilus-list.page:74(item/p)
8781
msgid ""
8782
"The next three characters <gui>rwx</gui> specify permissions for the user "
8783
"who owns the file."
8784
msgstr ""
8785
8786
#: C/nautilus-list.page:77(item/p)
8787
msgid ""
8788
"The next three <gui>rw-</gui> specify permissions for all members of the "
8789
"group that owns the file."
8790
msgstr ""
8791
8792
#: C/nautilus-list.page:80(item/p)
8793
msgid ""
8794
"The last three characters in the column <gui>r--</gui> specify permissions "
8795
"for all other users on the system."
8796
msgstr ""
8797
8798
#: C/nautilus-list.page:83(item/p)
8799
msgid "Each character has the following meanings:"
8800
msgstr ""
8801
8802
#: C/nautilus-list.page:87(item/p)
8803
msgid "r : Read permission."
8804
msgstr ""
8805
8806
#: C/nautilus-list.page:88(item/p)
8807
msgid "w : Write permission."
8808
msgstr ""
8809
8810
#: C/nautilus-list.page:89(item/p)
8811
msgid "x : Execute permission."
8812
msgstr ""
8813
8814
#: C/nautilus-list.page:90(item/p)
8815
msgid "- : No permission."
8816
msgstr ""
8817
8818
#: C/nautilus-list.page:95(title/gui)
8819
msgid "Octal Permissions"
8820
msgstr ""
8821
8822
#: C/nautilus-list.page:96(item/p)
8823
msgid ""
8824
"Displays the file permissions in octal notation prefixed with '40' for "
8825
"folders and '100' for files. In the last three digits, each digit represents "
8826
"user class, group class and other users respectively."
8827
msgstr ""
8828
8829
#: C/nautilus-list.page:98(item/p)
8830
msgid "Read adds 4 to the total of each of the last three digits."
8831
msgstr ""
8832
8833
#: C/nautilus-list.page:99(item/p)
8834
msgid "Write adds 2 to the total."
8835
msgstr ""
8836
8837
#: C/nautilus-list.page:100(item/p)
8838
msgid "Execute adds 1 to the total."
8839
msgstr ""
8840
8841
#: C/nautilus-list.page:104(title/gui)
8842
msgid "Owner"
8843
msgstr ""
8844
8845
#: C/nautilus-list.page:105(item/p)
8846
msgid "The name of the user the folder or file is owned by."
8847
msgstr ""
8848
8849
#: C/nautilus-list.page:109(title/gui)
8850
msgid "SELinux Context"
8851
msgstr ""
8852
8853
#: C/nautilus-list.page:110(item/p)
8854
msgid "Displays the SELinux Context of the file, if applicable."
8855
msgstr ""
8856
8857
#: C/nautilus-prefs.page:15(page/title)
8858
msgid "File manager preferences"
8859
msgstr ""
8860
8861
#: C/nautilus-preview.page:8(info/desc)
8862
msgid "Control when thumbnails and previews are used for files."
8863
msgstr ""
8864
8865
#: C/nautilus-preview.page:22(page/title)
8866
msgid "File manager preview preferences"
8867
msgstr ""
8868
8869
#: C/nautilus-preview.page:24(page/p)
8870
msgid ""
8871
"The file manager creates thumbnails to preview image, video, and text files. "
8872
"Thumbnail previews can be slow for large files or over networks, so you can "
8873
"control when previews are made. In any file manager window, click "
8874
"<guiseq><gui>Edit</gui> <gui>Preferences</gui></guiseq> and select the "
8875
"<gui>Preview</gui> tab."
8876
msgstr ""
8877
8878
#: C/nautilus-preview.page:30(page/p)
8879
msgid ""
8880
"By default, all previews are only done for local files on your computer or "
8881
"connected external drives. The file manager can <link xref=\"nautilus-"
8882
"connect\">browse files on other computers</link> over a local area network "
8883
"or the internet. If you often browse files over a local area network, and "
8884
"the network has high bandwidth, you may want to set some or all of the "
8885
"preview options to <gui>Always</gui>."
8886
msgstr ""
8887
8888
#: C/nautilus-preview.page:39(title/gui)
8889
msgid "Text Files"
8890
msgstr ""
8891
8892
#: C/nautilus-preview.page:40(item/p)
8893
msgid ""
8894
"The icon for plain text files looks like a piece of paper with text inside. "
8895
"The file manager automatically extracts the first few lines of text from the "
8896
"file and shows it in the icon. You can turn this feature on or off, or turn "
8897
"it on only for files on your computer and local external drives."
8898
msgstr ""
8899
8900
#: C/nautilus-preview.page:47(title/gui)
8901
msgid "Other Previewable Files"
8902
msgstr ""
8903
8904
#: C/nautilus-preview.page:48(item/p)
8905
msgid ""
8906
"The file manager can automatically create thumbnails for images, videos, PDF "
8907
"files, and various other file types. Applications with custom file types can "
8908
"even provide thumbnail support for files they create. You can turn this "
8909
"feature on or off, or turn it on only for files on your computer and local "
8910
"external drives. You can also only allow thumbnails to be created for files "
8911
"below a certain file size."
8912
msgstr ""
8913
8914
#: C/nautilus-preview.page:57(item/p)
8915
msgid ""
8916
"If you show file sizes in <link xref=\"nautilus-list\">list view "
8917
"columns</link> or <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-captions\">icon "
8918
"captions</link>, folders will be shown with a count of how many files and "
8919
"folders they contain. Counting items in a folder can be slow, especially for "
8920
"very large folders, or over a network. You can turn this feature on or off, "
8921
"or turn it on only for files on your computer and local external drives."
8922
msgstr ""
8923
8924
#: C/nautilus-views.page:8(info/desc)
8925
msgid ""
8926
"Specify the default view, sort order, and zoom levels for the file manager."
8927
msgstr ""
8928
8929
#: C/nautilus-views.page:25(page/title)
8930
msgid "File manager views preferences"
8931
msgstr ""
8932
8933
#: C/nautilus-views.page:26(page/p)
8934
msgid ""
8935
"You can control the default view for new folders, how files and folders are "
8936
"sorted by default, the zoom level for the icon and compact views, and "
8937
"whether files are displayed in the tree sidebar. In any file manager window, "
8938
"click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui></guiseq> and select the "
8939
"<gui>Views</gui> tab."
8940
msgstr ""
8941
8942
#: C/nautilus-views.page:33(section/title)
8943
msgid "Default view"
8944
msgstr ""
8945
8946
#: C/nautilus-views.page:36(title/gui)
8947
msgid "View new folders using"
8948
msgstr ""
8949
8950
#: C/nautilus-views.page:37(item/p)
8951
msgid ""
8952
"By default, new folders are shown in icon view. You can select a view for "
8953
"each folder as you browse, and the file manager will remember which view you "
8954
"prefer for each folder. But if you often use the list or compact views, you "
8955
"can use these views by default."
8956
msgstr ""
8957
8958
#: C/nautilus-views.page:41(item/p)
8959
msgid ""
8960
"Change the view for an individual folder from the <gui>View</gui> menu by "
8961
"clicking <gui>Icons</gui>, <gui>List</gui>, or <gui>Compact</gui>."
8962
msgstr ""
8963
8964
#: C/nautilus-views.page:45(title/gui)
8965
msgid "Arrange items"
8966
msgstr ""
8967
8968
#: C/nautilus-views.page:46(item/p)
8969
msgid ""
8970
"You can arrange the items in your folder by name, file size, file type, when "
8971
"they were last modified, when they were last accessed, or when they were "
8972
"trashed. You can change how files are sorted in an individual folder using "
8973
"the <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Arrange Items</gui></guiseq> menu, or by "
8974
"clicking the list column headers in list view. See <link xref=\"files-"
8975
"sort\"/> for details. This menu only affects the current folder, and the "
8976
"file manager will remember your preferred sorting technique for each folder."
8977
msgstr ""
8978
8979
#: C/nautilus-views.page:53(item/p)
8980
msgid ""
8981
"Use the <gui>Arrange items</gui> drop-down list in the preferences to change "
8982
"the default order used in new folders."
8983
msgstr ""
8984
8985
#: C/nautilus-views.page:57(title/gui)
8986
msgid "Sort folders before files"
8987
msgstr ""
8988
8989
#: C/nautilus-views.page:58(item/p)
8990
msgid ""
8991
"By default, the file manager will show all folders before files. Folders and "
8992
"files will each be arranged according to the selected sort order. If you "
8993
"would rather not treat folders specially and have them mixed with files "
8994
"according to the sort order, deselect this option."
8995
msgstr ""
8996
8997
#: C/nautilus-views.page:64(title/gui)
8998
msgid "Show hidden and backup files"
8999
msgstr ""
9000
9001
#: C/nautilus-views.page:65(item/p)
9002
msgid ""
9003
"The file manager does not display hidden files or folders by default. See "
9004
"<link xref=\"files-hidden\"/> for information on hidden files. You can show "
9005
"hidden files in an individual window from the <gui>View</gui> menu. If you "
9006
"prefer to always show hidden files, or want to see hidden files in every "
9007
"open file manager window, select this option."
9008
msgstr ""
9009
9010
#: C/nautilus-views.page:76(section/title)
9011
msgid "Icon view defaults"
9012
msgstr ""
9013
9014
#: C/nautilus-views.page:79(title/gui)
9015
#: C/nautilus-views.page:102(title/gui)
9016
#: C/nautilus-views.page:124(title/gui)
9017
msgid "Default zoom level"
9018
msgstr ""
9019
9020
#: C/nautilus-views.page:80(item/p)
9021
msgid ""
9022
"You can make the icons and text larger or smaller in icon view. You can do "
9023
"this in an individual folder from the <gui>View</gui> menu, and the file "
9024
"manager will remember your zoom choice for each folder. If you frequently "
9025
"use a larger or smaller zoom level, you can set the default with this option."
9026
msgstr ""
9027
9028
#: C/nautilus-views.page:84(item/p)
9029
msgid ""
9030
"In icon view, more or fewer captions are shown based on your zoom level. See "
9031
"<link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-captions\"/> for more information."
9032
msgstr ""
9033
9034
#: C/nautilus-views.page:88(title/gui)
9035
msgid "Text beside icons"
9036
msgstr ""
9037
9038
#: C/nautilus-views.page:89(item/p)
9039
msgid ""
9040
"Selecting this option will place folder and file names to the right of "
9041
"icons, rather than below them. This is a more compact layout that allows you "
9042
"to see more information at once."
9043
msgstr ""
9044
9045
#: C/nautilus-views.page:98(section/title)
9046
msgid "Compact view defaults"
9047
msgstr ""
9048
9049
#: C/nautilus-views.page:103(item/p)
9050
msgid ""
9051
"You can make the icons and text larger or smaller in compact view. You can "
9052
"do this in an individual folder from the <gui>View</gui> menu, and the file "
9053
"manager will remember your zoom choice for each folder. If you frequently "
9054
"use a larger or smaller zoom level, you can set the default with this option."
9055
msgstr ""
9056
9057
#: C/nautilus-views.page:109(title/gui)
9058
msgid "All columns have the same width"
9059
msgstr ""
9060
9061
#: C/nautilus-views.page:110(item/p)
9062
msgid ""
9063
"By default, each column in compact view is as wide as it needs to be to fit "
9064
"the names of the items in that column. Selecting this option will make all "
9065
"the columns have the same width. This will make files and folders that have "
9066
"names longer than the column width be displayed with an ellipsis (…) at the "
9067
"end."
9068
msgstr ""
9069
9070
#: C/nautilus-views.page:121(section/title)
9071
msgid "List view defaults"
9072
msgstr ""
9073
9074
#: C/nautilus-views.page:125(item/p)
9075
msgid ""
9076
"You can make the icons and text larger or smaller in list view. You can do "
9077
"this in an individual folder from the <gui>View</gui> menu, and the file "
9078
"manager will remember your zoom choice for each folder. If you frequently "
9079
"use a larger or smaller zoom level, you can set the default with this option."
9080
msgstr ""
9081
9082
#: C/nautilus-views.page:135(section/title)
9083
msgid "Tree view defaults"
9084
msgstr ""
9085
9086
#: C/nautilus-views.page:136(section/p)
9087
msgid ""
9088
"You can show a full folder tree in your file manager sidebar by selecting "
9089
"<guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Sidebar</gui><gui>Tree</gui></guiseq>. By "
9090
"default, the tree sidebar only shows folders. If you want to show files in "
9091
"the sidebar as well, turn <gui>Show only folders</gui> off."
9092
msgstr ""
9093
9094
#: C/net-antivirus.page:10(info/desc)
9095
msgid ""
9096
"There are few Linux viruses, so you probably don't need anti-virus software."
9097
msgstr ""
9098
9099
#: C/net-antivirus.page:24(page/title)
9100
msgid "Do I need anti-virus software?"
9101
msgstr ""
9102
9103
#: C/net-antivirus.page:26(page/p)
9104
msgid ""
9105
"If you are used to Windows or Mac OS, you are probably also used to having "
9106
"anti-virus software running all of the time. Anti-virus software runs in the "
9107
"background, constantly checking for computer viruses that might find their "
9108
"way onto your computer and cause problems."
9109
msgstr ""
9110
9111
#: C/net-antivirus.page:28(page/p)
9112
msgid ""
9113
"Anti-virus software does exist for Linux, but you probably don't need to use "
9114
"it. Viruses that affect Linux are still very rare. Some argue that this is "
9115
"because Linux is not as widely used as other operating systems, so no-one "
9116
"writes viruses for it. Others argue that Linux is intrinsically more secure, "
9117
"and security problems that viruses could make use of are fixed very quickly."
9118
msgstr ""
9119
9120
#: C/net-antivirus.page:30(page/p)
9121
msgid ""
9122
"Whatever the reason, Linux viruses are so rare that you don't really need to "
9123
"worry about them at the moment."
9124
msgstr ""
9125
9126
#: C/net-antivirus.page:32(page/p)
9127
msgid ""
9128
"If you want to be extra-safe, or if you want to check for viruses in files "
9129
"that you are passing between yourself and people using Windows and Mac OS, "
9130
"you can still install anti-virus software. Check in the <app>Ubuntu Software "
9131
"Center</app> where a number of applications are available."
9132
msgstr ""
9133
9134
#: C/net-browser.page:10(info/desc)
9135
msgid ""
9136
"<link xref=\"net-default-browser\">Change the default browser</link>, <link "
9137
"xref=\"net-install-flash\">install flash</link>, <link xref=\"net-install-"
9138
"java-plugin\">install the java plugin</link>…"
9139
msgstr ""
9140
9141
#: C/net-browser.page:17(credit/name)
9142
#: C/net-chat.page:19(credit/name)
9143
#: C/net-email.page:15(credit/name)
9144
#: C/net-general.page:18(credit/name)
9145
#: C/net-problem.page:16(credit/name)
9146
#: C/net-security.page:16(credit/name)
9147
#: C/net-wired.page:16(credit/name)
9148
#: C/net-wireless.page:20(credit/name)
9149
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:18(credit/name)
9150
msgid "The Ubuntu Documentation Team"
9151
msgstr ""
9152
9153
#: C/net-browser.page:22(page/title)
9154
msgid "Web Browsers"
9155
msgstr ""
9156
9157
#: C/net-chat.page:11(info/desc)
9158
msgid ""
9159
"<link xref=\"net-chat-empathy\">Chat on any network using "
9160
"<app>Empathy</app></link>, <link xref=\"net-chat-video\">make video "
9161
"calls</link>, <link xref=\"net-chat-skype\">install skype</link>, <link "
9162
"xref=\"net-chat-social\">social networking apps</link>"
9163
msgstr ""
9164
9165
#: C/net-chat.page:24(page/title)
9166
msgid "Chat & Social Networking"
9167
msgstr ""
9168
9169
#: C/net-chat-empathy.page:15(info/desc)
9170
msgid ""
9171
"With <app>Empathy</app> you can chat, call and video call with friends and "
9172
"colleagues on a variety of networks"
9173
msgstr ""
9174
9175
#: C/net-chat-empathy.page:20(page/title)
9176
msgid "Instant messaging on Ubuntu"
9177
msgstr ""
9178
9179
#: C/net-chat-empathy.page:22(page/p)
9180
msgid ""
9181
"With the <app>Empathy</app> application, you can chat with people online and "
9182
"with friends and colleagues who use Google Talk, AIM, Windows Live and many "
9183
"other chat programs. With a microphone or a webcam you can also have audio "
9184
"or video calls."
9185
msgstr ""
9186
9187
#: C/net-chat-empathy.page:29(page/p)
9188
msgid ""
9189
"Empathy is installed by default in Ubuntu. Start <app>Empathy Instant "
9190
"Messaging</app> from the <link xref=\"unity-dash-intro\">dash</link>, the "
9191
"<link xref=\"unity-launcher-intro\">launcher</link> or choose "
9192
"<gui>Chat</gui> from the <link xref=\"unity-appmenu-intro\">Messaging "
9193
"menu</link>."
9194
msgstr ""
9195
9196
#: C/net-chat-empathy.page:37(note/p)
9197
msgid ""
9198
"You can change your instant messaging status (Available, Away, Busy etc) "
9199
"from the <link xref=\"unity-appmenu-intro\">Messaging menu</link>."
9200
msgstr ""
9201
9202
#: C/net-chat-empathy.page:43(page/p)
9203
msgid ""
9204
"For help with using Empathy, read the <link href=\"help:empathy\">Empathy "
9205
"manual</link>."
9206
msgstr ""
9207
9208
#: C/net-chat-skype.page:14(info/desc)
9209
msgid ""
9210
"<app>Skype</app> is proprietary software and must be installed manually on "
9211
"Ubuntu"
9212
msgstr ""
9213
9214
#: C/net-chat-skype.page:19(page/title)
9215
msgid "How can I use Skype on Ubuntu?"
9216
msgstr ""
9217
9218
#: C/net-chat-skype.page:21(page/p)
9219
msgid ""
9220
"<app>Skype</app> is proprietary software that allows you to make calls over "
9221
"the Internet using your computer."
9222
msgstr ""
9223
9224
#: C/net-chat-skype.page:26(page/p)
9225
msgid ""
9226
"Skype uses decentralized peer-to-peer technologies, so your calls do not go "
9227
"through a central server, but through distributed servers and other users."
9228
msgstr ""
9229
9230
#: C/net-chat-skype.page:31(page/p)
9231
msgid ""
9232
"The Skype software is free to use, but it is not free software; the source "
9233
"code is proprietary and not available for modification."
9234
msgstr ""
9235
9236
#: C/net-chat-skype.page:36(page/p)
9237
msgid ""
9238
"Skype is not installed by default on Ubuntu. <link "
9239
"href=\"apt:skype\">Install the <em>skype</em> package</link> to use it."
9240
msgstr ""
9241
9242
#: C/net-chat-skype.page:41(note/p)
9243
msgid ""
9244
"You need to <link xref=\"addremove-sources#canonical-partner\">activate the "
9245
"Canonical Partner Repository</link> to install <app>Skype</app>"
9246
msgstr ""
9247
9248
#: C/net-chat-skype.page:55(list/title)
9249
msgid "Additional resources for help with <app>Skype</app>"
9250
msgstr ""
9251
9252
#: C/net-chat-skype.page:57(item/p)
9253
msgid ""
9254
"<link href=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/SkypeRecordingHowto\"> How to "
9255
"record Skype conversations </link>"
9256
msgstr ""
9257
9258
#: C/net-chat-skype.page:63(item/p)
9259
msgid ""
9260
"<link href=\"https://wiki.ubuntu.com/SkypeWebCams\"> A list of webcams which "
9261
"are compatible with Skype </link>"
9262
msgstr ""
9263
9264
#: C/net-chat-skype.page:69(item/p)
9265
msgid ""
9266
"<link href=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/SkypeTroubleshooting\"> "
9267
"Troubleshooting Skype - for advanced users </link>"
9268
msgstr ""
9269
9270
#: C/net-chat-social.page:13(info/desc)
9271
msgid ""
9272
"Post to <em>Twitter</em>, <em>Facebook</em> and other social networking "
9273
"sites directly from your desktop"
9274
msgstr ""
9275
9276
#: C/net-chat-social.page:18(page/title)
9277
msgid "Social networking from the desktop"
9278
msgstr ""
9279
9280
#: C/net-chat-social.page:20(page/p)
9281
msgid ""
9282
"With Ubuntu you can post to your favorite social networking sites from your "
9283
"desktop. Ubuntu uses the <app>Gwibber</app> application to allow you to "
9284
"organize your social networking sites in one place, and to post updates from "
9285
"the <gui>Me Menu</gui> without opening any website."
9286
msgstr ""
9287
9288
#: C/net-chat-social.page:27(page/p)
9289
msgid "To set up your social networking accounts:"
9290
msgstr ""
9291
9292
#: C/net-chat-social.page:32(item/p)
9293
msgid ""
9294
"Click the <link xref=\"unity-appmenu-intro\">Messaging menu</link> on the "
9295
"right hand side of the menu bar."
9296
msgstr ""
9297
9298
#: C/net-chat-social.page:36(item/p)
9299
msgid "Choose <gui>Set Up Broadcast Account...</gui>"
9300
msgstr ""
9301
9302
#: C/net-chat-social.page:40(item/p)
9303
msgid ""
9304
"Choose the social networking site you want to set up and click <gui>Add</gui>"
9305
msgstr ""
9306
9307
#: C/net-chat-social.page:44(item/p)
9308
msgid ""
9309
"Click <gui>Authorize</gui> and insert your account settings for that site, "
9310
"and follow the instructions"
9311
msgstr ""
9312
9313
#: C/net-chat-social.page:51(page/p)
9314
msgid ""
9315
"You can now view your social networking messages from the <link xref=\"unity-"
9316
"appmenu-intro\"> Messaging menu</link> on the right hand side of the menu "
9317
"bar, in the <gui>Broadcast</gui> section. Click on any of the items in that "
9318
"section to open <gui>Gwibber</gui> and to read or post messages to your "
9319
"social network."
9320
msgstr ""
9321
9322
#: C/net-chat-social.page:59(note/p)
9323
msgid ""
9324
"You can download a PDF guide to using <app>Gwibber</app> <link href=\" "
9325
"http://gwibber.com/docs/user-"
9326
"guide/current/master_social_networking_with_gwibber.pdf\"> from the Gwibber "
9327
"website</link>."
9328
msgstr ""
9329
9330
#: C/net-chat-video.page:13(info/desc)
9331
msgid "What applications can I use to make video calls?"
9332
msgstr ""
9333
9334
#: C/net-chat-video.page:17(page/title)
9335
msgid "Video calls"
9336
msgstr ""
9337
9338
#: C/net-chat-video.page:19(page/p)
9339
msgid ""
9340
"You can make video calls from Ubuntu without installing any additional "
9341
"software using <app>Empathy</app> - via the <em>Google Talk</em>, <em>MSN "
9342
"</em>, <em>Jabber </em>, and <em>SIP</em> networks. See <link "
9343
"href=\"help:empathy/audio-video\">the Empathy manual</link> for help on "
9344
"making video calls with <app>Empathy</app>."
9345
msgstr ""
9346
9347
#: C/net-chat-video.page:28(list/title)
9348
msgid "Other applications which support video calls include"
9349
msgstr ""
9350
9351
#: C/net-chat-video.page:30(item/p)
9352
msgid "<app><link href=\"apt:Skype\">Skype</link></app>"
9353
msgstr ""
9354
9355
#: C/net-chat-video.page:34(item/p)
9356
msgid "<app><link href=\"apt:ekiga\">Ekiga</link></app>"
9357
msgstr ""
9358
9359
#: C/net-default-browser.page:14(info/desc)
9360
msgid ""
9361
"Change the default web browser by going to <gui>Details</gui> in the "
9362
"<gui>System Settings</gui>."
9363
msgstr ""
9364
9365
#: C/net-default-browser.page:18(page/title)
9366
msgid "Change which web browser websites are opened in"
9367
msgstr ""
9368
9369
#: C/net-default-browser.page:20(page/p)
9370
msgid ""
9371
"When you click a link to a web page in any application, a web browser will "
9372
"automatically open up to that page. If you have more than one browser "
9373
"installed, however, the page may not open up in the browser you wanted it to "
9374
"open in. To fix this, change the default web browser:"
9375
msgstr ""
9376
9377
#: C/net-default-browser.page:28(item/p)
9378
#: C/net-default-email.page:28(item/p)
9379
msgid ""
9380
"Open <gui>Details</gui> and choose <gui>Default Applications</gui> from the "
9381
"list on the left side of the window."
9382
msgstr ""
9383
9384
#: C/net-default-browser.page:32(item/p)
9385
msgid ""
9386
"Choose which web browser you would like links to be opened in by changing "
9387
"the <gui>Web</gui> option."
9388
msgstr ""
9389
9390
#: C/net-default-browser.page:36(page/p)
9391
msgid ""
9392
"When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not "
9393
"the default browser any more. If this happens, click the <gui>Cancel</gui> "
9394
"button (or similar) so that it doesn't try to set itself as the default "
9395
"browser again."
9396
msgstr ""
9397
9398
#: C/net-default-email.page:14(info/desc)
9399
msgid ""
9400
"Change the default email client by going to <gui>Details</gui> in the "
9401
"<gui>System Settings</gui>."
9402
msgstr ""
9403
9404
#: C/net-default-email.page:18(page/title)
9405
msgid "Change which mail application is used to write emails"
9406
msgstr ""
9407
9408
#: C/net-default-email.page:20(page/p)
9409
msgid ""
9410
"When you click a button or link to send a new email (for example, in your "
9411
"word processing application), your default mail application will open up "
9412
"with a blank message, ready for you to write. If you have more than one mail "
9413
"application installed, however, the wrong mail application might open up. "
9414
"You can fix this by changing which one is the default email application:"
9415
msgstr ""
9416
9417
#: C/net-default-email.page:32(item/p)
9418
msgid ""
9419
"Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing "
9420
"the <gui>Mail</gui> option."
9421
msgstr ""
9422
9423
#: C/net-email.page:10(info/desc)
9424
msgid "<link xref=\"net-default-email\">Default email apps</link>"
9425
msgstr ""
9426
9427
#: C/net-email.page:19(credit/name)
9428
#: C/net-general.page:22(credit/name)
9429
msgid "The GNOME Documentation Project"
9430
msgstr ""
9431
9432
#: C/net-email.page:23(page/title)
9433
msgid "Email & email software"
9434
msgstr ""
9435
9436
#: C/net-email-virus.page:16(info/desc)
9437
msgid ""
9438
"Viruses are unlikely to infect your computer, but could infect the computers "
9439
"of people you email."
9440
msgstr ""
9441
9442
#: C/net-email-virus.page:20(page/title)
9443
msgid "Do I need to scan my emails for viruses?"
9444
msgstr ""
9445
9446
#: C/net-email-virus.page:22(page/p)
9447
msgid ""
9448
"Viruses are programs that cause problems if they manage to find their way "
9449
"onto your computer. A common way of them getting onto your computer is "
9450
"through email messages."
9451
msgstr ""
9452
9453
#: C/net-email-virus.page:24(page/p)
9454
msgid ""
9455
"Viruses that can affect computers running Linux are quite rare, so you are "
9456
"<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">unlikely to get a virus through email or "
9457
"otherwise</link>. If you receive an email with a virus hidden in it, it will "
9458
"probably have no effect on your computer. As such, you probably don't need "
9459
"to scan your email for viruses."
9460
msgstr ""
9461
9462
#: C/net-email-virus.page:26(page/p)
9463
msgid ""
9464
"You may, however, wish to scan your email for viruses in case you happen to "
9465
"forward a virus from one person to another. For example, if one of your "
9466
"friends has a Windows computer with a virus and sends you a virus-infected "
9467
"email, and you then forward that email to another friend with a Windows "
9468
"computer, then the second friend might get the virus too. You could install "
9469
"an anti-virus application to scan your emails to prevent this, but it's "
9470
"unlikely to happen and most people using Windows and Mac OS have anti-virus "
9471
"software of their own anyway."
9472
msgstr ""
9473
9474
#: C/net-findip.page:19(info/desc)
9475
msgid "Knowing your IP address can help you troubleshoot network problems."
9476
msgstr ""
9477
9478
#: C/net-findip.page:23(page/title)
9479
msgid "Find your IP address"
9480
msgstr ""
9481
9482
#: C/net-findip.page:25(page/p)
9483
msgid ""
9484
"Knowing your IP address can help you troubleshoot problems with your "
9485
"internet connection. You may be surprised to learn that you have "
9486
"<em>two</em> IP addresses: an IP address for your computer on the internal "
9487
"network and an IP address for your computer on the internet."
9488
msgstr ""
9489
9490
#: C/net-findip.page:28(steps/title)
9491
msgid "Find your internal (network) IP address"
9492
msgstr ""
9493
9494
#: C/net-findip.page:29(item/p)
9495
#: C/net-macaddress.page:30(item/p)
9496
msgid "Click the <gui>network menu</gui> on the menu bar."
9497
msgstr ""
9498
9499
#: C/net-findip.page:30(item/p)
9500
msgid "Select <gui>Connection information</gui>."
9501
msgstr ""
9502
9503
#: C/net-findip.page:31(item/p)
9504
msgid ""
9505
"Your internal IP address will be displayed as the <gui>IP Address</gui>."
9506
msgstr ""
9507
9508
#: C/net-findip.page:34(page/p)
9509
msgid ""
9510
"Click <gui>Close</gui> to close the <gui>Connection Information</gui> window."
9511
msgstr ""
9512
9513
#: C/net-findip.page:37(steps/title)
9514
msgid "Find your external (internet) IP address"
9515
msgstr ""
9516
9517
#: C/net-findip.page:38(item/p)
9518
msgid ""
9519
"Visit <link "
9520
"href=\"http://whatismyipaddress.com/\">whatismyipaddress.com</link>."
9521
msgstr ""
9522
9523
#: C/net-findip.page:39(item/p)
9524
msgid "The site will display your external IP address for you."
9525
msgstr ""
9526
9527
#: C/net-findip.page:42(page/p)
9528
msgid ""
9529
"Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, these addresses may "
9530
"be the same."
9531
msgstr ""
9532
9533
#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:7(info/desc)
9534
msgid ""
9535
"You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep "
9536
"your computer secure."
9537
msgstr ""
9538
9539
#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:21(page/title)
9540
msgid "Enable or block firewall access"
9541
msgstr ""
9542
9543
#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:23(page/p)
9544
msgid ""
9545
"Ubuntu comes equipped with the <app>Uncomplicated Firewall</app> "
9546
"(<app>ufw</app>) but the firewall is not enabled by default. Because Ubuntu "
9547
"does not have any open network services (except for basic network "
9548
"infrastructure) in the default installation, a firewall is not needed to "
9549
"block incoming attempted malicious connections."
9550
msgstr ""
9551
9552
#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:25(page/p)
9553
msgid ""
9554
"For more information about how to use ufw, see the <link "
9555
"href=\"https://wiki.ubuntu.com/UncomplicatedFirewall\">online "
9556
"documentation</link>."
9557
msgstr ""
9558
9559
#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:28(section/title)
9560
msgid "Turn the firewall on or off"
9561
msgstr ""
9562
9563
#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:29(section/p)
9564
msgid ""
9565
"To turn on the firewall, enter <cmd>sudo ufw enable</cmd> in a terminal. To "
9566
"turn off ufw, enter <cmd>sudo ufw disable</cmd>."
9567
msgstr ""
9568
9569
#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:33(section/title)
9570
msgid "Allow or block specific network activity"
9571
msgstr ""
9572
9573
#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:34(section/p)
9574
msgid ""
9575
"Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can "
9576
"share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which "
9577
"additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to "
9578
"allow these services to work as intended. UfW comes with a number of rules "
9579
"already pre-configured. For instance, to allow <app>SSH</app> connections, "
9580
"enter <cmd>sudo ufw allow ssh</cmd> in a terminal. To block ssh, enter "
9581
"<cmd>sudo ufw block ssh</cmd>."
9582
msgstr ""
9583
9584
#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:35(section/p)
9585
msgid ""
9586
"Each program that provides services uses a specific <em>network port</em>. "
9587
"To enable access to that program's services, you may need to allow access to "
9588
"its assigned port on the firewall. To allow connections on port 53, enter "
9589
"<cmd>sudo ufw allow 53</cmd> in a terminal. To block port 53, enter "
9590
"<cmd>sudo ufw block 53</cmd>."
9591
msgstr ""
9592
9593
#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:36(section/p)
9594
msgid ""
9595
"To check the current status of ufw, enter <cmd>sudo ufw status</cmd> in a "
9596
"terminal."
9597
msgstr ""
9598
9599
#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:40(section/title)
9600
msgid "Use ufw without a terminal"
9601
msgstr ""
9602
9603
#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:41(section/p)
9604
msgid ""
9605
"You can also install <app>gufw</app> if you prefer to set up the firewall "
9606
"without using a terminal. To install, click <link href=\"apt:gufw\">this "
9607
"link</link>."
9608
msgstr ""
9609
9610
#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:42(section/p)
9611
msgid ""
9612
"You can launch this program by searching for <app>Firewall "
9613
"Configuration</app> in the <gui>Dash</gui>. The program does not need to be "
9614
"kept open for the firewall to work."
9615
msgstr ""
9616
9617
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:10(info/desc)
9618
msgid ""
9619
"You need to specify the right network port to enable/disable network access "
9620
"for a program with your firewall."
9621
msgstr ""
9622
9623
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:19(page/title)
9624
msgid "Commonly-used network ports"
9625
msgstr ""
9626
9627
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:20(page/p)
9628
msgid ""
9629
"This is a list of network ports commonly used by applications that provide "
9630
"network services, like file sharing or remote desktop viewing. You can "
9631
"change your system's firewall to <link xref=\"net-firewall-on-off\">block or "
9632
"allow access</link> to these applications. There are thousands of ports in "
9633
"use, so this table isn't complete."
9634
msgstr ""
9635
9636
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:26(td/p)
9637
msgid "Port"
9638
msgstr ""
9639
9640
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:32(td/p)
9641
msgid "Description"
9642
msgstr ""
9643
9644
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:39(td/p)
9645
msgid "5353/udp"
9646
msgstr ""
9647
9648
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:42(td/p)
9649
msgid "mDNS, Avahi"
9650
msgstr ""
9651
9652
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:45(td/p)
9653
msgid ""
9654
"Allows systems to find each other, and describe which services they offer, "
9655
"without you having to specify the details manually."
9656
msgstr ""
9657
9658
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:50(td/p)
9659
msgid "631/udp"
9660
msgstr ""
9661
9662
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:53(td/p)
9663
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:64(td/p)
9664
#: C/printing.page:27(page/title)
9665
msgid "Printing"
9666
msgstr ""
9667
9668
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:56(td/p)
9669
msgid "Allows you to send print jobs to a printer over the network."
9670
msgstr ""
9671
9672
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:61(td/p)
9673
msgid "631/tcp"
9674
msgstr ""
9675
9676
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:67(td/p)
9677
msgid "Allows you to share your printer with other people over the network."
9678
msgstr ""
9679
9680
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:72(td/p)
9681
msgid "5298/tcp"
9682
msgstr ""
9683
9684
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:75(td/p)
9685
msgid "Presence"
9686
msgstr ""
9687
9688
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:78(td/p)
9689
msgid ""
9690
"Allows you to advertise your instant messaging status to other people on the "
9691
"network, such as \"online\" or \"busy\"."
9692
msgstr ""
9693
9694
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:83(td/p)
9695
msgid "5900/tcp"
9696
msgstr ""
9697
9698
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:86(td/p)
9699
msgid "Remote desktop"
9700
msgstr ""
9701
9702
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:89(td/p)
9703
msgid ""
9704
"Allows you to share your desktop so other people can view it or provide "
9705
"remote assistance."
9706
msgstr ""
9707
9708
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:94(td/p)
9709
msgid "3689/tcp"
9710
msgstr ""
9711
9712
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:97(td/p)
9713
msgid "Music sharing (DAAP)"
9714
msgstr ""
9715
9716
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:100(td/p)
9717
msgid "Allows you to share your music library with others on your network."
9718
msgstr ""
9719
9720
#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:15(info/desc)
9721
msgid ""
9722
"Using a static IP address can make it easier to provide some network "
9723
"services from your computer."
9724
msgstr ""
9725
9726
#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:19(page/title)
9727
msgid "Create a connection with a fixed IP address"
9728
msgstr ""
9729
9730
#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:21(page/p)
9731
msgid ""
9732
"Most networks will automatically assign an <link xref=\"net-what-is-ip-"
9733
"address\">IP address</link> and other details to your computer when you "
9734
"connect to the network. These details can change periodically, but you might "
9735
"want to have a fixed IP address for the computer so you always know what its "
9736
"address is (for example, if it is a file server)."
9737
msgstr ""
9738
9739
#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:22(page/p)
9740
msgid "To give your computer a fixed (static) IP address:"
9741
msgstr ""
9742
9743
#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:25(item/p)
9744
#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:29(item/p)
9745
msgid ""
9746
"Click the <gui>network menu</gui> on the menu bar and select <gui>Edit "
9747
"Connections</gui>."
9748
msgstr ""
9749
9750
#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:26(item/p)
9751
msgid ""
9752
"Select the <gui>Wired connection</gui> on the <gui>Wired</gui> tab or your "
9753
"WiFi network on the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab and click <gui>Edit</gui>."
9754
msgstr ""
9755
9756
#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:27(item/p)
9757
msgid ""
9758
"Click on the <gui>IPv4 Settings</gui> tab and change the <gui>Method</gui> "
9759
"to <em>Manual</em>."
9760
msgstr ""
9761
9762
#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:28(item/p)
9763
msgid ""
9764
"If no connection information is listed in the <gui>Addresses</gui> list, or "
9765
"if you want to set up a new connection, click <gui>Add</gui>."
9766
msgstr ""
9767
9768
#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:29(item/p)
9769
msgid ""
9770
"Enter the <em>IP Address</em>, <em>Netmask</em>, and <em>Gateway</em> "
9771
"information into the appropriate boxes. How you choose these will depend on "
9772
"your network setup; there are specific rules governing which IP addresses "
9773
"and netmasks are valid for a given network."
9774
msgstr ""
9775
9776
#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:30(item/p)
9777
msgid ""
9778
"If necessary, enter a <em>Domain Name Server</em> address into the <gui>DNS "
9779
"servers</gui> box. This is the IP address of a server which looks up domain "
9780
"names; most corporate networks and internet providers have dedicated DNS "
9781
"servers."
9782
msgstr ""
9783
9784
#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:31(item/p)
9785
msgid ""
9786
"Click <gui>Save</gui>. The network connection should now have a fixed IP "
9787
"address."
9788
msgstr ""
9789
9790
#: C/net-general.page:10(info/desc)
9791
msgid ""
9792
"<link xref=\"net-findip\">Find your IP address</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
9793
"wireless-wepwpa\">WEP & WPA security</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
9794
"macaddress\">MAC addresses</link>, <link xref=\"net-proxy\">proxies</link>…"
9795
msgstr ""
9796
9797
#: C/net-general.page:28(page/title)
9798
msgid "Networking terms & tips"
9799
msgstr ""
9800
9801
#: C/net-install-flash.page:14(info/desc)
9802
msgid ""
9803
"You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, "
9804
"which display videos and interactive web pages."
9805
msgstr ""
9806
9807
#: C/net-install-flash.page:18(page/title)
9808
msgid "Install the Flash plug-in"
9809
msgstr ""
9810
9811
#: C/net-install-flash.page:20(page/p)
9812
msgid ""
9813
"<app>Flash</app> is a <em>plug-in</em> for your web browser that allows you "
9814
"to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. Some "
9815
"websites won't work without Flash."
9816
msgstr ""
9817
9818
#: C/net-install-flash.page:27(page/p)
9819
msgid ""
9820
"If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling "
9821
"you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free "
9822
"(but not open-source) download for most web browsers."
9823
msgstr ""
9824
9825
#: C/net-install-flash.page:30(steps/title)
9826
msgid "How to install Flash"
9827
msgstr ""
9828
9829
#: C/net-install-flash.page:32(item/p)
9830
msgid ""
9831
"Click <link href=\"apt:flashplugin-installer\">this link</link> to launch "
9832
"the <app>Software Center</app>."
9833
msgstr ""
9834
9835
#: C/net-install-flash.page:35(item/p)
9836
msgid ""
9837
"Read the information and reviews to make sure you want to install Flash."
9838
msgstr ""
9839
9840
#: C/net-install-flash.page:38(item/p)
9841
msgid ""
9842
"If you choose to install Flash, click <gui>Install</gui> from the Software "
9843
"Center window."
9844
msgstr ""
9845
9846
#: C/net-install-flash.page:41(item/p)
9847
msgid ""
9848
"If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. "
9849
"The web browser should detect that Flash is installed when you open it "
9850
"again, and you should now be able to view websites using Flash."
9851
msgstr ""
9852
9853
#: C/net-install-flash.page:46(section/title)
9854
msgid "Open-source alternatives to Flash"
9855
msgstr ""
9856
9857
#: C/net-install-flash.page:47(section/p)
9858
msgid ""
9859
"A handful of free, open-source alternatives to Flash are available. These "
9860
"tend to work better than the Flash plug-in in some ways (for example, by "
9861
"handling sound playback better), but worse in others (for example, by not "
9862
"being able to display some of the more complicated Flash pages on the web)."
9863
msgstr ""
9864
9865
#: C/net-install-flash.page:48(section/p)
9866
msgid ""
9867
"You might like to try one of these if you are dissatisfied with the Flash "
9868
"player, or if you would like to use as much open-source software as possible "
9869
"on your computer. Here are a few of the options:"
9870
msgstr ""
9871
9872
#: C/net-install-flash.page:50(item/p)
9873
msgid "<link href=\"apt:browser-plugin-gnash\">Gnash</link>"
9874
msgstr ""
9875
9876
#: C/net-install-flash.page:51(item/p)
9877
msgid "<link href=\"apt:browser-plugin-lightspark\">LightSpark</link>"
9878
msgstr ""
9879
9880
#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:13(info/desc)
9881
msgid "Help your browser work with websites that require Java."
9882
msgstr ""
9883
9884
#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:17(page/title)
9885
msgid "Install the Java browser plug-in"
9886
msgstr ""
9887
9888
#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:18(page/p)
9889
msgid ""
9890
"Some websites use small <em>Java</em> programs, which require a Java plugin "
9891
"to be installed in order to run."
9892
msgstr ""
9893
9894
#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:20(page/p)
9895
msgid ""
9896
"<link href=\"apt:icedtea6-plugin\">Install the icedtea6-plugin "
9897
"package</link> to view Java programs in your browser."
9898
msgstr ""
9899
9900
#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:14(info/desc)
9901
msgid ""
9902
"Some websites use Silverlight to display web pages. The Moonlight plug-in "
9903
"lets you view these pages."
9904
msgstr ""
9905
9906
#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:18(page/title)
9907
msgid "Install the Silverlight plug-in"
9908
msgstr ""
9909
9910
#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:25(page/p)
9911
msgid ""
9912
"<app>Silverlight</app> is a <em>plug-in</em> for your web browser which "
9913
"allows you to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. "
9914
"Some websites won't work without Silverlight."
9915
msgstr ""
9916
9917
#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:27(page/p)
9918
msgid ""
9919
"If you view a Silverlight-enabled website but don't have the plug-in "
9920
"installed, you will probably see a message telling you so. This message "
9921
"should have instructions telling you how to get the plug-in, but these "
9922
"instructions might not be suitable for your web browser or version of Linux."
9923
msgstr ""
9924
9925
#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:29(page/p)
9926
msgid ""
9927
"If you want to view Silverlight-enabled websites, you should install the "
9928
"<em>Moonlight</em> plug-in instead. This is a free, open-source version of "
9929
"Silverlight which runs on Linux."
9930
msgstr ""
9931
9932
#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:32(page/p)
9933
msgid ""
9934
"Please see the <link href=\"http://www.go-mono.com/moonlight/\">Moonlight "
9935
"website</link> for more information and installation instructions."
9936
msgstr ""
9937
9938
#: C/net-macaddress.page:18(info/desc)
9939
msgid "The unique identifier assigned to network hardware."
9940
msgstr ""
9941
9942
#: C/net-macaddress.page:22(page/title)
9943
msgid "What is a MAC address?"
9944
msgstr ""
9945
9946
#: C/net-macaddress.page:24(page/p)
9947
msgid ""
9948
"A <em>MAC address</em> is the unique identifier that is assigned by the "
9949
"manufacturer to a piece of network hardware (like a wireless card or an "
9950
"ethernet card). MAC stands for <em>Media Access Control</em>, and each "
9951
"identifier is intended to be unique to a particular device."
9952
msgstr ""
9953
9954
#: C/net-macaddress.page:26(page/p)
9955
msgid ""
9956
"A MAC address consists of six sets of two characters, each separated by a "
9957
"colon. <code>00:1B:44:11:3A:B7</code> is an example of a MAC address."
9958
msgstr ""
9959
9960
#: C/net-macaddress.page:28(page/p)
9961
msgid "To identify the MAC address of your own network hardware:"
9962
msgstr ""
9963
9964
#: C/net-macaddress.page:31(item/p)
9965
msgid "Select <gui>Connection Information</gui>."
9966
msgstr ""
9967
9968
#: C/net-macaddress.page:32(item/p)
9969
msgid ""
9970
"Your MAC address will be displayed as the <gui>Hardware Address</gui>."
9971
msgstr ""
9972
9973
#: C/net-macaddress.page:35(page/p)
9974
msgid ""
9975
"In practice, you may need to <link xref=\"net-editcon\">modify or \"spoof\" "
9976
"a MAC address</link>. For example, some internet service providers may "
9977
"require that a specific MAC address be used to access their service. If the "
9978
"network card stops working, and you need to swap a new card in, the service "
9979
"won't work anymore. In such cases, you would need to spoof the MAC address."
9980
msgstr ""
9981
9982
#: C/net-manual.page:15(info/desc)
9983
msgid ""
9984
"If network settings don't get assigned automatically, you may have to enter "
9985
"them yourself."
9986
msgstr ""
9987
9988
#: C/net-manual.page:19(page/title)
9989
msgid "Manually set network settings"
9990
msgstr ""
9991
9992
#: C/net-manual.page:21(page/p)
9993
msgid ""
9994
"If your network doesn't automatically assign network settings to your "
9995
"computer, you may have to manually enter the settings yourself. This topic "
9996
"assumes that you already know the correct settings to use. If not, you may "
9997
"need to ask your network administrator or look at the settings of your "
9998
"router or network switch."
9999
msgstr ""
10000
10001
#: C/net-manual.page:24(steps/title)
10002
msgid "To manually set your network settings:"
10003
msgstr ""
10004
10005
#: C/net-manual.page:26(item/p)
10006
#: C/net-othersconnect.page:33(item/p)
10007
#: C/net-othersedit.page:36(item/p)
10008
msgid ""
10009
"Click the <gui>network menu</gui> on the menu bar and click <gui>Edit "
10010
"Connections</gui>."
10011
msgstr ""
10012
10013
#: C/net-manual.page:30(item/p)
10014
msgid ""
10015
"Select the network connection that you want to set up manually. For example, "
10016
"if you plug in to the network with a cable, look at the <gui>Wired</gui> tab."
10017
msgstr ""
10018
10019
#: C/net-manual.page:34(item/p)
10020
msgid ""
10021
"Click the connection you want to edit to select it, then click "
10022
"<gui>Edit</gui>."
10023
msgstr ""
10024
10025
#: C/net-manual.page:38(item/p)
10026
msgid ""
10027
"Go to the <gui>IPv4 Settings</gui> tab and change the <gui>Method</gui> to "
10028
"<gui>Manual</gui>."
10029
msgstr ""
10030
10031
#: C/net-manual.page:42(item/p)
10032
msgid ""
10033
"Click <gui>Add</gui> and type the <em>IP address</em>, <em>network mask</em> "
10034
"and <em>default gateway IP address</em> into the corresponding columns of "
10035
"the <gui>Addresses</gui> list. Press <key>Enter</key> or <key>Tab</key> "
10036
"after typing each address."
10037
msgstr ""
10038
10039
#: C/net-manual.page:43(item/p)
10040
msgid ""
10041
"These three addresses must be IP addresses; that is, they must be four "
10042
"numbers separated by periods (e.g. 123.45.6.78)."
10043
msgstr ""
10044
10045
#: C/net-manual.page:47(item/p)
10046
msgid ""
10047
"Type the IP addresses of the DNS servers you want to use, separated by "
10048
"commas."
10049
msgstr ""
10050
10051
#: C/net-manual.page:51(item/p)
10052
msgid ""
10053
"Click <gui>Save</gui>. If you are not connected to the network, click the "
10054
"network icon on the menu bar and connect. Test the network settings by "
10055
"trying to visit a website or look at shared files on the network, for "
10056
"example."
10057
msgstr ""
10058
10059
#: C/net-mobile.page:13(info/desc)
10060
msgid "Connect to the internet using mobile broadband"
10061
msgstr ""
10062
10063
#: C/net-mobile.page:17(page/title)
10064
msgid "Connect to mobile broadband"
10065
msgstr ""
10066
10067
#: C/net-mobile.page:19(page/p)
10068
msgid ""
10069
"<em>Mobile Broadband</em> refers to any kind of high speed Internet "
10070
"connection which is provided by an external device such as a 3G USB stick or "
10071
"mobile phone with built-in HSPA/UMTS/GPRS data connection. Some laptops have "
10072
"recently been produced with mobile broadband devices already inside them."
10073
msgstr ""
10074
10075
#: C/net-mobile.page:26(page/p)
10076
msgid ""
10077
"Most mobile broadband devices should be recognised automatically when you "
10078
"connect them to your computer. Ubuntu will prompt you to configure the "
10079
"device."
10080
msgstr ""
10081
10082
#: C/net-mobile.page:33(item/p)
10083
msgid ""
10084
"The <gui>New Mobile Broadband Connection</gui> wizard will open "
10085
"automatically when you connect the device."
10086
msgstr ""
10087
10088
#: C/net-mobile.page:39(item/p)
10089
msgid ""
10090
"Click <gui>Forward</gui> and enter your details, including the country where "
10091
"your Mobile Broadband device was issued, the network provider and type of "
10092
"connection (for example, <em>Contract</em> or <em>pre-pay</em>)."
10093
msgstr ""
10094
10095
#: C/net-mobile.page:47(item/p)
10096
msgid "Give your connection a name and click <gui>Apply</gui>."
10097
msgstr ""
10098
10099
#: C/net-mobile.page:52(item/p)
10100
msgid ""
10101
"Your connection is now ready to use. To connect, click the <gui>network "
10102
"menu</gui> in the <gui>menu bar</gui> and select your new connection."
10103
msgstr ""
10104
10105
#: C/net-mobile.page:58(item/p)
10106
msgid ""
10107
"To disconnect, click the <gui>network menu</gui> in the menu bar and click "
10108
"<gui>Disconnect</gui>."
10109
msgstr ""
10110
10111
#: C/net-mobile.page:64(page/p)
10112
msgid ""
10113
"If you are not prompted to configure the device when you connect it, it may "
10114
"still be recognised by Ubuntu. In such cases you can add the connection "
10115
"manually."
10116
msgstr ""
10117
10118
#: C/net-mobile.page:71(item/p)
10119
msgid ""
10120
"Click the <link xref=\"unity-appmenu-intro\">network menu</link> in the menu "
10121
"bar and select <gui>Edit Connections...</gui>"
10122
msgstr ""
10123
10124
#: C/net-mobile.page:77(item/p)
10125
msgid "Switch to the <gui>Mobile Broadband</gui> tab."
10126
msgstr ""
10127
10128
#: C/net-mobile.page:82(item/p)
10129
msgid "Click <gui>Add</gui>."
10130
msgstr ""
10131
10132
#: C/net-mobile.page:87(item/p)
10133
msgid ""
10134
"This should open the <gui>New Mobile Broadband Connection</gui> wizard. "
10135
"Enter your details as described above."
10136
msgstr ""
10137
10138
#: C/net-nonm.page:13(info/desc)
10139
msgid ""
10140
"Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq>. Type <input>nm-"
10141
"applet</input>"
10142
msgstr ""
10143
10144
#: C/net-nonm.page:17(page/title)
10145
msgid "There's no network menu in the menu bar"
10146
msgstr ""
10147
10148
#: C/net-nonm.page:19(page/p)
10149
msgid ""
10150
"If the network menu has disappeared from the menu bar, your <app>Network "
10151
"Manager</app> may not be running. To start it up again:"
10152
msgstr ""
10153
10154
#: C/net-nonm.page:22(item/p)
10155
msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq>"
10156
msgstr ""
10157
10158
#: C/net-nonm.page:23(item/p)
10159
msgid "Type <input>nm-applet</input> and press <gui>Enter</gui>."
10160
msgstr ""
10161
10162
#: C/net-nonm.page:24(item/p)
10163
msgid ""
10164
"The <gui>Wireless Network Authentication</gui> box may pop up. Enter your "
10165
"password in the appropriate box and click <gui>Connect</gui>."
10166
msgstr ""
10167
10168
#: C/net-nonm.page:27(page/p)
10169
msgid ""
10170
"If this doesn't work, there could be a problem with the Network Manager. To "
10171
"see if this is the case, go to the <link xref=\"unity-dash-"
10172
"intro\">dash</link> and open the Terminal. Type <cmd>nm-applet</cmd> and "
10173
"press <key>Enter</key> and see if the network menu appears. If it doesn't, "
10174
"you should see some error messages appear in the Terminal. These should tell "
10175
"you what is going wrong, but they may be quite technical in nature. If so, "
10176
"ask for help on a support forum and quote these error messages."
10177
msgstr ""
10178
10179
#: C/net-othersconnect.page:15(info/desc)
10180
msgid ""
10181
"You can save settings (like the password) for a network connection so that "
10182
"everyone who uses the computer will be able to connect to it."
10183
msgstr ""
10184
10185
#: C/net-othersconnect.page:19(page/title)
10186
msgid "Other users can't connect to the internet"
10187
msgstr ""
10188
10189
#: C/net-othersconnect.page:27(page/p)
10190
msgid ""
10191
"If you have set up a network connection but other users on your computer "
10192
"can't connect to it, they probably aren't entering the right settings when "
10193
"they try to connect. For example, if you have a wireless connection, they "
10194
"may not be entering the right wireless security password."
10195
msgstr ""
10196
10197
#: C/net-othersconnect.page:29(page/p)
10198
msgid ""
10199
"You can make it so that everyone can share the settings for a network "
10200
"connection once you have set it up. This means that you only need to set it "
10201
"up once, and everyone else on the computer will be able to connect to it "
10202
"without being asked any questions. To do this:"
10203
msgstr ""
10204
10205
#: C/net-othersconnect.page:37(item/p)
10206
msgid ""
10207
"Find the connection you want everyone to be able to use. You will probably "
10208
"need to switch to the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab. Select the network name and "
10209
"then click <gui>Edit</gui>."
10210
msgstr ""
10211
10212
#: C/net-othersconnect.page:41(item/p)
10213
msgid ""
10214
"Check <gui>Available to all users</gui> and click <gui>Save</gui>. You will "
10215
"have to enter your admin password to save the changes. Only admin users can "
10216
"do this."
10217
msgstr ""
10218
10219
#: C/net-othersconnect.page:45(item/p)
10220
msgid ""
10221
"Other users of the computer will now be able to use this connection without "
10222
"entering any further details."
10223
msgstr ""
10224
10225
#: C/net-othersedit.page:15(info/desc)
10226
msgid ""
10227
"You need to uncheck the <gui>Available to all users</gui> option in the "
10228
"network connection settings."
10229
msgstr ""
10230
10231
#: C/net-othersedit.page:19(page/title)
10232
msgid "Other users can't edit the network connections"
10233
msgstr ""
10234
10235
#: C/net-othersedit.page:27(page/p)
10236
msgid ""
10237
"If you can edit a network connection but other users on your computer can't, "
10238
"you may have set the connection to be <gui>available to all users</gui>. "
10239
"This makes it so that everyone on the computer can <em>connect</em> using "
10240
"that connection, but only users <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">with "
10241
"administrative rights</link> are allowed to change its settings."
10242
msgstr ""
10243
10244
#: C/net-othersedit.page:29(page/p)
10245
msgid ""
10246
"The reason for this is that, since everyone is affected if the settings are "
10247
"changed, only highly-trusted (admin) users should be allowed to modify the "
10248
"connection."
10249
msgstr ""
10250
10251
#: C/net-othersedit.page:31(page/p)
10252
msgid ""
10253
"If other users really need to be able to change the connection themselves, "
10254
"make it so the connection is <em>not</em> set to be available to everyone on "
10255
"the computer. This way, everyone will be able to manage their own connection "
10256
"settings rather than relying on one set of shared, system-wide settings for "
10257
"the connection."
10258
msgstr ""
10259
10260
#: C/net-othersedit.page:34(steps/title)
10261
msgid "Make it so that the connection isn't shared any more"
10262
msgstr ""
10263
10264
#: C/net-othersedit.page:40(item/p)
10265
msgid ""
10266
"Find the connection you want everyone to be able to manage/edit themselves. "
10267
"Click to select it and then click <gui>Edit</gui>."
10268
msgstr ""
10269
10270
#: C/net-othersedit.page:44(item/p)
10271
msgid ""
10272
"You will have to enter your admin password to change the connection. Only "
10273
"admin users can do this."
10274
msgstr ""
10275
10276
#: C/net-othersedit.page:48(item/p)
10277
msgid ""
10278
"Uncheck <gui>Available to all users</gui> and click <gui>Save</gui>. Other "
10279
"users of the computer will now be able to manage the connection themselves."
10280
msgstr ""
10281
10282
#: C/net.page:16(info/desc)
10283
msgid ""
10284
"<link xref=\"net-wireless\">Wireless</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
10285
"wired\">wired</link>, <link xref=\"net-problem\">connection problems</link>, "
10286
"<link xref=\"net-browser\">web browsing</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
10287
"email\">email accounts</link>, <link xref=\"net-chat\">instant "
10288
"messaging</link>…"
10289
msgstr ""
10290
10291
#: C/net.page:42(page/title)
10292
msgid "Networking, web, email & chat"
10293
msgstr ""
10294
10295
#: C/net-problem.page:10(info/desc)
10296
msgid ""
10297
"<link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\">Troubleshooting wireless "
10298
"connections</link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-find\">finding your wifi "
10299
"network</link>…"
10300
msgstr ""
10301
10302
#: C/net-problem.page:21(page/title)
10303
msgid "Network problems"
10304
msgstr ""
10305
10306
#: C/net-proxy.page:14(credit/name)
10307
msgid "Baptiste Mille-Mathias"
10308
msgstr ""
10309
10310
#: C/net-proxy.page:18(info/desc)
10311
msgid ""
10312
"A proxy filters websites that you look at, usually for control or security "
10313
"purposes."
10314
msgstr ""
10315
10316
#: C/net-proxy.page:22(page/title)
10317
msgid "Define proxy settings"
10318
msgstr ""
10319
10320
#: C/net-proxy.page:25(section/title)
10321
msgid "What is a proxy?"
10322
msgstr ""
10323
10324
#: C/net-proxy.page:27(section/p)
10325
msgid ""
10326
"A <em>web proxy</em> filters websites that you look at, it receipts requests "
10327
"from your web browser to fetches the web pages and their elements, and "
10328
"following a policy will decide to pass them you back. They are commonly used "
10329
"in businesses and at public wireless hotspots to control what websites you "
10330
"can look at, prevent you from accessing the internet without logging in, or "
10331
"to do security checks on websites."
10332
msgstr ""
10333
10334
#: C/net-proxy.page:36(section/title)
10335
msgid "Change proxy method"
10336
msgstr ""
10337
10338
#: C/net-proxy.page:48(item/p)
10339
msgid ""
10340
"Open <gui>Network</gui> and choose <gui>Network Proxy</gui> from the list on "
10341
"the left side of the window."
10342
msgstr ""
10343
10344
#: C/net-proxy.page:51(item/p)
10345
msgid ""
10346
"Choose which proxy method you want to use among the following methods."
10347
msgstr ""
10348
10349
#: C/net-proxy.page:55(item/p)
10350
msgid ""
10351
"The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content on the "
10352
"web."
10353
msgstr ""
10354
10355
#: C/net-proxy.page:58(item/title)
10356
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:130(title/gui)
10357
msgid "Manual"
10358
msgstr ""
10359
10360
#: C/net-proxy.page:59(item/p)
10361
msgid ""
10362
"For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the "
10363
"protocols. The protocols are <gui>HTTP</gui>, <gui>HTTPS</gui>, "
10364
"<gui>FTP</gui> and <gui>SOCKS</gui>."
10365
msgstr ""
10366
10367
#: C/net-proxy.page:63(item/title)
10368
msgid "Automatic"
10369
msgstr ""
10370
10371
#: C/net-proxy.page:64(item/p)
10372
msgid ""
10373
"An url points to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration "
10374
"for your system."
10375
msgstr ""
10376
10377
#: C/net-proxy.page:69(section/p)
10378
msgid ""
10379
"The proxy settings will be applied to applications that use network "
10380
"connection to use the chosen configuration."
10381
msgstr ""
10382
10383
#: C/net-security.page:10(info/desc)
10384
msgid ""
10385
"<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">Antivirus software</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
10386
"firewall-on-off\">basic firewalls</link>…"
10387
msgstr ""
10388
10389
#: C/net-security.page:21(page/title)
10390
msgid "Keeping safe on the internet"
10391
msgstr ""
10392
10393
#: C/net-security-tips.page:10(info/desc)
10394
msgid "General tips to keep in mind when using the internet"
10395
msgstr ""
10396
10397
#: C/net-security-tips.page:15(credit/name)
10398
#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:21(credit/name)
10399
#: C/printing-setup.page:29(credit/name)
10400
msgid "Steven Richards"
10401
msgstr ""
10402
10403
#: C/net-security-tips.page:21(page/title)
10404
msgid "Staying safe on the internet"
10405
msgstr ""
10406
10407
#: C/net-security-tips.page:23(page/p)
10408
msgid ""
10409
"A possible reason for why you are using Linux is the robust security that it "
10410
"is known for. One reason that Linux is relatively safe from malware and "
10411
"viruses is due to the lower number of people who use it. Viruses are "
10412
"targeted at popular operating systems like Windows, that have an extremely "
10413
"large user base. Linux is also very secure due to its open source nature, "
10414
"which allows experts to modify and enhance the security features included "
10415
"with each distribution."
10416
msgstr ""
10417
10418
#: C/net-security-tips.page:30(page/p)
10419
msgid ""
10420
"Despite the measures taken to ensure that your installation of Linux is "
10421
"secure, there are always vulnerabilities. As an average user on the internet "
10422
"you can still be susceptible to:"
10423
msgstr ""
10424
10425
#: C/net-security-tips.page:34(item/p)
10426
msgid ""
10427
"Phishing Scams (websites and emails that try to obtain sensitive information "
10428
"through deception)"
10429
msgstr ""
10430
10431
#: C/net-security-tips.page:35(item/p)
10432
msgid "<link xref=\"net-email-virus\">Forwarding malicious emails</link>"
10433
msgstr ""
10434
10435
#: C/net-security-tips.page:36(item/p)
10436
msgid ""
10437
"<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">Applications with malicious intent "
10438
"(viruses)</link>"
10439
msgstr ""
10440
10441
#: C/net-security-tips.page:37(item/p)
10442
msgid ""
10443
"<link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\">Unauthorised remote/local network "
10444
"access</link>"
10445
msgstr ""
10446
10447
#: C/net-security-tips.page:40(page/p)
10448
msgid "To stay safe online, keep in mind the following tips:"
10449
msgstr ""
10450
10451
#: C/net-security-tips.page:43(item/p)
10452
msgid ""
10453
"Be wary of emails, attachments, or links that were sent from people you do "
10454
"not know."
10455
msgstr ""
10456
10457
#: C/net-security-tips.page:44(item/p)
10458
msgid ""
10459
"If a website's offer is too good to be true, or asks for sensitive "
10460
"information that seems unnecessary, then think twice about what information "
10461
"you are submitting and the potential consequences if that information is "
10462
"compromised by identity thieves or other criminals."
10463
msgstr ""
10464
10465
#: C/net-security-tips.page:47(item/p)
10466
msgid ""
10467
"Be careful in providing any application <link xref=\"user-admin-"
10468
"explain\">root level permissions</link>, especially ones that you have not "
10469
"used before or apps that are not well-known. Providing anyone/anything with "
10470
"root level permissions puts your computer at high risk to exploitation."
10471
msgstr ""
10472
10473
#: C/net-security-tips.page:50(item/p)
10474
msgid ""
10475
"Make sure you are only running necessary remote-access services. Having SSH "
10476
"or VNC running can be useful, but also leaves your computer open to "
10477
"intrusion if not secured properly. Consider using a <link xref=\"net-"
10478
"firewall-on-off\">firewall</link> to help protect your computer from "
10479
"intrusion."
10480
msgstr ""
10481
10482
#: C/net-slow.page:14(info/desc)
10483
msgid ""
10484
"Other things might be downloading, you could have a poor connection, or it "
10485
"could be a busy time of day."
10486
msgstr ""
10487
10488
#: C/net-slow.page:18(page/title)
10489
msgid "The internet seems slow"
10490
msgstr ""
10491
10492
#: C/net-slow.page:20(page/p)
10493
msgid ""
10494
"If you are using the internet and it seems slow, there are a number of "
10495
"things that could be causing the slow down."
10496
msgstr ""
10497
10498
#: C/net-slow.page:22(page/p)
10499
msgid ""
10500
"Try closing your web browser and then re-opening it, and disconnecting from "
10501
"the internet and then reconnecting again. (Doing this resets a lot of things "
10502
"that might be causing the internet to run slowly.)"
10503
msgstr ""
10504
10505
#: C/net-slow.page:26(item/p)
10506
msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Busy time of day</em>"
10507
msgstr ""
10508
10509
#: C/net-slow.page:27(item/p)
10510
msgid ""
10511
"Internet service providers commonly setup internet connections so that they "
10512
"are shared between several households. Even though you connect separately, "
10513
"through your own phone line or cable connection, the connection to the rest "
10514
"of the internet at the telephone exchange might actually be shared. If this "
10515
"is the case and lots of your neighbors are using the internet at the same "
10516
"time as you, you might notice a slow-down. You're most likely to experience "
10517
"this at times when your neighbors are probably on the internet (in the "
10518
"evenings, for example)."
10519
msgstr ""
10520
10521
#: C/net-slow.page:31(item/p)
10522
msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Downloading lots of things at once</em>"
10523
msgstr ""
10524
10525
#: C/net-slow.page:32(item/p)
10526
msgid ""
10527
"If you or someone else using your internet connection are downloading "
10528
"several files at once, or watching videos, the internet connection might not "
10529
"be fast enough to keep up with the demand. In this case, it will feel slower."
10530
msgstr ""
10531
10532
#: C/net-slow.page:36(item/p)
10533
msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Unreliable connection</em>"
10534
msgstr ""
10535
10536
#: C/net-slow.page:37(item/p)
10537
msgid ""
10538
"Some internet connections are just unreliable, especially temporary ones or "
10539
"those in high demand areas. If you are in a busy coffee shop or a conference "
10540
"center, the internet connection might be too busy or simply unreliable."
10541
msgstr ""
10542
10543
#: C/net-slow.page:41(item/p)
10544
msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Low wireless connection signal</em>"
10545
msgstr ""
10546
10547
#: C/net-slow.page:42(item/p)
10548
msgid ""
10549
"If you're connected to the internet by wireless (wifi), check the network "
10550
"menu on the menu bar to see if you have good wireless signal. If not, the "
10551
"internet may be slow because you don't have a very strong signal."
10552
msgstr ""
10553
10554
#: C/net-slow.page:46(item/p)
10555
msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Using a slower mobile internet connection</em>"
10556
msgstr ""
10557
10558
#: C/net-slow.page:47(item/p)
10559
msgid ""
10560
"If you have a mobile internet connection and notice that it is slow, you may "
10561
"have moved into an area where signal reception is poor. When this happens, "
10562
"the internet connection will automatically switch from a fast \"mobile "
10563
"broadband\" connection like 3G to a more reliable, but slower, connection "
10564
"like GPRS."
10565
msgstr ""
10566
10567
#: C/net-slow.page:51(item/p)
10568
msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Web browser has a problem</em>"
10569
msgstr ""
10570
10571
#: C/net-slow.page:52(item/p)
10572
msgid ""
10573
"Sometimes web browsers encounter a problem that makes them run slow. This "
10574
"could be for any number of reasons - you could have visited a website that "
10575
"the browser struggled to load, or you might have had the browser open for a "
10576
"long time, for example. Try closing all of the browser's windows and then "
10577
"opening the browser again to see if this makes a difference."
10578
msgstr ""
10579
10580
#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:15(info/desc)
10581
msgid ""
10582
"VPNs allow you to connect to a local network over the internet. Learn how to "
10583
"set up a VPN connection."
10584
msgstr ""
10585
10586
#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:19(page/title)
10587
msgid "Connect to a VPN"
10588
msgstr ""
10589
10590
#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:21(page/p)
10591
msgid ""
10592
"A VPN (or <em>Virtual Private Network</em>) is a way of connecting to a "
10593
"local network over the internet. For example, say you want to connect to the "
10594
"local network at your workplace while you're on a business trip. You would "
10595
"find an internet connection somewhere (like at a hotel) and then connect to "
10596
"your workplace's VPN. It would be as if you were directly connected to the "
10597
"network at work, but the actual network connection would be through the "
10598
"hotel's internet connection. VPN connections are usually <em>encrypted</em> "
10599
"to prevent people from accessing the local network you're connecting to "
10600
"without logging in."
10601
msgstr ""
10602
10603
#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:23(page/p)
10604
msgid ""
10605
"There are a number of different types of VPN. You may have to install some "
10606
"extra software depending on what type of VPN you're connecting to. Find out "
10607
"the connection details from whoever is in charge of the VPN and see which "
10608
"<em>VPN client</em> you need to use. Then, open <app>Ubuntu Software "
10609
"Center</app> and search for the <app>network-manager</app> package which "
10610
"works with your VPN (if there is one) and install it. You will need to click "
10611
"the <gui>Show technical items</gui> link at the bottom of <app>Ubuntu "
10612
"Software Center</app>."
10613
msgstr ""
10614
10615
#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:26(note/p)
10616
msgid ""
10617
"If there isn't a NetworkManager package for your type of VPN, you will "
10618
"probably have to download and install some client software from the company "
10619
"that provides the VPN software. You'll probably have to follow some "
10620
"different instructions to get that working."
10621
msgstr ""
10622
10623
#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:29(page/p)
10624
msgid "Once that's done, you can set up the VPN connection:"
10625
msgstr ""
10626
10627
#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:33(item/p)
10628
msgid ""
10629
"Click the <gui>network menu</gui> on the menu bar and, under <gui>VPN "
10630
"Connections</gui>, select <gui>Configure VPN</gui>."
10631
msgstr ""
10632
10633
#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:37(item/p)
10634
msgid ""
10635
"Click <gui>Add</gui> and choose which kind of VPN connection you have."
10636
msgstr ""
10637
10638
#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:41(item/p)
10639
msgid ""
10640
"Click <gui>Create</gui> and follow the instructions on the screen, entering "
10641
"details like your username and password as you go."
10642
msgstr ""
10643
10644
#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:45(item/p)
10645
msgid ""
10646
"When you've finished setting-up the VPN, click the <gui>network menu</gui> "
10647
"on the menu bar, go to <gui>VPN Connections</gui> and click on the "
10648
"connection you just created. It will try to establish a VPN connection - the "
10649
"network icon will change as it tries to connect."
10650
msgstr ""
10651
10652
#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:49(item/p)
10653
msgid ""
10654
"Hopefully, you will successfully connect to the VPN. If not, you may need to "
10655
"double-check the VPN settings you entered. You can do this by clicking the "
10656
"network menu, selecting <gui>Edit Connections</gui> and going to the "
10657
"<gui>VPN</gui> tab."
10658
msgstr ""
10659
10660
#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:53(item/p)
10661
msgid ""
10662
"To disconnect from the VPN, click the network menu and select "
10663
"<gui>Disconnect</gui> under the name of your VPN connection."
10664
msgstr ""
10665
10666
#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:14(info/desc)
10667
msgid "An IP Address is like a phone number for your computer."
10668
msgstr ""
10669
10670
#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:18(page/title)
10671
msgid "What is an IP address?"
10672
msgstr ""
10673
10674
#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:20(page/p)
10675
msgid ""
10676
"\"IP address\" stands for <em>Internet Protocol address</em>, and each "
10677
"device that is connected to a network (like the internet) has one."
10678
msgstr ""
10679
10680
#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:22(page/p)
10681
msgid ""
10682
"An IP address is similar to your phone number. Your phone number is a unique "
10683
"set of numbers that identifies your phone so that other people can call you. "
10684
"Similarly, an IP address is a unique set of numbers that identifies your "
10685
"computer so that it can send and receive data with other computers."
10686
msgstr ""
10687
10688
#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:24(page/p)
10689
msgid ""
10690
"Currently, most IP addresses consist of four sets of numbers, each separated "
10691
"by a period. <code>192.168.1.42</code> is an example of an IP address."
10692
msgstr ""
10693
10694
#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:26(note/p)
10695
msgid ""
10696
"An IP address can either be <em>dynamic</em> or <em>static</em>. Dynamic IP "
10697
"addresses are temporarily assigned each time your computer connects to a "
10698
"network. Static IP addresses are fixed, and do not change. Dynamic IP "
10699
"addresses are more common that static addresses - static addresses are "
10700
"typically only used when there is a special need for them, such as "
10701
"administering a server."
10702
msgstr ""
10703
10704
#: C/net-wired.page:10(info/desc)
10705
msgid ""
10706
"<link xref=\"net-wired-connect\">Wired internet connections</link>, <link "
10707
"xref=\"net-fixed-ip-address\">Fixed IP addresses</link>…"
10708
msgstr ""
10709
10710
#: C/net-wired.page:21(page/title)
10711
msgid "Wired Networking"
10712
msgstr ""
10713
10714
#: C/net-wired-connect.page:14(info/desc)
10715
msgid ""
10716
"To set up most wired network connections, all you need to do is plug in a "
10717
"network cable."
10718
msgstr ""
10719
10720
#: C/net-wired-connect.page:18(page/title)
10721
msgid "Connect to a wired (Ethernet) network"
10722
msgstr ""
10723
10724
#: C/net-wired-connect.page:20(page/p)
10725
msgid ""
10726
"To set up most wired network connections, all you need to do is plug in a "
10727
"network cable. The network icon on the menu bar should pulse for a few "
10728
"seconds and then will change to a \"socket\" icon when you are connected."
10729
msgstr ""
10730
10731
#: C/net-wired-connect.page:22(page/p)
10732
msgid ""
10733
"If this does not happen, you should first of all make sure that your network "
10734
"cable is plugged in. One end of the cable should be plugged into the "
10735
"rectangular Ethernet (network) port on your computer, and the other end "
10736
"should be plugged into a switch, router, network wall socket or similar "
10737
"(depending on the network setup you have). Sometimes, a light beside the "
10738
"Ethernet port will indicate that it is plugged in and active."
10739
msgstr ""
10740
10741
#: C/net-wired-connect.page:25(note/p)
10742
msgid ""
10743
"You can't plug one computer directly into another one with a network cable "
10744
"(at least, not without some extra setting-up). To connect two computers, you "
10745
"should plug them both into a network hub, router or switch."
10746
msgstr ""
10747
10748
#: C/net-wired-connect.page:28(page/p)
10749
msgid ""
10750
"If you are still not connected, your network may not support automatic setup "
10751
"(DHCP). In this case you'll have to <link xref=\"net-manual\">configure it "
10752
"manually</link>."
10753
msgstr ""
10754
10755
#: C/net-wireless.page:12(info/desc)
10756
msgid ""
10757
"<link xref=\"net-wireless-connect\">Connect to wifi</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
10758
"wireless-hidden\">Hidden networks</link>, <link xref=\"net-editcon\">Edit "
10759
"connection settings</link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
10760
"disconnecting\">Disconnecting</link>…"
10761
msgstr ""
10762
10763
#: C/net-wireless.page:25(page/title)
10764
msgid "Wireless Networking"
10765
msgstr ""
10766
10767
#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:18(info/desc)
10768
msgid ""
10769
"Use an ad-hoc network to allow other devices to connect to your computer and "
10770
"its network connections."
10771
msgstr ""
10772
10773
#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:24(page/title)
10774
msgid "Create a wireless hotspot"
10775
msgstr ""
10776
10777
#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:26(page/p)
10778
msgid ""
10779
"You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices "
10780
"to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an "
10781
"internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired "
10782
"network or over the cellular network."
10783
msgstr ""
10784
10785
#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:43(item/p)
10786
msgid "Open <gui>Network</gui> and select <gui>Wireless</gui> on the left."
10787
msgstr ""
10788
10789
#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44(item/p)
10790
msgid "Click the <gui>Use as Hotspot</gui> button."
10791
msgstr ""
10792
10793
#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45(item/p)
10794
msgid ""
10795
"If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you "
10796
"want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only "
10797
"connect to or create one network at a time. Click <gui>Create Hotspot</gui> "
10798
"to confirm."
10799
msgstr ""
10800
10801
#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:51(page/p)
10802
msgid ""
10803
"A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The "
10804
"network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will "
10805
"need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created."
10806
msgstr ""
10807
10808
#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:19(info/desc)
10809
msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless."
10810
msgstr ""
10811
10812
#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:23(page/title)
10813
msgid "Turn off wireless (airplane mode)"
10814
msgstr ""
10815
10816
#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:25(page/p)
10817
msgid ""
10818
"If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless "
10819
"connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may "
10820
"also want to switch off your wireless for other reasons (to save battery "
10821
"power, for example). To do this:"
10822
msgstr ""
10823
10824
#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:27(page/p)
10825
msgid ""
10826
"To do this, click the <gui>network menu</gui> on the menu bar and uncheck "
10827
"<gui>Enable Wireless</gui>. This will turn off your wireless connection "
10828
"until you switch it back on again."
10829
msgstr ""
10830
10831
#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:29(page/p)
10832
msgid ""
10833
"To turn wireless back on, click the <gui>network menu</gui> on the menu bar "
10834
"and select <gui>Enable Wireless</gui> so that it has a checkmark in front of "
10835
"it."
10836
msgstr ""
10837
10838
#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:31(note/p)
10839
msgid ""
10840
"Your laptop may still be broadcasting if you have not turned off <link "
10841
"xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\">Bluetooth</link>."
10842
msgstr ""
10843
10844
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:21(info/desc)
10845
msgid "Get on the internet - wirelessly."
10846
msgstr ""
10847
10848
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:25(page/title)
10849
msgid "Connect to a wireless network"
10850
msgstr ""
10851
10852
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:27(page/p)
10853
msgid ""
10854
"If you have a wireless-enabled computer, you can connect to a wireless "
10855
"network that is within range to get access to the internet, view shared "
10856
"files on the network, and so on."
10857
msgstr ""
10858
10859
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:31(item/p)
10860
msgid ""
10861
"If you have a wireless hardware switch on your computer, make sure that it "
10862
"is turned on."
10863
msgstr ""
10864
10865
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:34(item/p)
10866
msgid ""
10867
"Click the <gui>network menu</gui> in the <gui>menu bar</gui>, and click the "
10868
"name of the network you want to connect to."
10869
msgstr ""
10870
10871
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:35(item/p)
10872
msgid ""
10873
"If the name of the network isn't in the list, select <gui>More "
10874
"Networks</gui> to see if the network is further down the list. If you still "
10875
"don't see the network, you may be out of range or the network <link "
10876
"xref=\"net-wireless-hidden\">might be hidden</link>."
10877
msgstr ""
10878
10879
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:37(item/p)
10880
msgid ""
10881
"If the network is protected by a password (<link xref=\"net-wireless-"
10882
"wepwpa\">encryption key</link>), enter the password when prompted and click "
10883
"<gui>Connect</gui>."
10884
msgstr ""
10885
10886
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:38(item/p)
10887
msgid ""
10888
"If you do not know the key, it may be written on the underside of the "
10889
"wireless router or base station, in its instruction manual, or you may have "
10890
"to ask the person who administers the wireless network."
10891
msgstr ""
10892
10893
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:39(item/p)
10894
msgid ""
10895
"The network icon will change appearance as the computer attempts to connect "
10896
"to the network."
10897
msgstr ""
10898
10899
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:41(item/p)
10900
msgid ""
10901
"If the connection is successful, the icon will change to a dot with several "
10902
"bars above it. More bars indicate a stronger connection to the network. If "
10903
"there aren't many bars, the connection is weak and might not be very "
10904
"reliable."
10905
msgstr ""
10906
10907
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:45(page/p)
10908
msgid ""
10909
"If the connection is not successful, you <link xref=\"net-passwordok-"
10910
"noconnect\">may be asked for your password again</link> or it might just "
10911
"tell you that the connection has been disconnected. There are a number of "
10912
"things that could have caused this to happen. You could have entered the "
10913
"wrong password, the wireless signal could be too weak, or your computer's "
10914
"wireless card might have a problem, for example. See <link xref=\"net-"
10915
"wireless-troubleshooting\"/> for more help."
10916
msgstr ""
10917
10918
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:47(page/p)
10919
msgid ""
10920
"A stronger connection to a wireless network does not necessarily mean that "
10921
"you have a faster internet connection, or that you will have faster download "
10922
"speeds. The wireless connection connects your computer to the <em>device "
10923
"which provides the internet connection</em> (like a router or modem), but "
10924
"the two connections are actually different, and so will run at different "
10925
"speeds."
10926
msgstr ""
10927
10928
#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:20(info/desc)
10929
msgid ""
10930
"You might have low signal, or the network might not be letting you connect "
10931
"properly."
10932
msgstr ""
10933
10934
#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:24(page/title)
10935
msgid "Why does my wireless network keep disconnecting?"
10936
msgstr ""
10937
10938
#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:26(page/p)
10939
msgid ""
10940
"You may find that you have been disconnected from a wireless network even "
10941
"though you wanted to stay connected. Your computer will normally try to "
10942
"reconnect to the network as soon as this happens (the network icon on the "
10943
"menu bar will pulse if it is trying to reconnect), but it can be annoying, "
10944
"especially if you were using the internet at the time."
10945
msgstr ""
10946
10947
#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:29(section/title)
10948
msgid "Weak wireless signal"
10949
msgstr ""
10950
10951
#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:31(section/p)
10952
msgid ""
10953
"A common reason for being disconnected from a wireless network is that you "
10954
"have low signal. Wireless networks have a limited range, so if you are too "
10955
"far away from the wireless base station you may not be able to get a strong "
10956
"enough signal to maintain a connection. Walls and other objects between you "
10957
"and the base station can also weaken the signal."
10958
msgstr ""
10959
10960
#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:33(section/p)
10961
msgid ""
10962
"The network icon on the menu bar displays how strong your wireless signal "
10963
"is. If the signal looks low, try moving closer to the wireless base station."
10964
msgstr ""
10965
10966
#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:38(section/title)
10967
msgid "Network connection not being established properly"
10968
msgstr ""
10969
10970
#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:40(section/p)
10971
msgid ""
10972
"Sometimes, when you connect to a wireless network, it may appear that you "
10973
"have successfully connected at first, but then you will be disconnected soon "
10974
"after. This normally happens because your computer was only partially "
10975
"successful in connecting to the network - it managed to establish a "
10976
"connection, but was unable to finalize the connection for some reason and so "
10977
"was disconnected."
10978
msgstr ""
10979
10980
#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:42(section/p)
10981
msgid ""
10982
"A possible reason for this is that you entered the wrong wireless "
10983
"passphrase, or that your computer was not allowed on the network (because "
10984
"the network requires a username to log in, for example)."
10985
msgstr ""
10986
10987
#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:47(section/title)
10988
msgid "Unreliable wireless hardware/drivers"
10989
msgstr ""
10990
10991
#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:49(section/p)
10992
msgid ""
10993
"Some wireless network hardware can be a little unreliable. Wireless networks "
10994
"are complicated, so wireless cards and base stations occasionally run into "
10995
"minor problems and may drop connections. This is annoying, but it happens "
10996
"quite regularly with many devices. If you are disconnected from wireless "
10997
"connections from time to time, this may be the only reason. If it happens "
10998
"very regularly, you may want to consider getting some different hardware."
10999
msgstr ""
11000
11001
#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:54(section/title)
11002
msgid "Busy wireless networks"
11003
msgstr ""
11004
11005
#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:56(section/p)
11006
msgid ""
11007
"Wireless networks in busy places (in universities and coffee shops, for "
11008
"example) often have many computers trying to connect to them at once. "
11009
"Sometimes these networks get too busy and may not be able to handle all of "
11010
"the computers that are trying to connect, so some of them get disconnected."
11011
msgstr ""
11012
11013
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:19(info/desc)
11014
msgid ""
11015
"Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean."
11016
msgstr ""
11017
11018
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:26(page/title)
11019
msgid "Edit a wireless connection"
11020
msgstr ""
11021
11022
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:32(page/p)
11023
msgid ""
11024
"This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a "
11025
"wireless network connection. To edit a connection, click the <gui>network "
11026
"menu</gui> in the menu bar and select <gui>Edit Connections</gui>."
11027
msgstr ""
11028
11029
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:37(note/p)
11030
msgid ""
11031
"Most networks will work fine if you leave these settings at their defaults, "
11032
"so you probably don't need to change any of them. Many of the options here "
11033
"are provided to give you greater control over more advanced networks."
11034
msgstr ""
11035
11036
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:41(section/title)
11037
msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically"
11038
msgstr ""
11039
11040
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:44(title/gui)
11041
msgid "Connect automatically"
11042
msgstr ""
11043
11044
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:45(item/p)
11045
msgid ""
11046
"Check this option if you would like the computer to try to connect to this "
11047
"wireless network whenever it is in range."
11048
msgstr ""
11049
11050
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46(item/p)
11051
msgid ""
11052
"If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the "
11053
"computer will connect to the first one shown in the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab "
11054
"in the <gui>Network Connections</gui> window. It won't disconnect from one "
11055
"available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range."
11056
msgstr ""
11057
11058
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:50(title/gui)
11059
msgid "Available to all users"
11060
msgstr ""
11061
11062
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:51(item/p)
11063
msgid ""
11064
"Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access "
11065
"to this wireless network. If the network has a <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
11066
"wepwpa\">WEP/WPA password</link> and you have checked this option, you will "
11067
"only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your "
11068
"computer will be able to connect to the network without having to know the "
11069
"password themselves."
11070
msgstr ""
11071
11072
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:52(item/p)
11073
msgid ""
11074
"If this is checked, you need to be an <link xref=\"user-admin-"
11075
"explain\">administrator</link> to change any of the settings for this "
11076
"network. You may be asked to enter your admin password."
11077
msgstr ""
11078
11079
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:58(section/title)
11080
msgid "Wireless"
11081
msgstr ""
11082
11083
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:61(title/gui)
11084
msgid "SSID"
11085
msgstr ""
11086
11087
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:62(item/p)
11088
msgid ""
11089
"This is the name of the wireless network you are connecting to, otherwise "
11090
"known as the <em>Service Set Identifier</em>. Don't change this unless you "
11091
"have changed the name of the wireless network (for example, by changing the "
11092
"settings of your wireless router or base station)."
11093
msgstr ""
11094
11095
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:66(title/gui)
11096
msgid "Mode"
11097
msgstr ""
11098
11099
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67(item/p)
11100
msgid ""
11101
"Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an "
11102
"<gui>Infrastructure</gui> network (one where computers wirelessly connect to "
11103
"a central base station or router) or an <gui>Ad-hoc</gui> network (where "
11104
"there is no base station, and the computers in the network connect to one "
11105
"another). Most networks are infrastructure ones; you may wish to <link "
11106
"xref=\"net-adhoc\">set-up your own ad-hoc network</link> though."
11107
msgstr ""
11108
11109
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68(item/p)
11110
msgid ""
11111
"If you choose <gui>Ad-hoc</gui>, you will see two other options, "
11112
"<gui>Band</gui> and <gui>Channel</gui>. These determine which wireless "
11113
"frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers "
11114
"are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only <gui>A</gui> or "
11115
"only <gui>B/G</gui>), so you might want to pick a band that all of the "
11116
"computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be "
11117
"several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down "
11118
"your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too."
11119
msgstr ""
11120
11121
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:72(title/gui)
11122
msgid "BSSID"
11123
msgstr ""
11124
11125
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:73(item/p)
11126
msgid ""
11127
"This is the <em>Basic Service Set Identifier</em>. The SSID (see above) is "
11128
"the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a "
11129
"name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers "
11130
"that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a <link "
11131
"xref=\"net-wireless-hidden\">network is hidden</link>, it will not have an "
11132
"SSID but it will have a BSSID."
11133
msgstr ""
11134
11135
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:77(title/gui)
11136
msgid "Device MAC address"
11137
msgstr ""
11138
11139
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:78(item/p)
11140
msgid ""
11141
"A <link xref=\"net-macaddress\">MAC address</link> is a code which "
11142
"identifies a piece of network hardware (for example, a wireless card, an "
11143
"Ethernet network card or a router). Every device that you can connect to a "
11144
"network has a unique MAC address which was given to it in the factory."
11145
msgstr ""
11146
11147
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:79(item/p)
11148
msgid ""
11149
"This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card."
11150
msgstr ""
11151
11152
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:83(title/gui)
11153
msgid "Cloned MAC address"
11154
msgstr ""
11155
11156
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:84(item/p)
11157
msgid ""
11158
"Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC "
11159
"address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only "
11160
"communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband "
11161
"modem). If you put that MAC address into the <gui>cloned MAC address</gui> "
11162
"box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC "
11163
"address rather than its real one."
11164
msgstr ""
11165
11166
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:88(title/gui)
11167
msgid "MTU"
11168
msgstr ""
11169
11170
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:89(item/p)
11171
msgid ""
11172
"This setting changes the <em>Maximum Transmission Unit</em>, which is the "
11173
"maximum size of a chunk of data that can be sent over the network. When "
11174
"files are sent over a network, data is broken up into small chunks (or "
11175
"packets). The optimal MTU for your network will depend on how likely it is "
11176
"for packets to be lost (due to a noisy connection) and how fast the "
11177
"connection is. In general, you should not need to change this setting."
11178
msgstr ""
11179
11180
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:96(section/title)
11181
msgid "Wireless Security"
11182
msgstr ""
11183
11184
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:99(title/gui)
11185
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:44(section/title)
11186
msgid "Security"
11187
msgstr ""
11188
11189
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:100(item/p)
11190
msgid ""
11191
"This defines what sort of <em>encryption</em> your wireless network uses. "
11192
"Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being "
11193
"intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites "
11194
"you're visiting and so on."
11195
msgstr ""
11196
11197
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:101(item/p)
11198
msgid ""
11199
"Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported "
11200
"by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a "
11201
"password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also "
11202
"require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See <link xref=\"net-"
11203
"wireless-wepwpa\"/> for more information on popular types of wireless "
11204
"encryption."
11205
msgstr ""
11206
11207
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:107(section/title)
11208
msgid "IPv4 Settings"
11209
msgstr ""
11210
11211
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:116(section/p)
11212
msgid ""
11213
"Use this tab to define information like the IP address of your computer and "
11214
"which DNS servers it should use. Change the <gui>Method</gui> to see "
11215
"different ways of getting/setting that information."
11216
msgstr ""
11217
11218
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:117(section/p)
11219
msgid "The following methods are available:"
11220
msgstr ""
11221
11222
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:120(title/gui)
11223
msgid "Automatic (DHCP)"
11224
msgstr ""
11225
11226
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121(item/p)
11227
msgid ""
11228
"Get information like the IP address and DNS server to use from a <em>DHCP "
11229
"server</em>. A DHCP server is a computer (or other device, like a router) "
11230
"connected to the network which decides which network settings your computer "
11231
"should have - when you first connect to the network, you will automatically "
11232
"be assigned the correct settings. Most networks use DHCP."
11233
msgstr ""
11234
11235
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:125(title/gui)
11236
msgid "Automatic (DHCP) addresses only"
11237
msgstr ""
11238
11239
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:126(item/p)
11240
msgid ""
11241
"If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a "
11242
"DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which "
11243
"DNS server to use)."
11244
msgstr ""
11245
11246
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131(item/p)
11247
msgid ""
11248
"Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings "
11249
"yourself, including which IP address the computer should use."
11250
msgstr ""
11251
11252
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:135(title/gui)
11253
msgid "Link-Local Only"
11254
msgstr ""
11255
11256
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:136(item/p)
11257
msgid ""
11258
"<em>Link-Local</em> is a way of connecting computers together on a network "
11259
"without requiring a DHCP server or manually defining IP addresses and other "
11260
"information. If you connect to a Link-Local network, the computers on the "
11261
"network will decide amongst themselves which IP addresses to use and so on. "
11262
"This is useful if you want to temporarily connect a few computers together "
11263
"so they communicate with each other."
11264
msgstr ""
11265
11266
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:140(title/gui)
11267
msgid "Disabled"
11268
msgstr ""
11269
11270
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:141(item/p)
11271
msgid ""
11272
"This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from "
11273
"connecting to it. Note that <gui>IPv4</gui> and <gui>IPv6</gui> are treated "
11274
"as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If "
11275
"you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled."
11276
msgstr ""
11277
11278
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:148(section/title)
11279
msgid "IPv6 Settings"
11280
msgstr ""
11281
11282
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:153(section/p)
11283
msgid ""
11284
"This is similar to the <gui>IPv4</gui> tab except it deals with the newer "
11285
"IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular "
11286
"at the moment."
11287
msgstr ""
11288
11289
#: C/net-wireless-find.page:16(info/desc)
11290
msgid ""
11291
"The wireless could be turned off or broken, there might be too many wireless "
11292
"networks nearby, or you might be out of range."
11293
msgstr ""
11294
11295
#: C/net-wireless-find.page:20(page/title)
11296
msgid "I can't see my wireless network in the list"
11297
msgstr ""
11298
11299
#: C/net-wireless-find.page:22(page/p)
11300
msgid ""
11301
"There are a number of reasons why you might not be able to see your wireless "
11302
"network on the list of networks which appears when you click the network "
11303
"icon on the menu bar."
11304
msgstr ""
11305
11306
#: C/net-wireless-find.page:26(item/p)
11307
msgid ""
11308
"If no networks are shown in the list, your wireless hardware could be turned "
11309
"off, or it <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\">may not be working "
11310
"properly</link>. Make sure it is turned on."
11311
msgstr ""
11312
11313
#: C/net-wireless-find.page:30(item/p)
11314
msgid ""
11315
"If there are lots of wireless networks nearby, the network you are looking "
11316
"for might not be on the first page of the list. If this is the case, look at "
11317
"the bottom of the list for an arrow pointing towards the right and hover "
11318
"your mouse over it to display the rest of the wireless networks."
11319
msgstr ""
11320
11321
#: C/net-wireless-find.page:34(item/p)
11322
msgid ""
11323
"You could be out of range of the network. Try moving closer to the wireless "
11324
"base station/router and see if the network appears in the list after a while."
11325
msgstr ""
11326
11327
#: C/net-wireless-find.page:38(item/p)
11328
msgid ""
11329
"The list of wireless networks takes time to update. If you have just turned "
11330
"on your computer or moved to a different location, wait for a minute or so "
11331
"and then check if the network has appeared in the list."
11332
msgstr ""
11333
11334
#: C/net-wireless-find.page:42(item/p)
11335
msgid ""
11336
"The network could be hidden. You need to <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
11337
"hidden\">connect in a different way</link> if it is a hidden network."
11338
msgstr ""
11339
11340
#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:19(info/desc)
11341
#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:29(item/p)
11342
msgid ""
11343
"Click the <gui>network menu</gui> on the menu bar and select <gui>Connect to "
11344
"Hidden Wireless Network</gui>."
11345
msgstr ""
11346
11347
#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:23(page/title)
11348
msgid "Connect to a hidden wireless network"
11349
msgstr ""
11350
11351
#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:25(page/p)
11352
msgid ""
11353
"It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is \"hidden.\" Hidden "
11354
"networks won't show up in the list of networks that are displayed when you "
11355
"click the network menu in the menu bar (or the list of wireless networks on "
11356
"any other computer). To connect to a hidden wireless network:"
11357
msgstr ""
11358
11359
#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:32(item/p)
11360
msgid ""
11361
"In the window that appears, type the network name, choose the type of "
11362
"wireless security, and click <gui>Connect</gui>."
11363
msgstr ""
11364
11365
#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:36(page/p)
11366
msgid ""
11367
"You may have to check the settings of the wireless base station or router to "
11368
"see what the network name is. It is sometimes called the <em>BSSID</em> "
11369
"(Basic Service Set Identifier), and looks something like this: "
11370
"<gui>02:00:01:02:03:04</gui>."
11371
msgstr ""
11372
11373
#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:38(page/p)
11374
msgid ""
11375
"You should also check the wireless base station's security settings. Look "
11376
"for terms like WEP and WPA."
11377
msgstr ""
11378
11379
#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:41(note/p)
11380
msgid ""
11381
"You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by "
11382
"preventing people who don't know about it from connecting. In practice, this "
11383
"is not the case; the network is slightly harder to find but it is still "
11384
"detectable."
11385
msgstr ""
11386
11387
#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:14(info/desc)
11388
msgid ""
11389
"Double-check the password, try using the pass key instead of the password, "
11390
"turn the wireless card off and on again..."
11391
msgstr ""
11392
11393
#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:18(page/title)
11394
msgid "I've entered the correct password, but I still can't connect"
11395
msgstr ""
11396
11397
#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:20(page/p)
11398
msgid ""
11399
"If you're sure that you entered the correct <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
11400
"wepwpa\">wireless password</link> but you still can't successfully connect "
11401
"to a wireless network, try some of the following:"
11402
msgstr ""
11403
11404
#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:24(item/p)
11405
msgid "Double-check that you have the right password"
11406
msgstr ""
11407
11408
#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:25(item/p)
11409
msgid ""
11410
"Passwords are case-sensitive (it matters whether they have capital or lower-"
11411
"case letters), so check that you didn't get the case of one of the letters "
11412
"wrong."
11413
msgstr ""
11414
11415
#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:29(item/p)
11416
msgid "Try the hex or ASCII pass key"
11417
msgstr ""
11418
11419
#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:30(item/p)
11420
msgid ""
11421
"The password you enter can also be represented in a different way - as a "
11422
"string of characters in hexadecimal (numbers 0-9 and letters a-f) called a "
11423
"pass key. Each password has an equivalent pass key. If you have access to "
11424
"the pass key as well as the password/passphrase, try typing the pass key "
11425
"instead. Make sure you select the correct <gui>wireless security</gui> "
11426
"option when asked for your password (for example, select <gui>WEP 40/128-bit "
11427
"Key</gui> if you're typing the 40-character pass key for a WEP-encrypted "
11428
"connection)."
11429
msgstr ""
11430
11431
#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:34(item/p)
11432
msgid "Try turning your wireless card off and then on again"
11433
msgstr ""
11434
11435
#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:35(item/p)
11436
msgid ""
11437
"Sometimes wireless cards get stuck or experience a minor problem that means "
11438
"they won't connect. Try turning the card off and then on again to reset it - "
11439
"see <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\"/> for more information."
11440
msgstr ""
11441
11442
#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:39(item/p)
11443
msgid "Check that you're using the right type of wireless security"
11444
msgstr ""
11445
11446
#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:40(item/p)
11447
msgid ""
11448
"When prompted for your wireless security password, you can choose which type "
11449
"of wireless security to use. Make sure you choose the one that is used by "
11450
"the router or wireless base station. This should be selected by default, but "
11451
"sometimes it will not be for some reason. If you don't know which one it is, "
11452
"use trial and error to go through the different options."
11453
msgstr ""
11454
11455
#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:44(item/p)
11456
msgid "Check that your wireless card is properly supported"
11457
msgstr ""
11458
11459
#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:45(item/p)
11460
msgid ""
11461
"Some wireless cards aren't supported very well. They show up as a wireless "
11462
"connection, but they can't connect to a network because their drivers lack "
11463
"the ability to do this. See if you can get an alternative wireless driver, "
11464
"or if you need to perform some extra set-up (like installing a different "
11465
"<em>firmware</em>). See <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\"/> for "
11466
"more information."
11467
msgstr ""
11468
11469
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:11(credit/name)
11470
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:9(credit/name)
11471
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:10(credit/name)
11472
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:10(credit/name)
11473
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:10(credit/name)
11474
msgid "Contributors to the Ubuntu documentation wiki"
11475
msgstr ""
11476
11477
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:19(info/desc)
11478
msgid "Identify and fix problems with wireless connections"
11479
msgstr ""
11480
11481
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:23(page/title)
11482
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:21(page/title)
11483
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:22(page/title)
11484
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:22(page/title)
11485
msgid "Wireless network troubleshooter"
11486
msgstr ""
11487
11488
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:25(page/p)
11489
msgid ""
11490
"This is a step-by step troubleshooting guide to help you identify and fix "
11491
"wireless problems. If you cannot connect to a wireless network for some "
11492
"reason, try following the instructions here."
11493
msgstr ""
11494
11495
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:27(page/p)
11496
msgid ""
11497
"We will proceed through the following steps to get your computer connected "
11498
"to the internet:"
11499
msgstr ""
11500
11501
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:29(item/p)
11502
msgid "Performing an initial check"
11503
msgstr ""
11504
11505
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:30(item/p)
11506
msgid "Gathering information about your hardware"
11507
msgstr ""
11508
11509
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:31(item/p)
11510
msgid "Checking your hardware"
11511
msgstr ""
11512
11513
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:32(item/p)
11514
msgid "Attempting to create a connection to your wireless router"
11515
msgstr ""
11516
11517
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:33(item/p)
11518
msgid "Performing a check of your modem and router"
11519
msgstr ""
11520
11521
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:35(page/p)
11522
msgid ""
11523
"To get started, click on the <em>Next</em> link at the top right of the "
11524
"page. This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you "
11525
"through each step in the guide."
11526
msgstr ""
11527
11528
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:38(note/title)
11529
msgid "Using the command line"
11530
msgstr ""
11531
11532
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:39(note/p)
11533
msgid ""
11534
"Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the "
11535
"<em>command line</em> (Terminal). You can find the Terminal application in "
11536
"the <gui>dash</gui>."
11537
msgstr ""
11538
11539
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40(note/p)
11540
msgid ""
11541
"If you are not familiar with using a command line, don't worry - this guide "
11542
"will direct you at each step. All you need to remember is that commands are "
11543
"case-sensitive (so you must type them <em>exactly</em> as they appear here), "
11544
"and to press <key>Enter</key> after typing each command to run it."
11545
msgstr ""
11546
11547
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:17(info/desc)
11548
msgid ""
11549
"Some device drivers don't work very well with certain wireless adapters, so "
11550
"you may need to find a better one."
11551
msgstr ""
11552
11553
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:22(page/subtitle)
11554
msgid "Make sure that working device drivers are installed"
11555
msgstr ""
11556
11557
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:26(page/p)
11558
msgid ""
11559
"In this step you can check to see if you can get working device drivers for "
11560
"your wireless adapter. A <em>device driver</em> is a piece of software which "
11561
"tells the computer how to make a hardware device work properly. Even though "
11562
"the wireless adapter has been recognized by the computer, it may not have "
11563
"drivers which work very well. You may be able to find different drivers for "
11564
"the wireless adapter which do work. Try some of the options below:"
11565
msgstr ""
11566
11567
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:30(item/p)
11568
msgid ""
11569
"Check to see if your wireless adapter is on a list of supported devices"
11570
msgstr ""
11571
11572
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:31(item/p)
11573
msgid ""
11574
"Most Linux distributions keep a list of wireless devices that they have "
11575
"support for. Sometimes, these lists provide extra information on how to get "
11576
"the drivers for certain adapters working properly. Go to the list for your "
11577
"distribution (for example, <link "
11578
"href=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/WifiDocs/WirelessCardsSupported\">Ub"
11579
"untu</link>, <link "
11580
"href=\"http://linuxwireless.org/en/users/Drivers\">Fedora</link> or <link "
11581
"href=\"http://en.opensuse.org/HCL:Network_(Wireless)\">openSuSE</link>) and "
11582
"see if your make and model of wireless adapter is listed. You may be able to "
11583
"use some of the information there to get your wireless drivers working."
11584
msgstr ""
11585
11586
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:35(item/p)
11587
msgid "Look for additional open or proprietary drivers"
11588
msgstr ""
11589
11590
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:36(item/p)
11591
msgid ""
11592
"Although Ubuntu includes support for a large amount of devices, some drivers "
11593
"need to be installed separately. Use the <gui>Additional Drivers</gui> tool "
11594
"to check for these extra open or <link xref=\"hardware-driver-"
11595
"proprietary\">proprietary</link> drivers."
11596
msgstr ""
11597
11598
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:42(item/p)
11599
msgid ""
11600
"Click the button at the far right side of the menu bar and select "
11601
"<gui>System Settings</gui>."
11602
msgstr ""
11603
11604
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:45(item/p)
11605
msgid "In the System section, click <gui>Software Sources</gui>."
11606
msgstr ""
11607
11608
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:48(item/p)
11609
msgid "Switch to the <gui>Additional Drivers</gui> tab."
11610
msgstr ""
11611
11612
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:56(item/p)
11613
msgid "Use the Windows drivers for your adapter"
11614
msgstr ""
11615
11616
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:57(item/p)
11617
msgid ""
11618
"In general, you cannot use a device driver designed for one operating system "
11619
"(like Windows) on another operating system (like Linux). This is because "
11620
"they have different ways of handling devices. For wireless adapters, "
11621
"however, you can install a compatibility layer called <em>NDISwrapper</em> "
11622
"which lets you use some Windows wireless drivers on Linux. This is useful "
11623
"because wireless adapters almost always have Windows drivers available for "
11624
"them, whereas Linux drivers are sometimes not available. You can learn more "
11625
"about how to use NDISwrapper <link "
11626
"href=\"http://sourceforge.net/apps/mediawiki/ndiswrapper/index.php?title=Main"
11627
"_Page\">here</link>. Note that not all wireless drivers can be used through "
11628
"NDISwrapper."
11629
msgstr ""
11630
11631
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:58(item/p)
11632
msgid ""
11633
"Full information on ndiswrapper kept on <link "
11634
"href=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/WifiDocs/Driver/Ndiswrapper\">this "
11635
"page</link> including troubleshooting help specific to ndiswrapper."
11636
msgstr ""
11637
11638
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:18(info/desc)
11639
msgid ""
11640
"Even though your wireless adapter is connected, it may not have been "
11641
"recognized properly by the computer."
11642
msgstr ""
11643
11644
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:22(page/title)
11645
msgid "Wireless connection troubleshooter"
11646
msgstr ""
11647
11648
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:23(page/subtitle)
11649
msgid "Check that the wireless adapter was recognized"
11650
msgstr ""
11651
11652
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:25(page/p)
11653
msgid ""
11654
"Even though the wireless adapter is connected to the computer, it may not "
11655
"have been recognized as a network device by the computer. In this step, you "
11656
"will check whether the device was recognized properly."
11657
msgstr ""
11658
11659
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:29(item/p)
11660
msgid ""
11661
"Open a Terminal window, type <cmd>sudo lshw -C network</cmd> and press "
11662
"<key>Enter</key>. If this gives an error message, you can install the "
11663
"<app>lshw</app> program on your computer by typing <cmd>sudo apt-get install "
11664
"lshw</cmd> into the terminal."
11665
msgstr ""
11666
11667
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:32(item/p)
11668
msgid ""
11669
"Look through the information that appeared and find the <em>Wireless "
11670
"interface</em> section. If your wireless adapter was detected properly, you "
11671
"should see something similar (but not identical) to this:"
11672
msgstr ""
11673
11674
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:33(item/code)
11675
#, no-wrap
11676
msgid ""
11677
"*-network\n"
11678
" description: Wireless interface\n"
11679
" product: PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network Connection\n"
11680
" vendor: Intel Corporation"
11681
msgstr ""
11682
11683
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:39(item/p)
11684
msgid ""
11685
"If a wireless device is listed, continue on to the <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
11686
"troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers step</link>."
11687
msgstr ""
11688
11689
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:40(item/p)
11690
msgid ""
11691
"If a wireless device is <em>not</em> listed, the next steps you take will "
11692
"depend on the type of device that you use. Refer to the section below that "
11693
"is relevant to the type of wireless adapter that your computer has (<link "
11694
"xref=\"#pci\">internal PCI</link>, <link xref=\"#usb\">USB</link>, or <link "
11695
"xref=\"#pcmcia\">PCMCIA</link>)."
11696
msgstr ""
11697
11698
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:45(section/title)
11699
msgid "PCI (internal) wireless adapter"
11700
msgstr ""
11701
11702
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:46(section/p)
11703
msgid ""
11704
"Internal PCI adapters are the most common, and are found in most laptops "
11705
"made within the past few years. To check if your PCI wireless adapter was "
11706
"recognized:"
11707
msgstr ""
11708
11709
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:48(item/p)
11710
msgid "Open a Terminal, type <cmd>lspci</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
11711
msgstr ""
11712
11713
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:50(item/p)
11714
msgid ""
11715
"Look through the list of devices that is shown and find any that are marked "
11716
"<code>Network controller</code> or <code>Ethernet controller</code>. Several "
11717
"devices may be marked in this way; the one corresponding to your wireless "
11718
"adapter might include words like <code>wireless</code>, <code>WLAN</code>, "
11719
"<code>wifi</code> or <code>802.11</code>. Here is an example of what the "
11720
"entry might look like:"
11721
msgstr ""
11722
11723
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:51(item/code)
11724
#, no-wrap
11725
msgid ""
11726
"Network controller: Intel Corporation PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network "
11727
"Connection"
11728
msgstr ""
11729
11730
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:53(item/p)
11731
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:66(item/p)
11732
msgid ""
11733
"If you found your wireless adapter in the list, proceed to the <link "
11734
"xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers "
11735
"step</link>. If you didn't find anything related to your wireless adapter, "
11736
"see <link xref=\"#not-recognized\">the instructions below</link>."
11737
msgstr ""
11738
11739
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:58(section/title)
11740
msgid "USB wireless adapter"
11741
msgstr ""
11742
11743
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:59(section/p)
11744
msgid ""
11745
"Wireless adapters that plug into a USB port on your computer are less "
11746
"common. They can plug directly into a USB port, or may be connected by a USB "
11747
"cable. 3G/mobile broadband adapters look quite similar to wireless (wifi) "
11748
"adapters, so if you think you have a USB wireless adapter, double-check that "
11749
"it is not actually a 3G adapter. To check if your USB wireless adapter was "
11750
"recognized:"
11751
msgstr ""
11752
11753
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:61(item/p)
11754
msgid "Open a Terminal, type <cmd>lsusb</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
11755
msgstr ""
11756
11757
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:63(item/p)
11758
msgid ""
11759
"Look through the list of devices that is shown and find any that seem to "
11760
"refer to a wireless or network device. The one corresponding to your "
11761
"wireless adapter might include words like <code>wireless</code>, "
11762
"<code>WLAN</code>, <code>wifi</code> or <code>802.11</code>. Here is an "
11763
"example of what the entry might look like:"
11764
msgstr ""
11765
11766
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:64(item/code)
11767
#, no-wrap
11768
msgid ""
11769
"Bus 005 Device 009: ID 12d1:140b Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. EC1260 "
11770
"Wireless Data Modem HSD USB Card"
11771
msgstr ""
11772
11773
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:71(section/title)
11774
msgid "Checking for a PCMCIA device"
11775
msgstr ""
11776
11777
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:72(section/p)
11778
msgid ""
11779
"PCMCIA wireless adapters are typically rectangular cards which slot into the "
11780
"side of your laptop. They are more commonly found in older computers. To "
11781
"check if your PCMCIA adapter was recognized:"
11782
msgstr ""
11783
11784
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:74(item/p)
11785
msgid "Start your computer <em>without</em> the wireless adapter plugged in."
11786
msgstr ""
11787
11788
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:76(item/p)
11789
msgid "Open a Terminal and type the following, then press <key>Enter</key>:"
11790
msgstr ""
11791
11792
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:77(item/code)
11793
#, no-wrap
11794
msgid "tail -f /var/log/dmesg"
11795
msgstr ""
11796
11797
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:78(item/p)
11798
msgid ""
11799
"This will display a list of messages related to your computer's hardware, "
11800
"and will automatically update if anything to do with your hardware changes."
11801
msgstr ""
11802
11803
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:80(item/p)
11804
msgid ""
11805
"Insert your wireless adapter into the PCMCIA slot and see what changes in "
11806
"the Terminal window. The changes should include some information about your "
11807
"wireless adapter. Look through them and see if you can identify it."
11808
msgstr ""
11809
11810
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:81(item/p)
11811
msgid ""
11812
"To stop the command from running in the Terminal, press "
11813
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</key></keyseq>. After you have done that, you "
11814
"can close the Terminal if you like."
11815
msgstr ""
11816
11817
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:82(item/p)
11818
msgid ""
11819
"If you found any information about your wireless adapter, proceed to the "
11820
"<link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers "
11821
"step</link>. If you didn't find anything related to your wireless adapter, "
11822
"see <link xref=\"#not-recognized\">the instructions below</link>."
11823
msgstr ""
11824
11825
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:87(section/title)
11826
msgid "Wireless adapter was not recognized"
11827
msgstr ""
11828
11829
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:88(section/p)
11830
msgid ""
11831
"If your wireless adapter was not recognized, it might not be working "
11832
"properly or the correct drivers may not be installed for it."
11833
msgstr ""
11834
11835
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:89(section/p)
11836
msgid ""
11837
"To get specific help, look at the support options on your distribution's "
11838
"website. These might include mailing lists and web chats where you can ask "
11839
"about your wireless adapter, for example."
11840
msgstr ""
11841
11842
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:18(info/desc)
11843
msgid ""
11844
"You may need details such as the model number of your wireless adapter in "
11845
"subsequent troubleshooting steps."
11846
msgstr ""
11847
11848
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:23(page/subtitle)
11849
msgid "Gather information about your network hardware"
11850
msgstr ""
11851
11852
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:25(page/p)
11853
msgid ""
11854
"In this step, you will collect information about your wireless network "
11855
"device. The way you fix many wireless problems depends on the make and model "
11856
"number of the wireless adapter, so you will need to make a note of these "
11857
"details. It can also be helpful to have some of the items that came with "
11858
"your computer too, like device driver installation discs. Look for the "
11859
"following items, if you still have them:"
11860
msgstr ""
11861
11862
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:29(item/p)
11863
msgid ""
11864
"The packaging and instructions for your wireless devices (especially the "
11865
"user guide for your router)"
11866
msgstr ""
11867
11868
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:32(item/p)
11869
msgid ""
11870
"The disc containing drivers for your wireless adapter (even if it only "
11871
"contains Windows drivers)"
11872
msgstr ""
11873
11874
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:35(item/p)
11875
msgid ""
11876
"The manufacturers and model numbers of your computer, wireless adapter and "
11877
"router. This information can usually be found on the underside/reverse of "
11878
"the device."
11879
msgstr ""
11880
11881
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:38(item/p)
11882
msgid ""
11883
"Any version/revision numbers that may be printed on your wireless network "
11884
"devices or their packaging. These can be especially helpful, so look "
11885
"carefully."
11886
msgstr ""
11887
11888
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:41(item/p)
11889
msgid ""
11890
"Anything on the driver disc that identifies either the device itself, its "
11891
"\"firmware\" version, or the components (chipset) it uses."
11892
msgstr ""
11893
11894
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:45(page/p)
11895
msgid ""
11896
"If possible, try to get access to an alternative working internet connection "
11897
"so that you can download software and drivers if necessary. (Plugging your "
11898
"computer directly into the router with an Ethernet network cable is one way "
11899
"of providing this, but only plug it in when you need to.)"
11900
msgstr ""
11901
11902
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:47(page/p)
11903
msgid ""
11904
"Once you have as many of these items as possible, click <gui>Next</gui>."
11905
msgstr ""
11906
11907
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:18(info/desc)
11908
msgid ""
11909
"Make sure that simple network settings are correct and prepare for the next "
11910
"few troubleshooting steps."
11911
msgstr ""
11912
11913
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:23(page/subtitle)
11914
msgid "Perform an initial connection check"
11915
msgstr ""
11916
11917
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:25(page/p)
11918
msgid ""
11919
"In this step you will check some basic information about your wireless "
11920
"network connection. This is to make sure that your networking problem isn't "
11921
"caused by a relatively simple issue, like the wireless connection being "
11922
"turned off, and to prepare for the next few troubleshooting steps."
11923
msgstr ""
11924
11925
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:29(item/p)
11926
msgid ""
11927
"Make sure that your laptop is not connected to a <em>wired</em> internet "
11928
"connection."
11929
msgstr ""
11930
11931
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:32(item/p)
11932
msgid ""
11933
"If you have an external wireless adapter (such as a USB adapter, or a PCMCIA "
11934
"card that plugs into your laptop), make sure that it is firmly inserted into "
11935
"the proper slot on your computer."
11936
msgstr ""
11937
11938
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:35(item/p)
11939
msgid ""
11940
"If your wireless card is <em>inside</em> your computer, make sure that the "
11941
"wireless switch is turned on (if it has one). Laptops often have wireless "
11942
"switches that you can toggle by pressing a combination of keyboard keys."
11943
msgstr ""
11944
11945
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:38(item/p)
11946
msgid ""
11947
"Click the <gui>network menu</gui> on the menu bar and make sure that the "
11948
"<gui>Enable Wireless</gui> setting is checked."
11949
msgstr ""
11950
11951
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:41(item/p)
11952
msgid ""
11953
"Open the Terminal, type <cmd>nm-tool</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
11954
msgstr ""
11955
11956
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:42(item/p)
11957
msgid ""
11958
"This will display information about your network hardware and connection "
11959
"status. Look down the list of information and see if there is a section "
11960
"related to the wireless network adapter. The information for each network "
11961
"device is separated by a row of dashes. If you find the line <code>State: "
11962
"connected</code> in the section for your wireless adapter, it means that it "
11963
"is working and connected to your wireless router."
11964
msgstr ""
11965
11966
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:46(page/p)
11967
msgid ""
11968
"If you are connected to your wireless router, but you still cannot access "
11969
"the internet, your router may not be set up correctly, or your Internet "
11970
"Service Provider (ISP) maybe experiencing some technical problems. Review "
11971
"your router and ISP setup guides to make sure the settings are correct, or "
11972
"contact your ISP for support."
11973
msgstr ""
11974
11975
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:48(page/p)
11976
msgid ""
11977
"If the information from <cmd>nm-tool</cmd> did not indicate that you were "
11978
"connected to the network, click <gui>Next</gui> to proceed to the next "
11979
"portion of the troubleshooting guide."
11980
msgstr ""
11981
11982
#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:14(info/desc)
11983
msgid "WEP and WPA are ways of encrypting data on wireless networks."
11984
msgstr ""
11985
11986
#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:18(page/title)
11987
msgid "What do WEP and WPA mean?"
11988
msgstr ""
11989
11990
#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:20(page/p)
11991
msgid ""
11992
"WEP and WPA (along with WPA2) are names for different encryption tools used "
11993
"to secure your wireless connection. Encryption scrambles the network "
11994
"connection so that no one can \"listen in\" to it and look at which web "
11995
"pages you are viewing, for example. WEP stands for <em>Wired Equivalent "
11996
"Privacy</em>, and WPA stands for <em>Wireless Protected Access</em>. WPA2 is "
11997
"the second version of the WPA standard."
11998
msgstr ""
11999
12000
#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:22(page/p)
12001
msgid ""
12002
"Using <em>some</em> encryption is always better than using none, but WEP is "
12003
"the least secure of these standards, and you should not use it if you can "
12004
"avoid it. WPA2 is the most secure of the three. If your wireless card and "
12005
"router support WPA2, that is what you should use when setting up your "
12006
"wireless network."
12007
msgstr ""
12008
12009
#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:19(info/desc)
12010
msgid ""
12011
"Edit your connection settings, and remove the unwanted connection option."
12012
msgstr ""
12013
12014
#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:23(page/title)
12015
msgid "My computer connects to the wrong network"
12016
msgstr ""
12017
12018
#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:25(page/p)
12019
msgid ""
12020
"When you turn your computer on or move to a different location, your "
12021
"computer will automatically try to connect to wireless networks that you "
12022
"have connected to in the past. If it tries to connect to the wrong network "
12023
"each time (that is, not the one that you want it to connect to), do the "
12024
"following:"
12025
msgstr ""
12026
12027
#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:33(item/p)
12028
msgid ""
12029
"Go to the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab and find the network that you "
12030
"<em>don't</em> want it to keep connecting to."
12031
msgstr ""
12032
12033
#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:37(item/p)
12034
msgid ""
12035
"Click that network once to select it and click <gui>Delete</gui>. Your "
12036
"computer won't try to connect to that network any more."
12037
msgstr ""
12038
12039
#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:42(page/p)
12040
msgid ""
12041
"If you later want to connect to the network you just deleted, simply select "
12042
"it from the list of wireless networks that appears when you click the "
12043
"network menu on the menu bar - just as you would connect to any other "
12044
"wireless network."
12045
msgstr ""
12046
12047
#: C/power-batterybroken.page:10(info/desc)
12048
msgid ""
12049
"Your battery is probably not broken; it's more likely that it's just old."
12050
msgstr ""
12051
12052
#: C/power-batterybroken.page:21(page/title)
12053
msgid "An error reports my battery has low capacity"
12054
msgstr ""
12055
12056
#: C/power-batterybroken.page:28(page/p)
12057
msgid "When you first log in, you might see a message that says:"
12058
msgstr ""
12059
12060
#: C/power-batterybroken.page:30(quote/p)
12061
msgid ""
12062
"<em>Battery may be broken. Your battery has a very low capacity which means "
12063
"that it may be old or broken.</em>"
12064
msgstr ""
12065
12066
#: C/power-batterybroken.page:33(page/p)
12067
msgid ""
12068
"This message is displayed when the computer detects that your battery is not "
12069
"capable of storing much charge. The most likely reason for this is that your "
12070
"battery is old; it's probably not broken, so there's no need to worry."
12071
msgstr ""
12072
12073
#: C/power-batterybroken.page:35(page/p)
12074
msgid ""
12075
"Over time, all laptop batteries lose their ability to store charge. After a "
12076
"while (normally a year or more), the battery will only be able to store a "
12077
"fraction of the charge that it could when it was new. The message above is "
12078
"shown when this happens."
12079
msgstr ""
12080
12081
#: C/power-batterybroken.page:37(page/p)
12082
msgid ""
12083
"If your computer or battery is relatively new, it should be capable of "
12084
"holding a high percentage of its design charge. If it can't, then your "
12085
"battery may be broken and you might need to seek a replacement."
12086
msgstr ""
12087
12088
#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:10(info/desc)
12089
msgid ""
12090
"The battery life displayed when you click on the <gui>battery icon</gui> is "
12091
"an estimate."
12092
msgstr ""
12093
12094
#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:28(page/title)
12095
msgid "The estimated battery life is wrong"
12096
msgstr ""
12097
12098
#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:30(page/p)
12099
msgid ""
12100
"When you check the remaining battery life, you may find that the time "
12101
"remaining that it reports is different to how long the battery actually "
12102
"lasts. This is because the amount of remaining battery life can only be "
12103
"estimated. Normally, the estimates improve over time."
12104
msgstr ""
12105
12106
#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:35(page/p)
12107
msgid ""
12108
"In order to estimate the remaining battery life, a number of factors must be "
12109
"taken into account. One is the amount of power currently being used by the "
12110
"computer: power consumption varies depending on how many programs you have "
12111
"open, which devices are plugged in, and whether you are running any "
12112
"intensive tasks (like watching a DVD or converting music files, for "
12113
"example). This changes from moment to moment, and is difficult to predict."
12114
msgstr ""
12115
12116
#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:42(page/p)
12117
msgid ""
12118
"Another factor is how the battery discharges. Some batteries lose charge "
12119
"faster the emptier they get. Without precise knowledge of how the battery "
12120
"discharges, only a rough estimate of remaining battery life can be made."
12121
msgstr ""
12122
12123
#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:46(page/p)
12124
msgid ""
12125
"As the battery discharges, the power manager will figure out its discharge "
12126
"properties and will learn how to make better estimates of battery life. They "
12127
"will never be completely accurate, though."
12128
msgstr ""
12129
12130
#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:51(note/p)
12131
msgid ""
12132
"If you get a completely ridiculous battery life estimate (say, hundreds of "
12133
"days), the power manager is probably missing some of the data it needs to "
12134
"make a sensible estimate."
12135
msgstr ""
12136
12137
#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:54(note/p)
12138
msgid ""
12139
"If you unplug the power and run the laptop on battery for a while, then plug "
12140
"it in and let it recharge again, the power manager should be able to get the "
12141
"data it needs."
12142
msgstr ""
12143
12144
#: C/power-batterylife.page:10(info/desc)
12145
msgid "Tips to reduce your computer's power consumption."
12146
msgstr ""
12147
12148
#: C/power-batterylife.page:28(page/title)
12149
msgid "Use less power and improve battery life"
12150
msgstr ""
12151
12152
#: C/power-batterylife.page:30(page/p)
12153
msgid ""
12154
"Computers can use a lot of power. By using some simple energy-saving "
12155
"strategies, you can reduce your energy bill and help the environment. If you "
12156
"have a laptop, this will also help to increase the amount of time it can run "
12157
"on battery power."
12158
msgstr ""
12159
12160
#: C/power-batterylife.page:35(section/title)
12161
msgid "General tips"
12162
msgstr ""
12163
12164
#: C/power-batterylife.page:38(item/p)
12165
msgid ""
12166
"<link xref=\"shell-exit#suspend\">Suspend your computer</link> when you are "
12167
"not using it. This significantly reduces the amount of power it uses, and it "
12168
"can be woken up very quickly."
12169
msgstr ""
12170
12171
#: C/power-batterylife.page:43(item/p)
12172
msgid ""
12173
"Turn off the computer when you will not be using it for longer periods. Some "
12174
"people worry that turning off a computer regularly may cause it to wear out "
12175
"faster, but this isn't the case."
12176
msgstr ""
12177
12178
#: C/power-batterylife.page:48(item/p)
12179
msgid ""
12180
"Use the <gui>Power</gui> preferences in <app>System Settings</app> to change "
12181
"your power settings. There are a number of options that will help to save "
12182
"power: you can <link xref=\"display-dimscreen\">automatically dim</link> the "
12183
"display after a certain time; <link xref=\"display-dimscreen\">reduce the "
12184
"display brightness</link> (for laptops); and have the computer <link "
12185
"xref=\"power-suspend\">automatically suspend</link> if you have not used it "
12186
"for a certain period of time."
12187
msgstr ""
12188
12189
#: C/power-batterylife.page:57(item/p)
12190
msgid ""
12191
"Turn off any external devices (like printers and scanners) when you're not "
12192
"using them."
12193
msgstr ""
12194
12195
#: C/power-batterylife.page:64(section/title)
12196
msgid "Laptops, netbooks, and other devices with batteries"
12197
msgstr ""
12198
12199
#: C/power-batterylife.page:68(item/p)
12200
msgid ""
12201
"<link xref=\"display-dimscreen\">Reduce the screen brightness</link>; "
12202
"powering the screen accounts for a significant fraction of a laptop's power "
12203
"consumption."
12204
msgstr ""
12205
12206
#: C/power-batterylife.page:71(item/p)
12207
msgid ""
12208
"Most laptops have buttons on the keyboard (or a keyboard shortcut) that you "
12209
"can use to reduce the brightness."
12210
msgstr ""
12211
12212
#: C/power-batterylife.page:75(item/p)
12213
msgid ""
12214
"If you don't need an Internet connection for a little while, turn off the "
12215
"wireless/Bluetooth card. These devices work by broadcasting radio waves, "
12216
"which takes quite a bit of power."
12217
msgstr ""
12218
12219
#: C/power-batterylife.page:78(item/p)
12220
msgid ""
12221
"Some computers have a physical switch that can be used to turn it off, "
12222
"whereas others have a keyboard shortcut that you can use instead. You can "
12223
"turn it on again when you need it."
12224
msgstr ""
12225
12226
#: C/power-batterylife.page:86(section/title)
12227
msgid "More advanced tips"
12228
msgstr ""
12229
12230
#: C/power-batterylife.page:90(item/p)
12231
msgid ""
12232
"Reduce the number of tasks that are running in the background. Computers use "
12233
"more power when they have more work to do."
12234
msgstr ""
12235
12236
#: C/power-batterylife.page:92(item/p)
12237
msgid ""
12238
"Most of your running applications do very little when you are not actively "
12239
"using them. However, applications that frequently grab data from the "
12240
"internet, play music or movies can impact your power consumption."
12241
msgstr ""
12242
12243
#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:10(info/desc)
12244
msgid "Tips such as \"Don't let the battery charge get too low\""
12245
msgstr ""
12246
12247
#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:28(page/title)
12248
msgid "Get the most out of your laptop battery"
12249
msgstr ""
12250
12251
#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:30(page/p)
12252
msgid ""
12253
"As laptop batteries age, they get worse at storing charge and their capacity "
12254
"gradually decreases. There are a few techniques that you can use to prolong "
12255
"their useful lifetime, although you shouldn't expect a big difference."
12256
msgstr ""
12257
12258
#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:36(item/p)
12259
msgid ""
12260
"Don't let the battery run all the way down. Always recharge <em>before</em> "
12261
"the battery gets very low, although most batteries have built-in safeguards "
12262
"to prevent the battery running too low. Recharging when it is only partially "
12263
"discharged is more efficient, but recharging when it is only slightly "
12264
"discharged is worse for the battery."
12265
msgstr ""
12266
12267
#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:43(item/p)
12268
msgid ""
12269
"Heat has a detrimental effect on the battery's charging efficiency. Don't "
12270
"let the battery get any warmer than it has to."
12271
msgstr ""
12272
12273
#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:47(item/p)
12274
msgid ""
12275
"Batteries age even if you leave them in storage. There's little advantage in "
12276
"buying a replacement battery at the same time as you get the original "
12277
"battery - always buy replacements when you need them."
12278
msgstr ""
12279
12280
#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:54(note/p)
12281
msgid ""
12282
"This advice applies specifically to Lithium-Ion (Li-Ion) batteries, which "
12283
"are the most common type. Other types of battery may benefit from different "
12284
"treatment."
12285
msgstr ""
12286
12287
#: C/power-batteryslow.page:7(info/desc)
12288
msgid ""
12289
"Some laptops intentionally slow down when they are running on battery."
12290
msgstr ""
12291
12292
#: C/power-batteryslow.page:19(page/title)
12293
msgid "Why is my laptop slow when it's on battery?"
12294
msgstr ""
12295
12296
#: C/power-batteryslow.page:21(page/p)
12297
msgid ""
12298
"Some laptops intentionally slow down when they are running on battery in "
12299
"order to conserve power. The laptop's processor (CPU) switches to a slower "
12300
"speed, and processors use less power when running slower, so the battery "
12301
"should last longer."
12302
msgstr ""
12303
12304
#: C/power-batteryslow.page:26(page/p)
12305
msgid "This feature is called <em>CPU frequency scaling</em>."
12306
msgstr ""
12307
12308
#: C/power-batterywindows.page:11(info/desc)
12309
msgid ""
12310
"Tweaks from the manufacturer and differing battery life estimates may be the "
12311
"cause of this problem."
12312
msgstr ""
12313
12314
#: C/power-batterywindows.page:24(page/title)
12315
msgid "Why do I have less battery life than I did on Windows/Mac OS?"
12316
msgstr ""
12317
12318
#: C/power-batterywindows.page:26(page/p)
12319
msgid ""
12320
"Some computers appear to have a shorter battery life when running on Linux "
12321
"than they do when running Windows or Mac OS. One reason for this is that "
12322
"computer vendors install special software for Windows/Mac OS that optimizes "
12323
"various hardware/software settings for a given model of computer. These "
12324
"tweaks are often highly specific, and may not be documented, so including "
12325
"them in Linux is difficult."
12326
msgstr ""
12327
12328
#: C/power-batterywindows.page:33(page/p)
12329
msgid ""
12330
"Unfortunately, there is not an easy way of applying these tweaks yourself "
12331
"without knowing exactly what they are. You may find that using some <link "
12332
"xref=\"power-batterylife\">power-saving methods</link> helps, though. If "
12333
"your computer has a <link xref=\"power-batteryslow\">variable-speed "
12334
"processor</link>, you might find that changing its settings is also useful."
12335
msgstr ""
12336
12337
#: C/power-batterywindows.page:39(page/p)
12338
msgid ""
12339
"Another possible reason for the discrepancy is that the method of estimating "
12340
"battery life is different on Windows/Mac OS than on Linux. The actual "
12341
"battery life could be exactly the same, but the different methods give "
12342
"different estimates."
12343
msgstr ""
12344
12345
#: C/power-closelid.page:11(info/desc)
12346
msgid "Laptops go to sleep when you close the lid, in order to save power."
12347
msgstr ""
12348
12349
#: C/power-closelid.page:24(page/title)
12350
msgid "Why does my computer turn off when I close the lid?"
12351
msgstr ""
12352
12353
#: C/power-closelid.page:26(page/p)
12354
msgid ""
12355
"When you close the lid of your laptop, your computer will <link xref=\"power-"
12356
"suspend\"><em>suspend</em></link> in order to save power. This means that "
12357
"the computer isn't actually turned off - it has just gone to sleep. You can "
12358
"resume it by opening the lid. If it doesn't resume, try clicking the mouse "
12359
"or pressing a key. If that still doesn't work, press the power button."
12360
msgstr ""
12361
12362
#: C/power-closelid.page:32(page/p)
12363
msgid ""
12364
"Some computers are unable to suspend properly, normally because their "
12365
"hardware isn't completely supported by the operating system (for example, "
12366
"the Linux drivers are incomplete). In this case, you may find that you are "
12367
"unable to resume your computer after you've closed the lid. You can try to "
12368
"<link xref=\"power-suspendfail\">fix the problem with suspend</link>, or you "
12369
"can prevent the computer from trying to suspend when you close the lid."
12370
msgstr ""
12371
12372
#: C/power-closelid.page:40(section/title)
12373
msgid "Stop the computer from suspending when the lid is closed"
12374
msgstr ""
12375
12376
#: C/power-closelid.page:41(section/p)
12377
msgid ""
12378
"If you don't want the computer to suspend when you close the lid, you can "
12379
"change the settings for that behavior:"
12380
msgstr ""
12381
12382
#: C/power-closelid.page:43(note/p)
12383
msgid ""
12384
"Be very careful if you change this setting. Some laptops can overheat if "
12385
"they are left running with the lid closed, especially if they are in a "
12386
"confined place like a backpack."
12387
msgstr ""
12388
12389
#: C/power-closelid.page:50(item/p)
12390
msgid "In the <gui>Hardware</gui> section, click <gui>Power</gui>."
12391
msgstr ""
12392
12393
#: C/power-closelid.page:51(item/p)
12394
msgid ""
12395
"Set the drop-down menus next to <gui>When the lid is closed</gui> to <gui>Do "
12396
"nothing</gui>."
12397
msgstr ""
12398
12399
#: C/power-constantfan.page:9(info/desc)
12400
msgid ""
12401
"Some fan-control software could be missing, or your laptop may be running "
12402
"hot."
12403
msgstr ""
12404
12405
#: C/power-constantfan.page:19(page/title)
12406
msgid "The laptop fan is always running"
12407
msgstr ""
12408
12409
#: C/power-constantfan.page:21(page/p)
12410
msgid ""
12411
"If your laptop's cooling fan is always running, it could be that the "
12412
"hardware that controls the laptop's cooling system isn't very well supported "
12413
"in Linux. Some laptops need extra software to control their cooling fans "
12414
"efficiently, but this software may not be installed (or available for Linux "
12415
"at all) and so the fans just run at full speed all of the time."
12416
msgstr ""
12417
12418
#: C/power-constantfan.page:27(page/p)
12419
msgid ""
12420
"If this is the case, you may be able to change some settings or install "
12421
"extra software that allows full control of the fan. For example, <link "
12422
"href=\"http://vaio-utils.org/fan/\">vaiofand</link> can be installed to "
12423
"control the fans of some Sony VAIO laptops. Installing this software is "
12424
"quite a technical process which is highly dependent on the make and model of "
12425
"your laptop, so you may wish to seek specific advice on how to do it for "
12426
"your computer."
12427
msgstr ""
12428
12429
#: C/power-constantfan.page:35(page/p)
12430
msgid ""
12431
"It is also possible that your laptop just produces a lot of heat. This does "
12432
"not necessarily mean that it is overheating; it might just need the fan to "
12433
"run at full speed all of the time to allow it to stay cool enough. If this "
12434
"is the case, you have little option but to let the fan run at full speed all "
12435
"of the time. You can sometimes buy additional cooling accessories for your "
12436
"laptop which may help."
12437
msgstr ""
12438
12439
#: C/power-hibernate.page:11(info/desc)
12440
msgid "Hibernate is disabled by default since it's not well supported.."
12441
msgstr ""
12442
12443
#: C/power-hibernate.page:30(page/title)
12444
msgid "How do I hibernate my computer?"
12445
msgstr ""
12446
12447
#: C/power-hibernate.page:32(page/p)
12448
msgid ""
12449
"When the computer <em>hibernates</em>, all of your applications and "
12450
"documents are stored and the computer completely switches off so it does not "
12451
"use any power, but the applications and documents will still be open when "
12452
"you switch on the computer again."
12453
msgstr ""
12454
12455
#: C/power-hibernate.page:37(page/p)
12456
msgid ""
12457
"Unfortunately, hibernate <link xref=\"power-suspendfail\">doesn't "
12458
"work</link> in many cases, which can cause you to lose data if you expect "
12459
"your documents and applications to re-open when you switch your computer "
12460
"back on. Therefore, hibernate is disabled by default."
12461
msgstr ""
12462
12463
#: C/power-hibernate.page:43(section/title)
12464
msgid "Test if hibernate works"
12465
msgstr ""
12466
12467
#: C/power-hibernate.page:46(note/title)
12468
msgid "Always save your work before hibernating"
12469
msgstr ""
12470
12471
#: C/power-hibernate.page:47(note/p)
12472
msgid ""
12473
"You should save all of your work before hibernating the computer, just in "
12474
"case something goes wrong and your open applications and documents cannot be "
12475
"recovered when you switch on the computer again."
12476
msgstr ""
12477
12478
#: C/power-hibernate.page:52(section/p)
12479
msgid ""
12480
"You can use the command line to test if hibernate works on your computer."
12481
msgstr ""
12482
12483
#: C/power-hibernate.page:58(when/p)
12484
msgid ""
12485
"Open the <app>Terminal</app> by pressing <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key> "
12486
"<key>Alt</key><key>t</key></keyseq> or by searching for "
12487
"<input>terminal</input> in the <gui>dash</gui>."
12488
msgstr ""
12489
12490
#: C/power-hibernate.page:62(choose/p)
12491
msgid ""
12492
"Open the <app>Terminal</app> by searching for <input>terminal</input> in the "
12493
"<gui>Activities overview</gui>."
12494
msgstr ""
12495
12496
#: C/power-hibernate.page:67(item/p)
12497
msgid ""
12498
"Type <cmd>sudo pm-hibernate</cmd> into the terminal and press "
12499
"<key>Enter</key>."
12500
msgstr ""
12501
12502
#: C/power-hibernate.page:68(item/p)
12503
msgid "Enter your password when prompted."
12504
msgstr ""
12505
12506
#: C/power-hibernate.page:71(item/p)
12507
msgid ""
12508
"After you computer turns off, switch it back on. Did your open applications "
12509
"re-open?"
12510
msgstr ""
12511
12512
#: C/power-hibernate.page:73(item/p)
12513
msgid ""
12514
"If hibernate doesn't work, check if your swap partition is at least as large "
12515
"as your available RAM."
12516
msgstr ""
12517
12518
#: C/power-hibernate.page:81(section/title)
12519
msgid "Enable hibernate"
12520
msgstr ""
12521
12522
#: C/power-hibernate.page:83(section/p)
12523
msgid ""
12524
"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the <cmd>sudo pm-"
12525
"hibernate</cmd> command when you want to hibernate."
12526
msgstr ""
12527
12528
#: C/power-hibernate.page:86(section/p)
12529
msgid ""
12530
"You can also enable the hibernate option in the menus. To do that, use your "
12531
"favorite text editor to create <file>/etc/polkit-1/localauthority/50-"
12532
"local.d/com.ubuntu.enable-hibernate.pkla</file>. Add the following to the "
12533
"file and save:"
12534
msgstr ""
12535
12536
#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:10(info/desc)
12537
msgid ""
12538
"Computers usually get warm, but if they get too hot they can overheat, which "
12539
"can be damaging."
12540
msgstr ""
12541
12542
#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:20(page/title)
12543
msgid "My computer gets really hot"
12544
msgstr ""
12545
12546
#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:22(page/p)
12547
msgid ""
12548
"Most computers get warm after a while, and some can get quite hot. This is "
12549
"normal: it's simply part of the way that the computer cools itself. However, "
12550
"if your computer gets very warm it could be a sign that it is overheating, "
12551
"which can potentially cause damage."
12552
msgstr ""
12553
12554
#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:27(page/p)
12555
msgid ""
12556
"Most laptops get reasonably warm once you have been using them for a while. "
12557
"It's generally nothing to worry about - computers produce a lot of heat and "
12558
"laptops are very compact, so they need to remove their heat rapidly and "
12559
"their outer casing warms up as a result. Some laptops do get too hot, "
12560
"however, and may be uncomfortable to use. This is normally the result of a "
12561
"poorly-designed cooling system. You can sometimes get additional cooling "
12562
"accessories which fit to the bottom of the laptop and provide more efficient "
12563
"cooling."
12564
msgstr ""
12565
12566
#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:35(page/p)
12567
msgid ""
12568
"If you have a desktop computer which feels hot to the touch, it may have "
12569
"insufficient cooling. If this concerns you, you can buy extra cooling fans "
12570
"or check that the cooling fans and vents are free from dust and other "
12571
"blockages. You might want to consider putting the computer in a better-"
12572
"ventilated area too - if kept in confined spaces (e.g. in a cupboard), the "
12573
"computer's cooling system may not be able to remove heat and circulate cool "
12574
"air fast enough."
12575
msgstr ""
12576
12577
#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:48(page/p)
12578
msgid ""
12579
"Some people are concerned about the health risks of using hot laptops. There "
12580
"are suggestions that prolonged use of a hot laptop on your lap might "
12581
"possibly reduce (male) fertility, and there are reports of minor burns being "
12582
"suffered too (in extreme cases). If you are concerned about these potential "
12583
"problems, you may wish to consult a medical practitioner for advice. Of "
12584
"course, you can simply choose not to rest the laptop on your lap."
12585
msgstr ""
12586
12587
#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:55(page/p)
12588
msgid ""
12589
"Most modern computers will shut themselves down if they get too hot, to "
12590
"prevent themselves from becoming damaged. If your computer keeps shutting "
12591
"down, this might be the reason. If your computer is overheating, you will "
12592
"probably need to get it repaired."
12593
msgstr ""
12594
12595
#: C/power-lowpower.page:9(info/desc)
12596
msgid "Allowing the battery to completely discharge is bad for it."
12597
msgstr ""
12598
12599
#: C/power-lowpower.page:22(page/title)
12600
msgid "Why did my computer turn off/suspend when the battery got to 10%?"
12601
msgstr ""
12602
12603
#: C/power-lowpower.page:24(page/p)
12604
msgid ""
12605
"When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will "
12606
"automatically <link xref=\"power-suspend\">suspend</link>. It does this to "
12607
"make sure that the battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad "
12608
"for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer wouldn't have "
12609
"time to shut down properly either."
12610
msgstr ""
12611
12612
#: C/power-lowpower.page:30(page/p)
12613
msgid ""
12614
"You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low by clicking "
12615
"the <gui>battery menu</gui> in the <gui>menu bar</gui> and selecting "
12616
"<gui>Power Settings</gui>. Look at the <gui>When power is critically "
12617
"low</gui> setting. You can choose for the computer to suspend, <link "
12618
"xref=\"power-hibernate\">hibernate</link> or shut down. If you choose shut "
12619
"down, your applications and documents <em>will not</em> be saved before the "
12620
"computer turns off."
12621
msgstr ""
12622
12623
#: C/power-lowpower.page:36(page/p)
12624
msgid ""
12625
"Some computers have problems suspending, and may not be able to recover the "
12626
"applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. "
12627
"In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you "
12628
"didn't save it before the computer suspended. You may be able to <link "
12629
"xref=\"power-suspendfail\">fix problems with suspend</link> though."
12630
msgstr ""
12631
12632
#: C/power-nowireless.page:13(info/desc)
12633
msgid ""
12634
"Some wireless devices have problems handling when your computer is suspended "
12635
"and doesn't resume properly."
12636
msgstr ""
12637
12638
#: C/power-nowireless.page:26(page/title)
12639
msgid "I have no wireless network when I wake up my computer"
12640
msgstr ""
12641
12642
#: C/power-nowireless.page:28(page/p)
12643
msgid ""
12644
"If you have suspended your computer, you may find that your wireless "
12645
"internet connection doesn't work when you wake it up again. This happens "
12646
"when the wireless device's <link xref=\"hardware-driver\">drivers</link> "
12647
"don't fully support certain power saving features. Typically, the wireless "
12648
"connection fails to turn on properly when the computer is resumed."
12649
msgstr ""
12650
12651
#: C/power-nowireless.page:34(page/p)
12652
msgid ""
12653
"If this happens, try switching your wireless off and then back on again:"
12654
msgstr ""
12655
12656
#: C/power-nowireless.page:37(item/p)
12657
msgid ""
12658
"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select <gui>System "
12659
"Settings</gui>"
12660
msgstr ""
12661
12662
#: C/power-nowireless.page:40(item/p)
12663
msgid "Open <gui>Network</gui> and select the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab"
12664
msgstr ""
12665
12666
#: C/power-nowireless.page:43(item/p)
12667
msgid "Switch the wireless off and then on again"
12668
msgstr ""
12669
12670
#: C/power-nowireless.page:46(item/p)
12671
msgid ""
12672
"If the wireless still does not work, switch on <gui>Airplane Mode</gui> and "
12673
"then switch it off again"
12674
msgstr ""
12675
12676
#: C/power-nowireless.page:50(page/p)
12677
msgid ""
12678
"If this doesn't work, restarting your computer should make the wireless work "
12679
"again."
12680
msgstr ""
12681
12682
#: C/power-othercountry.page:7(info/desc)
12683
msgid ""
12684
"Your computer will work, but you might need a different power cable or a "
12685
"travel adapter."
12686
msgstr ""
12687
12688
#: C/power-othercountry.page:23(page/title)
12689
msgid "Will my computer work with a power supply in another country?"
12690
msgstr ""
12691
12692
#: C/power-othercountry.page:25(page/p)
12693
msgid ""
12694
"Different countries use power supplies at different voltages (usually 110V "
12695
"or 220-240V) and AC frequencies (usually 50 Hz or 60 Hz). Your computer "
12696
"should work with a power supply in a different country as long as you have "
12697
"an appropriate power adapter. You may also need to flip a switch."
12698
msgstr ""
12699
12700
#: C/power-othercountry.page:30(page/p)
12701
msgid ""
12702
"If you have a laptop, all you should need to do is get the right plug for "
12703
"your power adapter. Some laptops come packaged with more than one plug for "
12704
"their adapter, so you may already have the right one. If not, plugging your "
12705
"existing one into a standard travel adapter will suffice."
12706
msgstr ""
12707
12708
#: C/power-othercountry.page:35(page/p)
12709
msgid ""
12710
"If you have a desktop computer, you can also get a cable with a different "
12711
"plug, or use a travel adapter. In this case, however, you may need to change "
12712
"the voltage switch on the computer's power supply, if there is one. Many "
12713
"computers don't have a switch like this, and will happily work with either "
12714
"voltage. Look at the back of the computer and find the socket that the power "
12715
"cable plugs into. Somewhere nearby, there may be a small switch marked "
12716
"\"110V\" or \"230V\" (for example). Switch it if you need to."
12717
msgstr ""
12718
12719
#: C/power-othercountry.page:44(note/p)
12720
msgid ""
12721
"Be careful when changing power cables or using travel adapters. Switch "
12722
"everything off first if you can."
12723
msgstr ""
12724
12725
#: C/power.page:11(credit/name)
12726
msgid "Natalia Ruz"
12727
msgstr ""
12728
12729
#: C/power.page:16(info/desc)
12730
msgid ""
12731
"<link xref=\"power-suspend\">Suspend</link>, <link xref=\"power-"
12732
"batterylife\">energy savings</link>, <link xref=\"power-whydim\">screen "
12733
"dimming</link>…"
12734
msgstr ""
12735
12736
#: C/power.page:24(page/title)
12737
msgid "Power & battery"
12738
msgstr ""
12739
12740
#: C/power.page:32(section/title)
12741
msgid "Battery settings"
12742
msgstr ""
12743
12744
#: C/power.page:37(info/title)
12745
msgctxt "link"
12746
msgid "Power problems"
12747
msgstr ""
12748
12749
#: C/power.page:39(info/desc)
12750
msgid "Troubleshoot problems with power and batteries."
12751
msgstr ""
12752
12753
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:10(info/desc)
12754
msgid "Some computer hardware causes problems with suspend or hibernate."
12755
msgstr ""
12756
12757
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:24(page/title)
12758
msgid "Why won't my computer turn back on after I suspended it?"
12759
msgstr ""
12760
12761
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:26(page/p)
12762
msgid ""
12763
"If you <link xref=\"power-suspend\">suspend</link> or <link xref=\"power-"
12764
"hibernate\">hibernate</link> your computer, then try to resume it or turn it "
12765
"back on, you may find that it does not work as you expected. This could be "
12766
"because suspend and hibernate aren't supported properly by your hardware."
12767
msgstr ""
12768
12769
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:33(section/title)
12770
msgid "My computer is suspended and isn't resuming"
12771
msgstr ""
12772
12773
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:34(section/p)
12774
msgid ""
12775
"If you suspend your computer and then press a key or click the mouse, it "
12776
"should wake up and display a screen asking for your password. If this "
12777
"doesn't happen, try pressing the power button (don't hold it in, just press "
12778
"it once)."
12779
msgstr ""
12780
12781
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:38(section/p)
12782
msgid ""
12783
"If this still doesn't help, make sure that your computer's monitor is "
12784
"switched on and try pressing a key on the keyboard again."
12785
msgstr ""
12786
12787
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:40(section/p)
12788
msgid ""
12789
"As a last resort, turn off the computer by holding in the power button for 5-"
12790
"10 seconds, although you will lose any unsaved work by doing this. You "
12791
"should then be able to turn on the computer again."
12792
msgstr ""
12793
12794
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:43(section/p)
12795
msgid ""
12796
"If this happens every time you suspend your computer, the suspend feature "
12797
"may not work with your hardware."
12798
msgstr ""
12799
12800
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:46(note/p)
12801
msgid ""
12802
"If your computer loses power and doesn't have an alternative power supply "
12803
"(such as a working battery), it will switch off."
12804
msgstr ""
12805
12806
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:52(section/title)
12807
msgid ""
12808
"None of my applications/documents are open when I turn on the computer again"
12809
msgstr ""
12810
12811
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:54(section/p)
12812
msgid ""
12813
"If you hibernated your computer and switched it on again, but none of your "
12814
"documents or applications are open, it probably failed to hibernate "
12815
"properly. Sometimes this happens because of a minor problem, and the "
12816
"computer will be able to hibernate properly the next time you do it. It "
12817
"might also happen because you had installed a software update which required "
12818
"the computer to be restarted; in this case, the computer may have shut down "
12819
"instead of hibernating."
12820
msgstr ""
12821
12822
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:61(section/p)
12823
msgid ""
12824
"It is also possible that the computer is not capable of hibernating because "
12825
"the hardware doesn't support it properly. This might be because of a problem "
12826
"with Linux drivers for your hardware, for example. You can test this by "
12827
"hibernating again and seeing if it works the second time. If it doesn't, it "
12828
"is probably a problem with your computer's drivers."
12829
msgstr ""
12830
12831
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:69(section/title)
12832
msgid ""
12833
"My wireless connection (or other hardware) doesn't work when I wake up my "
12834
"computer"
12835
msgstr ""
12836
12837
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:71(section/p)
12838
msgid ""
12839
"If you suspend your computer and then resume it again, you may find that "
12840
"your internet connection, mouse, or some other device doesn't work properly. "
12841
"This could be because the device's driver doesn't properly support suspend "
12842
"or hibernate. This is a <link xref=\"hardware-driver\">problem with the "
12843
"driver</link> and not the device itself."
12844
msgstr ""
12845
12846
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:77(section/p)
12847
msgid ""
12848
"If the device has a power switch, try turning it off and then on again. In "
12849
"most cases, the device will start working again. If it connects via a USB "
12850
"cable or similar, unplug the device and then plug it in again and see if it "
12851
"works."
12852
msgstr ""
12853
12854
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:81(section/p)
12855
msgid ""
12856
"If you cannot turn off/unplug the device, or if this does not work, you may "
12857
"need to restart your computer for the device to start working again."
12858
msgstr ""
12859
12860
#: C/power-suspend.page:8(info/desc)
12861
msgid "Suspend sends your computer to sleep so it uses less power."
12862
msgstr ""
12863
12864
#: C/power-suspend.page:23(page/title)
12865
msgid "What happens when I suspend my computer?"
12866
msgstr ""
12867
12868
#: C/power-suspend.page:31(page/p)
12869
msgid ""
12870
"When you <em>suspend</em> the computer, you send it to sleep. All of your "
12871
"applications and documents remain open, but the screen and other parts of "
12872
"the computer switch off to save power. The computer is still switched on "
12873
"though, and it will still be using a small amount of power. You can wake it "
12874
"up by pressing a key or clicking the mouse. If that does not work, try "
12875
"pressing the power button."
12876
msgstr ""
12877
12878
#: C/power-suspend.page:38(page/p)
12879
msgid ""
12880
"Some computers have problems with hardware support which mean that they "
12881
"<link xref=\"power-suspendfail\">may not be able to suspend or hibernate "
12882
"properly</link>. It is a good idea to test suspend on your computer to see "
12883
"if it does work before relying on it."
12884
msgstr ""
12885
12886
#: C/power-suspend.page:44(note/title)
12887
msgid "Always save your work before suspending"
12888
msgstr ""
12889
12890
#: C/power-suspend.page:45(note/p)
12891
msgid ""
12892
"You should save all of your work before suspending the computer, just in "
12893
"case something goes wrong and your open applications and documents cannot be "
12894
"recovered when you resume the computer again."
12895
msgstr ""
12896
12897
#: C/power-whydim.page:10(info/desc)
12898
msgid ""
12899
"When your laptop is running on battery, the screen will dim when the "
12900
"computer is idle in order to save power."
12901
msgstr ""
12902
12903
#: C/power-whydim.page:19(page/title)
12904
msgid "Why does my screen go dim after a while?"
12905
msgstr ""
12906
12907
#: C/power-whydim.page:25(page/p)
12908
msgid ""
12909
"When your laptop computer is running on battery, the screen will dim when "
12910
"the computer is idle in order to save power. When you start using the "
12911
"computer again, the screen will brighten."
12912
msgstr ""
12913
12914
#: C/power-whydim.page:27(page/p)
12915
msgid "You can stop the screen from dimming itself:"
12916
msgstr ""
12917
12918
#: C/power-whydim.page:34(item/p)
12919
msgid ""
12920
"Open <gui>Brightness and Lock</gui> and uncheck <gui>Dim screen to save "
12921
"power</gui>."
12922
msgstr ""
12923
12924
#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:10(info/desc)
12925
msgid "Loose cables and hardware problems are possible reasons."
12926
msgstr ""
12927
12928
#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:19(page/title)
12929
msgid "My computer will not turn on"
12930
msgstr ""
12931
12932
#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:21(page/p)
12933
msgid ""
12934
"There are a number of reasons why your computer will not turn on. This topic "
12935
"gives a brief overview of some of the possible reasons."
12936
msgstr ""
12937
12938
#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:32(section/title)
12939
msgid "Computer not plugged in, empty battery, or loose cable"
12940
msgstr ""
12941
12942
#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:33(section/p)
12943
msgid ""
12944
"Make sure that the power cables of the computer are firmly plugged in and "
12945
"the power outlets are switched on. Make sure that the monitor is plugged in "
12946
"and switched on too. If you have a laptop, connect the charging cable (in "
12947
"case it has run out of battery). You may also want to check that the battery "
12948
"is correctly fitted in place (check the underside of the laptop) if it's "
12949
"removable."
12950
msgstr ""
12951
12952
#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:42(section/title)
12953
msgid "Problem with the computer hardware"
12954
msgstr ""
12955
12956
#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:43(section/p)
12957
msgid ""
12958
"A component of your computer may be broken or malfunctioning. If this is the "
12959
"case, you will need to get your computer repaired. Common faults include a "
12960
"broken power supply unit, incorrectly-fitted components (such as the "
12961
"memory/RAM) and a faulty motherboard."
12962
msgstr ""
12963
12964
#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:50(section/title)
12965
msgid "The computer beeps and then switches off"
12966
msgstr ""
12967
12968
#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:51(section/p)
12969
msgid ""
12970
"If the computer beeps several times when you turn it on and then turns off "
12971
"(or fails to start), it may be indicating that it has detected a problem. "
12972
"These beeps are sometimes referred to as <em>beep codes</em>, and the "
12973
"pattern of beeps is intended to tell you what the problem with the computer "
12974
"is. Different manufacturers use different beep codes, so you will have to "
12975
"consult the manual for your computer's motherboard, or take your computer in "
12976
"for repairs."
12977
msgstr ""
12978
12979
#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:61(section/title)
12980
msgid "The computer fans are spinning but nothing is on the screen"
12981
msgstr ""
12982
12983
#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:62(section/p)
12984
msgid ""
12985
"The first thing to check is that your monitor is plugged in and turned on."
12986
msgstr ""
12987
12988
#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:64(section/p)
12989
msgid ""
12990
"This problem could also be due to a hardware fault. The fans might turn on "
12991
"when you press the power button, but other essential parts of the computer "
12992
"might fail to turn on. In this case, take your computer in for repairs."
12993
msgstr ""
12994
12995
#: C/prefs.page:7(info/title)
12996
msgctxt "link:trail"
12997
msgid "Settings"
12998
msgstr ""
12999
13000
#: C/prefs.page:14(info/desc)
13001
msgid ""
13002
"<link xref=\"keyboard\">Keyboard</link>, <link xref=\"mouse\">mouse</link>, "
13003
"<link xref=\"prefs-display\">display</link>, <link xref=\"prefs-"
13004
"language\">languages</link>, <link xref=\"user-accounts\">user "
13005
"accounts</link>…"
13006
msgstr ""
13007
13008
#: C/prefs.page:24(page/title)
13009
msgid "User & system settings"
13010
msgstr ""
13011
13012
#: C/prefs-language.page:13(info/desc)
13013
msgid ""
13014
"<link xref=\"session-language\">Language</link>, <link xref=\"session-"
13015
"formats\">region and formats</link>, <link xref=\"keyboard-"
13016
"layouts\">keyboard layouts</link>…"
13017
msgstr ""
13018
13019
#: C/prefs-display.page:13(info/desc)
13020
msgid ""
13021
"<link xref=\"look-background\">Background</link>, <link xref=\"look-"
13022
"resolution\">size and rotation</link>, <link xref=\"display-"
13023
"dimscreen\">brightness</link>…"
13024
msgstr ""
13025
13026
#: C/prefs-display.page:22(page/title)
13027
msgid "Display & screen"
13028
msgstr ""
13029
13030
#: C/printing.page:15(info/desc)
13031
msgid ""
13032
"<link xref=\"printing-setup\">Local setup</link>, <link xref=\"printing-"
13033
"order\">order and collate</link>, <link xref=\"printing-2sided\">two-sided "
13034
"and multi-page</link>…"
13035
msgstr ""
13036
13037
#: C/printing.page:36(info/title)
13038
msgctxt "link:trail"
13039
msgid "Setup"
13040
msgstr ""
13041
13042
#: C/printing.page:38(section/title)
13043
msgid "Set up a printer"
13044
msgstr ""
13045
13046
#: C/printing.page:43(info/title)
13047
msgctxt "link:trail"
13048
msgid "Sizes and layouts"
13049
msgstr ""
13050
13051
#: C/printing.page:45(section/title)
13052
msgid "Different paper sizes and layouts"
13053
msgstr ""
13054
13055
#: C/printing.page:51(info/desc)
13056
msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…"
13057
msgstr ""
13058
13059
#: C/printing.page:53(section/title)
13060
msgid "Printer problems"
13061
msgstr ""
13062
13063
#: C/printing-2sided.page:8(info/desc)
13064
msgid "Print on both sides of the paper, or multiple pages per sheet."
13065
msgstr ""
13066
13067
#: C/printing-2sided.page:23(page/title)
13068
msgid "Print two-sided and multi-page layouts"
13069
msgstr ""
13070
13071
#: C/printing-2sided.page:25(page/p)
13072
msgid "To print on both sides of each sheet of paper:"
13073
msgstr ""
13074
13075
#: C/printing-2sided.page:29(item/p)
13076
#: C/printing-order.page:32(item/p)
13077
#: C/printing-order.page:50(item/p)
13078
msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Print</gui></guiseq>."
13079
msgstr ""
13080
13081
#: C/printing-2sided.page:32(item/p)
13082
msgid ""
13083
"Go to the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab of the Print window and choose an option "
13084
"from the <gui>Two-sided</gui> drop-down list. If the option is disabled, two-"
13085
"sided printing is not available for your printer."
13086
msgstr ""
13087
13088
#: C/printing-2sided.page:35(item/p)
13089
msgid ""
13090
"Printers handle two-sided printing in different ways. It's a good idea to "
13091
"experiment with your printer to see how it works."
13092
msgstr ""
13093
13094
#: C/printing-2sided.page:39(item/p)
13095
msgid ""
13096
"You can print more than one page of the document per <em>side</em> of paper "
13097
"too. Use the <gui>Pages per side</gui> option to do this."
13098
msgstr ""
13099
13100
#: C/printing-2sided.page:44(note/p)
13101
msgid ""
13102
"The availability of these options may depend on the type of printer you "
13103
"have, as well as the application you are using. This option may not always "
13104
"be available."
13105
msgstr ""
13106
13107
#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:8(info/desc)
13108
msgid "Cancel a pending print job and remove it from the queue."
13109
msgstr ""
13110
13111
#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:23(page/title)
13112
msgid "Cancel a print job"
13113
msgstr ""
13114
13115
#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:25(page/p)
13116
msgid ""
13117
"If you accidentally started printing a document, you can quickly cancel the "
13118
"print so you don't need to waste any ink or paper. Click the printer icon in "
13119
"the <gui>menu bar</gui>. In the <gui>Print Status</gui> window, select the "
13120
"print job you want to cancel and click the red <gui>Cancel</gui> button."
13121
msgstr ""
13122
13123
#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:29(page/p)
13124
msgid ""
13125
"If this doesn't cancel the print job like you expected, try holding down the "
13126
"<gui>Cancel</gui> button on your printer."
13127
msgstr ""
13128
13129
#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:32(page/p)
13130
msgid ""
13131
"As a last resort, especially if you have a big print job with a lot of pages "
13132
"that won't cancel, remove the paper from the printer's paper input tray. The "
13133
"printer should realize that there is no paper and will stop printing. You "
13134
"can then try canceling the print job again, or try turning the printer off "
13135
"and then on again."
13136
msgstr ""
13137
13138
#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:39(note/p)
13139
msgid ""
13140
"Be careful that you don't damage the printer when removing the paper, though "
13141
"- if you would have to pull hard on the paper to remove it, you should "
13142
"probably just leave it where it is."
13143
msgstr ""
13144
13145
#: C/printing-differentsize.page:7(info/desc)
13146
msgid "Print a document on a different paper size or orientation."
13147
msgstr ""
13148
13149
#: C/printing-differentsize.page:25(page/title)
13150
msgid "Change the paper size when printing"
13151
msgstr ""
13152
13153
#: C/printing-differentsize.page:27(page/p)
13154
msgid ""
13155
"If you want to change the paper size of your document (for example, print a "
13156
"US Letter-sized PDF on A4 paper), you can change the printing format for the "
13157
"document."
13158
msgstr ""
13159
13160
#: C/printing-differentsize.page:32(item/p)
13161
#: C/printing-select.page:24(item/p)
13162
msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Print</gui></guiseq>"
13163
msgstr ""
13164
13165
#: C/printing-differentsize.page:33(item/p)
13166
msgid "Select the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab."
13167
msgstr ""
13168
13169
#: C/printing-differentsize.page:34(item/p)
13170
msgid ""
13171
"Under the <em>Paper</em> column, choose your <em>Paper size</em> from the "
13172
"drop-down list."
13173
msgstr ""
13174
13175
#: C/printing-differentsize.page:36(item/p)
13176
msgid "Click <gui>Print</gui> and your document should print."
13177
msgstr ""
13178
13179
#: C/printing-differentsize.page:39(page/p)
13180
msgid ""
13181
"You can also use the <gui>Orientation</gui> menu to choose a different "
13182
"orientation:"
13183
msgstr ""
13184
13185
#: C/printing-differentsize.page:43(p/gui)
13186
msgid "Portrait"
13187
msgstr ""
13188
13189
#: C/printing-differentsize.page:44(p/gui)
13190
msgid "Landscape"
13191
msgstr ""
13192
13193
#: C/printing-differentsize.page:45(p/gui)
13194
msgid "Reverse portrait"
13195
msgstr ""
13196
13197
#: C/printing-differentsize.page:46(p/gui)
13198
msgid "Reverse landscape"
13199
msgstr ""
13200
13201
#: C/printing-envelopes.page:8(info/desc)
13202
msgid ""
13203
"Make sure that you have the envelope/label the right way up, and have chosen "
13204
"the correct paper size."
13205
msgstr ""
13206
13207
#: C/printing-envelopes.page:24(page/title)
13208
msgid "Print envelopes and labels"
13209
msgstr ""
13210
13211
#: C/printing-envelopes.page:26(page/p)
13212
msgid ""
13213
"Most printers will allow you to print directly onto an envelope or sheet of "
13214
"labels. This is especially useful if you have a lot of letters to send, for "
13215
"example."
13216
msgstr ""
13217
13218
#: C/printing-envelopes.page:31(section/title)
13219
msgid "Printing onto envelopes"
13220
msgstr ""
13221
13222
#: C/printing-envelopes.page:33(section/p)
13223
msgid ""
13224
"There are two things you need to check when trying to print onto an "
13225
"envelope. The first is that your printer knows what size the envelope is. "
13226
"After you click <gui>Print</gui> and the Print window appears, go to the "
13227
"<gui>Page Setup</gui> tab and choose the <gui>Paper type</gui> as "
13228
"\"Envelope\" if you can. If you can't do this, see if you can change the "
13229
"<gui>Paper size</gui> to an envelope size (e.g. \"C5\"). The pack of "
13230
"envelopes will say what size they are; most envelopes come in standard sizes."
13231
msgstr ""
13232
13233
#: C/printing-envelopes.page:41(section/p)
13234
msgid ""
13235
"Secondly, you need to make sure that the envelopes are loaded with the right "
13236
"side up in the printer's in-tray. Check the printer's manual for this, or "
13237
"try to print a single envelope and check which side is printed on to see "
13238
"which way is the right way up."
13239
msgstr ""
13240
13241
#: C/printing-envelopes.page:47(note/p)
13242
msgid ""
13243
"Some printers are not designed to be able to print envelopes, especially "
13244
"some laser printers. Check your printer's manual to see if it accepts "
13245
"envelopes; otherwise, you could damage the printer by feeding an envelope in."
13246
msgstr ""
13247
13248
#: C/printing-inklevel.page:8(info/desc)
13249
msgid "Check the amount of ink or toner left in printer cartridges."
13250
msgstr ""
13251
13252
#: C/printing-inklevel.page:19(page/title)
13253
msgid "How can I check my printer's ink/toner levels?"
13254
msgstr ""
13255
13256
#: C/printing-inklevel.page:21(page/p)
13257
msgid ""
13258
"How you check how much ink or toner is left in your printer depends on the "
13259
"model and manufacturer of your printer, and the drivers and applications "
13260
"installed on your computer."
13261
msgstr ""
13262
13263
#: C/printing-inklevel.page:25(page/p)
13264
msgid ""
13265
"Some printers have a built-in screen to display ink levels and other "
13266
"information."
13267
msgstr ""
13268
13269
#: C/printing-inklevel.page:28(page/p)
13270
msgid ""
13271
"The drivers and status tools for most HP printers are provided by the HP "
13272
"Linux Imaging and Printing (HPLIP) project. Other manufacturers might supply "
13273
"proprietary drivers with similar features."
13274
msgstr ""
13275
13276
#: C/printing-inklevel.page:32(page/p)
13277
msgid ""
13278
"Alternatively, you can install an application to check or monitor ink "
13279
"levels. <app>Inkblot</app> shows ink status for many HP, Epson and Canon "
13280
"printers. See if your printer is on the <link "
13281
"href=\"http://libinklevel.sourceforge.net./#supported\">list of supported "
13282
"models</link>. Another ink levels application for Epson and some other "
13283
"printers is <app>mktink</app>."
13284
msgstr ""
13285
13286
#: C/printing-inklevel.page:39(page/p)
13287
msgid ""
13288
"Some printers are not yet well supported on Linux, and others are not "
13289
"designed to report their ink levels."
13290
msgstr ""
13291
13292
#: C/printing-order.page:8(info/desc)
13293
msgid "Collate and reverse the print order."
13294
msgstr ""
13295
13296
#: C/printing-order.page:23(page/title)
13297
msgid "Make pages print in a different order"
13298
msgstr ""
13299
13300
#: C/printing-order.page:26(section/title)
13301
msgid "Reverse"
13302
msgstr ""
13303
13304
#: C/printing-order.page:27(section/p)
13305
msgid ""
13306
"Printers usually print the first page first, and the last page last, so the "
13307
"pages end up in reverse order when you pick them up. If needed, you can "
13308
"reverse this printing order."
13309
msgstr ""
13310
13311
#: C/printing-order.page:30(section/p)
13312
msgid "To reverse the order:"
13313
msgstr ""
13314
13315
#: C/printing-order.page:33(item/p)
13316
msgid ""
13317
"In the <gui>General</gui> tab of the Print window under <em>Copies</em>, "
13318
"check <gui>Reverse</gui>. The last page will be printed first, and so on."
13319
msgstr ""
13320
13321
#: C/printing-order.page:40(section/title)
13322
msgid "Collate"
13323
msgstr ""
13324
13325
#: C/printing-order.page:43(section/p)
13326
msgid ""
13327
"If you are printing more than one copy of the document, the print-outs will "
13328
"be grouped by page number by default (i.e. all of the copies of page one "
13329
"come out, then the copies of page two, and so on). <em>Collating</em> will "
13330
"make each copy come out with its pages grouped together in the right order "
13331
"instead."
13332
msgstr ""
13333
13334
#: C/printing-order.page:48(section/p)
13335
msgid "To Collate:"
13336
msgstr ""
13337
13338
#: C/printing-order.page:51(item/p)
13339
msgid ""
13340
"In the <gui>General</gui> tab of the Print window under <em>Copies</em> "
13341
"check <gui>Collate</gui>."
13342
msgstr ""
13343
13344
#: C/printing-paperjam.page:8(info/desc)
13345
msgid ""
13346
"How you clear a paper jam will depend on the make and model of printer that "
13347
"you have."
13348
msgstr ""
13349
13350
#: C/printing-paperjam.page:20(page/title)
13351
msgid "Clearing a paper jam"
13352
msgstr ""
13353
13354
#: C/printing-paperjam.page:22(page/p)
13355
msgid "Sometimes printers incorrectly feed sheets of paper and get jammed."
13356
msgstr ""
13357
13358
#: C/printing-paperjam.page:24(page/p)
13359
msgid ""
13360
"The manual for your printer will usually provide detailed instructions on "
13361
"how to clear paper jams. Usually, you will need to open one of the printer's "
13362
"panels to find the jam inside and then firmly (but carefully!) pull the "
13363
"jammed paper out of the printer's feeding mechanism."
13364
msgstr ""
13365
13366
#: C/printing-paperjam.page:29(page/p)
13367
msgid ""
13368
"Once the jam has been cleared you may need to press the printer's "
13369
"<gui>Resume</gui> button to start printing again. With some printers, you "
13370
"may even need to turn the printer off and then on again, and then start the "
13371
"print job again."
13372
msgstr ""
13373
13374
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
13375
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
13376
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
13377
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
13378
#: C/printing-select.page:35(media)
13379
msgctxt "_"
13380
msgid ""
13381
"external ref='figures/printing-select.png' "
13382
"md5='e38a5749ed445a812346602ad58b88b4'"
13383
msgstr ""
13384
13385
#: C/printing-select.page:7(info/desc)
13386
msgid "Print only specific pages, or only a range of pages."
13387
msgstr ""
13388
13389
#: C/printing-select.page:18(page/title)
13390
msgid "Print only certain pages"
13391
msgstr ""
13392
13393
#: C/printing-select.page:20(page/p)
13394
msgid "To only print certain pages from the document:"
13395
msgstr ""
13396
13397
#: C/printing-select.page:25(item/p)
13398
msgid ""
13399
"In the <gui>General</gui> tab in the <gui>Print</gui> window choose "
13400
"<gui>Pages</gui> from the <gui>Range</gui> section."
13401
msgstr ""
13402
13403
#: C/printing-select.page:27(item/p)
13404
msgid ""
13405
"Type the numbers of the pages you want to print in the text box, separated "
13406
"by commas. Use a dash to denote a range of pages."
13407
msgstr ""
13408
13409
#: C/printing-select.page:32(note/p)
13410
msgid ""
13411
"For example, if you enter \"1,3,5-7,9\" in the <gui>Pages</gui> text box, "
13412
"pages 1,3,5,6,7 and 9 will be printed."
13413
msgstr ""
13414
13415
#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:8(info/desc)
13416
msgid "Pick the printer that you use most often."
13417
msgstr ""
13418
13419
#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:27(page/title)
13420
msgid "Set the default printer"
13421
msgstr ""
13422
13423
#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:28(page/p)
13424
msgid ""
13425
"If you have more than one printer available, you can select which will be "
13426
"your default printer. You may want to pick the printer you use most often."
13427
msgstr ""
13428
13429
#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:35(item/p)
13430
#: C/printing-setup.page:64(item/p)
13431
msgid "Open <gui>Printers</gui>."
13432
msgstr ""
13433
13434
#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:38(item/p)
13435
msgid ""
13436
"Right click your desired default printer from the list of available "
13437
"printers, and click <gui>Set as Default</gui>."
13438
msgstr ""
13439
13440
#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:42(page/p)
13441
msgid ""
13442
"When you print in an application, the default printer is automatically used, "
13443
"unless you choose a different printer for that specific print job."
13444
msgstr ""
13445
13446
#: C/printing-setup.page:8(info/desc)
13447
msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer."
13448
msgstr ""
13449
13450
#: C/printing-setup.page:35(page/title)
13451
msgid "Set up a local printer"
13452
msgstr ""
13453
13454
#: C/printing-setup.page:36(page/p)
13455
msgid ""
13456
"Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're "
13457
"connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to "
13458
"your computer."
13459
msgstr ""
13460
13461
#: C/printing-setup.page:46(item/p)
13462
msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on."
13463
msgstr ""
13464
13465
#: C/printing-setup.page:48(item/p)
13466
msgid ""
13467
"Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see "
13468
"activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be "
13469
"asked to authenticate to install them."
13470
msgstr ""
13471
13472
#: C/printing-setup.page:52(item/p)
13473
msgid ""
13474
"A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. "
13475
"Select <gui>Print Test Page</gui> to print a test page, or "
13476
"<gui>Configure</gui> to make additional changes in the printer setup."
13477
msgstr ""
13478
13479
#: C/printing-setup.page:58(page/p)
13480
msgid ""
13481
"If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer "
13482
"settings."
13483
msgstr ""
13484
13485
#: C/printing-setup.page:65(item/p)
13486
msgid "Click <gui>Add</gui> and select the printer from the Devices window."
13487
msgstr ""
13488
13489
#: C/printing-setup.page:66(item/p)
13490
msgid "Click <gui>Forward</gui> and wait while it searches for drivers."
13491
msgstr ""
13492
13493
#: C/printing-setup.page:67(item/p)
13494
msgid ""
13495
"You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. "
13496
"When finished, click <gui>Apply</gui>."
13497
msgstr ""
13498
13499
#: C/printing-setup.page:69(item/p)
13500
msgid ""
13501
"You can now print a test page or click <gui>Cancel</gui> to skip that step."
13502
msgstr ""
13503
13504
#: C/printing-setup.page:73(note/p)
13505
msgid ""
13506
"If there are multiple drivers available for your computer, you may be asked "
13507
"to select a driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the "
13508
"make and model screens."
13509
msgstr ""
13510
13511
#: C/printing-setup.page:83(page/p)
13512
msgid ""
13513
"After you install the printer, you may wish to <link xref=\"printing-setup-"
13514
"default-printer\">change your default printer</link>."
13515
msgstr ""
13516
13517
#: C/printing-streaks.page:8(info/desc)
13518
msgid ""
13519
"If print-outs are streaky, fading, or missing colors, check your ink levels "
13520
"or clean the print head."
13521
msgstr ""
13522
13523
#: C/printing-streaks.page:21(page/title)
13524
msgid "Why are there streaks, lines or the wrong colors on my print-outs?"
13525
msgstr ""
13526
13527
#: C/printing-streaks.page:29(page/p)
13528
msgid ""
13529
"If your print-outs are streaky, faded, have lines on them that shouldn't be "
13530
"there, or are otherwise poor in quality, this may be due to a problem with "
13531
"the printer or a low ink/toner supply."
13532
msgstr ""
13533
13534
#: C/printing-streaks.page:35(item/p)
13535
msgid "Fading text or images"
13536
msgstr ""
13537
13538
#: C/printing-streaks.page:36(item/p)
13539
msgid ""
13540
"You may be running out of ink or toner. Check your ink/toner supply and buy "
13541
"a new cartridge if necessary."
13542
msgstr ""
13543
13544
#: C/printing-streaks.page:41(item/p)
13545
msgid "Streaks and lines"
13546
msgstr ""
13547
13548
#: C/printing-streaks.page:42(item/p)
13549
msgid ""
13550
"If you have an inkjet printer, the print head may be dirty or partially "
13551
"blocked. Try cleaning the print head (see the printer's manual for "
13552
"instructions)."
13553
msgstr ""
13554
13555
#: C/printing-streaks.page:48(item/p)
13556
msgid "Wrong colors"
13557
msgstr ""
13558
13559
#: C/printing-streaks.page:49(item/p)
13560
msgid ""
13561
"The printer may have run out of one color of ink or toner. Check your "
13562
"ink/toner supply and buy a new cartridge if necessary."
13563
msgstr ""
13564
13565
#: C/printing-streaks.page:54(item/p)
13566
msgid "Jagged lines, or lines aren't straight"
13567
msgstr ""
13568
13569
#: C/printing-streaks.page:55(item/p)
13570
msgid ""
13571
"If lines on your print-out that should be straight turn out jagged, you may "
13572
"need to align the print head. See the printer's instruction manual for "
13573
"details on how to do this."
13574
msgstr ""
13575
13576
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:7(info/desc)
13577
msgid "How and where to report problems with Ubuntu."
13578
msgstr ""
13579
13580
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:17(page/title)
13581
msgid "Report a problem in Ubuntu"
13582
msgstr ""
13583
13584
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:19(page/p)
13585
msgid ""
13586
"If you notice a problem in Ubuntu, you can file a <em>bug report</em>."
13587
msgstr ""
13588
13589
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:23(item/p)
13590
msgid ""
13591
"Type <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq> and type <input>ubuntu-bug "
13592
"nameofprogram</input>"
13593
msgstr ""
13594
13595
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:25(item/p)
13596
msgid ""
13597
"If you have a hardware issue or don't know the name of the program affected, "
13598
"just type <input>ubuntu-bug</input>"
13599
msgstr ""
13600
13601
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:29(item/p)
13602
msgid ""
13603
"After running one of the above commands, Ubuntu will gather information "
13604
"about the bug. This may take a few minutes. Review the collected information "
13605
"if you wish. Click <gui>Send</gui> to continue."
13606
msgstr ""
13607
13608
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:34(item/p)
13609
msgid ""
13610
"A new web browser tab will open to continue processing the bug data. Ubuntu "
13611
"uses the website <app>Launchpad</app> to manage its bug reports. If you do "
13612
"not have a Launchpad account, you will need to register for one to file a "
13613
"bug and receive email updates about its status. You can do this by clicking "
13614
"<gui>Create a new account</gui>."
13615
msgstr ""
13616
13617
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:41(item/p)
13618
msgid ""
13619
"After logging in to Launchpad, enter a description of the problem in the "
13620
"summary field."
13621
msgstr ""
13622
13623
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:44(item/p)
13624
msgid ""
13625
"After clicking <gui>Next</gui> Launchpad will search for similar bugs in "
13626
"case the bug you are reporting has already been reported. If the bug has "
13627
"already been reported, you can mark that bug as also affecting you. You can "
13628
"also subscribe to the bug report to receive updates about progress with "
13629
"fixing it. If the bug has not already been reported, click <gui>No, I need "
13630
"to report a new bug</gui>."
13631
msgstr ""
13632
13633
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:50(item/p)
13634
msgid ""
13635
"Fill in the description field with as much information as you can. It's "
13636
"important that you specify three things:"
13637
msgstr ""
13638
13639
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:53(item/p)
13640
msgid "What you expected to happen"
13641
msgstr ""
13642
13643
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:54(item/p)
13644
msgid "What actually happened"
13645
msgstr ""
13646
13647
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55(item/p)
13648
msgid ""
13649
"If possible, a minimal series of steps necessary to make it happen, where "
13650
"step 1 is \"start the program\""
13651
msgstr ""
13652
13653
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:58(item/p)
13654
msgid ""
13655
"Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it "
13656
"is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make Ubuntu better!"
13657
msgstr ""
13658
13659
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:62(note/p)
13660
msgid ""
13661
"If you get the \"This is not a genuine Ubuntu package\" error, it means that "
13662
"the software you are trying to report a bug about is not from the official "
13663
"Ubuntu repositories. In this case, you cannot use Ubuntu's built-in bug "
13664
"reporting tool."
13665
msgstr ""
13666
13667
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:66(page/p)
13668
msgid ""
13669
"For more information about reporting bugs in Ubuntu, please read the "
13670
"extensive <link "
13671
"href=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/ReportingBugs\">online "
13672
"documentation</link>."
13673
msgstr ""
13674
13675
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:10(info/desc)
13676
msgid "Take a picture of what's happening on your screen."
13677
msgstr ""
13678
13679
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:16(credit/years)
13680
msgid "2011"
13681
msgstr ""
13682
13683
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:27(page/title)
13684
msgid "Screenshots"
13685
msgstr ""
13686
13687
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:29(page/p)
13688
msgid ""
13689
"You can take a picture of your screen (a <em>screenshot</em>). This is "
13690
"useful if you want to show someone how to do something on the computer, for "
13691
"example. Screenshots are just normal picture files, so you can email them "
13692
"and share them on the web."
13693
msgstr ""
13694
13695
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:32(section/title)
13696
msgid "Take a screenshot"
13697
msgstr ""
13698
13699
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:33(section/p)
13700
msgid "To take a picture of what's on your screen:"
13701
msgstr ""
13702
13703
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:35(item/p)
13704
msgid "Go to the <gui>dash</gui> and open the <app>Screenshot</app> tool."
13705
msgstr ""
13706
13707
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:38(item/p)
13708
msgid ""
13709
"In the <app>Take Screenshot</app> window, select whether to grab the entire "
13710
"desktop, a single window, or an area of the screen. Set a delay if you need "
13711
"to select a window or otherwise set up your desktop for the screenshot. Then "
13712
"choose any effects you want."
13713
msgstr ""
13714
13715
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:45(item/p)
13716
msgid "Click <gui>Take Screenshot</gui>."
13717
msgstr ""
13718
13719
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:46(item/p)
13720
msgid ""
13721
"If you selected <gui>Select area to grab</gui>, the pointer changes into a "
13722
"crosshair. Click and drag the area you want for the screenshot."
13723
msgstr ""
13724
13725
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:51(item/p)
13726
msgid ""
13727
"In the <gui>Save Screenshot</gui> window, enter a file name and choose a "
13728
"folder, then click <gui>Save</gui>."
13729
msgstr ""
13730
13731
#: C/session-formats.page:17(info/desc)
13732
msgid ""
13733
"Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement."
13734
msgstr ""
13735
13736
#: C/session-formats.page:23(page/title)
13737
msgid "Change date and measurement formats"
13738
msgstr ""
13739
13740
#: C/session-formats.page:25(page/p)
13741
msgid ""
13742
"You can control the formats that are used for dates, times, numbers, "
13743
"currency, and measurement to match the local customs of your region."
13744
msgstr ""
13745
13746
#: C/session-formats.page:30(item/p)
13747
msgid ""
13748
"Open <gui>Language Support</gui> and select the <gui>Regional Formats</gui> "
13749
"tab."
13750
msgstr ""
13751
13752
#: C/session-formats.page:31(item/p)
13753
msgid ""
13754
"Select the region that most closely matches the formats you'd like to use. "
13755
"By default, the list only shows regions that use the language set on the "
13756
"<gui>Language</gui> tab."
13757
msgstr ""
13758
13759
#: C/session-formats.page:34(item/p)
13760
msgid ""
13761
"You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click the "
13762
"icon at the very right of the menu bar and select <gui>Log Out</gui> to log "
13763
"out."
13764
msgstr ""
13765
13766
#: C/session-formats.page:39(page/p)
13767
msgid ""
13768
"After you've selected a region, the area below the list shows various "
13769
"examples of how dates and other values are shown. Although not shown in the "
13770
"examples, your region also controls the starting day of the week in "
13771
"calendars."
13772
msgstr ""
13773
13774
#: C/session-formats.page:49(section/title)
13775
msgid "Change the system formats"
13776
msgstr ""
13777
13778
#: C/session-formats.page:51(section/p)
13779
msgid ""
13780
"When you change your region for formats, you only change it for your account "
13781
"after you log in. You can also change the <em>system formats</em>, the "
13782
"formats used in places like the login screen."
13783
msgstr ""
13784
13785
#: C/session-formats.page:56(item/p)
13786
msgid "Change your formats, as described above."
13787
msgstr ""
13788
13789
#: C/session-formats.page:57(item/p)
13790
#: C/session-language.page:69(item/p)
13791
msgid "Click <gui>Apply System-Wide</gui>."
13792
msgstr ""
13793
13794
#: C/session-formats.page:58(item/p)
13795
#: C/session-language.page:70(item/p)
13796
msgid ""
13797
"<link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">Administrative privileges</link> are "
13798
"required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested "
13799
"administrator account."
13800
msgstr ""
13801
13802
#: C/session-formats.page:63(note/p)
13803
#: C/session-language.page:75(note/p)
13804
msgid ""
13805
"You can find more detailed guidance on languages and regional formats in "
13806
"<link href=\"ghelp:language-selector\">Language Support Help</link>."
13807
msgstr ""
13808
13809
#: C/session-language.page:8(info/desc)
13810
msgid "Switch to a different language for user interface and help text."
13811
msgstr ""
13812
13813
#: C/session-language.page:28(page/title)
13814
msgid "Change which language you use"
13815
msgstr ""
13816
13817
#: C/session-language.page:36(page/p)
13818
msgid ""
13819
"You can use your desktop and applications in any of dozens of languages, "
13820
"provided you have the proper language packs installed on your computer."
13821
msgstr ""
13822
13823
#: C/session-language.page:41(item/p)
13824
msgid "Click <gui>Language Support</gui>."
13825
msgstr ""
13826
13827
#: C/session-language.page:42(item/p)
13828
msgid ""
13829
"Select your desired language on the <gui>Language</gui> tab. Drag the "
13830
"language to the top of the list."
13831
msgstr ""
13832
13833
#: C/session-language.page:43(item/p)
13834
msgid ""
13835
"You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click "
13836
"the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select <gui>Log Out</gui> to "
13837
"log out."
13838
msgstr ""
13839
13840
#: C/session-language.page:49(note/p)
13841
msgid ""
13842
"Some translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not "
13843
"support your language at all."
13844
msgstr ""
13845
13846
#: C/session-language.page:53(page/p)
13847
msgid ""
13848
"There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can "
13849
"store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard "
13850
"names according to your language. When you log back in, you will be asked if "
13851
"you want to rename these folders to the standard names for your selected "
13852
"language. If you plan to use the new language all the time, you should "
13853
"update the folder names."
13854
msgstr ""
13855
13856
#: C/session-language.page:61(section/title)
13857
msgid "Change the system language"
13858
msgstr ""
13859
13860
#: C/session-language.page:63(section/p)
13861
msgid ""
13862
"When you change your language, you only change it for your account after you "
13863
"log in. You can also change the <em>system language</em>, the language used "
13864
"in places like the login screen."
13865
msgstr ""
13866
13867
#: C/session-language.page:68(item/p)
13868
msgid "Change your language, as described above."
13869
msgstr ""
13870
13871
#: C/session-screenlocks.page:10(info/desc)
13872
msgid ""
13873
"Change how long to wait before locking the screen in the <gui>Brightness and "
13874
"Lock</gui> settings."
13875
msgstr ""
13876
13877
#: C/session-screenlocks.page:20(page/title)
13878
msgid "The screen locks itself too quickly"
13879
msgstr ""
13880
13881
#: C/session-screenlocks.page:22(page/p)
13882
msgid ""
13883
"If you leave your computer for a few minutes, the screen will automatically "
13884
"lock itself so you have to enter your password to start using it again. This "
13885
"is done for security reasons (so no one can mess with your work if you leave "
13886
"the computer unattended), but it can be annoying if the screen locks itself "
13887
"too quickly."
13888
msgstr ""
13889
13890
#: C/session-screenlocks.page:28(page/p)
13891
msgid "To wait a longer period before the screen is automatically locked:"
13892
msgstr ""
13893
13894
#: C/session-screenlocks.page:32(item/p)
13895
msgid "Click <gui>Brightness and Lock</gui>."
13896
msgstr ""
13897
13898
#: C/session-screenlocks.page:33(item/p)
13899
msgid "Change the value in the <gui>Lock screen after</gui> drop-down list."
13900
msgstr ""
13901
13902
#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37(note/p)
13903
msgid ""
13904
"If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch "
13905
"<gui>Lock</gui> off."
13906
msgstr ""
13907
13908
#: C/sharing.page:8(info/desc)
13909
msgid ""
13910
"<link xref=\"sharing-desktop\">Desktop sharing</link>, <link xref=\"sharing-"
13911
"remote-login\">remote login</link>"
13912
msgstr ""
13913
13914
#: C/sharing.page:21(page/title)
13915
msgid "Sharing"
13916
msgstr ""
13917
13918
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:14(info/desc)
13919
msgid "Let other people view and interact with your desktop using VNC."
13920
msgstr ""
13921
13922
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:18(page/title)
13923
msgid "Share your desktop"
13924
msgstr ""
13925
13926
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:20(page/p)
13927
msgid ""
13928
"You can let other people view and control your desktop from another computer "
13929
"with a desktop viewing application. Configure <app>Desktop Sharing</app> to "
13930
"allow others to access your desktop and set the security preferences."
13931
msgstr ""
13932
13933
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:26(item/p)
13934
msgid "In the <gui>dash</gui>, open <app>Desktop Sharing</app>."
13935
msgstr ""
13936
13937
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:29(item/p)
13938
msgid ""
13939
"To let others view your desktop, select <gui>Allow other users to view your "
13940
"desktop</gui>. This means that other people will be able to attempt to "
13941
"connect to your computer and view what's on your screen."
13942
msgstr ""
13943
13944
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:35(item/p)
13945
msgid ""
13946
"To let others interact with your desktop, select <gui>Allow other users to "
13947
"control your desktop</gui>. This may allow the other person to move your "
13948
"mouse, run applications, and browse files on your computer, depending on the "
13949
"security settings which you are currently using."
13950
msgstr ""
13951
13952
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:46(section/p)
13953
msgid ""
13954
"It is important that you consider the full extent of what each security "
13955
"option means before changing it."
13956
msgstr ""
13957
13958
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:50(item/title)
13959
msgid "Confirm access to your machine"
13960
msgstr ""
13961
13962
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:51(item/p)
13963
msgid ""
13964
"If you want to be able to choose whether to allow someone to access your "
13965
"desktop, select <gui>You must confirm each access to this machine</gui>. If "
13966
"you disable this option, you will not be asked whether you want to allow "
13967
"someone to connect to your computer."
13968
msgstr ""
13969
13970
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:56(note/p)
13971
msgid "This option is enabled by default."
13972
msgstr ""
13973
13974
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:60(item/title)
13975
msgid "Enable password"
13976
msgstr ""
13977
13978
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:61(item/p)
13979
msgid ""
13980
"To require other people to use a password when connecting to your desktop, "
13981
"select <gui>Require the user to enter this password</gui>. If you do not use "
13982
"this option, anyone can attempt to view your desktop."
13983
msgstr ""
13984
13985
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:65(note/p)
13986
msgid ""
13987
"This option is disabled by default, but you should enable it and set a "
13988
"secure password."
13989
msgstr ""
13990
13991
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:70(item/title)
13992
msgid "Allow access to your desktop over the Internet"
13993
msgstr ""
13994
13995
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:71(item/p)
13996
msgid ""
13997
"If your router supports UPnP Internet Gateway Device Protocol and it is "
13998
"enabled, you can allow other people who are not on your local network to "
13999
"view your desktop. To allow this, select <gui>Automatically configure UPnP "
14000
"router to open and forward ports</gui>. Alternatively, you can configure "
14001
"your router manually."
14002
msgstr ""
14003
14004
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:77(note/p)
14005
msgid "This option is disabled by default."
14006
msgstr ""
14007
14008
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:84(section/title)
14009
msgid "Show notification area icon"
14010
msgstr ""
14011
14012
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:85(section/p)
14013
msgid ""
14014
"To be able to disconnect someone who is viewing your desktop, you need to "
14015
"enable this option. If you select <gui>Always</gui>, this icon will be "
14016
"visible regardless of whether someone is viewing your desktop or not."
14017
msgstr ""
14018
14019
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:89(note/p)
14020
msgid ""
14021
"If this option is disabled, it is possible for someone to connect to your "
14022
"desktop without your knowledge, depending on the security settings."
14023
msgstr ""
14024
14025
#: C/sharing-remote-login.page:13(info/desc)
14026
msgid "Log in to your remote desktops from the login screen."
14027
msgstr ""
14028
14029
#: C/sharing-remote-login.page:17(page/title)
14030
msgid "What is remote login?"
14031
msgstr ""
14032
14033
#: C/sharing-remote-login.page:19(page/p)
14034
msgid ""
14035
"You can use Ubuntu as a remote desktop client straight from the login screen "
14036
"using Ubuntu's <link xref=\"shell-guest-session\">guest session</link> "
14037
"feature. This means you don't need a local account on the client computer. "
14038
"The Remote Desktop Protocol is the only supported protocol so far."
14039
msgstr ""
14040
14041
#: C/sharing-remote-login.page:25(page/p)
14042
msgid ""
14043
"The system is designed so that <app>Ubuntu One</app> securely stores your "
14044
"login information so that instead of needing to remember your credentials "
14045
"for multiple remote computers, you can just enter your Ubuntu One email and "
14046
"password to log in."
14047
msgstr ""
14048
14049
#: C/sharing-remote-login.page:29(note/p)
14050
msgid ""
14051
"Ubuntu also includes the <app>Remmina</app> remote desktop client if you'd "
14052
"prefer to connect to remote computers while logged in as a regular user."
14053
msgstr ""
14054
14055
#: C/sharing-remote-login.page:33(section/title)
14056
msgid "Turn off remote login"
14057
msgstr ""
14058
14059
#: C/sharing-remote-login.page:35(section/p)
14060
msgid ""
14061
"If you don't want to use remote login from the login screen, you can easily "
14062
"remove the remote login service."
14063
msgstr ""
14064
14065
#: C/sharing-remote-login.page:40(item/p)
14066
msgid ""
14067
"Click <link href=\"apt:remote-login-service\">this link</link> to open the "
14068
"Software Center."
14069
msgstr ""
14070
14071
#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:11(info/desc)
14072
msgid "Add, move, or remove frequently-used program icons on the launcher."
14073
msgstr ""
14074
14075
#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:27(page/title)
14076
msgid "Change which applications show in the launcher"
14077
msgstr ""
14078
14079
#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:29(page/p)
14080
msgid ""
14081
"To add an application to the <link xref=\"unity-launcher-"
14082
"intro\">launcher</link> for easy access:"
14083
msgstr ""
14084
14085
#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:31(item/p)
14086
msgid ""
14087
"Drag the application's icon from the <link xref=\"unity-dash-"
14088
"intro\">dash</link> onto the launcher."
14089
msgstr ""
14090
14091
#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:33(item/p)
14092
msgid ""
14093
"Alternatively, when an application is running, right click on the "
14094
"application icon and select <gui>Lock to Launcher</gui>."
14095
msgstr ""
14096
14097
#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:37(page/p)
14098
msgid ""
14099
"The launcher icon order can be changed by dragging an icon off of the "
14100
"launcher, and then back onto it in the desired location."
14101
msgstr ""
14102
14103
#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:39(page/p)
14104
msgid ""
14105
"To remove an application icon from the launcher, right click on the "
14106
"application icon and select <gui>Unlock from Launcher</gui>."
14107
msgstr ""
14108
14109
#: C/shell-exit.page:11(info/desc)
14110
msgid ""
14111
"Learn how to leave your user account, by logging out, switching users, and "
14112
"so on."
14113
msgstr ""
14114
14115
#: C/shell-exit.page:29(page/title)
14116
msgid "Log out, power off, switch users"
14117
msgstr ""
14118
14119
#: C/shell-exit.page:37(page/p)
14120
msgid ""
14121
"When you've finished using your computer, you can turn it off, suspend it "
14122
"(to save power), or leave it powered on and log out."
14123
msgstr ""
14124
14125
#: C/shell-exit.page:41(section/title)
14126
msgid "Log out or switch users"
14127
msgstr ""
14128
14129
#: C/shell-exit.page:42(section/p)
14130
msgid ""
14131
"To let other users use your computer, you can either log out, or leave "
14132
"yourself logged in and just switch users. If you switch users, all of your "
14133
"applications will continue running, and everything will be where you left it "
14134
"when you log back in."
14135
msgstr ""
14136
14137
#: C/shell-exit.page:46(section/p)
14138
msgid ""
14139
"To log out or switch users, click the <link xref=\"unity-appmenu-"
14140
"intro\">system menu</link> at the very right of the menu bar and select the "
14141
"appropriate option."
14142
msgstr ""
14143
14144
#: C/shell-exit.page:54(section/title)
14145
msgid "Lock the screen"
14146
msgstr ""
14147
14148
#: C/shell-exit.page:55(section/p)
14149
msgid ""
14150
"If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your "
14151
"screen to prevent other people from accessing your files or running "
14152
"applications. When you return, simply enter your password to log back in. If "
14153
"you don't lock your screen, it will lock automatically after a certain "
14154
"amount of time."
14155
msgstr ""
14156
14157
#: C/shell-exit.page:61(section/p)
14158
msgid ""
14159
"To lock your screen, click the <gui>system menu</gui> in the menu bar and "
14160
"select <gui>Lock Screen</gui>."
14161
msgstr ""
14162
14163
#: C/shell-exit.page:64(section/p)
14164
msgid ""
14165
"When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by "
14166
"clicking <gui>Switch User</gui> on the password screen. You can switch back "
14167
"to your desktop when they are finished."
14168
msgstr ""
14169
14170
#: C/shell-exit.page:73(section/title)
14171
msgid "Suspend"
14172
msgstr ""
14173
14174
#: C/shell-exit.page:75(section/p)
14175
msgid ""
14176
"To save power, suspend your computer when you aren't using it. If you use a "
14177
"laptop, Ubuntu suspends your computer automatically when you close the lid. "
14178
"This saves your state to your computer's memory and powers off most of the "
14179
"computer's functions. A very small amount of power is still used during "
14180
"suspend."
14181
msgstr ""
14182
14183
#: C/shell-exit.page:81(section/p)
14184
msgid ""
14185
"To suspend your computer manually, click the <gui>system menu</gui> in the "
14186
"menu bar and select <gui>Suspend</gui>."
14187
msgstr ""
14188
14189
#: C/shell-exit.page:86(section/title)
14190
msgid "Power off or restart"
14191
msgstr ""
14192
14193
#: C/shell-exit.page:88(section/p)
14194
msgid ""
14195
"If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click "
14196
"the <gui>system menu</gui> and select <gui>Shut Down</gui>."
14197
msgstr ""
14198
14199
#: C/shell-exit.page:92(section/p)
14200
msgid ""
14201
"If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or "
14202
"restart the computer, because this will end their sessions. If you are an "
14203
"administrative user, you may be asked for your password to power off."
14204
msgstr ""
14205
14206
#: C/shell-guest-session.page:9(info/desc)
14207
msgid "Let a friend or colleague borrow your computer in a secure manner."
14208
msgstr ""
14209
14210
#: C/shell-guest-session.page:12(credit/name)
14211
msgid "Gunnar Hjalmarsson"
14212
msgstr ""
14213
14214
#: C/shell-guest-session.page:18(page/title)
14215
msgid "Launch a restricted guest session"
14216
msgstr ""
14217
14218
#: C/shell-guest-session.page:21(section/title)
14219
msgid "Temporary session with restricted privileges"
14220
msgstr ""
14221
14222
#: C/shell-guest-session.page:23(section/p)
14223
msgid ""
14224
"Once in a while a friend, family member, or colleague may want to borrow "
14225
"your computer. The Ubuntu <app>Guest Session</app> feature provides a "
14226
"convenient way, with a high level of security, to lend your computer to "
14227
"someone else. A guest session can be launched either from the login screen "
14228
"or from within a regular session. If you are currently logged in, click the "
14229
"icon at the far right of the <gui>menu bar</gui> and select <gui>Guest "
14230
"Session</gui>. This will lock the screen for your own session and start the "
14231
"guest session."
14232
msgstr ""
14233
14234
#: C/shell-guest-session.page:30(section/p)
14235
msgid ""
14236
"A guest cannot view the home folders of other users, and by default any "
14237
"saved data or changed settings will be removed/reset at logout. It means "
14238
"that each session starts with a fresh environment, unaffected by what "
14239
"previous guests did."
14240
msgstr ""
14241
14242
#: C/shell-guest-session.page:37(section/title)
14243
msgid "Customization"
14244
msgstr ""
14245
14246
#: C/shell-guest-session.page:39(section/p)
14247
msgid ""
14248
"The <link href=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/CustomizeGuestSession\"> "
14249
"Customize Guest Session</link> online tutorial explains how to customize the "
14250
"appearance and behavior."
14251
msgstr ""
14252
14253
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:10(info/desc)
14254
msgid "Get around the desktop using the keyboard."
14255
msgstr ""
14256
14257
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:21(page/title)
14258
msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts"
14259
msgstr ""
14260
14261
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:23(page/p)
14262
msgid ""
14263
"This page provides an overview of keyboard shortcuts that can help you use "
14264
"your desktop and applications more efficiently. If you cannot use a mouse or "
14265
"pointing device at all, see <link xref=\"keyboard-nav\"/> for more "
14266
"information on navigating user interfaces with only the keyboard."
14267
msgstr ""
14268
14269
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:29(table/title)
14270
msgid "Getting around the desktop"
14271
msgstr ""
14272
14273
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:35(td/p)
14274
msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq>"
14275
msgstr ""
14276
14277
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:35(td/p)
14278
msgid "Pop up command window (for quickly running commands)"
14279
msgstr ""
14280
14281
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:39(td/p)
14282
msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
14283
msgstr ""
14284
14285
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:40(td/p)
14286
msgid ""
14287
"<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">Quickly switch between "
14288
"windows.</link> Hold down <key>Shift</key> for reverse order."
14289
msgstr ""
14290
14291
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:45(td/p)
14292
msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>`</key></keyseq>"
14293
msgstr ""
14294
14295
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:46(td/p)
14296
msgid ""
14297
"Switch between windows from the same application, or from the selected "
14298
"application after <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
14299
msgstr ""
14300
14301
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:48(td/p)
14302
msgid ""
14303
"This shortcut uses <key>`</key> on US keyboards, where the <key>`</key> key "
14304
"is above <key>Tab</key>. On all other keyboards, the shortcut is "
14305
"<key>Alt</key> plus whatever key is above <key>Tab</key>."
14306
msgstr ""
14307
14308
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:53(td/p)
14309
msgid "<keyseq><key xref=\"windows-key\">Super</key><key>S</key></keyseq>"
14310
msgstr ""
14311
14312
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:54(td/p)
14313
msgid ""
14314
"Activate the workspace switcher. Zoom out on all <link xref=\"shell-"
14315
"workspaces\">workspaces</link>."
14316
msgstr ""
14317
14318
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:57(td/p)
14319
msgid "<keyseq><key xref=\"windows-key\">Super</key><key>W</key></keyseq>"
14320
msgstr ""
14321
14322
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:58(td/p)
14323
msgid "Activate \"Expo\" mode. Show all windows from current workspace."
14324
msgstr ""
14325
14326
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:61(td/p)
14327
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Arrow keys</key></keyseq>"
14328
msgstr ""
14329
14330
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:62(td/p)
14331
msgid ""
14332
"<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">Switch between workspaces.</link>"
14333
msgstr ""
14334
14335
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:66(td/p)
14336
msgid ""
14337
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>Arrow "
14338
"keys</key></keyseq>"
14339
msgstr ""
14340
14341
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:67(td/p)
14342
msgid ""
14343
"<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-movewindow\">Move the current window to a "
14344
"different workspace.</link>"
14345
msgstr ""
14346
14347
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:71(td/p)
14348
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Delete</key></keyseq>"
14349
msgstr ""
14350
14351
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:72(td/p)
14352
msgid "<link xref=\"shell-exit\">Log out.</link>"
14353
msgstr ""
14354
14355
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:75(td/p)
14356
msgid ""
14357
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key xref=\"windows-"
14358
"key\">Super</key><key>D</key></keyseq>"
14359
msgstr ""
14360
14361
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:76(td/p)
14362
msgid ""
14363
"Hide all windows and show the desktop. Press the keys again to restore your "
14364
"windows."
14365
msgstr ""
14366
14367
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:79(td/p)
14368
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>L</key></keyseq>"
14369
msgstr ""
14370
14371
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:80(td/p)
14372
msgid "<link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-screen\">Lock the screen.</link>"
14373
msgstr ""
14374
14375
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:85(table/title)
14376
msgid "Common editing shortcuts"
14377
msgstr ""
14378
14379
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:87(td/p)
14380
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
14381
msgstr ""
14382
14383
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:88(td/p)
14384
msgid "Select all text or items in a list."
14385
msgstr ""
14386
14387
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:91(td/p)
14388
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</key></keyseq>"
14389
msgstr ""
14390
14391
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:92(td/p)
14392
msgid "Cut (remove) selected text or items and place it on the clipboard."
14393
msgstr ""
14394
14395
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:95(td/p)
14396
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</key></keyseq>"
14397
msgstr ""
14398
14399
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:96(td/p)
14400
msgid "Copy selected text or items to the clipboard."
14401
msgstr ""
14402
14403
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:99(td/p)
14404
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>"
14405
msgstr ""
14406
14407
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:100(td/p)
14408
msgid "Paste the contents of the clipboard."
14409
msgstr ""
14410
14411
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:103(td/p)
14412
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Z</key></keyseq>"
14413
msgstr ""
14414
14415
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:104(td/p)
14416
msgid "Undo the last action."
14417
msgstr ""
14418
14419
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:109(table/title)
14420
msgid "Capturing from the screen"
14421
msgstr ""
14422
14423
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:111(td/p)
14424
msgid "<key>Print Screen</key>"
14425
msgstr ""
14426
14427
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:112(td/p)
14428
msgid ""
14429
"<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Take a screenshot.</link>"
14430
msgstr ""
14431
14432
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:115(td/p)
14433
msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Print Screen</key></keyseq>"
14434
msgstr ""
14435
14436
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:116(td/p)
14437
msgid ""
14438
"<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Take a screenshot of a "
14439
"window.</link>"
14440
msgstr ""
14441
14442
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:120(td/p)
14443
msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Print Screen</key></keyseq>"
14444
msgstr ""
14445
14446
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:121(td/p)
14447
msgid ""
14448
"<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Take a screenshot of an area of "
14449
"the screen.</link> The pointer changes to a crosshair. Click and drag to "
14450
"select an area."
14451
msgstr ""
14452
14453
#: C/shell-overview.page:9(info/title)
14454
msgctxt "link:trail"
14455
msgid "Desktop"
14456
msgstr ""
14457
14458
#: C/shell-overview.page:11(info/desc)
14459
msgid ""
14460
"<link xref=\"unity-introduction\">Introduction</link>, <link xref=\"shell-"
14461
"keyboard-shortcuts\">keyboard shortcuts</link>, <link xref=\"shell-"
14462
"windows\">windows</link>, <link xref=\"addremove-install\">install "
14463
"additional software</link>…"
14464
msgstr ""
14465
14466
#: C/shell-overview.page:28(page/title)
14467
msgid "Desktop, apps & windows"
14468
msgstr ""
14469
14470
#: C/shell-overview.page:33(section/title)
14471
msgid "The Desktop"
14472
msgstr ""
14473
14474
#: C/shell-overview.page:37(section/title)
14475
msgid "Applications and windows"
14476
msgstr ""
14477
14478
#: C/shell-overview.page:41(section/title)
14479
msgid "Add and remove software"
14480
msgstr ""
14481
14482
#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:10(info/desc)
14483
msgid "Double-click or drag a titlebar to maximize or restore a window."
14484
msgstr ""
14485
14486
#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:22(page/title)
14487
msgid "Maximize and unmaximize a window"
14488
msgstr ""
14489
14490
#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:24(page/p)
14491
msgid ""
14492
"You can maximize a window to take up all of the space on your desktop and "
14493
"unmaximize a window to restore it to its normal size. You can also maximize "
14494
"windows vertically along the left and right sides of the screen, so you can "
14495
"easily look at two windows at once. See <link xref=\"shell-windows-tiled\"/> "
14496
"for details."
14497
msgstr ""
14498
14499
#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:30(page/p)
14500
msgid ""
14501
"To maximize a window, grab the titlebar and drag it to the top of the "
14502
"screen, or just double-click the titlebar. To maximize a window using the "
14503
"keyboard, hold down <key>Ctrl</key> and <key><link xref=\"windows-"
14504
"key\">Super</link></key> and press <key>↑</key>."
14505
msgstr ""
14506
14507
#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:35(page/p)
14508
msgid ""
14509
"To restore a window to its unmaximized size, drag it away from the edges of "
14510
"the screen. If the window is fully maximized, you can double-click the "
14511
"titlebar to restore it. You can also use the keyboard shortcut "
14512
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key> <key><link xref=\"windows-key\">Super</link></key> "
14513
"<key>↓</key></keyseq>."
14514
msgstr ""
14515
14516
#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:41(note/p)
14517
#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:40(note/p)
14518
msgid ""
14519
"Hold down the <key>Alt</key> key and drag anywhere in a window to move it."
14520
msgstr ""
14521
14522
#: C/shell-windows.page:9(info/desc)
14523
msgid "Move and organize your windows."
14524
msgstr ""
14525
14526
#: C/shell-windows.page:21(page/title)
14527
msgid "Windows and workspaces"
14528
msgstr ""
14529
14530
#: C/shell-windows.page:23(page/p)
14531
msgid ""
14532
"Like other desktops, Unity uses windows to display your running "
14533
"applications. Using both the <gui>dash</gui> and the <gui>launcher</gui>, "
14534
"you can launch new applications and control which window is active."
14535
msgstr ""
14536
14537
#: C/shell-windows.page:25(page/p)
14538
msgid ""
14539
"In addition to windows, you can also group your applications together within "
14540
"workspaces. Visit the window and workspace help topics below to better learn "
14541
"how to use these features."
14542
msgstr ""
14543
14544
#: C/shell-windows.page:49(info/title)
14545
msgctxt "link:trail"
14546
msgid "Windows"
14547
msgstr ""
14548
14549
#: C/shell-windows.page:51(section/title)
14550
msgid "Working with windows"
14551
msgstr ""
14552
14553
#: C/shell-windows.page:56(info/title)
14554
msgctxt "link:trail"
14555
msgid "Workspaces"
14556
msgstr ""
14557
14558
#: C/shell-windows.page:58(section/title)
14559
msgid "Working with workspaces"
14560
msgstr ""
14561
14562
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:10(info/desc)
14563
msgid "Restore, resize, arrange and hide."
14564
msgstr ""
14565
14566
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:23(page/title)
14567
msgid "Window operations"
14568
msgstr ""
14569
14570
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:25(page/p)
14571
msgid "Windows can be resized or concealed to suit workflow."
14572
msgstr ""
14573
14574
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:29(section/title)
14575
msgid "Minimize, restore and close"
14576
msgstr ""
14577
14578
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:31(section/p)
14579
msgid "To minimize or hide a window:"
14580
msgstr ""
14581
14582
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:34(item/p)
14583
msgid ""
14584
"Click the <gui>-</gui> in the top left hand corner of the application's "
14585
"<gui>menu bar</gui>. If the application is maximized (taking up your whole "
14586
"screen), the menu bar will appear at the very top of the screen. Otherwise, "
14587
"the minimize button will appear at the top of the application window."
14588
msgstr ""
14589
14590
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:39(item/p)
14591
msgid ""
14592
"Or press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Space</key></keyseq> to bring up the "
14593
"window menu. Then press <key>n</key>. The window 'disappears' into the "
14594
"launcher."
14595
msgstr ""
14596
14597
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:45(section/p)
14598
msgid "To restore the window:"
14599
msgstr ""
14600
14601
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:48(item/p)
14602
msgid ""
14603
"Click on it in the <link xref=\"unity-launcher-intro\">launcher</link> or "
14604
"retrieve it from the window switcher by pressing "
14605
"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
14606
msgstr ""
14607
14608
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:54(section/p)
14609
msgid "To close the window:"
14610
msgstr ""
14611
14612
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:57(item/p)
14613
msgid "Click the <gui>x</gui> in the top left hand corner of the window, or"
14614
msgstr ""
14615
14616
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:60(item/p)
14617
msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F4</key></keyseq>, or"
14618
msgstr ""
14619
14620
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:63(item/p)
14621
msgid ""
14622
"Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Space</key></keyseq> to bring up the window "
14623
"menu. Then press <key>c</key>."
14624
msgstr ""
14625
14626
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:71(section/title)
14627
msgid "Resize"
14628
msgstr ""
14629
14630
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:74(note/p)
14631
msgid "A window cannot be resized if it is <em>maximized</em>."
14632
msgstr ""
14633
14634
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:76(section/p)
14635
msgid "To resize your window horizontally and/or vertically:"
14636
msgstr ""
14637
14638
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:79(item/p)
14639
msgid ""
14640
"Move the mouse pointer into any corner of the window until it changes into a "
14641
"'corner-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window in any direction."
14642
msgstr ""
14643
14644
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:83(section/p)
14645
msgid "To resize only in the horizontal direction:"
14646
msgstr ""
14647
14648
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:86(item/p)
14649
msgid ""
14650
"Move the mouse pointer to either side of the window until it changes into a "
14651
"'side-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window horizontally."
14652
msgstr ""
14653
14654
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:90(section/p)
14655
msgid "To resize only in the vertical direction:"
14656
msgstr ""
14657
14658
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93(item/p)
14659
msgid ""
14660
"Move the mouse pointer to the top or bottom of the window until it changes "
14661
"into a 'top-pointer' or 'bottom-pointer' respectively. Click+hold+drag to "
14662
"resize the window vertically."
14663
msgstr ""
14664
14665
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:103(section/title)
14666
msgid "Arranging windows in your workspace"
14667
msgstr ""
14668
14669
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:105(section/p)
14670
msgid "To place two windows side by side:"
14671
msgstr ""
14672
14673
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108(item/p)
14674
msgid ""
14675
"Click on the <gui>title bar</gui> of a window and drag it toward the left "
14676
"edge of the screen. When the <gui>mouse pointer</gui> touches the edge, the "
14677
"left half of the screen becomes highlighted. Release the mouse button and "
14678
"the window will fill the left half of the screen."
14679
msgstr ""
14680
14681
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:112(item/p)
14682
msgid ""
14683
"Drag another window to the right side: when the right half of the screen is "
14684
"highlighted, release. Each of the two windows fills half the screen."
14685
msgstr ""
14686
14687
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:118(note/p)
14688
msgid ""
14689
"Pressing <key>Alt</key> + click anywhere in a window will allow you to move "
14690
"the window. Some people may find this easier than clicking on the <gui>title "
14691
"bar</gui> of an application."
14692
msgstr ""
14693
14694
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:11(info/desc)
14695
msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
14696
msgstr ""
14697
14698
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:26(page/title)
14699
msgid "Switch between windows"
14700
msgstr ""
14701
14702
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:34(section/title)
14703
msgid "From the launcher"
14704
msgstr ""
14705
14706
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:36(item/p)
14707
msgid ""
14708
"Show the <gui>launcher</gui> by moving your mouse to the top left corner of "
14709
"your screen."
14710
msgstr ""
14711
14712
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:39(item/p)
14713
msgid ""
14714
"Applications that are running have a small white triangle arrow on the left. "
14715
"Click on a running application icon to switch to it."
14716
msgstr ""
14717
14718
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:43(item/p)
14719
msgid ""
14720
"If a running application has multiple windows open, there will be multiple "
14721
"white arrows on the left. Click the application icon a second time to show "
14722
"all open windows zoomed out. Click the window you want to switch to."
14723
msgstr ""
14724
14725
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:52(section/title)
14726
msgid "From the keyboard"
14727
msgstr ""
14728
14729
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:54(item/p)
14730
msgid ""
14731
"Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to bring up the "
14732
"<gui>window switcher</gui>."
14733
msgstr ""
14734
14735
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:57(item/p)
14736
msgid ""
14737
"Release <key>Alt</key> to select the next (highlighted) window in the "
14738
"switcher."
14739
msgstr ""
14740
14741
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:59(item/p)
14742
msgid ""
14743
"Otherwise, still holding down the <key>Alt</key> key, press <key>Tab</key> "
14744
"to cycle through the list of open windows, or "
14745
"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to cycle backwards."
14746
msgstr ""
14747
14748
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:64(note/p)
14749
msgid ""
14750
"Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of "
14751
"applications with multiple windows pop up as you click through."
14752
msgstr ""
14753
14754
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:68(item/p)
14755
msgid ""
14756
"You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with "
14757
"the <key>→</key> or <key>←</key> keys, or select one by clicking it with the "
14758
"mouse."
14759
msgstr ""
14760
14761
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:71(item/p)
14762
msgid ""
14763
"Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the "
14764
"<key>↓</key> key."
14765
msgstr ""
14766
14767
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:75(note/p)
14768
msgid ""
14769
"Only windows from the current <link xref=\"shell-"
14770
"workspaces\">workspace</link> will be shown. To show windows from all "
14771
"workspaces, hold down the <key>Ctrl</key> and <key>Alt</key> keys and press "
14772
"<key>Tab</key> or <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
14773
msgstr ""
14774
14775
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:85(item/p)
14776
msgid ""
14777
"Press <keyseq><key><link xref=\"windows-"
14778
"key\">Super</link></key><key>W</key></keyseq> to show all open windows "
14779
"zoomed out."
14780
msgstr ""
14781
14782
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:89(item/p)
14783
msgid "Click the window you want to switch to."
14784
msgstr ""
14785
14786
#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:10(info/desc)
14787
msgid "Maximize two windows side-by-side."
14788
msgstr ""
14789
14790
#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:23(page/title)
14791
msgid "Tile windows"
14792
msgstr ""
14793
14794
#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:25(page/p)
14795
msgid ""
14796
"You can maximize a window on only the left or right side of the screen, "
14797
"allowing you to place two windows side-by-side to quickly switch between "
14798
"them."
14799
msgstr ""
14800
14801
#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:29(page/p)
14802
msgid ""
14803
"To maximize a window along a side of the screen, grab the titlebar and drag "
14804
"it to the left or right side until half of the screen is highlighted. Using "
14805
"the keyboard, hold down <key>Ctrl</key> and <key><link xref=\"windows-"
14806
"key\">Super</link></key> and press the <key>Left</key> or <key>Right</key> "
14807
"key."
14808
msgstr ""
14809
14810
#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:11(info/desc)
14811
msgid ""
14812
"Open the workspace switcher and drag the window to a different workspace."
14813
msgstr ""
14814
14815
#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:25(page/title)
14816
msgid "Move a window to a different workspace"
14817
msgstr ""
14818
14819
#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:27(page/p)
14820
#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:28(item/title)
14821
msgid "Using the mouse:"
14822
msgstr ""
14823
14824
#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:31(item/p)
14825
msgid ""
14826
"Open the <link xref=\"unity-launcher-intro\">Launcher</link> and click the "
14827
"<gui>workspace switcher</gui> button near the bottom."
14828
msgstr ""
14829
14830
#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:35(item/p)
14831
msgid "Drag the window to the workspace you choose."
14832
msgstr ""
14833
14834
#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:39(page/p)
14835
#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:33(item/title)
14836
msgid "Using the keyboard:"
14837
msgstr ""
14838
14839
#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:42(item/p)
14840
msgid "Select the window you want to move."
14841
msgstr ""
14842
14843
#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:45(item/p)
14844
msgid ""
14845
"Press "
14846
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>→</key></keyseq> "
14847
"to move the window to a workspace which is to the right of the current "
14848
"workspace on the <gui>workspace switcher</gui>."
14849
msgstr ""
14850
14851
#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:51(item/p)
14852
msgid ""
14853
"Press "
14854
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>←</key></keyseq> "
14855
"to move the window to a workspace which is to the left of the current "
14856
"workspace on the <gui>workspace switcher</gui>."
14857
msgstr ""
14858
14859
#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:57(item/p)
14860
msgid ""
14861
"Press "
14862
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>↓</key></keyseq> "
14863
"to move the window to a workspace which is below the current workspace on "
14864
"the <gui>workspace switcher</gui>."
14865
msgstr ""
14866
14867
#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:63(item/p)
14868
msgid ""
14869
"Press "
14870
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>↑</key></keyseq> "
14871
"to move the window to a workspace which is above the current workspace on "
14872
"the <gui>workspace switcher</gui>."
14873
msgstr ""
14874
14875
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
14876
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
14877
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
14878
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
14879
#: C/shell-workspaces.page:26(media)
14880
msgctxt "_"
14881
msgid ""
14882
"external ref='figures/unity-workspace-intro.png' "
14883
"md5='6000b012197429a0c6004a354d7e9e70'"
14884
msgstr ""
14885
14886
#: C/shell-workspaces.page:10(info/desc)
14887
msgid "Workspaces are a way of grouping windows on your desktop."
14888
msgstr ""
14889
14890
#: C/shell-workspaces.page:23(page/title)
14891
msgid "What is a workspace, and how will it help me?"
14892
msgstr ""
14893
14894
#: C/shell-workspaces.page:27(media/p)
14895
msgid "Workspace switcher button"
14896
msgstr ""
14897
14898
#: C/shell-workspaces.page:30(page/p)
14899
msgid ""
14900
"Workspaces refer to the grouping of windows on your desktop. These virtual "
14901
"desktops increase the size of your working area. Workspaces are meant to "
14902
"reduce clutter and make the desktop easier to navigate."
14903
msgstr ""
14904
14905
#: C/shell-workspaces.page:33(page/p)
14906
msgid ""
14907
"Workspaces can be used to organize your work. For example, you could have "
14908
"all your communication windows, such as e-mail and your chat program, on one "
14909
"workspace, and the work you are doing on a different workspace. Your music "
14910
"manager could be on a third workspace."
14911
msgstr ""
14912
14913
#: C/shell-workspaces.page:38(page/p)
14914
msgid ""
14915
"Open the <link xref=\"unity-launcher-intro\">Launcher</link> and click the "
14916
"<gui>workspace switcher</gui> icon near the bottom. By default, Ubuntu shows "
14917
"4 workspaces, arranged in 2 rows and 2 columns. You can change the number of "
14918
"workspaces:"
14919
msgstr ""
14920
14921
#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41(steps/title)
14922
msgid "Change the number of workspaces"
14923
msgstr ""
14924
14925
#: C/shell-workspaces.page:42(item/p)
14926
msgid ""
14927
"Go to the <link xref=\"unity-dash-intro\">dash</link> and open the "
14928
"<app>Terminal</app>."
14929
msgstr ""
14930
14931
#: C/shell-workspaces.page:43(item/p)
14932
msgid ""
14933
"To change the number of rows, type the following command, changing the final "
14934
"number to the number you wish. Press <key>Enter</key>."
14935
msgstr ""
14936
14937
#: C/shell-workspaces.page:46(item/p)
14938
msgid ""
14939
"To change the number of columns, type the following command, changing the "
14940
"final number to the number you wish. Press <key>Enter</key>."
14941
msgstr ""
14942
14943
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
14944
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
14945
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
14946
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
14947
#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:56(media)
14948
msgctxt "_"
14949
msgid ""
14950
"external ref='figures/unity-windows.png' "
14951
"md5='f922a10342561062571b0480303fd64c'"
14952
msgstr ""
14953
14954
#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:11(info/desc)
14955
msgid "Open the workspace switcher and double-click one of the workspaces."
14956
msgstr ""
14957
14958
#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:24(page/title)
14959
msgid "Switch between workspaces"
14960
msgstr ""
14961
14962
#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:29(item/p)
14963
msgid ""
14964
"Open the <link xref=\"unity-launcher-intro\">Launcher</link> and click the "
14965
"<gui>workspace switcher</gui> button near the bottom. Double-click on any "
14966
"window or workspace to switch to it, or press the workspace switcher button "
14967
"again to return to your previous workspace."
14968
msgstr ""
14969
14970
#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:37(item/p)
14971
msgid ""
14972
"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq> to move to "
14973
"a workspace which is to the right of the current workspace."
14974
msgstr ""
14975
14976
#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:40(item/p)
14977
msgid ""
14978
"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq> to move to "
14979
"a workspace which is to the left of the current workspace."
14980
msgstr ""
14981
14982
#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:45(item/p)
14983
msgid ""
14984
"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↓</key></keyseq> to move to "
14985
"a workspace which is below the current workspace."
14986
msgstr ""
14987
14988
#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:48(item/p)
14989
msgid ""
14990
"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↑</key></keyseq> to move to "
14991
"a workspace which is above the current workspace."
14992
msgstr ""
14993
14994
#: C/sound-alert.page:14(info/desc)
14995
msgid ""
14996
"Choose the sound to play for messages, set the alert volume, or disable "
14997
"alert sounds."
14998
msgstr ""
14999
15000
#: C/sound-alert.page:19(page/title)
15001
msgid "Choose or disable the alert sound"
15002
msgstr ""
15003
15004
#: C/sound-alert.page:21(page/p)
15005
msgid ""
15006
"Your computer will play a simple alert sound for certain types of messages "
15007
"and events. You can choose different sound clips for alerts, set the alert "
15008
"volume independently of your system volume, or disable alert sounds entirely."
15009
msgstr ""
15010
15011
#: C/sound-alert.page:27(item/p)
15012
#: C/sound-nosound.page:65(item/p)
15013
msgid ""
15014
"Click the <gui>sound menu</gui> in the <gui>menu bar</gui> and click "
15015
"<gui>Sound Settings</gui>."
15016
msgstr ""
15017
15018
#: C/sound-alert.page:28(item/p)
15019
msgid ""
15020
"On the <gui>Sound Effects</gui> tab, select an alert sound. Each sound will "
15021
"play when you click on it so you can hear how it sounds."
15022
msgstr ""
15023
15024
#: C/sound-alert.page:32(page/p)
15025
msgid ""
15026
"Use the volume slider on the <gui>Sound Effects</gui> tab to set the volume "
15027
"of the alert sound. This won't affect the volume of your music, movies, or "
15028
"other sound files."
15029
msgstr ""
15030
15031
#: C/sound-alert.page:36(page/p)
15032
msgid ""
15033
"To disable alert sounds entirely, just select <gui>Mute</gui> next to "
15034
"<gui>Alert volume</gui>."
15035
msgstr ""
15036
15037
#: C/sound-broken.page:10(info/desc)
15038
msgid ""
15039
"Troubleshoot problems like having no sound or having poor sound quality."
15040
msgstr ""
15041
15042
#: C/sound-broken.page:20(page/title)
15043
msgid "Sound problems"
15044
msgstr ""
15045
15046
#: C/sound-broken.page:27(page/p)
15047
msgid ""
15048
"There are a number of ways for sound playback to break on your computer. "
15049
"Which of the topics below best describes the problem you are experiencing?"
15050
msgstr ""
15051
15052
#: C/sound-crackle.page:8(info/desc)
15053
msgid "Check your audio cables and sound card drivers."
15054
msgstr ""
15055
15056
#: C/sound-crackle.page:20(page/title)
15057
msgid "I hear crackling or buzzing when sounds are playing"
15058
msgstr ""
15059
15060
#: C/sound-crackle.page:22(page/p)
15061
msgid ""
15062
"If you hear crackling or buzzing when sounds are playing on your computer, "
15063
"you may have a problem with the audio cables or connectors, or a problem "
15064
"with the drivers for the sound card."
15065
msgstr ""
15066
15067
#: C/sound-crackle.page:28(item/p)
15068
msgid "Check that the speakers are plugged in correctly."
15069
msgstr ""
15070
15071
#: C/sound-crackle.page:29(item/p)
15072
msgid ""
15073
"If the speakers aren't fully plugged in, or if they are plugged into the "
15074
"wrong socket, you might hear a buzzing sound."
15075
msgstr ""
15076
15077
#: C/sound-crackle.page:34(item/p)
15078
msgid "Make sure the speaker/headphone cable isn't damaged."
15079
msgstr ""
15080
15081
#: C/sound-crackle.page:35(item/p)
15082
msgid ""
15083
"Audio cables and connectors can gradually wear with use. Try plugging the "
15084
"cable or headphones into another audio device (like an MP3 player or a CD "
15085
"player) to check if there is still a crackling sound. If there is, you may "
15086
"need to replace the cable or headphones."
15087
msgstr ""
15088
15089
#: C/sound-crackle.page:42(item/p)
15090
msgid "Check if the sound drivers aren't very good."
15091
msgstr ""
15092
15093
#: C/sound-crackle.page:43(item/p)
15094
msgid ""
15095
"Some sound cards don't work very well on Linux because they don't have very "
15096
"good drivers. This problem is more difficult to identify. Try searching for "
15097
"the make and model of your sound card on the internet, plus the search term "
15098
"\"Ubuntu\", to see if other people are having the same problem."
15099
msgstr ""
15100
15101
#: C/sound-crackle.page:47(item/p)
15102
msgid ""
15103
"You can run <cmd>sudo lspci -v</cmd> in the <app>Terminal</app> to get more "
15104
"information about your sound card."
15105
msgstr ""
15106
15107
#: C/sound-nosound.page:8(info/desc)
15108
msgid ""
15109
"Check that it's not muted, that cables are plugged in properly, and that the "
15110
"sound card is detected."
15111
msgstr ""
15112
15113
#: C/sound-nosound.page:21(page/title)
15114
msgid "I can't hear any sounds on the computer"
15115
msgstr ""
15116
15117
#: C/sound-nosound.page:23(page/p)
15118
msgid ""
15119
"If you can't hear any sounds on your computer, for example when you try to "
15120
"play music, try these troubleshooting steps to see if you can fix the "
15121
"problem."
15122
msgstr ""
15123
15124
#: C/sound-nosound.page:27(section/title)
15125
msgid "Make sure that the sound is not muted"
15126
msgstr ""
15127
15128
#: C/sound-nosound.page:28(section/p)
15129
msgid ""
15130
"Click the <gui>sound menu</gui> on the menu bar (it looks like a speaker) "
15131
"and make sure that the sound is not muted or turned down."
15132
msgstr ""
15133
15134
#: C/sound-nosound.page:30(section/p)
15135
msgid ""
15136
"Some laptops have mute switches or keys on their keyboards—try pressing that "
15137
"key to see if it unmutes the sound."
15138
msgstr ""
15139
15140
#: C/sound-nosound.page:32(section/p)
15141
msgid ""
15142
"You should also check that you haven't muted the application that you're "
15143
"using to play sound (e.g. your music player or movie player). The "
15144
"application may have a mute or volume button in its main window, so check "
15145
"that. Also, click the sound menu on the menu bar and choose <gui>Sound "
15146
"Settings</gui>. When the <gui>Sound</gui> window appears, go to the "
15147
"<gui>Applications</gui> tab and check that your application is not muted."
15148
msgstr ""
15149
15150
#: C/sound-nosound.page:41(section/title)
15151
msgid "Check that the speakers are turned on and connected properly"
15152
msgstr ""
15153
15154
#: C/sound-nosound.page:42(section/p)
15155
msgid ""
15156
"If your computer has external speakers, make sure that they are turned on "
15157
"and that the volume is turned up. Make sure that the speaker cable is "
15158
"securely plugged into the \"output\" audio socket on the back of the "
15159
"computer. This socket is usually light green in color."
15160
msgstr ""
15161
15162
#: C/sound-nosound.page:47(section/p)
15163
msgid ""
15164
"Some sound cards are able to switch which socket they use for output (to the "
15165
"speakers) and input (from a microphone, for instance). The output socket may "
15166
"be different when running Linux than on Windows or Mac OS. Try connecting "
15167
"the speaker cable to the different audio sockets on the computer in turn to "
15168
"see if that works."
15169
msgstr ""
15170
15171
#: C/sound-nosound.page:53(section/p)
15172
msgid ""
15173
"A final thing to check is that the audio cable is securely plugged into the "
15174
"back of the speakers. Some speakers have more than one input too."
15175
msgstr ""
15176
15177
#: C/sound-nosound.page:58(section/title)
15178
msgid "Check that the right sound device is selected"
15179
msgstr ""
15180
15181
#: C/sound-nosound.page:59(section/p)
15182
msgid ""
15183
"Some computers have multiple \"sound devices\" installed. Some of these are "
15184
"capable of outputting sound and some are not, so you should check that you "
15185
"have the correct one selected. This might involve some trial-and-error to "
15186
"choose the right one."
15187
msgstr ""
15188
15189
#: C/sound-nosound.page:68(item/p)
15190
msgid ""
15191
"In the <gui>Sound</gui> window that appears, try selecting a different "
15192
"output from the <gui>Play sound through</gui> list."
15193
msgstr ""
15194
15195
#: C/sound-nosound.page:71(item/p)
15196
msgid ""
15197
"For the selected device, click <gui>Test Sound</gui>. In the pop-up window, "
15198
"click the button for each speaker. Each button will speak its position only "
15199
"to the channel corresponding to that speaker."
15200
msgstr ""
15201
15202
#: C/sound-nosound.page:76(item/p)
15203
msgid ""
15204
"If that doesn't work, you might want to try doing the same for any other "
15205
"devices that are listed."
15206
msgstr ""
15207
15208
#: C/sound-nosound.page:83(section/title)
15209
msgid "Check that the sound card was detected properly"
15210
msgstr ""
15211
15212
#: C/sound-nosound.page:84(section/p)
15213
msgid ""
15214
"Your sound card may not have been detected properly. If this has happened, "
15215
"your computer will think that it isn't able to play sound. A possible reason "
15216
"for the card not being detected properly is that the drivers for the card "
15217
"are not installed."
15218
msgstr ""
15219
15220
#: C/sound-nosound.page:90(item/p)
15221
msgid ""
15222
"Go to the <link xref=\"unity-dash-intro\">dash</link> and open the Terminal."
15223
msgstr ""
15224
15225
#: C/sound-nosound.page:93(item/p)
15226
msgid "Type <cmd>aplay -l</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
15227
msgstr ""
15228
15229
#: C/sound-nosound.page:96(item/p)
15230
msgid ""
15231
"A list of devices will be shown. If there are no <gui>playback hardware "
15232
"devices</gui>, your sound card has not been detected."
15233
msgstr ""
15234
15235
#: C/sound-nosound.page:101(section/p)
15236
msgid ""
15237
"If your sound card is not detected, you may need to manually install the "
15238
"drivers for it. How you do this will depend on the card you have."
15239
msgstr ""
15240
15241
#: C/sound-nosound.page:104(section/p)
15242
msgid ""
15243
"You can see what sound card you have by using the <cmd>lspci</cmd> command "
15244
"in the <app>Terminal</app>. You can get more complete results if you run "
15245
"<cmd>lspci</cmd> as <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">superuser</link>; "
15246
"enter <cmd>sudo lspci</cmd> and type your password. See if an <em>audio "
15247
"controller</em> or <em>audio device</em> is listed—it should have the sound "
15248
"card's make and model number. <cmd>sudo lspci -v</cmd> will show a list with "
15249
"more detailed information."
15250
msgstr ""
15251
15252
#: C/sound-nosound.page:112(section/p)
15253
msgid ""
15254
"You may be able to find and install drivers for your card by searching the "
15255
"Internet. Otherwise, you can <link xref=\"ubuntu-report-bug\">file a "
15256
"bug</link>."
15257
msgstr ""
15258
15259
#: C/sound-nosound.page:114(section/p)
15260
msgid ""
15261
"If you can't get drivers for your sound card, you might prefer to buy a new "
15262
"sound card. You can get sound cards that can be installed inside the "
15263
"computer and external USB sound cards."
15264
msgstr ""
15265
15266
#: C/sound-usemic.page:14(info/desc)
15267
msgid "Use an analog or USB microphone and select a default input device."
15268
msgstr ""
15269
15270
#: C/sound-usemic.page:18(page/title)
15271
msgid "Use a different microphone"
15272
msgstr ""
15273
15274
#: C/sound-usemic.page:20(page/p)
15275
msgid ""
15276
"You can use an external microphone for chatting with friends, speaking with "
15277
"colleagues at work, making voice recordings, or using other multimedia "
15278
"applications. Even if your computer has a built-in microphone or a webcam "
15279
"with a microphone, a separate microphone usually provides better audio "
15280
"quality."
15281
msgstr ""
15282
15283
#: C/sound-usemic.page:26(page/p)
15284
msgid ""
15285
"If your microphone has a circular plug, just plug it into the appropriate "
15286
"adapter on your computer. Most computers have two adapters: one for "
15287
"microphones and one for speakers. Look for a picture of a microphone next to "
15288
"the adapter. Microphones plugged into the appropriate adapter will usually "
15289
"be used by default. If not, see the instructions below for selecting a "
15290
"default input device."
15291
msgstr ""
15292
15293
#: C/sound-usemic.page:33(page/p)
15294
msgid ""
15295
"If you have a USB microphone, plug it into any USB port on your computer. "
15296
"USB microphones act as separate audio devices, and you may have to specify "
15297
"which microphone to use by default."
15298
msgstr ""
15299
15300
#: C/sound-usemic.page:38(steps/title)
15301
#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:46(steps/title)
15302
msgid "Select a default audio input device"
15303
msgstr ""
15304
15305
#: C/sound-usemic.page:39(item/p)
15306
#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:47(item/p)
15307
msgid ""
15308
"Click the <gui>sound menu</gui> on the <gui>menu bar</gui> and select "
15309
"<gui>Sound Settings</gui>."
15310
msgstr ""
15311
15312
#: C/sound-usemic.page:40(item/p)
15313
msgid ""
15314
"On the <gui>Input</gui> tab, select the device in the list of devices. The "
15315
"input level indicator should respond when you speak."
15316
msgstr ""
15317
15318
#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:15(info/desc)
15319
msgid ""
15320
"Connect speakers or headphones and select a default audio output device."
15321
msgstr ""
15322
15323
#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:19(page/title)
15324
msgid "Use different speakers or headphones"
15325
msgstr ""
15326
15327
#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:21(page/p)
15328
msgid ""
15329
"You can use external speakers or headphones with your computer. Speakers "
15330
"usually either connect using a circular TRS (<em>tip, ring, sleeve</em>) "
15331
"plug or with USB."
15332
msgstr ""
15333
15334
#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:25(page/p)
15335
msgid ""
15336
"If your speakers or headphones have a TRS plug, plug it into the appropriate "
15337
"socket on your computer. Most computers have two sockets: one for "
15338
"microphones and one for speakers. Look for a picture of headphones next to "
15339
"the socket. Speakers or headphones plugged into a TRS socket will usually be "
15340
"used by default. If not, see the instructions below for selecting the "
15341
"default device."
15342
msgstr ""
15343
15344
#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:31(page/p)
15345
msgid ""
15346
"Some computers support multi-channel output for surround sound. This usually "
15347
"uses multiple TRS jacks, which are often color-coded. If you are unsure "
15348
"which plugs go in which sockets, you can test the sound output in the sound "
15349
"settings. Click the <gui>sound menu</gui> on the <gui>menu bar</gui> then "
15350
"click <gui>Sound Settings</gui>. Select your speakers in the list of "
15351
"devices, then click <gui>Test Sound</gui>. In the pop-up window, click the "
15352
"button for each speaker. Each button will speak its position only to the "
15353
"channel corresponding to that speaker."
15354
msgstr ""
15355
15356
#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:40(page/p)
15357
msgid ""
15358
"If you have USB speakers or headphones, or analog headphones plugged into a "
15359
"USB sound card, plug them into any USB port. USB speakers act as separate "
15360
"audio devices, and you may have to specify which speakers to use by default."
15361
msgstr ""
15362
15363
#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:48(item/p)
15364
msgid ""
15365
"On the <gui>Output</gui> tab, select the device in the list of devices."
15366
msgstr ""
15367
15368
#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:51(page/p)
15369
msgid ""
15370
"If you don't see your device on the <gui>Output</gui> tab, check the "
15371
"<gui>Hardware</gui> tab. Select your device and try different profiles."
15372
msgstr ""
15373
15374
#: C/sound-volume.page:19(info/desc)
15375
msgid ""
15376
"Set the sound volume for the computer and control the loudness of each "
15377
"application."
15378
msgstr ""
15379
15380
#: C/sound-volume.page:24(page/title)
15381
msgid "Change the sound volume"
15382
msgstr ""
15383
15384
#: C/sound-volume.page:26(page/p)
15385
msgid ""
15386
"To change the sound volume, click the <gui>sound menu</gui> on the <gui>menu "
15387
"bar</gui> and move the volume slider left or right. You can completely turn "
15388
"off sound by checking <gui>Mute</gui>."
15389
msgstr ""
15390
15391
#: C/sound-volume.page:28(page/p)
15392
msgid ""
15393
"Some keyboards have keys that let you control the volume. They normally look "
15394
"like stylized speakers with waves coming out of them. They are often near "
15395
"the \"F\" keys at the top. On laptop keyboards, they are usually on the "
15396
"\"F\" keys. Hold down the <key>Fn</key> key on your keyboard to use them."
15397
msgstr ""
15398
15399
#: C/sound-volume.page:33(page/p)
15400
msgid ""
15401
"Of course, if you have external speakers, you can also change the volume "
15402
"using the volume control on the speakers themselves. Some headphones have a "
15403
"volume control too."
15404
msgstr ""
15405
15406
#: C/sound-volume.page:38(section/title)
15407
msgid "Changing the sound volume for individual applications"
15408
msgstr ""
15409
15410
#: C/sound-volume.page:39(section/p)
15411
msgid ""
15412
"You can change the volume for one application, but leave the volume for "
15413
"others unchanged. This is useful if you're listening to music and browsing "
15414
"the web, for example. You might want to turn off the volume in the web "
15415
"browser so sounds from websites don't interrupt the music."
15416
msgstr ""
15417
15418
#: C/sound-volume.page:43(section/p)
15419
msgid ""
15420
"Some applications have volume controls in their main windows. If your "
15421
"application has one of these, use that to change the volume. Otherwise, "
15422
"click the <gui>sound menu</gui> on the <gui>menu bar</gui> and click "
15423
"<gui>Sound Settings</gui>. Go to the <gui>Applications</gui> tab and change "
15424
"the volume of the application there."
15425
msgstr ""
15426
15427
#: C/sound-volume.page:47(section/p)
15428
msgid ""
15429
"Only applications that are playing sounds will be listed. If an application "
15430
"is playing sounds but isn't listed, it might not support the feature that "
15431
"lets you control its volume in this way. In that case, you can't change its "
15432
"volume."
15433
msgstr ""
15434
15435
#: C/tips.page:12(info/desc)
15436
msgid ""
15437
"<link xref=\"tips-specialchars\">Special characters</link>, <link "
15438
"xref=\"mouse-middleclick\">middle click shortcuts</link>…"
15439
msgstr ""
15440
15441
#: C/tips.page:16(page/title)
15442
msgid "Tips & tricks"
15443
msgstr ""
15444
15445
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:15(info/desc)
15446
msgid ""
15447
"Type characters not found on your keyboard, including foreign alphabets, "
15448
"mathematical symbols, and dingbats."
15449
msgstr ""
15450
15451
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:20(page/title)
15452
msgid "Enter special characters"
15453
msgstr ""
15454
15455
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:29(page/p)
15456
msgid ""
15457
"You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world's "
15458
"writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some "
15459
"different ways you can enter special characters."
15460
msgstr ""
15461
15462
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:34(links/title)
15463
msgid "Methods to enter characters"
15464
msgstr ""
15465
15466
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:38(section/title)
15467
msgid "Character map"
15468
msgstr ""
15469
15470
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:39(section/p)
15471
msgid ""
15472
"GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to browse all "
15473
"the characters in Unicode. Use the character map to find the character you "
15474
"want, and then copy and paste it to wherever you need it."
15475
msgstr ""
15476
15477
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:42(section/p)
15478
msgid ""
15479
"You can find <app>Character Map</app> in the <gui>dash</gui>. For more "
15480
"information on the character map, see the <link "
15481
"href=\"help:gucharmap\">Character Map Manual</link>."
15482
msgstr ""
15483
15484
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:48(section/title)
15485
msgid "Compose key"
15486
msgstr ""
15487
15488
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:49(section/p)
15489
msgid ""
15490
"A compose key is a special key that allows you to press multiple keys in a "
15491
"row to get a special character. For example, to type the accented letter "
15492
"<em>é</em>, you can press <key>compose</key> then <key>'</key> then "
15493
"<key>e</key>."
15494
msgstr ""
15495
15496
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:53(section/p)
15497
msgid ""
15498
"Keyboards don't have specific compose keys. Instead, you can define one of "
15499
"the existing keys on your keyboard as a compose key."
15500
msgstr ""
15501
15502
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:56(steps/title)
15503
msgid "Define a compose key"
15504
msgstr ""
15505
15506
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:58(item/p)
15507
msgid "Click <gui>Keyboard Layout</gui>."
15508
msgstr ""
15509
15510
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:59(item/p)
15511
msgid "Click <gui>Options</gui>."
15512
msgstr ""
15513
15514
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:61(item/p)
15515
msgid ""
15516
"Find the group called <gui>Compose key position</gui>. Select the key or "
15517
"keys you would like to behave as a compose key. You can choose keys like "
15518
"<key>Caps Lock</key>, either of the <key>Alt</key> keys, or the menu key. "
15519
"Any keys you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer "
15520
"work for their original purpose."
15521
msgstr ""
15522
15523
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:68(section/p)
15524
msgid ""
15525
"You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:"
15526
msgstr ""
15527
15528
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71(item/p)
15529
msgid ""
15530
"Press <key>compose</key> then <key>'</key> then a letter to place an acute "
15531
"accent over that letter, such as <em>é</em>."
15532
msgstr ""
15533
15534
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:73(item/p)
15535
msgid ""
15536
"Press <key>compose</key> then <key>`</key> (back tick) then a letter to "
15537
"place a grave accent over that letter, such as <em>è</em>."
15538
msgstr ""
15539
15540
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:76(item/p)
15541
msgid ""
15542
"Press <key>compose</key> then <key>\"</key> then a letter to place an umlaut "
15543
"over that letter, such as <em>ë</em>."
15544
msgstr ""
15545
15546
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:78(item/p)
15547
msgid ""
15548
"Press <key>compose</key> then <key>-</key> then a letter to place a macron "
15549
"over that letter, such as <em>ē</em>."
15550
msgstr ""
15551
15552
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:81(section/p)
15553
msgid ""
15554
"For more compose key sequences, see <link "
15555
"href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Compose_key#Common_compose_combinations\""
15556
">the compose key page on Wikipedia</link>."
15557
msgstr ""
15558
15559
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:87(section/title)
15560
msgid "Code points"
15561
msgstr ""
15562
15563
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:88(section/p)
15564
msgid ""
15565
"You can enter any Unicode character using only your keyboard with the "
15566
"numeric code point of the character. Every character is identified by a four-"
15567
"character code point. To find the code point for a character, find the "
15568
"character in the character map application and look in the status bar or the "
15569
"<gui>Character Details</gui> tab. The code point is the four characters "
15570
"after <gui>U+</gui>."
15571
msgstr ""
15572
15573
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:94(section/p)
15574
msgid ""
15575
"To enter a character by its code point, hold down <key>Ctrl</key> and "
15576
"<key>Shift</key>, type <key>u</key> followed by the four-character code "
15577
"point, then release <key>Ctrl</key> and <key>Shift</key>. If you often use "
15578
"characters that you can't easily access with other methods, you might find "
15579
"it useful to memorize the code point for those characters so you can enter "
15580
"them quickly."
15581
msgstr ""
15582
15583
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:103(section/title)
15584
msgid "Keyboard layouts"
15585
msgstr ""
15586
15587
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:104(section/p)
15588
msgid ""
15589
"You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, "
15590
"regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even easily switch "
15591
"between different keyboard layouts using an icon in the menu bar. To learn "
15592
"how, see <link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\"/>."
15593
msgstr ""
15594
15595
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:111(section/title)
15596
msgid "Input methods"
15597
msgstr ""
15598
15599
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:112(section/p)
15600
msgid ""
15601
"An Input Method expands the previous methods by allowing to enter characters "
15602
"not only with keyboard but any input devices also. For instance you could "
15603
"enter characters with a mouse using a gesture method, or enter Japanese "
15604
"characters using a Latin keyboard."
15605
msgstr ""
15606
15607
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:117(section/p)
15608
msgid ""
15609
"To choose an input method, right-click over a text widget, and in the menu "
15610
"<gui>Input Method</gui>, choose an input method you want to use. There is no "
15611
"default input method provided, so refer to the input methods documentation "
15612
"to see how to use them."
15613
msgstr ""
15614
15615
#: C/unity-dash-apps.page:7(info/desc)
15616
msgid "Run, install, or uninstall apps."
15617
msgstr ""
15618
15619
#: C/unity-dash-apps.page:18(page/title)
15620
msgid "Applications lens"
15621
msgstr ""
15622
15623
#: C/unity-dash-apps.page:20(page/p)
15624
msgid ""
15625
"The applications lens is the first lens after the dash home in the <gui>lens "
15626
"bar</gui>. The applications lens gives you easy access to your apps or apps "
15627
"available for install."
15628
msgstr ""
15629
15630
#: C/unity-dash-apps.page:24(page/p)
15631
msgid ""
15632
"You can use <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>A</key></keyseq> to open the dash "
15633
"directly at the applications lens."
15634
msgstr ""
15635
15636
#: C/unity-dash-apps.page:28(section/title)
15637
#: C/unity-dash-files.page:31(section/title)
15638
#: C/unity-dash-gwibber.page:31(section/title)
15639
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:77(section/title)
15640
#: C/unity-dash-music.page:29(section/title)
15641
#: C/unity-dash-photos.page:29(section/title)
15642
#: C/unity-dash-video.page:31(section/title)
15643
msgid "Previews"
15644
msgstr ""
15645
15646
#: C/unity-dash-apps.page:30(section/p)
15647
msgid ""
15648
"Right click on a search result to open a <gui>preview</gui>. The preview "
15649
"shows a short description of the app, a screenshot, its <gui>Software "
15650
"Center</gui> rating, and what version is available."
15651
msgstr ""
15652
15653
#: C/unity-dash-apps.page:34(section/p)
15654
msgid ""
15655
"For installed apps, you can see when the app was installed and either launch "
15656
"the app or uninstall it. Certain essential apps cannot be uninstalled from "
15657
"the preview."
15658
msgstr ""
15659
15660
#: C/unity-dash-apps.page:38(section/p)
15661
msgid ""
15662
"For apps that haven't been installed, you can install them right from the "
15663
"preview."
15664
msgstr ""
15665
15666
#: C/unity-dash-apps.page:43(section/title)
15667
#: C/unity-dash-files.page:41(section/title)
15668
#: C/unity-dash-gwibber.page:39(section/title)
15669
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:67(section/title)
15670
#: C/unity-dash-music.page:40(section/title)
15671
#: C/unity-dash-photos.page:39(section/title)
15672
#: C/unity-dash-video.page:39(section/title)
15673
msgid "Filters"
15674
msgstr ""
15675
15676
#: C/unity-dash-apps.page:45(section/p)
15677
msgid ""
15678
"Click <gui>Filter results</gui> if you'd like to only see results for a "
15679
"certain type of application. You can also click "
15680
"<guiseq><gui>Sources</gui><gui>Local Apps</gui></guiseq> to only view "
15681
"installed apps or <guiseq><gui>Sources</gui><gui>Software "
15682
"Center</gui></guiseq> to only show apps available for install."
15683
msgstr ""
15684
15685
#: C/unity-dash-files.page:7(info/desc)
15686
msgid "Find files, folders, and downloads."
15687
msgstr ""
15688
15689
#: C/unity-dash-files.page:18(page/title)
15690
msgid "Files lens"
15691
msgstr ""
15692
15693
#: C/unity-dash-files.page:20(page/p)
15694
msgid ""
15695
"The files lens is the second lens after the dash home in the <gui>lens "
15696
"bar</gui> and is represented by a document. The files lens gives you easy "
15697
"access to recently used files, folders, or downloads."
15698
msgstr ""
15699
15700
#: C/unity-dash-files.page:24(page/p)
15701
msgid ""
15702
"You can use <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>F</key></keyseq> to open the dash "
15703
"directly at the files lens."
15704
msgstr ""
15705
15706
#: C/unity-dash-files.page:27(item/p)
15707
msgid ""
15708
"If you use Google Docs, be sure to add your Google credentials to <link "
15709
"xref=\"accounts\">Online Accounts</link> to see search results from Google "
15710
"Docs."
15711
msgstr ""
15712
15713
#: C/unity-dash-files.page:33(section/p)
15714
msgid ""
15715
"Right click on a search result to open a <gui>preview</gui>. The preview "
15716
"shows the file format, file size, and when it was last saved."
15717
msgstr ""
15718
15719
#: C/unity-dash-files.page:36(section/p)
15720
msgid ""
15721
"You can open a file, email it, or open the folder that contains the file."
15722
msgstr ""
15723
15724
#: C/unity-dash-files.page:43(section/p)
15725
msgid ""
15726
"Click <gui>Filter results</gui> to filter by file type, file size, or the "
15727
"last time the file was saved."
15728
msgstr ""
15729
15730
#: C/unity-dash-gwibber.page:7(info/desc)
15731
msgid "Browse messages from your online social media accounts."
15732
msgstr ""
15733
15734
#: C/unity-dash-gwibber.page:18(page/title)
15735
msgid "Gwibber lens"
15736
msgstr ""
15737
15738
#: C/unity-dash-gwibber.page:20(page/p)
15739
msgid ""
15740
"The Gwibber lens is the third lens after the dash home in the <gui>lens "
15741
"bar</gui> and is represented by a bird. The Gwibber lens gives you easy "
15742
"access to your online social media accounts."
15743
msgstr ""
15744
15745
#: C/unity-dash-gwibber.page:24(page/p)
15746
msgid ""
15747
"You can use <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>G</key></keyseq> to open the dash "
15748
"directly at the Gwibber lens."
15749
msgstr ""
15750
15751
#: C/unity-dash-gwibber.page:27(item/p)
15752
msgid ""
15753
"The lens will be blank until you enter your credentials in <link "
15754
"xref=\"accounts\">Online Accounts</link>."
15755
msgstr ""
15756
15757
#: C/unity-dash-gwibber.page:33(section/p)
15758
msgid ""
15759
"Right click on a search result to open a <gui>preview</gui>. The preview "
15760
"gives you more information and allows you to easily \"like\" or reshare "
15761
"posts."
15762
msgstr ""
15763
15764
#: C/unity-dash-gwibber.page:41(section/p)
15765
msgid "Click <gui>Filter results</gui> to filter by account."
15766
msgstr ""
15767
15768
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
15769
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
15770
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
15771
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
15772
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:22(media)
15773
msgctxt "_"
15774
msgid ""
15775
"external ref='figures/unity-dash-sample.png' "
15776
"md5='9755337d19a76bdc5150f222a8bc5160'"
15777
msgstr ""
15778
15779
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:8(info/desc)
15780
msgid "The dash is the top button in the launcher."
15781
msgstr ""
15782
15783
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:19(page/title)
15784
msgid "Find apps, files, music, and more with the dash"
15785
msgstr ""
15786
15787
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:22(page/media)
15788
msgid "Unity Search"
15789
msgstr ""
15790
15791
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:25(page/p)
15792
msgid ""
15793
"The <gui>Dash</gui> allows you to search for applications, files, music, and "
15794
"videos, and shows you items that you have used recently. If you have ever "
15795
"worked on a spreadsheet or edited an image and forgot where you saved it, "
15796
"you will surely find this feature of the dash to be useful."
15797
msgstr ""
15798
15799
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:31(page/p)
15800
msgid ""
15801
"To start using the <gui>dash</gui>, click the top icon in the <link "
15802
"xref=\"unity-launcher-intro\">launcher</link>. This icon has the Ubuntu logo "
15803
"on it. For faster access, you can just press the <key xref=\"windows-"
15804
"key\">Super</key> key."
15805
msgstr ""
15806
15807
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:35(page/p)
15808
msgid ""
15809
"To hide the <gui>dash</gui>, click the top icon again or press "
15810
"<key>Super</key> or <key>Esc</key>."
15811
msgstr ""
15812
15813
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:38(section/title)
15814
msgid "Search everything from the dash home"
15815
msgstr ""
15816
15817
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:40(section/p)
15818
msgid ""
15819
"The first thing you'll see when opening the dash is the Dash Home. Without "
15820
"typing or clicking anything, the dash home will show you apps and files "
15821
"you've used recently."
15822
msgstr ""
15823
15824
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:42(section/p)
15825
msgid ""
15826
"Only one row of results will show for each type. If there are more results, "
15827
"you can click <gui>See more results</gui> to view them."
15828
msgstr ""
15829
15830
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:45(section/p)
15831
msgid ""
15832
"To search, just start typing and related search results will automatically "
15833
"appear from the different installed lenses."
15834
msgstr ""
15835
15836
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:48(section/p)
15837
msgid ""
15838
"Click on a result to open it, or you can press <key>Enter</key> to open the "
15839
"first item in the list."
15840
msgstr ""
15841
15842
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:54(section/title)
15843
msgid "Lenses"
15844
msgstr ""
15845
15846
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:56(section/p)
15847
msgid ""
15848
"Lenses allow you to focus the dash results and exclude results from other "
15849
"lenses."
15850
msgstr ""
15851
15852
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:58(section/p)
15853
msgid ""
15854
"You can see the available lenses in the <gui>lens bar</gui>, the darker "
15855
"strip at the bottom of the dash."
15856
msgstr ""
15857
15858
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:61(section/p)
15859
msgid ""
15860
"To switch to a different lens, click the appropriate icon or press "
15861
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
15862
msgstr ""
15863
15864
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:69(section/p)
15865
msgid "Filters allow you to narrow down your search even further."
15866
msgstr ""
15867
15868
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:71(section/p)
15869
msgid ""
15870
"Click <gui>Filter results</gui> to choose filters. You may need to click a "
15871
"filter heading such as <gui>Sources</gui> to see the available choices."
15872
msgstr ""
15873
15874
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:79(section/p)
15875
msgid ""
15876
"If you right click on a search result, a <gui>preview</gui> will open with "
15877
"more information about the result."
15878
msgstr ""
15879
15880
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:82(section/p)
15881
msgid "To close the preview, click any empty space or press <key>Esc</key>."
15882
msgstr ""
15883
15884
#: C/unity-dash-music.page:7(info/desc)
15885
msgid "Find and play music from your computer or the internet."
15886
msgstr ""
15887
15888
#: C/unity-dash-music.page:18(page/title)
15889
msgid "Music lens"
15890
msgstr ""
15891
15892
#: C/unity-dash-music.page:20(page/p)
15893
msgid ""
15894
"The music lens is the fourth lens after the dash home in the <gui>lens "
15895
"bar</gui> and is represented by a music note. The music lens gives you easy "
15896
"access to your music or music available online."
15897
msgstr ""
15898
15899
#: C/unity-dash-music.page:24(page/p)
15900
msgid ""
15901
"You can use <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq> to open the dash "
15902
"directly at the music lens."
15903
msgstr ""
15904
15905
#: C/unity-dash-music.page:31(section/p)
15906
msgid ""
15907
"Right click on a search result to open a <gui>preview</gui>. The preview "
15908
"shows the cover art and the tracks."
15909
msgstr ""
15910
15911
#: C/unity-dash-music.page:34(section/p)
15912
msgid ""
15913
"Click the track number to play the song right from the preview. Click the "
15914
"track number again to pause the song."
15915
msgstr ""
15916
15917
#: C/unity-dash-music.page:42(section/p)
15918
msgid "Click <gui>Filter results</gui> to filter by decade or genre."
15919
msgstr ""
15920
15921
#: C/unity-dash-photos.page:7(info/desc)
15922
msgid "View photos from your computer or your online social media accounts."
15923
msgstr ""
15924
15925
#: C/unity-dash-photos.page:18(page/title)
15926
msgid "Photos lens"
15927
msgstr ""
15928
15929
#: C/unity-dash-photos.page:20(page/p)
15930
msgid ""
15931
"The photos lens is the fifth lens after the dash home in the <gui>lens "
15932
"bar</gui> and is represented by a camera. The photos lens gives you easy "
15933
"access to photos on your computer or from <link xref=\"accounts\">Online "
15934
"Accounts</link> such as Facebook or Google Picasa."
15935
msgstr ""
15936
15937
#: C/unity-dash-photos.page:25(page/p)
15938
msgid ""
15939
"You can use <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>C</key></keyseq> to open the dash "
15940
"directly at the photos lens."
15941
msgstr ""
15942
15943
#: C/unity-dash-photos.page:31(section/p)
15944
msgid ""
15945
"Right click on a search result to open a <gui>preview</gui> with more "
15946
"information about the photo and a larger thumbnail."
15947
msgstr ""
15948
15949
#: C/unity-dash-photos.page:34(section/p)
15950
msgid ""
15951
"For photos stored on your computer, you can open, print, view, or email them."
15952
msgstr ""
15953
15954
#: C/unity-dash-photos.page:41(section/p)
15955
msgid ""
15956
"Click <gui>Filter results</gui> to filter by date the photo was taken or the "
15957
"source."
15958
msgstr ""
15959
15960
#: C/unity-dash-video.page:7(info/desc)
15961
msgid "Find and play videos from your computer or the internet."
15962
msgstr ""
15963
15964
#: C/unity-dash-video.page:18(page/title)
15965
msgid "Video lens"
15966
msgstr ""
15967
15968
#: C/unity-dash-video.page:20(page/p)
15969
msgid ""
15970
"The video lens is the final lens in the <gui>lens bar</gui> and is "
15971
"represented by a film strip. The video lens gives you easy access to your "
15972
"videos or videos available online."
15973
msgstr ""
15974
15975
#: C/unity-dash-video.page:24(page/p)
15976
msgid "You can even buy or rent videos from the dash."
15977
msgstr ""
15978
15979
#: C/unity-dash-video.page:26(page/p)
15980
msgid ""
15981
"You can use <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>V</key></keyseq> to open the dash "
15982
"directly at the video lens."
15983
msgstr ""
15984
15985
#: C/unity-dash-video.page:33(section/p)
15986
msgid ""
15987
"Right click on a search result to open a <gui>preview</gui> with more "
15988
"information about the video."
15989
msgstr ""
15990
15991
#: C/unity-dash-video.page:41(section/p)
15992
msgid "Click <gui>Filter results</gui> to filter by video source."
15993
msgstr ""
15994
15995
#: C/unity-hud-intro.page:9(info/desc)
15996
msgid "Use the HUD to search menus of the apps you use."
15997
msgstr ""
15998
15999
#: C/unity-hud-intro.page:20(page/title)
16000
msgid "What is the HUD?"
16001
msgstr ""
16002
16003
#: C/unity-hud-intro.page:22(page/p)
16004
msgid ""
16005
"The <gui>HUD</gui> or <gui>Heads Up Display</gui> is a search-based "
16006
"alternative to traditional menus and is a brand new feature in Ubuntu 12.04 "
16007
"LTS."
16008
msgstr ""
16009
16010
#: C/unity-hud-intro.page:25(page/p)
16011
msgid ""
16012
"Some apps like <link href=\"apt:gimp\">Gimp</link> or <link "
16013
"href=\"apt:inkscape\">Inkscape</link> have hundreds of menu items. If you're "
16014
"using apps like these, you may remember the name of a menu option, but you "
16015
"might not remember how to find it in the menus."
16016
msgstr ""
16017
16018
#: C/unity-hud-intro.page:29(page/p)
16019
msgid ""
16020
"Using a search box can be quite a bit easier and even faster than navigating "
16021
"complicated hierarchies of menus. The HUD also can be more accessible than "
16022
"normal menus as some people are unable to precisely control a mouse pointer."
16023
msgstr ""
16024
16025
#: C/unity-hud-intro.page:34(section/title)
16026
msgid "Use the HUD"
16027
msgstr ""
16028
16029
#: C/unity-hud-intro.page:36(section/p)
16030
msgid "It's easy to try the HUD:"
16031
msgstr ""
16032
16033
#: C/unity-hud-intro.page:40(item/p)
16034
msgid "Tap <key>Alt</key> to open the HUD."
16035
msgstr ""
16036
16037
#: C/unity-hud-intro.page:43(item/p)
16038
msgid "Start typing."
16039
msgstr ""
16040
16041
#: C/unity-hud-intro.page:46(item/p)
16042
msgid ""
16043
"When you see a result that you want to run, use the up and down keys to "
16044
"select the result, then press <key>Enter</key>, or just click your desired "
16045
"search result."
16046
msgstr ""
16047
16048
#: C/unity-hud-intro.page:50(item/p)
16049
msgid ""
16050
"If you change your mind and want to exit the HUD, simply tap <key>Alt</key> "
16051
"again or <key>Esc</key>. You can also click anywhere outside the HUD to "
16052
"close the HUD."
16053
msgstr ""
16054
16055
#: C/unity-hud-intro.page:55(section/p)
16056
msgid ""
16057
"The HUD keeps track of your search history and adjusts the search results to "
16058
"be even more useful the more you use it."
16059
msgstr ""
16060
16061
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
16062
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
16063
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
16064
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
16065
#: C/unity-introduction.page:37(media)
16066
msgctxt "_"
16067
msgid ""
16068
"external ref='figures/unity-overview.png' "
16069
"md5='36a7fc4ad23759226918c98a955e162a'"
16070
msgstr ""
16071
16072
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
16073
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
16074
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
16075
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
16076
#: C/unity-introduction.page:45(media)
16077
msgctxt "_"
16078
msgid ""
16079
"external ref='figures/unity-launcher.png' "
16080
"md5='35c37c5aba52b135585d8a30fa2edeb6'"
16081
msgstr ""
16082
16083
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
16084
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
16085
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
16086
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
16087
#: C/unity-introduction.page:69(media)
16088
msgctxt "_"
16089
msgid ""
16090
"external ref='figures/unity-dash.png' md5='b4d6b23d583b17176d1fa369c2b09e18'"
16091
msgstr ""
16092
16093
#: C/unity-introduction.page:9(info/desc)
16094
msgid "A visual introduction to the Unity desktop."
16095
msgstr ""
16096
16097
#: C/unity-introduction.page:25(page/title)
16098
msgid "Welcome to Ubuntu"
16099
msgstr ""
16100
16101
#: C/unity-introduction.page:27(page/p)
16102
msgid ""
16103
"Ubuntu features <em>Unity</em>, a reimagined way to use your computer. Unity "
16104
"is designed to minimize distractions, give you more room to work, and help "
16105
"you get things done."
16106
msgstr ""
16107
16108
#: C/unity-introduction.page:31(page/p)
16109
msgid ""
16110
"This guide is designed to answer your questions about using Unity and your "
16111
"Ubuntu desktop. First we will take a moment to look at some Unity's key "
16112
"features, and how you can use them."
16113
msgstr ""
16114
16115
#: C/unity-introduction.page:35(section/title)
16116
msgid "Getting started with Unity"
16117
msgstr ""
16118
16119
#: C/unity-introduction.page:38(media/p)
16120
msgid "The Unity desktop"
16121
msgstr ""
16122
16123
#: C/unity-introduction.page:42(section/title)
16124
#: C/unity-introduction.page:46(media/p)
16125
msgid "The Launcher"
16126
msgstr ""
16127
16128
#: C/unity-introduction.page:49(section/p)
16129
msgid ""
16130
"The <gui>Launcher</gui> appears automatically when you log in to your "
16131
"desktop, and gives you quick access to the applications you use most often."
16132
msgstr ""
16133
16134
#: C/unity-introduction.page:56(item/p)
16135
msgid ""
16136
"<link xref=\"unity-launcher-intro\">Learn more about the launcher.</link>"
16137
msgstr ""
16138
16139
#: C/unity-introduction.page:62(section/title)
16140
msgid "The Dash"
16141
msgstr ""
16142
16143
#: C/unity-introduction.page:64(section/p)
16144
msgid ""
16145
"The <gui>Ubuntu Button</gui> sits near the top left corner of the screen and "
16146
"is always the top item in the launcher. If you click the <gui>Ubuntu "
16147
"Button</gui>, Unity will present you with an additional feature of the "
16148
"desktop, the <gui>Dash</gui>."
16149
msgstr ""
16150
16151
#: C/unity-introduction.page:70(media/p)
16152
msgid "The Unity Dash"
16153
msgstr ""
16154
16155
#: C/unity-introduction.page:73(section/p)
16156
msgid ""
16157
"The <em>Dash</em> is designed to make it easier to find, open, and use apps, "
16158
"files, music, and more. For example, if you type the word \"document\" into "
16159
"the <em>Search Bar</em>, the Dash will show you applications that help you "
16160
"write and edit documents. It will also show you relevant folders and "
16161
"documents that you have been working on recently."
16162
msgstr ""
16163
16164
#: C/unity-introduction.page:80(item/p)
16165
msgid "<link xref=\"unity-dash-intro\">Learn more about the dash.</link>"
16166
msgstr ""
16167
16168
#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:14(info/desc)
16169
msgid ""
16170
"Click <guiseq><gui>Appearance</gui><gui>Behavior</gui></guiseq> in "
16171
"<gui>System Settings</gui>."
16172
msgstr ""
16173
16174
#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:18(page/title)
16175
msgid "Auto-hide the launcher"
16176
msgstr ""
16177
16178
#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:20(page/p)
16179
msgid ""
16180
"You can hide the <gui>launcher</gui> if you only want to see it when you "
16181
"move your mouse or touchpad pointer to the left side of the screen."
16182
msgstr ""
16183
16184
#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25(item/p)
16185
msgid "In the Personal section, click <gui>Appearance</gui>."
16186
msgstr ""
16187
16188
#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26(item/p)
16189
msgid "Switch to the <gui>Behavior</gui> tab."
16190
msgstr ""
16191
16192
#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:27(item/p)
16193
msgid "Switch <gui>Auto-hide the Launcher</gui> on."
16194
msgstr ""
16195
16196
#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:30(page/p)
16197
msgid ""
16198
"To help prevent you from accidentally showing the launcher, Ubuntu requires "
16199
"you to push a little bit harder with your mouse or touchpad pointer to make "
16200
"the launcher show. You can adjust the force needed by setting the "
16201
"<gui>Reveal sensitivity</gui> lower or higher."
16202
msgstr ""
16203
16204
#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:13(info/desc)
16205
msgid "Make the icons in the launcher larger or smaller."
16206
msgstr ""
16207
16208
#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:17(page/title)
16209
msgid "Change the size of icons in the launcher"
16210
msgstr ""
16211
16212
#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:19(page/p)
16213
msgid ""
16214
"You can make the launcher icons smaller to allow more items to fit in the "
16215
"launcher. Or you might want to make the launcher icons larger so they are "
16216
"easier to click."
16217
msgstr ""
16218
16219
#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:28(item/p)
16220
msgid "Click <gui>Appearance</gui>."
16221
msgstr ""
16222
16223
#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:31(item/p)
16224
msgid ""
16225
"Move the <gui>Launcher icon size</gui> slider to increase or decrease the "
16226
"size of the <gui>Launcher</gui> icons."
16227
msgstr ""
16228
16229
#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:33(note/p)
16230
msgid "The default <gui>Launcher</gui> icon size is <em>48</em>."
16231
msgstr ""
16232
16233
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
16234
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
16235
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
16236
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
16237
#: C/unity-launcher-intro.page:22(media)
16238
msgctxt "_"
16239
msgid ""
16240
"external ref='figures/unity-launcher-apps.png' "
16241
"md5='0bf3ae9f5d260cd2b290e3062e0e5cd9'"
16242
msgstr ""
16243
16244
#: C/unity-launcher-intro.page:8(info/desc)
16245
msgid "The launcher is at the left of your screen."
16246
msgstr ""
16247
16248
#: C/unity-launcher-intro.page:19(page/title)
16249
msgid "Use the launcher to start applications"
16250
msgstr ""
16251
16252
#: C/unity-launcher-intro.page:23(media/p)
16253
msgid "Launcher icons"
16254
msgstr ""
16255
16256
#: C/unity-launcher-intro.page:26(page/p)
16257
msgid ""
16258
"The <gui>Launcher</gui> is one of the key components of the Unity desktop. "
16259
"When you log in to your desktop, it will appear along the left-hand side of "
16260
"the screen. The launcher provides you with quick access to applications, "
16261
"workspaces, removable devices and the trash."
16262
msgstr ""
16263
16264
#: C/unity-launcher-intro.page:30(page/p)
16265
msgid ""
16266
"If an application that you want to start using is present in the launcher, "
16267
"you can click on that application's icon, and it will start up, ready for "
16268
"you to use."
16269
msgstr ""
16270
16271
#: C/unity-launcher-intro.page:33(page/p)
16272
msgid ""
16273
"To learn more about the launcher, explore any of the launcher help topics "
16274
"below."
16275
msgstr ""
16276
16277
#: C/unity-launcher-intro.page:36(section/title)
16278
msgid "Use the launcher"
16279
msgstr ""
16280
16281
#: C/unity-launcher-intro.page:50(section/title)
16282
msgid "Customize the launcher"
16283
msgstr ""
16284
16285
#: C/unity-launcher-shapes.page:14(info/desc)
16286
msgid "The triangles show you your currently running apps."
16287
msgstr ""
16288
16289
#: C/unity-launcher-shapes.page:18(page/title)
16290
msgid "What do the different shapes and colors in launcher icons mean?"
16291
msgstr ""
16292
16293
#: C/unity-launcher-shapes.page:20(page/p)
16294
msgid ""
16295
"When you start an app, the launcher icon pulses to let you know that Ubuntu "
16296
"is starting your app. This is useful because while some apps start "
16297
"immediately, others may take a minute to load."
16298
msgstr ""
16299
16300
#: C/unity-launcher-shapes.page:24(page/p)
16301
msgid ""
16302
"Once the app has finished starting, a small <em>white triangle</em> will "
16303
"show to the left of the launcher square. Two triangles means that you two "
16304
"windows of the same app open. If you have three or more windows of the same "
16305
"app open, three triangles will show."
16306
msgstr ""
16307
16308
#: C/unity-launcher-shapes.page:29(note/p)
16309
msgid ""
16310
"Apps that aren't currently running have translucent launcher icon squares. "
16311
"When an app is running, the launcher icon square is full of color."
16312
msgstr ""
16313
16314
#: C/unity-launcher-shapes.page:33(section/title)
16315
msgid "Notifications"
16316
msgstr ""
16317
16318
#: C/unity-launcher-shapes.page:35(section/p)
16319
msgid ""
16320
"If an app wants your attention to notify you of something (like a finished "
16321
"download), the launcher icon will wiggle and glow and the white triangle "
16322
"will become <em>blue</em>. Click the launcher icon to dismiss the "
16323
"notification."
16324
msgstr ""
16325
16326
#: C/unity-launcher-shapes.page:39(section/p)
16327
msgid ""
16328
"Apps can also show a <em>number</em> on their launcher icon. Messaging apps "
16329
"use the number to tell you how many unread messages you have. <gui>Software "
16330
"Updater</gui> uses it to tell you how many updates are available."
16331
msgstr ""
16332
16333
#: C/unity-launcher-shapes.page:43(section/p)
16334
msgid ""
16335
"Finally, apps can use a <em>progress bar</em> to let you know how long a "
16336
"process is taking without you needing to keep the app window in view."
16337
msgstr ""
16338
16339
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
16340
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
16341
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
16342
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
16343
#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:74(media)
16344
msgctxt "_"
16345
msgid ""
16346
"external ref='/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/indicator-"
16347
"messages.svg' md5='1b28bbd36c4ad0b8b1a468355cc1a3a7'"
16348
msgstr ""
16349
16350
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
16351
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
16352
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
16353
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
16354
#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:80(media)
16355
msgctxt "_"
16356
msgid ""
16357
"external ref='/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/battery-100.svg' "
16358
"md5='695cb299a2941423020d12dedfdb2254'"
16359
msgstr ""
16360
16361
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
16362
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
16363
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
16364
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
16365
#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:92(media)
16366
msgctxt "_"
16367
msgid ""
16368
"external ref='/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/network-"
16369
"offline.svg' md5='2cdffddec0853f7f7538b9e4a6116039'"
16370
msgstr ""
16371
16372
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
16373
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
16374
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
16375
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
16376
#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:98(media)
16377
msgctxt "_"
16378
msgid ""
16379
"external ref='/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/audio-volume-high-"
16380
"panel.svg' md5='571b59734272f80a40e8d2e9a8d4256e'"
16381
msgstr ""
16382
16383
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
16384
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
16385
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
16386
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
16387
#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:110(media)
16388
msgctxt "_"
16389
msgid ""
16390
"external ref='/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/22/system-devices-"
16391
"panel.svg' md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'"
16392
msgstr ""
16393
16394
#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:9(info/desc)
16395
msgid "The menu bar is the dark strip on the top of your screen."
16396
msgstr ""
16397
16398
#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:18(page/title)
16399
msgid "Manage apps & settings with the menu bar"
16400
msgstr ""
16401
16402
#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:24(page/p)
16403
msgid ""
16404
"The <gui>menu bar</gui> is the dark strip on the top of your screen. It "
16405
"contains the window management buttons, the app menus, and the status menus."
16406
msgstr ""
16407
16408
#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:28(section/title)
16409
msgid "Window management buttons"
16410
msgstr ""
16411
16412
#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:29(section/p)
16413
msgid ""
16414
"The <gui>window management buttons</gui> are on the top left corner of "
16415
"windows. When maximized, the buttons are in the top left of the screen. "
16416
"Click the buttons to close, minimize, maximize or restore windows."
16417
msgstr ""
16418
16419
#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:35(section/title)
16420
msgid "App menus"
16421
msgstr ""
16422
16423
#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:36(section/p)
16424
msgid ""
16425
"The <gui>app menus</gui> are located to the right of the window mangement "
16426
"buttons. Unity hides the app menus and the window management buttons unless "
16427
"you move your mouse pointer to the top left of the screen or press "
16428
"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>. This feature enables you to "
16429
"see more of your content at once, which is especially vaulable on small "
16430
"screens like netbooks."
16431
msgstr ""
16432
16433
#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:44(listing/title)
16434
msgid "Disable the app menu"
16435
msgstr ""
16436
16437
#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:45(listing/p)
16438
msgid ""
16439
"It's possible to remove the app menu integration if you prefer to have your "
16440
"menus attached to the window instead of the menu bar."
16441
msgstr ""
16442
16443
#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:47(note/p)
16444
msgid ""
16445
"Disabling the app menus will break the <link href=\"unity-hud-"
16446
"intro\">HUD</link>."
16447
msgstr ""
16448
16449
#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:50(item/p)
16450
msgid ""
16451
"Click <link href=\"apt:indicator-appmenu\">this link</link> to open the "
16452
"Software Center."
16453
msgstr ""
16454
16455
#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:54(item/p)
16456
#: C/unity-shopping.page:44(item/p)
16457
msgid ""
16458
"<link xref=\"shell-exit\">Log out</link> and log back in for the change to "
16459
"take effect."
16460
msgstr ""
16461
16462
#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:63(section/title)
16463
msgid "Status menus"
16464
msgstr ""
16465
16466
#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:64(section/p)
16467
msgid ""
16468
"Ubuntu has several different <gui>status menus</gui> (sometimes referred to "
16469
"as <gui>indicators</gui>) on the right side of the menu bar. The status "
16470
"menus are a convenient place where you can check and modify the state of "
16471
"your computer and applications."
16472
msgstr ""
16473
16474
#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:71(list/title)
16475
msgid "List of status menus and what they do"
16476
msgstr ""
16477
16478
#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:74(item/p)
16479
msgid ""
16480
"<em>Messaging menu</em> <media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/svg\" "
16481
"src=\"/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/indicator-"
16482
"messages.svg\">Message icon</media>"
16483
msgstr ""
16484
16485
#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:75(item/p)
16486
msgid ""
16487
"Easily launch and receive incoming notifications from messaging applications "
16488
"including email, social networking, and Internet chat."
16489
msgstr ""
16490
16491
#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:80(item/p)
16492
msgid ""
16493
"<em>Battery menu</em> <media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/svg\" "
16494
"src=\"/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/battery-100.svg\">Battery "
16495
"icon</media>"
16496
msgstr ""
16497
16498
#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:81(item/p)
16499
msgid ""
16500
"Check your laptop battery's charging status. This menu is hidden if a "
16501
"battery isn't detected."
16502
msgstr ""
16503
16504
#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:86(item/p)
16505
msgid ""
16506
"<em>Bluetooth menu</em> <media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/svg\" "
16507
"src=\"/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/bluetooth-"
16508
"active.svg\">Bluetooth icon</media>"
16509
msgstr ""
16510
16511
#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:87(item/p)
16512
msgid ""
16513
"Send or receive files by <link xref=\"bluetooth\">Bluetooth</link>. This "
16514
"menu is hidden if a supported Bluetooth device isn't detected."
16515
msgstr ""
16516
16517
#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:92(item/p)
16518
msgid ""
16519
"<em>Network menu</em> <media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/svg\" "
16520
"src=\"/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/network-"
16521
"offline.svg\">Offline network icon</media>"
16522
msgstr ""
16523
16524
#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:93(item/p)
16525
msgid ""
16526
"Connect to <link xref=\"net-wired-connect\">wired</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
16527
"wireless-connect\">wireless</link>, <link xref=\"net-mobile\">mobile</link>, "
16528
"and <link xref=\"net-vpn-connect\">VPN</link> networks."
16529
msgstr ""
16530
16531
#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:98(item/p)
16532
msgid ""
16533
"<em>Sound menu</em> <media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/svg\" "
16534
"src=\"/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/audio-volume-high-"
16535
"panel.svg\">Volume icon</media>"
16536
msgstr ""
16537
16538
#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:99(item/p)
16539
msgid ""
16540
"Set the <link xref=\"sound-volume\">volume</link>, configure sound <link "
16541
"xref=\"media\">settings</link>, and control media players like "
16542
"<app>Rhythmbox</app>."
16543
msgstr ""
16544
16545
#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:104(item/p)
16546
msgid "<em>Clock</em>"
16547
msgstr ""
16548
16549
#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:105(item/p)
16550
msgid ""
16551
"Access the current time and date. Appointments from your <link xref=\"clock-"
16552
"calendar\">Evolution calendar</link> can also display here."
16553
msgstr ""
16554
16555
#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:110(item/p)
16556
msgid ""
16557
"<em>System menu</em> <media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/svg\" "
16558
"src=\"/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/22/system-devices-"
16559
"panel.svg\">Power cog icon</media>"
16560
msgstr ""
16561
16562
#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:111(item/p)
16563
msgid ""
16564
"Access details about your computer, this help guide, and <link "
16565
"xref=\"prefs\">system settings</link>. Switch users, lock screen, log out, "
16566
"suspend, restart or shutdown your computer."
16567
msgstr ""
16568
16569
#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113(note/p)
16570
msgid ""
16571
"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status "
16572
"of the application."
16573
msgstr ""
16574
16575
#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114(item/p)
16576
msgid ""
16577
"Other programs such as <app>Tomboy</app> or <app>Transmission</app> can also "
16578
"add indicator menus to the panel."
16579
msgstr ""
16580
16581
#: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:9(info/desc)
16582
msgid "Overlay scrollbars are the thin orange strips on long documents."
16583
msgstr ""
16584
16585
#: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:19(page/title)
16586
msgid "What are overlay scrollbars?"
16587
msgstr ""
16588
16589
#: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:27(page/p)
16590
msgid ""
16591
"Ubuntu includes <em>overlay scrollbars</em> which take up less screenspace "
16592
"than traditional scrollbars, giving you more room for your content. While "
16593
"inspired by mobile devices where traditional scrollbars aren't needed, "
16594
"Ubuntu's overlay scrollbars are designed to work just as well with a mouse."
16595
msgstr ""
16596
16597
#: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:32(page/p)
16598
msgid ""
16599
"Some apps like Firefox and LibreOffice don't support the new scrollbars yet."
16600
msgstr ""
16601
16602
#: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:35(section/title)
16603
msgid "Use the scrollbars"
16604
msgstr ""
16605
16606
#: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:37(section/p)
16607
msgid ""
16608
"The overlay scrollbar appears as a thin orange strip at the edge of a "
16609
"scrollable area. The position of the scrollbar corresponds with your "
16610
"screen's position in the scrollable content. The strip length corresponds "
16611
"with the content length; the shorter the strip, the longer the content."
16612
msgstr ""
16613
16614
#: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:41(section/p)
16615
msgid ""
16616
"Move your mouse pointer over any point on the scrollable edge of the content "
16617
"to reveal the <gui>thumb slider</gui>."
16618
msgstr ""
16619
16620
#: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:44(list/title)
16621
msgid "Ways to use the scrollbars:"
16622
msgstr ""
16623
16624
#: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:45(item/p)
16625
msgid ""
16626
"Click the top half of the <gui>thumb slider</gui> to scroll one page up. "
16627
"Click the bottom half to scroll one page down."
16628
msgstr ""
16629
16630
#: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:48(item/p)
16631
msgid ""
16632
"Drag the <gui>thumb slider</gui> up or down to move the screen's position "
16633
"exactly where you want it."
16634
msgstr ""
16635
16636
#: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:51(item/p)
16637
msgid ""
16638
"<link xref=\"mouse-middleclick\"/> on the <gui>thumb slider</gui> to move "
16639
"the screen's position without needing to drag or scroll page by page. This "
16640
"is especially useful in long documents."
16641
msgstr ""
16642
16643
#: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:59(section/title)
16644
msgid "Disable the scrollbars"
16645
msgstr ""
16646
16647
#: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:61(section/p)
16648
msgid ""
16649
"You can disable the new scrollbars if you prefer the traditional style:"
16650
msgstr ""
16651
16652
#: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:64(item/p)
16653
msgid ""
16654
"Open the <app>Terminal</app> by pressing "
16655
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>t</key></keyseq> or by searching "
16656
"for <input>terminal</input> in the <gui>dash</gui>."
16657
msgstr ""
16658
16659
#: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:67(item/p)
16660
msgid "Type the following command and press <key>Enter</key>:"
16661
msgstr ""
16662
16663
#: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:72(section/p)
16664
msgid ""
16665
"If you change your mind and want to re-enable the scrollbars, run this "
16666
"command:"
16667
msgstr ""
16668
16669
#: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:78(note/p)
16670
msgid ""
16671
"Setting your theme to <link xref=\"a11y-contrast\">High Contrast</link> will "
16672
"also disable the overlay scrollbars."
16673
msgstr ""
16674
16675
#: C/unity-shopping.page:8(info/desc)
16676
msgid ""
16677
"Online results make the dash more useful and help fund Ubuntu development."
16678
msgstr ""
16679
16680
#: C/unity-shopping.page:19(page/title)
16681
msgid "Why are there shopping links in the dash?"
16682
msgstr ""
16683
16684
#: C/unity-shopping.page:21(page/p)
16685
msgid ""
16686
"In addition to helping you find apps or files on your computer, the "
16687
"<gui>dash</gui> also shows you related online results for your searches. "
16688
"Online sources include Amazon.com and the Ubuntu One Music Store and more "
16689
"online sources will be added."
16690
msgstr ""
16691
16692
#: C/unity-shopping.page:25(page/p)
16693
msgid ""
16694
"When you purchase music or products from these sources, Canonical receives a "
16695
"small portion of the profits in exchange for directing more business to "
16696
"these stores. Canonical, the company that created and continues to support "
16697
"the Ubuntu project, then uses this money to make Ubuntu better."
16698
msgstr ""
16699
16700
#: C/unity-shopping.page:31(section/title)
16701
msgid "Turn off online search results"
16702
msgstr ""
16703
16704
#: C/unity-shopping.page:33(section/p)
16705
msgid ""
16706
"If you don't want to receive online search suggestions, you can easily "
16707
"disable this feature."
16708
msgstr ""
16709
16710
#: C/unity-shopping.page:40(item/p)
16711
msgid "Open <gui>Privacy</gui>."
16712
msgstr ""
16713
16714
#: C/unity-shopping.page:42(item/p)
16715
msgid "Switch off <gui>Include online search results</gui>."
16716
msgstr ""
16717
16718
#: C/user-accounts.page:7(info/title)
16719
msgctxt "link:trail"
16720
msgid "Users"
16721
msgstr ""
16722
16723
#: C/user-accounts.page:8(info/desc)
16724
msgid ""
16725
"<link xref=\"user-add\">Add user</link> or <link xref=\"shell-guest-"
16726
"session\">guest user</link>, <link xref=\"user-changepassword\">change "
16727
"password</link>, <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">administrators</link>..."
16728
msgstr ""
16729
16730
#: C/user-accounts.page:23(page/title)
16731
msgid "User accounts"
16732
msgstr ""
16733
16734
#: C/user-accounts.page:25(page/p)
16735
msgid ""
16736
"Each person that uses the computer should have a different user account. "
16737
"This allows them to keep their files separate from yours and to choose their "
16738
"own settings. It's also more secure. You can only access a different user "
16739
"account if you know the password."
16740
msgstr ""
16741
16742
#: C/user-accounts.page:32(info/title)
16743
msgctxt "link:trail"
16744
msgid "Accounts"
16745
msgstr ""
16746
16747
#: C/user-accounts.page:34(section/title)
16748
msgid "Manage user accounts"
16749
msgstr ""
16750
16751
#: C/user-accounts.page:38(section/title)
16752
msgid "Passwords"
16753
msgstr ""
16754
16755
#: C/user-accounts.page:43(info/title)
16756
msgctxt "link:trail"
16757
msgid "Privileges"
16758
msgstr ""
16759
16760
#: C/user-accounts.page:45(section/title)
16761
msgid "User privileges"
16762
msgstr ""
16763
16764
#: C/user-add.page:8(info/desc)
16765
msgid "Add new users so that other people can log in to the computer."
16766
msgstr ""
16767
16768
#: C/user-add.page:23(page/title)
16769
msgid "Add a new user account"
16770
msgstr ""
16771
16772
#: C/user-add.page:39(page/p)
16773
msgid ""
16774
"You can add multiple user accounts to your computer. Give one account to "
16775
"each person in your household or company. Every user has their own home "
16776
"folder, documents, and settings."
16777
msgstr ""
16778
16779
#: C/user-add.page:45(item/p)
16780
#: C/user-admin-change.page:35(item/p)
16781
#: C/user-changepassword.page:53(item/p)
16782
#: C/user-changepicture.page:31(item/p)
16783
#: C/user-delete.page:33(item/p)
16784
msgid "Open <gui>User Accounts</gui>."
16785
msgstr ""
16786
16787
#: C/user-add.page:47(item/p)
16788
msgid ""
16789
"You need <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrator privileges</link> "
16790
"to add user accounts. Click <gui>Unlock</gui> in the top right corner and "
16791
"type your password."
16792
msgstr ""
16793
16794
#: C/user-add.page:51(item/p)
16795
msgid ""
16796
"In the list of accounts on the left, click the <gui>+</gui> button to add a "
16797
"new user account."
16798
msgstr ""
16799
16800
#: C/user-add.page:54(item/p)
16801
msgid ""
16802
"If you want the new user to have <link xref=\"user-admin-"
16803
"explain\">administrative access</link> to the computer, select "
16804
"<gui>Administrator</gui> for the account type. Administrators can do things "
16805
"like add and delete users, install software and drivers, and change the date "
16806
"and time."
16807
msgstr ""
16808
16809
#: C/user-add.page:60(item/p)
16810
msgid ""
16811
"Enter the new user's full name. The username will be filled in automatically "
16812
"based on the full name. The default is probably OK, but you can change it if "
16813
"you like."
16814
msgstr ""
16815
16816
#: C/user-add.page:64(item/p)
16817
msgid "Click <gui>Create</gui>."
16818
msgstr ""
16819
16820
#: C/user-add.page:66(item/p)
16821
msgid ""
16822
"The account is initially disabled until you choose what to do about the "
16823
"user's password. Under <gui>Login Options</gui> click <gui>Account "
16824
"disabled</gui> next to <gui>Password</gui>. Select <gui>Set a password "
16825
"now</gui> from the <gui>Action</gui> drop-down list, and have the user type "
16826
"their password in the <gui>New password</gui> and <gui>Confirm "
16827
"password</gui> fields. See <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\"/>."
16828
msgstr ""
16829
16830
#: C/user-add.page:72(item/p)
16831
#: C/user-changepassword.page:59(item/p)
16832
msgid ""
16833
"You can also click the button next to the <gui>New password</gui> field to "
16834
"select a randomly generated secure password. These passwords are hard for "
16835
"others to guess, but they can be hard to remember, so be careful."
16836
msgstr ""
16837
16838
#: C/user-add.page:76(item/p)
16839
#: C/user-changepassword.page:63(item/p)
16840
msgid "Click <gui>Change</gui>."
16841
msgstr ""
16842
16843
#: C/user-add.page:79(note/p)
16844
msgid ""
16845
"In the <gui>User Accounts</gui> window you can click the image next to the "
16846
"user's name on the right to set an image for the account. This image will be "
16847
"shown in the login window. GNOME provides some stock photos you can use, or "
16848
"you can select your own or take a picture with your webcam."
16849
msgstr ""
16850
16851
#: C/user-admin-change.page:10(info/desc)
16852
msgid ""
16853
"You can change which users are allowed to make changes to the system by "
16854
"giving them administrative privileges."
16855
msgstr ""
16856
16857
#: C/user-admin-change.page:23(page/title)
16858
msgid "Change who has administrative privileges"
16859
msgstr ""
16860
16861
#: C/user-admin-change.page:25(page/p)
16862
msgid ""
16863
"Administrative privileges are a way of deciding who can make changes to "
16864
"important parts of the system. You can change which users have admin "
16865
"privileges and which ones don't. They are a good way of keeping your system "
16866
"secure and preventing potentially damaging unauthorized changes."
16867
msgstr ""
16868
16869
#: C/user-admin-change.page:39(item/p)
16870
msgid ""
16871
"Click <gui>Unlock</gui> and enter your password to unlock the account "
16872
"settings. (To give a user admin privileges, you must have admin privileges "
16873
"yourself.)"
16874
msgstr ""
16875
16876
#: C/user-admin-change.page:45(item/p)
16877
msgid "Select the user whose privileges you want to change."
16878
msgstr ""
16879
16880
#: C/user-admin-change.page:48(item/p)
16881
msgid ""
16882
"Click the label <gui>Standard</gui> next to <gui>Account type</gui> and "
16883
"select <gui>Administrator</gui>."
16884
msgstr ""
16885
16886
#: C/user-admin-change.page:54(item/p)
16887
msgid ""
16888
"Close the User Accounts window. The user's privileges will be changed when "
16889
"they next log in."
16890
msgstr ""
16891
16892
#: C/user-admin-change.page:60(note/p)
16893
msgid ""
16894
"The first user account on the system has admin privileges. This is the user "
16895
"account that was created when you first installed the system."
16896
msgstr ""
16897
16898
#: C/user-admin-change.page:63(note/p)
16899
msgid ""
16900
"It is unwise to have too many users with <gui>Administrator</gui> privileges "
16901
"on one system."
16902
msgstr ""
16903
16904
#: C/user-admin-explain.page:8(info/desc)
16905
msgid "You need admin privileges to change important parts of your system."
16906
msgstr ""
16907
16908
#: C/user-admin-explain.page:20(page/title)
16909
msgid "How do administrative privileges work?"
16910
msgstr ""
16911
16912
#: C/user-admin-explain.page:22(page/p)
16913
msgid ""
16914
"As well as the files that <em>you</em> create, your computer has a number of "
16915
"files which are needed by the system for it to work properly. If these "
16916
"important <em>system files</em> are changed improperly they can cause "
16917
"various things to break, so they are protected from changes by default. "
16918
"Certain applications also modify important parts of the system, and so are "
16919
"also protected."
16920
msgstr ""
16921
16922
#: C/user-admin-explain.page:29(page/p)
16923
msgid ""
16924
"The way that they are protected is by only allowing users with "
16925
"<em>administrative privileges</em> to change the files or use the "
16926
"applications. In day-to-day use, you won't need to change any system files "
16927
"or use these applications, so by default you do not have admin privileges."
16928
msgstr ""
16929
16930
#: C/user-admin-explain.page:34(page/p)
16931
msgid ""
16932
"Sometimes you need to use these applications, so you may be able to "
16933
"temporarily get admin privileges to allow you to make the changes. If an "
16934
"application needs admin privileges, it will ask for your password. For "
16935
"example, if you want to install some new software, the software installer "
16936
"(package manager) will ask for your admin password so it can add the new "
16937
"application to the system. Once it has finished, your admin privileges will "
16938
"be taken away again."
16939
msgstr ""
16940
16941
#: C/user-admin-explain.page:42(page/p)
16942
msgid ""
16943
"Admin privileges are associated with your user account. Some users are "
16944
"allowed to have admin privileges and some are not. Without admin privileges "
16945
"you will not be able to install software. Some user accounts (for example, "
16946
"the \"root\" account) have permanent admin privileges. You shouldn't use "
16947
"admin privileges all of the time, because you might accidentally change "
16948
"something you did not intend to (like delete a needed system file, for "
16949
"example)."
16950
msgstr ""
16951
16952
#: C/user-admin-explain.page:49(page/p)
16953
msgid ""
16954
"In summary, admin privileges allow you to change important parts of your "
16955
"system when needed, but prevent you from doing it accidentally."
16956
msgstr ""
16957
16958
#: C/user-admin-explain.page:53(note/title)
16959
msgid "What does \"super user\" mean?"
16960
msgstr ""
16961
16962
#: C/user-admin-explain.page:54(note/p)
16963
msgid ""
16964
"A user with admin privileges is sometimes called a <em>super user</em>. This "
16965
"is simply because that user has more privileges than normal users. You might "
16966
"see people discussing things like <cmd>su</cmd> and <cmd>sudo</cmd>; these "
16967
"are programs for temporarily giving you \"super user\" (admin) privileges."
16968
msgstr ""
16969
16970
#: C/user-admin-explain.page:61(section/title)
16971
msgid "Why are admin privileges useful?"
16972
msgstr ""
16973
16974
#: C/user-admin-explain.page:62(section/p)
16975
msgid ""
16976
"Requiring users to have admin privileges before important system changes are "
16977
"made is useful because it helps to prevent your system from being broken, "
16978
"intentionally or unintentionally."
16979
msgstr ""
16980
16981
#: C/user-admin-explain.page:65(section/p)
16982
msgid ""
16983
"If you had admin privileges all of the time, you might accidentally change "
16984
"an important file, or run an application which changes something important "
16985
"by mistake. Only getting admin privileges temporarily, when you need them, "
16986
"reduces the risk of these mistakes happening."
16987
msgstr ""
16988
16989
#: C/user-admin-explain.page:69(section/p)
16990
msgid ""
16991
"Only certain trusted users should be allowed to have admin privileges. This "
16992
"prevents other users from messing with the computer and doing things like "
16993
"uninstalling applications that you need, installing applications that you "
16994
"don't want, or changing important files. This is useful from a security "
16995
"standpoint."
16996
msgstr ""
16997
16998
#: C/user-admin-problems.page:8(info/desc)
16999
msgid ""
17000
"You can only do some things, like installing applications, if you have admin "
17001
"privileges."
17002
msgstr ""
17003
17004
#: C/user-admin-problems.page:20(page/title)
17005
msgid "Problems caused by administrative restrictions"
17006
msgstr ""
17007
17008
#: C/user-admin-problems.page:22(page/p)
17009
msgid ""
17010
"You may experience a few problems if you don't have <link xref=\"user-admin-"
17011
"explain\">administrative privileges</link>. Some tasks require admin "
17012
"privileges in order to work, such as:"
17013
msgstr ""
17014
17015
#: C/user-admin-problems.page:28(item/p)
17016
msgid "Connecting to networks or wireless networks"
17017
msgstr ""
17018
17019
#: C/user-admin-problems.page:31(item/p)
17020
msgid ""
17021
"Viewing the contents of a removable disk connected to the computer, or the "
17022
"contents of a different disk partition (e.g. a Windows partition)"
17023
msgstr ""
17024
17025
#: C/user-admin-problems.page:35(item/p)
17026
msgid "Installing new applications"
17027
msgstr ""
17028
17029
#: C/user-admin-problems.page:39(page/p)
17030
msgid ""
17031
"You can <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">change who has admin "
17032
"privileges</link>."
17033
msgstr ""
17034
17035
#: C/user-changepassword.page:9(info/desc)
17036
msgid ""
17037
"Keep your account secure by changing your password often in your account "
17038
"settings."
17039
msgstr ""
17040
17041
#: C/user-changepassword.page:22(page/title)
17042
msgid "Change your password"
17043
msgstr ""
17044
17045
#: C/user-changepassword.page:49(page/p)
17046
msgid ""
17047
"It is a good idea to change your password from time to time, especially if "
17048
"you think someone else knows what your password is."
17049
msgstr ""
17050
17051
#: C/user-changepassword.page:54(item/p)
17052
msgid "Click the label next to <gui>Password</gui>."
17053
msgstr ""
17054
17055
#: C/user-changepassword.page:55(note/p)
17056
msgid ""
17057
"The label should look like a series of dots or boxes if you already have a "
17058
"password set."
17059
msgstr ""
17060
17061
#: C/user-changepassword.page:57(item/p)
17062
msgid ""
17063
"Enter your current password, then a new password. Enter your new password "
17064
"again in the <gui>Confirm password</gui> field."
17065
msgstr ""
17066
17067
#: C/user-changepassword.page:66(page/p)
17068
msgid ""
17069
"Make sure you <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\">choose a good "
17070
"password</link>. This will help to keep your user account safe."
17071
msgstr ""
17072
17073
#: C/user-changepassword.page:70(section/title)
17074
msgid "Change the keyring password"
17075
msgstr ""
17076
17077
#: C/user-changepassword.page:72(section/p)
17078
msgid ""
17079
"If you change your login password, it may become out of sync with the "
17080
"<em>keyring password</em>. The keyring keeps you from having to remember "
17081
"lots of different passwords by just requiring one <em>master</em> password "
17082
"to access them all. If you change your user password (see above), your "
17083
"keyring password will remain the same as your old password. To change the "
17084
"keyring password (to match your login password):"
17085
msgstr ""
17086
17087
#: C/user-changepassword.page:82(item/p)
17088
msgid ""
17089
"Open the <app>Passwords and Keys</app> application from the <gui>dash</gui>."
17090
msgstr ""
17091
17092
#: C/user-changepassword.page:84(item/p)
17093
msgid "In the <gui>View</gui> menu, ensure <gui>By keyring</gui> is checked."
17094
msgstr ""
17095
17096
#: C/user-changepassword.page:86(item/p)
17097
msgid ""
17098
"In the sidebar under <gui>Passwords</gui>, right-click on <gui>Login "
17099
"keyring</gui> and select <gui>Change Password</gui>."
17100
msgstr ""
17101
17102
#: C/user-changepassword.page:88(item/p)
17103
msgid ""
17104
"Enter your <gui>Old Password</gui>, followed by your new "
17105
"<gui>Password</gui>, and <gui>Confirm</gui> your new password by entering it "
17106
"again."
17107
msgstr ""
17108
17109
#: C/user-changepassword.page:91(item/p)
17110
msgid "Click <gui>OK</gui>."
17111
msgstr ""
17112
17113
#: C/user-changepicture.page:7(info/desc)
17114
msgid "Add your photo to the login and user screens."
17115
msgstr ""
17116
17117
#: C/user-changepicture.page:22(page/title)
17118
msgid "Change your login screen photo"
17119
msgstr ""
17120
17121
#: C/user-changepicture.page:24(page/p)
17122
msgid ""
17123
"When you log in or switch users, you will see a list of users with their "
17124
"login photos. You can change your photo to a stock image or an image of your "
17125
"own. You can even take a new login photo with your webcam."
17126
msgstr ""
17127
17128
#: C/user-changepicture.page:32(item/p)
17129
msgid ""
17130
"Click the picture next to your name. A drop-down gallery will be shown with "
17131
"some stock login photos. If you like one of them, click it to use it for "
17132
"yourself."
17133
msgstr ""
17134
17135
#: C/user-changepicture.page:35(item/p)
17136
msgid ""
17137
"If you'd rather use a picture you already have on your computer, click "
17138
"<gui>Browse for more pictures</gui>."
17139
msgstr ""
17140
17141
#: C/user-delete.page:7(info/desc)
17142
msgid "Remove users that no longer use your computer."
17143
msgstr ""
17144
17145
#: C/user-delete.page:25(page/title)
17146
msgid "Delete a user account"
17147
msgstr ""
17148
17149
#: C/user-delete.page:27(page/p)
17150
msgid ""
17151
"You can add multiple user accounts to your computer. See <link xref=\"user-"
17152
"add\"/> to learn how. If somebody is no longer using your computer, you can "
17153
"delete that user's account."
17154
msgstr ""
17155
17156
#: C/user-delete.page:34(item/p)
17157
msgid ""
17158
"Click <gui>Unlock</gui> in the top right corner and type your password to "
17159
"make changes. You must be an administrative user to delete user accounts."
17160
msgstr ""
17161
17162
#: C/user-delete.page:37(item/p)
17163
msgid "Select the user you want to delete and click the <gui>-</gui> button."
17164
msgstr ""
17165
17166
#: C/user-delete.page:38(item/p)
17167
msgid ""
17168
"Each user has their own home folder for their files and settings. You can "
17169
"choose to keep or delete the user's home folder. Click <gui>Delete "
17170
"Files</gui> if you're sure they won't be used anymore and you need to free "
17171
"up disk space. These files are permanently deleted. They can't be recovered. "
17172
"You may want to back up the files to an external drive or CD before deleting "
17173
"them."
17174
msgstr ""
17175
17176
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:7(info/desc)
17177
msgid "Advanced techniques for resetting your password"
17178
msgstr ""
17179
17180
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:17(page/title)
17181
msgid "I forgot my password!"
17182
msgstr ""
17183
17184
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:29(page/p)
17185
msgid ""
17186
"It is important to choose not only <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\">a good "
17187
"and secure password</link>, but also one that you can remember. If you have "
17188
"forgotten the password to log in to your computer account, you can follow "
17189
"the following steps to reset it."
17190
msgstr ""
17191
17192
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:36(note/p)
17193
msgid ""
17194
"If you have an encrypted home directory, you will not be able to reset a "
17195
"forgotten password."
17196
msgstr ""
17197
17198
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:41(page/p)
17199
msgid ""
17200
"If you simply want to change your password, see <link xref=\"user-"
17201
"changepassword\"/>."
17202
msgstr ""
17203
17204
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:47(section/title)
17205
msgid "Reset password using Grub"
17206
msgstr ""
17207
17208
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:50(item/p)
17209
msgid ""
17210
"Restart your computer, and hold down <key>Shift</key> during bootup to get "
17211
"into the Grub menu."
17212
msgstr ""
17213
17214
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:55(note/p)
17215
msgid ""
17216
"If you have a dual-boot machine and you choose at boot time which operating "
17217
"system to boot into, the Grub menu should appear without the need to hold "
17218
"down <key>Shift</key>."
17219
msgstr ""
17220
17221
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:62(note/p)
17222
msgid ""
17223
"If you are unable to get into the Grub boot menu, and therefore cannot "
17224
"choose to boot into recovery mode, you can <link xref=\"user-"
17225
"forgottenpassword#live-cd\">use a live CD to reset your user password</link>."
17226
msgstr ""
17227
17228
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:67(item/p)
17229
msgid ""
17230
"Press the down arrow on your keyboard to highlight the line that ends with "
17231
"the words 'recovery mode', then press <key>Enter</key>."
17232
msgstr ""
17233
17234
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:73(item/p)
17235
msgid ""
17236
"Your computer will now begin the boot process. After a few moments, a "
17237
"<gui>Recovery Menu</gui> will appear. Use your down arrow key to highlight "
17238
"<gui>root</gui> and press <key>Enter</key>."
17239
msgstr ""
17240
17241
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:79(item/p)
17242
msgid "At the <cmd>#</cmd> symbol, type:"
17243
msgstr ""
17244
17245
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:82(item/p)
17246
msgid ""
17247
"<cmd>passwd <var>username</var></cmd>, where <var>username</var> is the "
17248
"username of the account you're changing the password for."
17249
msgstr ""
17250
17251
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:87(item/p)
17252
msgid ""
17253
"You will be prompted to enter a new UNIX password, and to confirm the new "
17254
"password."
17255
msgstr ""
17256
17257
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:92(item/p)
17258
msgid "Then type:"
17259
msgstr ""
17260
17261
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:95(item/p)
17262
msgid "# <cmd>reboot</cmd>"
17263
msgstr ""
17264
17265
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:100(section/p)
17266
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:203(section/p)
17267
msgid ""
17268
"After you successfully log in, you will not be able to access your keyring "
17269
"(since you don't remember the old password). This means that all your saved "
17270
"passwords for wireless networks, jabber accounts, etc. will no longer be "
17271
"accessible. You will need to <link xref=\"#delete-keyring\">delete the old "
17272
"keyring</link> and start a new one."
17273
msgstr ""
17274
17275
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:108(section/title)
17276
msgid "Reset password using a Live CD or USB"
17277
msgstr ""
17278
17279
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:111(item/p)
17280
msgid "Boot the Live CD or USB."
17281
msgstr ""
17282
17283
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:116(item/p)
17284
msgid "Mount your drive."
17285
msgstr ""
17286
17287
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:121(item/p)
17288
msgid ""
17289
"Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq> to get the <gui>Run "
17290
"Application</gui> window."
17291
msgstr ""
17292
17293
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:127(item/p)
17294
msgid ""
17295
"Type <cmd>gksu nautilus</cmd> to launch the file manager with system-wide "
17296
"privileges."
17297
msgstr ""
17298
17299
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:132(note/p)
17300
msgid ""
17301
"Within the drive you just mounted, you can check that it is the right drive "
17302
"by clicking <gui> home </gui> and then your username."
17303
msgstr ""
17304
17305
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:139(item/p)
17306
msgid ""
17307
"Go to the top-level directory of the mounted drive. Then go into the "
17308
"<gui>etc</gui> directory."
17309
msgstr ""
17310
17311
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:142(item/p)
17312
msgid "Locate the 'shadow' file and make a backup copy:"
17313
msgstr ""
17314
17315
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:147(item/p)
17316
msgid "Right-click on the shadow file and select <gui>copy</gui>."
17317
msgstr ""
17318
17319
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:150(item/p)
17320
msgid "Then right-click in the empty space and select <gui>paste</gui>."
17321
msgstr ""
17322
17323
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:154(item/p)
17324
msgid "<link xref=\"files-rename\">Rename</link> the backup \"shadow.bak\"."
17325
msgstr ""
17326
17327
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:162(item/p)
17328
msgid "Edit the original \"shadow\" file with a text editor."
17329
msgstr ""
17330
17331
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:168(item/p)
17332
msgid ""
17333
"Find your username for which you have forgotten the password. It should look "
17334
"something like this (the characters after the colon will be different):"
17335
msgstr ""
17336
17337
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:172(item/p)
17338
msgid "username:$1$2abCd0E or"
17339
msgstr ""
17340
17341
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:175(item/p)
17342
msgid "username:$1$2abCd0E:13721a:0:99999:7:::"
17343
msgstr ""
17344
17345
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:180(item/p)
17346
msgid ""
17347
"Delete the characters after the first colon and before the second colon. "
17348
"This will remove the password for the account."
17349
msgstr ""
17350
17351
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:184(item/p)
17352
msgid ""
17353
"Save the file, exit out of everything and reboot your computer without the "
17354
"live CD or USB."
17355
msgstr ""
17356
17357
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:190(item/p)
17358
msgid ""
17359
"When you boot back into your installation, click your name in the menu bar. "
17360
"Open <gui>My Account</gui> and reset your password."
17361
msgstr ""
17362
17363
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:195(item/p)
17364
msgid ""
17365
"For <gui>Current password</gui> do not enter anything, as your current "
17366
"password is blank. Just click <gui>Authenticate</gui> and enter a new "
17367
"password."
17368
msgstr ""
17369
17370
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:214(section/title)
17371
msgid "Get rid of the keyring"
17372
msgstr ""
17373
17374
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:216(note/p)
17375
msgid ""
17376
"This will delete all your saved passwords for wireless networks, instant "
17377
"messaging accounts, etc. Only do this if you can't remember the password you "
17378
"used for your keyring."
17379
msgstr ""
17380
17381
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:221(item/p)
17382
msgid "Go to your Home folder by typing 'home' in the <gui>dash</gui>."
17383
msgstr ""
17384
17385
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:224(item/p)
17386
msgid ""
17387
"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>h</key></keyseq> (or click "
17388
"<guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</gui></guiseq>.)"
17389
msgstr ""
17390
17391
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:228(item/p)
17392
msgid "Double click on the folder .gnome2"
17393
msgstr ""
17394
17395
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:231(item/p)
17396
msgid "Double click on the folder called keyrings."
17397
msgstr ""
17398
17399
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:234(item/p)
17400
msgid "Delete any files you find in the keyrings folder."
17401
msgstr ""
17402
17403
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:237(item/p)
17404
msgid "Restart the computer."
17405
msgstr ""
17406
17407
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:241(section/p)
17408
msgid ""
17409
"After you restart and log in you will be asked to enter your wireless "
17410
"networks password."
17411
msgstr ""
17412
17413
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:8(info/desc)
17414
msgid "Use longer, more complicated passwords."
17415
msgstr ""
17416
17417
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:31(page/title)
17418
msgid "Choose a secure password"
17419
msgstr ""
17420
17421
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:34(note/p)
17422
msgid ""
17423
"Make your passwords easy enough for you to remember, but very difficult for "
17424
"others (including computer programs) to guess."
17425
msgstr ""
17426
17427
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:39(page/p)
17428
msgid ""
17429
"Choosing a good password will help to keep your computer safe. If your "
17430
"password is easy to guess, someone may figure it out and gain access to your "
17431
"personal information."
17432
msgstr ""
17433
17434
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:42(page/p)
17435
msgid ""
17436
"People could even use computers to systematically try to guess your "
17437
"password, so even one that would be difficult for a human to guess might be "
17438
"extremely easy for a computer program to crack. Here are some tips for "
17439
"choosing a good password:"
17440
msgstr ""
17441
17442
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:49(item/p)
17443
msgid ""
17444
"Use a mixture of upper-case and lower-case letters, numbers, symbols and "
17445
"spaces in the password. This makes it more difficult to guess; there are "
17446
"more symbols to choose from, so more possible passwords that someone would "
17447
"have to check when trying to guess yours."
17448
msgstr ""
17449
17450
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:54(note/p)
17451
msgid ""
17452
"A good method for choosing a password is to take the first letter of each "
17453
"word in a phrase that you can remember. The phrase could be the name of a "
17454
"movie, a book, a song or an album. For example, \"Flatland: A Romance of "
17455
"Many Dimensions\" would become F:ARoMD or faromd or f: aromd."
17456
msgstr ""
17457
17458
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:61(item/p)
17459
msgid ""
17460
"Make your password as long as possible. The more characters it contains, the "
17461
"longer it should take for a person or computer to guess it."
17462
msgstr ""
17463
17464
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:65(item/p)
17465
msgid ""
17466
"Do not use any words that appear in a standard dictionary in any language. "
17467
"Password crackers will try these first. The most common password is "
17468
"\"password\" -- people can guess passwords like this very quickly!"
17469
msgstr ""
17470
17471
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:70(item/p)
17472
msgid ""
17473
"Do not use any personal information such as a date, license plate number, or "
17474
"any family member's name."
17475
msgstr ""
17476
17477
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:74(item/p)
17478
msgid "Do not use any nouns."
17479
msgstr ""
17480
17481
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:77(item/p)
17482
msgid ""
17483
"Choose a password that can be typed quickly, to decrease the chances of "
17484
"someone being able to make out what you have typed if they happen to be "
17485
"watching you."
17486
msgstr ""
17487
17488
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:81(note/p)
17489
msgid "Never write your passwords down anywhere. They can be easily found!"
17490
msgstr ""
17491
17492
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:85(item/p)
17493
msgid "Use different passwords for different things."
17494
msgstr ""
17495
17496
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:89(item/p)
17497
msgid "Use different passwords for different accounts."
17498
msgstr ""
17499
17500
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:90(item/p)
17501
msgid ""
17502
"If you use the same password for all of your accounts, anyone who guesses it "
17503
"will be able to access all of your accounts immediately."
17504
msgstr ""
17505
17506
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:92(item/p)
17507
msgid ""
17508
"It can be difficult to remember lots of passwords, however. Though not as "
17509
"secure as using a different passwords for everything, it may be easier to "
17510
"use the same one for things that don't matter (like websites), and different "
17511
"ones for important things (like your online banking account and your email)."
17512
msgstr ""
17513
17514
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:99(item/p)
17515
msgid "Change your passwords regularly."
17516
msgstr ""
17517
17518
#: C/video-dvd.page:8(info/desc)
17519
msgid ""
17520
"You might not have the right codecs installed, or the DVD might be the wrong "
17521
"region."
17522
msgstr ""
17523
17524
#: C/video-dvd.page:21(page/title)
17525
msgid "Why won't DVDs play?"
17526
msgstr ""
17527
17528
#: C/video-dvd.page:23(page/p)
17529
msgid ""
17530
"If you insert a DVD into your computer and it doesn't play, you may not have "
17531
"the right DVD <em>codecs</em> installed, or the DVD might be from a "
17532
"different <em>region</em>."
17533
msgstr ""
17534
17535
#: C/video-dvd.page:28(section/title)
17536
msgid "Installing the right codecs for DVD playback"
17537
msgstr ""
17538
17539
#: C/video-dvd.page:29(section/p)
17540
msgid ""
17541
"In order to play DVDs, you need to have the right <em>codecs</em> installed. "
17542
"A codec is a piece of software that allows applications to read a video or "
17543
"audio format. If you try to play a DVD and don't have the right codecs "
17544
"installed, the Movie Player should tell you about this and offer to install "
17545
"them for you."
17546
msgstr ""
17547
17548
#: C/video-dvd.page:34(section/p)
17549
msgid ""
17550
"DVDs are also <em>copy-protected</em> using a system called CSS. This "
17551
"prevents you from copying DVDs, but it also prevents you from playing them "
17552
"unless you have <link xref=\"video-dvd-restricted\">extra software</link> to "
17553
"handle the copy protection."
17554
msgstr ""
17555
17556
#: C/video-dvd.page:40(section/title)
17557
msgid "Checking the DVD region"
17558
msgstr ""
17559
17560
#: C/video-dvd.page:41(section/p)
17561
msgid ""
17562
"DVDs have a <em>region code</em>, which tells you in which region of the "
17563
"world they are allowed to be played. If the region of your computer's DVD "
17564
"player doesn't match the region of the DVD you are trying to play, you won't "
17565
"be able to play the DVD. For example, if you have a Region 1 DVD player, you "
17566
"will only be allowed to play DVDs from North America."
17567
msgstr ""
17568
17569
#: C/video-dvd.page:47(section/p)
17570
msgid ""
17571
"It is often possible to change the region used by your DVD player, but it "
17572
"can only be done a few times before it locks into one region permanently. To "
17573
"change the DVD region of your computer's DVD player, use <link "
17574
"href=\"apt:regionset\">regionset</link>."
17575
msgstr ""
17576
17577
#: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:9(info/desc)
17578
msgid ""
17579
"Most commercial DVDs are encrypted and will not play without decryption "
17580
"software."
17581
msgstr ""
17582
17583
#: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:20(page/title)
17584
msgid "How do I enable restricted codecs to play DVDs?"
17585
msgstr ""
17586
17587
#: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:22(page/p)
17588
msgid ""
17589
"DVD support cannot be provided by default in Ubuntu due to legal and "
17590
"technical restrictions. Most commercial DVDs are encrypted and so require "
17591
"the use of decryption software in order to play them."
17592
msgstr ""
17593
17594
#: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:25(section/title)
17595
msgid "Use Fluendo to legally play DVDs"
17596
msgstr ""
17597
17598
#: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:26(section/p)
17599
msgid ""
17600
"You can buy a commercial DVD decoder that can handle copy protection from "
17601
"<link href=\"apt:fluendo-dvd\">Fluendo</link>. It works with Linux and "
17602
"should be legal to use in all countries."
17603
msgstr ""
17604
17605
#: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:30(section/title)
17606
msgid "Use alternative decryption software"
17607
msgstr ""
17608
17609
#: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:32(note/p)
17610
msgid ""
17611
"In some countries, the use of the below unlicensed decryption software is "
17612
"not permitted by law. Verify that you are within your rights to use it."
17613
msgstr ""
17614
17615
#: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:35(item/p)
17616
msgid ""
17617
"Install <link href=\"apt:libdvdnav4\">libdvdnav4</link>, <link "
17618
"href=\"apt:libdvdread4\">libdvdread4</link>, <link href=\"apt:gstreamer0.10-"
17619
"plugins-bad\">gstreamer0.10-plugins-bad</link>, and <link "
17620
"href=\"apt:gstreamer0.10-plugins-ugly\">gstreamer0.10-plugins-ugly</link>."
17621
msgstr ""
17622
17623
#: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:38(item/p)
17624
msgid ""
17625
"If you would like to play encrypted DVDs (see the legal note above), open "
17626
"the Dash and launch a <app>Terminal</app>."
17627
msgstr ""
17628
17629
#: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:40(item/p)
17630
msgid ""
17631
"Type the following into the screen which appears, then press "
17632
"<key>Enter</key>:"
17633
msgstr ""
17634
17635
#: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:41(item/p)
17636
msgid "<code>sudo /usr/share/doc/libdvdread4/install-css.sh</code>"
17637
msgstr ""
17638
17639
#: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:42(item/p)
17640
msgid "Enter your password to complete the installation."
17641
msgstr ""
17642
17643
#: C/video-sending.page:7(info/desc)
17644
msgid "Check that they have the right video codecs installed."
17645
msgstr ""
17646
17647
#: C/video-sending.page:18(page/title)
17648
msgid "Other people can't play the videos I made"
17649
msgstr ""
17650
17651
#: C/video-sending.page:20(page/p)
17652
msgid ""
17653
"If you made a video on your Linux computer and sent it to someone using "
17654
"Windows or Mac OS, you may find that they have problems playing the video."
17655
msgstr ""
17656
17657
#: C/video-sending.page:23(page/p)
17658
msgid ""
17659
"To be able to play your video, the person you sent it to must have the right "
17660
"<em>codecs</em> installed. A codec is a little piece of software that knows "
17661
"how to take the video and display it on the screen. There are lots of "
17662
"different video formats and each requires a different codec to play it back. "
17663
"You can check which format your video is by doing:"
17664
msgstr ""
17665
17666
#: C/video-sending.page:30(item/p)
17667
msgid "Right-click on video file and select <gui>Properties</gui>."
17668
msgstr ""
17669
17670
#: C/video-sending.page:31(item/p)
17671
msgid ""
17672
"Go to the <gui>Audio/Video</gui> tab and look at which <gui>codec</gui> is "
17673
"listed under <gui>Video</gui>."
17674
msgstr ""
17675
17676
#: C/video-sending.page:35(page/p)
17677
msgid ""
17678
"Ask the person having problems with playback if they have the right codec "
17679
"installed. They may find it helpful to search the web for the name of the "
17680
"codec plus the name of their video playback application. For example, if "
17681
"your video uses the <em>Theora</em> format and you have a friend using "
17682
"Windows Media Player to try and watch it, search for \"theora windows media "
17683
"player\". You will often be able to download the right codec for free if "
17684
"it's not installed."
17685
msgstr ""
17686
17687
#: C/video-sending.page:42(page/p)
17688
msgid ""
17689
"If you can't find the right codec, try the <link "
17690
"href=\"http://www.videolan.org/vlc/\">VLC media player</link>. It works on "
17691
"Windows and Mac OS as well as Linux, and supports a lot of different video "
17692
"formats. Otherwise, try converting your video into a different format. Most "
17693
"video editors are able to do this, and specific video converter applications "
17694
"are available. Check the <app>Ubuntu Software Center</app> to see what's "
17695
"available."
17696
msgstr ""
17697
17698
#: C/video-sending.page:50(note/p)
17699
msgid ""
17700
"There are a few other problems which might prevent someone from playing your "
17701
"video. The video could have been damaged when you sent it to them (sometimes "
17702
"big files aren't copied across perfectly), they could have problems with "
17703
"their video playback application, or the video may not have been created "
17704
"properly (there could have been some errors when you saved the video)."
17705
msgstr ""
17706
17707
#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:15(info/desc)
17708
msgid "Switch the Wacom tablet to <gui>Left-Handed Orientation.</gui>"
17709
msgstr ""
17710
17711
#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:18(page/title)
17712
msgid "Use the tablet left-handed"
17713
msgstr ""
17714
17715
#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:20(page/p)
17716
msgid ""
17717
"Some tablets have hardware buttons on one side. The tablet can be rotated "
17718
"180 degrees to position these buttons for left-handed people. To switch the "
17719
"orientation to left-handed:"
17720
msgstr ""
17721
17722
#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:27(item/p)
17723
#: C/wacom-mode.page:25(item/p)
17724
#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:29(item/p)
17725
#: C/wacom-stylus.page:29(item/p)
17726
msgid "Open <gui>Wacom Graphics Tablet</gui>."
17727
msgstr ""
17728
17729
#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:28(note/p)
17730
#: C/wacom-mode.page:26(note/p)
17731
#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:30(note/p)
17732
#: C/wacom-stylus.page:30(note/p)
17733
msgid ""
17734
"If no tablet is detected, you'll be asked to <gui>Please plug in or turn on "
17735
"your Wacom tablet</gui>."
17736
msgstr ""
17737
17738
#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:31(item/p)
17739
msgid "Switch <gui>Left-Handed Orientation</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
17740
msgstr ""
17741
17742
#: C/wacom-mode.page:15(info/desc)
17743
msgid "Switch the tablet between tablet mode and mouse mode."
17744
msgstr ""
17745
17746
#: C/wacom-mode.page:18(page/title)
17747
msgid "Set the Wacom tablet's tracking mode"
17748
msgstr ""
17749
17750
#: C/wacom-mode.page:20(page/p)
17751
msgid ""
17752
"<gui>Tracking Mode</gui> determines how the pointer is mapped to the screen."
17753
msgstr ""
17754
17755
#: C/wacom-mode.page:29(item/p)
17756
msgid ""
17757
"Next to <gui>Tracking Mode</gui>, select <gui>Tablet (absolute)</gui> or "
17758
"<gui>Touchpad (relative)</gui>."
17759
msgstr ""
17760
17761
#: C/wacom-mode.page:33(note/p)
17762
msgid ""
17763
"In <em>absolute</em> mode, each point on the tablet maps to a point on the "
17764
"screen. The top left corner of the screen, for instance, always corresponds "
17765
"to the same point on the tablet."
17766
msgstr ""
17767
17768
#: C/wacom-mode.page:36(note/p)
17769
msgid ""
17770
"In <em>relative</em> mode, if you lift the pointer off the tablet and put it "
17771
"down in a different position, the cursor on the screen doesn't move. This is "
17772
"the way a mouse operates, allowing you to cover distances on the screen with "
17773
"less hand movement."
17774
msgstr ""
17775
17776
#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:15(info/desc)
17777
msgid "Map the Wacom tablet to a specific monitor."
17778
msgstr ""
17779
17780
#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:18(page/title)
17781
msgid "Choose a monitor"
17782
msgstr ""
17783
17784
#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:33(item/p)
17785
msgid "Click <gui>Map to Monitor…</gui>"
17786
msgstr ""
17787
17788
#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:34(item/p)
17789
msgid "Check <gui>Map to single monitor</gui>."
17790
msgstr ""
17791
17792
#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:35(item/p)
17793
msgid ""
17794
"Next to <gui>Output</gui>, select the monitor you wish to receive input from "
17795
"your graphics tablet."
17796
msgstr ""
17797
17798
#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:37(note/p)
17799
msgid "Only the monitors that are configured will be selectable."
17800
msgstr ""
17801
17802
#: C/wacom.page:6(info/desc)
17803
msgid "Adjust the settings of your Wacom tablet."
17804
msgstr ""
17805
17806
#: C/wacom.page:18(page/title)
17807
msgid "Wacom Graphics Tablet"
17808
msgstr ""
17809
17810
#: C/wacom-stylus.page:15(info/desc)
17811
msgid "Define the button functions and pressure feel of the Wacom stylus."
17812
msgstr ""
17813
17814
#: C/wacom-stylus.page:18(page/title)
17815
msgid "Configure the stylus"
17816
msgstr ""
17817
17818
#: C/wacom-stylus.page:33(item/p)
17819
msgid ""
17820
"The lower part of the panel contains details and settings specific to your "
17821
"stylus, with the device name (the stylus class) and diagram to the left. "
17822
"These settings can be adjusted:"
17823
msgstr ""
17824
17825
#: C/wacom-stylus.page:37(item/p)
17826
msgid ""
17827
"<gui>Eraser Pressure Feel:</gui> use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" (how "
17828
"physical pressure is translated to digital values) between <gui>Soft</gui> "
17829
"and <gui>Firm</gui>."
17830
msgstr ""
17831
17832
#: C/wacom-stylus.page:40(item/p)
17833
msgid ""
17834
"<gui>Button/Scroll Wheel</gui> configuration (these change to reflect the "
17835
"stylus). Click the menu next to each label to select one of these functions: "
17836
"No Action, Left Mouse Button Click, Middle Mouse Button Click, Right Mouse "
17837
"Button Click, Scroll Up, Scroll Down, Scroll Left, Scroll Right, Back, "
17838
"Forward."
17839
msgstr ""
17840
17841
#: C/wacom-stylus.page:45(item/p)
17842
msgid ""
17843
"<gui>Tip Pressure Feel:</gui> use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" between "
17844
"<gui>Soft</gui> and <gui>Firm</gui>."
17845
msgstr ""
17846
17847
#: C/wacom-stylus.page:51(note/p)
17848
msgid ""
17849
"If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to "
17850
"the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use "
17851
"the pager to choose which stylus to configured."
17852
msgstr ""
17853
17854
#: C/whats-new.page:9(info/desc)
17855
msgid "Improvements in the latest version of Ubuntu."
17856
msgstr ""
17857
17858
#: C/whats-new.page:20(page/title)
17859
msgid "What's new in Ubuntu 12.10?"
17860
msgstr ""
17861
17862
#: C/whats-new.page:22(page/p)
17863
msgid ""
17864
"Ubuntu 12.10 continues the evolution of the <em>Unity</em> interface. Here "
17865
"are highlights of what you can do with the latest version of Ubuntu:"
17866
msgstr ""
17867
17868
#: C/whats-new.page:26(section/title)
17869
msgid "New and improved features"
17870
msgstr ""
17871
17872
#: C/whats-new.page:30(item/p)
17873
msgid ""
17874
"Search Amazon or the Ubuntu One Music Store directly from the "
17875
"<gui>dash</gui> or <gui>launcher</gui>."
17876
msgstr ""
17877
17878
#: C/whats-new.page:33(item/p)
17879
msgid ""
17880
"Use the new <link xref=\"unity-dash-photos\">photos lens</link> to view "
17881
"photos from your computer or from your social networks."
17882
msgstr ""
17883
17884
#: C/whats-new.page:36(item/p)
17885
msgid ""
17886
"Browse messages from your social networks with the <link xref=\"unity-dash-"
17887
"gwibber\">Gwibber lens</link>."
17888
msgstr ""
17889
17890
#: C/whats-new.page:39(item/p)
17891
msgid ""
17892
"Right click on items in the dash to see full-screen <gui>Previews</gui> with "
17893
"more information."
17894
msgstr ""
17895
17896
#: C/whats-new.page:41(item/p)
17897
msgid ""
17898
"Enter your credentials in <link xref=\"accounts\">Online Accounts</link> to "
17899
"easily set up online integration for the dash, Gwibber, Empathy, and more."
17900
msgstr ""
17901
17902
#: C/whats-new.page:44(item/p)
17903
msgid ""
17904
"Keep track of contact information for your friends and colleagues with <link "
17905
"xref=\"contacts\">Contacts</link>, your personal address book."
17906
msgstr ""
17907
17908
#: C/whats-new.page:47(item/p)
17909
msgid ""
17910
"Get work done in style with LibreOffice 3.6, now with new, modern "
17911
"presentation templates and built-in support for Ubuntu's integrated <link "
17912
"xref=\"unity-appmenu-intro#app-menus\">menu bar</link>."
17913
msgstr ""
17914
17915
#: C/whats-new.page:50(item/p)
17916
msgid ""
17917
"<link xref=\"sharing-remote-login\">Log in to remote servers</link> from the "
17918
"login screen."
17919
msgstr ""
17920
17921
#: C/windows-key.page:6(info/desc)
17922
msgid ""
17923
"The Super key provides access to the Dash and the Launcher. You can usually "
17924
"find it next to the <key>Alt</key> key on your keyboard."
17925
msgstr ""
17926
17927
#: C/windows-key.page:18(page/title)
17928
msgid "What is the \"Super\" key?"
17929
msgstr ""
17930
17931
#: C/windows-key.page:20(page/p)
17932
msgid ""
17933
"This key can usually be found on the bottom-left of your keyboard, next to "
17934
"the <key>Alt</key> key, and usually has a window/squares icon on it. It is "
17935
"sometimes called the Windows key, logo key, or system key."
17936
msgstr ""
17937
17938
#: C/windows-key.page:25(note/p)
17939
msgid ""
17940
"If you have an Apple keyboard, there will not be a Windows key on your "
17941
"keyboard. The <key>⌘</key> (Command) key can be used instead."
17942
msgstr ""
17943
17944
#: C/windows-key.page:29(page/p)
17945
msgid ""
17946
"The Super key serves a special function in <em>Unity</em>. If you press the "
17947
"Super key, the Dash is displayed. If you press <em>and hold</em> the Super "
17948
"key, an overlay showing many of Unity's keyboard shortcuts appears until you "
17949
"release the Super key."
17950
msgstr ""
17951
17952
#: C/windows-key.page:33(page/p)
17953
msgid ""
17954
"The Super key can help you do even more than that, though. To learn about "
17955
"more uses for the <em>Super</em> key, see the <link xref=\"shell-keyboard-"
17956
"shortcuts\">keyboard shortcuts</link> page."
17957
msgstr ""
Loggerhead is a web-based interface for Breezy
Version: 2.0.1